THE ANIMAL CREATION.
THE
ANIMAL CREATION:
oplsr Itttrflhicticrn to
BY
THOMAS EYMER JONES, F.E.S.,
PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY,
IN KING'S COLLEGE, LONDON.
PUBLISHED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE COMMITTEE OF GENERAL LITERATURE
AND EDUCATION, APPOINTED BY THE SOCIETY FOR
PROMOTING CHRISTIAN KNOWLEDGE.
LONDON:
SOCIETY FOE PROMOTING CHRISTIAN KNOWLEDGE;
SOLD AT THE DEPOSITORIES:
77, GREAT QUEEN STREET, LINCOLN'S INN FIELDS;
4, ROYAL EXCHANGE ; 48, PICCADILLY ;
AND BY ALL BOOKSELLERS.
1865.
LUNDOX PWKTE1> BV WILLIAM CLOWES AND 8OKS, STAMFORD b'liSHET
AND CHARING CROSS
TO
PROFESSOR THOMAS BELL, F.R.S.
ETC., ETC., ETC.
THE FOLLOWING INTRODUCTION TO A SCIENCE
SO ABLY ILLUSTRATED BY HIS WRITINGS,
AS A TRIBUTE OF RESPECT AND ESTEEM
BY
His FRIEND AND COLLEAGUE,
THE AUTHOK.
R/i3676g5
A 2
INTEODUCTION.
IN the present volume it has been the endeavour of the
Author to give, with as much conciseness as is compatible
with the subject, a general view of the principal families
into which the Animal Creation has been grouped by
modern Zoologists ; together with such notices of their
characteristic habits and instincts as are to be gleaned
from various writers in every department of Natural
History. These, it is hoped, will be interesting to the
general reader, and at the same time afford the student
at least a bird's-eye view of the extensive field upon the
investigation of which he is desirous of entering.
Vll
LIST OF PLATES.
FIG.
1. Volvox
PAGE
7
2. Microscopic occupants of a leaf of duck-weed
8
3. Vegetable forms of microscopic organisms
.
11
4. Amceba ......
13
5. Rhizopods .....
14
6. Figure of noctiluca miliaris
16
7. Sponges
19
8. Framework of sponge
20
9. Flint crystals of sponge
10. Sponge in action ....
21
21
11. Halichondria oculata ....
23
12. Paramecium, &c.
24
13. Figure of swan-neck, and its divisions .
26
14. Figure of coleps and chilomonas .
27
15. Figure of vorticellaa ....
28
16. Figure of vaginicola ....
29
17. Long-armed hydra ....
31
18. Hydra vividis
32
19. Coryne
.
34
20. Figure of tubularia indivisa
35
21. Figure of sertularia opereulata
36
22. Figure of laomedea ....
37
23. Sea-blubber . .
38
24. Figure of sarsia .....
i
39
25. Figure of thaumantias
40
26. Velella
(
41
27. Cydippe
42
28. Food of the whale ....
43
29. Physalis
45
30. Figure of turris and its young
46
31. Madrepores .....
48
32. Alcyon
49
33. Figure of polypes of alcyon
50
34. Madrepore .....
51
35. Orifice of madrepore ....
52
36. Red coral
54
37. Isis
55
38. Sea-fan and sea-pen ....
56
57
40. Figure of actinia . '
58
Vlll LIST OF PLATES.
FIG. PAGE
41. Animal flowers ........ 60
42. Fungia . . 62
43. Fossil lily-stones 64
44. Echinodermata 66
45. Brittle star 67
46. Figure of Bun-star solaster papposa .... 69
47. Green-pea urchin . . . . . .71
48. Figure of sucker of urchin 71
49. Figure of spine of echinus, segment of section . . 72
50. Holothurise 73
51. Hermit sipunculus ....... 74
52. Figure of cysticercus ....... 75
53. Leech 79
54. Divisions of a beetle 79
55. Scorpion and centipede . . . . .80
56. Common crab ........ 81
57. Nerves of leech and cockchafer ..... 82
58. Footofnais 84
59. Throat of leech laid open 86
60. Tooth of leech magnified 87
61. Cocoons of leech .87
62. Pushing-poles of serpula ...... 90
63. Sand- worm . .92
64. Sea-mouse . . . . . . .94
65. Serpula 95
66. Terebella medusa 96
67. Julus 98
68. Hind leg of bee 103
69. Wing of dragon-fly . . . '. . ... 104
70. Parts of the mouth of an insect 105
71. Mouth of a beetle 106
72. Various antennae 107
73. Eyes of bee 108
74. Compound eye of a dragon-fly ..... 109
75. Spiracles of insects 110
76. Air-pipe of fly 110
77. Metamorphoses of butterfly ... . .113
78. Larva of tiger-beetle . . . . . . .118
79. Water-beetle . 119
80. Larva of dyticus .... . . .120
81. Death-watch beetle 123
82. Cockchafer and larva . 125
83. Goliath-beetle and Hercules beetle . . . .126
84. Blister-beetle .... . 12S
85. Copper-coloured weevil ...... 129
86. Nut-weevil 129
87. The stag-horned, prionus, and diamond-beetle . . 130
88. Lady-bird in its stages . . . . . .132
89. Earwig on the wing ....... 134
90. Mantis 135
91. Locusts . .136
92. Mole-cricket 138
93. Dragon-fly 139
94. Pupa of dragon-fly 140
LIST OF PLATES. IX
FIG. PAGE
95. May-flies in sunset-dance . . . . . . 140
96. Larva of ephemeron and section of its cell . . . 141
97. Circular ditch of ant-lion 142
98. Lace-winged fly, manner of depositing eggs . . . 142
99. Aphis-lion 143
100. Worker-termite 143
101. Soldier-termite, and jaws of the same, magnified . . 144
102. Section of nest of termes bellicosus .... 144
103. Male termite 145
104. Queen termite . 145
105. Pupa-case, larva, and fly of caddis-worm . . . ] 46
106. Saw of saw-fly 147
107. Gall-fly 149
108. Working-ant, and portion of ant-hill . . . .150
109. Festoon of wax-makers . . . . . .151
110. Proboscis of honey-bee . . . . . .152
111. Honeycomb, with male worker and royal cells . . 153
112. Grub in cell 153
113. Pupa 153
114. Humble-bees male, female, and worker . . .154
115. Stylops .155
116. Female, pupa, and male of stylops .... 155
117. Scales of butterfly's wing 158
118. Comma butterfly .159
119. White-hawthorn butterfly 159
120. Pnpa of vanessa 160
121. Unicorn hawk-moth 160
122. Death's-head hawk-moth 161
123. Silkworm on mulberry-leaf . . . . . .163
124. Female silkworm moth and eggs ..... 163
125. Cocoon of tusseh silkworm ...... 164
126. Leaf-rolling caterpillar . . . . . . 165
127. Suspended leaf-tents ....... 165
128. Larva of clothes-moth in its case 166
129. Field-bug . 167
130. Metamorphoses of water-boatman .... 168
129. Water-scorpion, different states of nepa . 169
1 30. Lime-tree aphis 170
131. Cochineal insect 171
132. Larva of gnat 173
133. Escape of gnat from its pupa-case .... 173
134. Metamorphoses of blood- worms ..... 174
135. Pupa and insect of chironomus ..... 175
136. Larva of stratyomys . . . . . . . 176
137. Wasp-flies 177
138. Gad-flies 178
139. Metamorphoses of flesh-fly . ...... 179
140. Domestic fly 179
141. Arctic spring-tail ....... 180
142. Louse 181
143. Metamorphoses of the flea 182
144. Spiders 184
145. Head of cheese mite . . . . . . . 186
146. Nerves in spider 187
X LIST OF PLATES.
?IG. PAGE
147. Fang of spider . .188
148. Garden spider 189
149. Spinning apparatus of the spider . . . . .190
150. Trap-door spider . . . ... .191.
151. Nest of trap-door spider . . . . . . 192
152. Trap-door opening by a lever . .... 192
153. Section of nest 192
154. The eyes of spider
155. Nest of house-spider ....... 195
156. Foot of spider 196
157. Crab covered with oysters ...... 204
158. Common lobster 205
159. Young of crab 209
160. First stage of shore-crab ...... 210
161. Second stage of shore-crab . . . . . .211
162. Third stage of shore-crab . . .. . . .212
163. Soldier-crab occupying an empty shell . . . .214
164. Soldier-crab removed from its shell .... 215
165. Mantis shrimp 217
166. Opossum shrimp . . . . . . 218
167. Talitrus the sand-hopper . . . . . .219
168. Caprella 220
169. Limnoria terebrans ....... 221
170. Water-fleas 223
171. Marine entomostraca 223
172. Fairy shrimp 225
173. King crab 226
174. Pycnogon . . . . . . . .228
175. Lernean . . . . . . . . .228
176. Skeleton wheel-bearer 230
177. Kotifera . . . ... . . .231
178. Brachionus . .232
179. Cirri of barnacle 235
180. Young of barnacle 236
181. Barnacles . 237
182. Acorn-shells on the shell of a whelk .... 238
183. Flustrafoliacea . . 243
184. Cells of flustra magnified 244
185. Bowerbankia . . . . . . . .245
186. Cellularia avicularia 247
187. Plumatella
188. External form of ascidia ...... 249
189. Diagram of structure of ascidian ..... 250
190. Salpa maxima . . . . . . . 251
191. Pyrosoma .... , 253
1 92. Compound ascidian starry botryllus .... 254
193. Scallop . . . . . . . . . 255
194. Venus chione . 256
195. Spined venus .257
196. Lima . .260
197. Great scallop . . . 261
198. Animal of mussel . . . . . . .262
199. Pinna 263
200. Mussels . . .264
LIST OF PLATES. XI
FIG. PAGE
201. Clamshell .265
202. Tellina 266
203. The sandgaper .267
204. Animal of razor-shell 268
205. Saxicava 269'
206. Pholades 269
207. Ship -worm and its shell . . . . . . 270
208. Figure of brachiopod - . .2(71
209. Shelly framework of brachiopod ..... 272
210. Volute crawling 273
211. Snails and slugs 275
212. Garden snail 276
213. Limnseus auricularis ....... 277
214. Planorbis corneus ....... 277
215. The whelk, showing its operculum .... 278
216. The wentle-trap . . . . . ... 279
217. Tiger cowry, harp, and cloth of gold cone . . . 280
218. Youna: cowrie 280
219. Money cowrie, adult 280
220. Cassis tuberosa . .281
221. Thorny woodcock 282
222. Granulated trochus 283
223. Pelican's foot strombus 284
224. Vermetus * . . 285
225. Fissurella reticulata . 286
226. Sea-hare 287
227. Phyllidia . . .288
228. Limpet .288
229. Tufted triton . . 289
230. Crowned eolis 289
231. Horned doris .290
232. Tritonia hombergi . . . . - . . .290
233. Young of eolis 291
234. Carinaria 292
235. Cymbulia and Clio . . . . . . .294
236. Glass shells .295
237. Cuttle . . . . . . . - . .297
238. Structure of suckers of cuttle-fish . . . .298
239. Poulpe and squid . . 300
240. Cuttle- shell 304
241. Cuttle-fish and eggs 305
242. The paper nautilus 306
243. The pearly nautilus 307
244. Skeleton of haddock 315
245. Scales of fishes 317
246. The perch 320
247. The basse ' . . .320
248. Bed mullet 321
249. Oriental flying-gurnard 321
250. The shooting-fish 322
251. The mackerel 324
252. The tunny 325
253. Bonito 326
254. Sword-fish ... 326
Xll LIST OF PLATES.
255'. Pilot-fish
256. Coryphsena .....
257. Scabbard-fish
258. Thick-lipped grey mullet .
259. The carp
260. The barbel
261. Tench . .
262. The pike
263. The gar-fish . . .
264. The flying-fish
265. The salmon
266. The common trout ....
267. The herring
268. Anchovy
269. Marbled angler
270. The angler
271. The cod .
272. Upper side of the sole
273. Under side of the sole
274. Lump-sucker .....
275. The remora
276. Sharp-nosed eel
277. Conger eel
278. Mursense
279. Sea-horse ......
280. Globe-fish
281. Sun-fish
282. File-fish
283. The sturgeon . . . . .
284. Northern chimsera ....
285. Hammer-shark and saw-fish
286. Shark's egg
287. White shark
288. Greenland shark ....
289. Thornback
290. Torpedo .
291. Lamprey ......
292. River lamprey .....
293. Myxine
294. Mud-fish
295. Two-lined csecilia ....
296. Two-toed amphiuma ....
297. Gigantic salamander ....
298. Axolotle
299. Proteus
300. Skeleton of siren ....
301. Tadpoles ......
302. Skeleton of salamander
303. Smooth newt . . .
304. Metamorphoses of newt
305. Frog
306. Skeleton of frog ....
307. Tree-frog
308. Toad . ...
LIST OF PLATES. Xlll
FIG.
309. Pipa
310. Skeleton of serpent
311. Heads of poisonous snakes of different genera
312. Poison-fangs
313. Poison-gland
314. Rattlesnake
31 5. Cobra naja . .
316. Viper
317. Vent and hook of boa
318. Boa-constrictor watching for prey
319. Skull of python
320. Head of ringed snake ....
321. Belly and tail-shields ....
322. Common ringed-snake ....
323. Slow worm
324. Common lizard ......
325. Draco volans ......
326. Gallywasp
327. Feet of gecko's
328. Chameleon
329. Tooth of crocodile
330. Crocodile
331. Skeleton of turtle
332. Hawksbill turtle . . ...
333. Leather-backed turtle ....
334. Soft-tortoise
335. European marsh-tortoise ....
336. Galapagos tortoise . . . . .
337. Skeleton of vulture
338. Leg of a bird perching ....
339. Beak of falcon
340. Foot of eagle
341. Golden eagle
342. Peregrine falcon
343. Griffon vulture
344. Barn owl
345. Head of tyrannus .....
346. Grey shrike
347. Head of nyctibius
348. Swallow . . . ....
349. Swift
350. Night jar
351. Skylark
352. Long-tailed tit and nest ....
353. Carrion-crow .
354. Birds of paradise .....
355. Head of sun-bird .....
356. Nuthatch
357. Tree-creeper ......
358. Humming-birds .
359. Hoopoe
360. Bee-eater
361. King-fisher ......
362. Foot of parrot and of woodpecker
XIV LIST OF PLATES.
FIG.
363. Great black woodpecker . . . ,
364. Wryneck . . . . . . .
365. Cuckoo
366. Keel-beaked toucan . .
367. Head of mackaw . . . .
368. Peacock .
369. Hastings's trapogan, argus pheasant, and crowned pigeon
370. Crested curassow . . . . .
371. Capercailzie ........
372. Wood-pigeon
373. African ostrich
374. Great bustard .... ....
375. Apteryx ...
376. Ringed plover ........
377. Nest of the dunlin . ....
378. Crowned crane *
379. Heron . . . .
380. Claw of heron
381. Snipe
382. Ibis
383. Common curlew . ,
384. Woodcock . . .
385. Land-rail
386'. Common coot
387. Foot of pelican
388. Northern diver . . . . . .
389. Puffin
390. Penguins
391. Stormy petrel . . .
392. Herring-gull . . ... . .
393. Common tern . . . . ...
394. Cormorant
395. The gannet . . . . .
396. Beak of duck
397. The wild duck , .
398. The duck-bill .... ...
399. Burrow of ornithorynchus
400. The porcupine ant-eater ......
401. Common kangaroo . . > , .
402. Virginian opossum . .
403. Mouse opossum and young .....
404. Dormouse phalanger
405. Gunn's bandicoot
406. Myrmecobius ........
407. Wombat
408. Zebra-wolf .
409. Troop of dolphins, manatee in the distance .
410. Bones of the fin of a dolphin
411. Dolphin
412. Spearing the narwhal
413. Sperm-whale . . . . . . . ,
414. Whale fishery . . . .....
415. Whalebone-whale . .
416. Manatee .
LIST OF PLATES. XV
FIG. PAGE
417. Wart-hog, Indian rhinoceros, and river-horse . 490
418. Head of Indian elephant 491
419. African elephants 492
420. Wild-boar 494
421. Skull of rhinoceros . . 494
422. American tapir . . . , . . . . 495
423. Wild ass 496
424. Zebra 497
425. Quagga 498
426. Arabian camel . . . . . . . . 500
427. Water-cells of the camel 500
428. Llama 501
429. Kanchil . . .502
430. Stag's horn in successive vears ..... 503
431. Giraffe . . 506
432. Stag .507
433. Antelope 508
434. Goat 509
435. Head of argali or wild sheep ..... 509
436. Sheep of Palestine 510
437. Indian ox 511
438. American bison . . . . . . .511
439. Cape buffalo .512
440. Yak . 513
441. Musk ox 513
442. Skull of porcupine 515
443. Beaver 517
444. Water-rat 518
445. Dormice 519
446. Nest of harvest-mouse ...... 520
447. Squirrel 521
448. Rocky mountain flying- squirrel 521
449. African porcupine ....... 522
450. Guinea-pigs 523
451. Agouti 524
452. Jerboa 524
453. Three-toed sloth and giant armadillo .... 526
454. Weasel-headed armadillo . . . . 527
455. Great ant-bear .....*.. 528
456. Manis 529
457. Skull of tiger 531
458. Bear 532
459. Polar bear .533
460. Badger 534
461. Weasel 537
462. Otter 538
463. Wolf 539
464. Fox 540
465. Civet 541
466. Hysena 542
467. Toe of lion 543
468. Skeleton of lion . 544
469. Lion 545
470. Tiger 546
XVI LIST OF PLATES.
FIG. PAGE
471. Jaguar 546
472. Leopard . . .547
473. Foot of the seal. Skeleton of the same . . . .548
474. Harp-seal and walrus 549
475. Shrew 550
476. Hedgehog 551
477. Mole , .552
478. Hand of mole . 552
479. Heads of rhinolophus ferrum equinum and megaderma
irons ......... 555
480. Pipistrelle .... .
481. Skeleton of man and orang ..... 557
482. White-fronted lemur .559
483. Howling monkey 560
484. Orang-outang, mandrill, and spider-monkey . . . 561
485. Kahau 564
486. Gorilla 566
487. Bornean orang 567
488. Chimpanzee 568
THE ANIMAL CREATION ;
A POPULAR INTRODUCTION TO ZOOLOGY.
CHAPTER I.
THE science of Zoology teaches us the forms and
habits of the countless animals with which we are
everywhere surrounded, their mutual dependencies
upon each other, and their relative importance in the
economy of Nature. Among the innumerable beings
which crowd this world not one is idle ; all are actively
employed each in its separate sphere of usefulness,
and though they blindly do the work imposed upon
them by their Great Creator, ignorant of other's ways,
the grand result is perfect harmony.
When we consider how innumerable are the species
of animals distributed over the whole surface of the
earth, and throughout the immeasurable realms of
water, and are called upon to recognise them indi-
vidually, and to identify all the members of such a
multifarious host, the task might well be considered
as hopeless as that of the unlettered savage who,
unable to count beyond twenty, sets about the enu-
meration of the stars, and tries to fix their places and
assign their names. Yet even those stars have been
reduced to order, the very skies have been mapped
out, and the astronomer points with as much satis-
faction to the buckle of Orion's belt or the tip of the
nose of Bootes, as if these respectable gentlemen
were up on high sitting for their portraits.
B
2 CLASSIFICATION.
A disbanded army presents to the observer nothing
but a wild scene of inextricable confusion ; but when
at trumpet-call, the soldiers hasten to their ranks,
and the appropriate banner waves above each com-
pany, these companies fall into regiments, and the
living mass, directed by one chief, moves on with
the utmost order and regularity.
Systematic arrangement is, therefore, the very
foundation of the science of zoology : it is only by
the establishment of classes, and orders, and genera,
and species, which constitute, so to speak, the colours
of the different regiments, that such arrangement is,
at all, to be accomplished, and to define the limits
and the characters of these genera and species, the
efforts of the scientific zoologist are principally di-
rected. It must, consequently, be our first endeavour
to explain what these words, species and genera, mean.
By Species is understood a number of animals so
closely resembling each other, that they all might
be supposed to be the offspring of the same parents,
and in turn to give birth to progeny, exactly resem-
bling themselves. The domestic mouse, for example,
is a species, the exact fac-simile both of its ancestors
and its offspring. Species, however, may be slightly
modified by the continued operation of external cir-
cumstances, such as climate, abundance or deficiency
of food, or other similar accidents ; there may, for
example, be a white mouse, or a piebald mouse ;
these are called Varieties of the species.
A Genus is a group embracing a number of species
which have a striking general resemblance to each
other in certain important particulars, whereby they
are distinguishable from all other animals. The
domestic mouse (Mus musculus\ for instance, is at
once recognisable from the squirrel, the beaver, or the
hare, from the circumstance that it has a long tail
tapering to a point and denuded of hair ; but there
are many other animals which, though evidently not
real mice, have this feature in common. There is
the rat, Mus rattus ; the brown rat, Mus decumanus ;
CLASSIFICATION. 3
the field mouse, Mus sylvaticus ; and the harvest
mouse, Mus messorius, all of which are species more
or less resembling the Mouse, but all distinguishable
from each other by minor characters ; these, there-
fore, constitute a genus.
An Order is a far more extensive group, including
several genera, allied to each other by some important
feature in their economy. The rats and the mice,
for example, are all remarkable for their chisel-like
front teeth, but there are other animals that have
their teeth of the same construction, although they
have not the same long and tapering tail, e.g., the
squirrel, the beaver, the hare, and the porcupine;
these, therefore, form the order Rodentia, or animals
distinguished by their chisel-like teeth.
A Class embraces all the Orders related to each
other by some grand and general character possessed
by them all in common. Thus, the Rodentia suckle
their young, but so do dogs, so do monkeys, hedge-
hogs, cats, whales, elephants, cows, ant-eaters, and
kangaroos ; a circumstance whereby they are dis-
tinguished from birds, reptiles, or fishes. All animals
that give suck are, therefore, associated to form one
great class the Mammalia,
Or we may take the converse of all this. Thus, in the
animal kingdom there is a Class of creatures recog-
nisable by the circumstance that they suckle their
young ; among these is an Order, distinguished by
having chisel-like teeth in the front of their mouths ;
belonging to this Order is a Genus, remarkable for
the possession of a long tapering tail, and the smallest
Species belonging to this genus is the harvest mouse,
Mus Messorius. An arrangement such as this en-
ables us to find out the name of any animal, and is
called a system, which, in fact is a dictionary with
this difference, that here the properties enable us to
find out the name, whereas in ordinary dictionaries,
the, known name serves to acquaint us with the
properties. Thus, the study of Zoology is one
eminently calculated to accustom the mind to habits
B 2
4 CLASSIFICATION.
of order and precision, to a close and accurate com-
parison of objects presented to our notice, and to a
clear and neat perception of their distinctive cha-
racters; it gives a facility of expression to our de-
scriptions, and in this way its importance, as a branch
of education, can scarcely be exaggerated.
Perhaps nothing has contributed so much to the
advancement of the science of Natural History as the
happy expedient first adopted by Linnaeus, of giving
to every object in Nature a double name, whereby its
identity is, at once satisfactorily indicated. Thus, in
the examples given above, we say Mus museulus, Mus
rattus, Mus messorius. The first of the two names is
that of the genus, and, therefore, common to all the
species of that genus ; the second is the specific name
that is, points out the species to which we refer, just
in the same manner as in the names of persons. The
family name Milton or Shakspeare may belong to
anybody, but John Milton and William Shakspeare
are individuals at once recognisable. The only dif-
ference is that in this case the specific name is placed
first, instead of after that of the genus. To under-
stand the importance of this great step in Zoological
Science, it is only necessary to read the descriptions
of old authors who, after devoting half a page to
the identification of an animal, leave you in doubt
whether they are speaking of a cat, a rat, or a hippo-
potamus.
With regard to the classification of the immense
series of living beings composing the animal creation,
various systems have been at different times sketched
out by the master minds of science, all of which have
more or less fallen short of their great object. Of
these, the most useful and most generally adopted is
that of Cuvier, and as this will be more or less our
guide throughout the following pages, a knowledge
of its leading features becomes indispensable.
According to the system of Cuvier, all living
animals are divided into
1st. Those that have back-bones (vertebrse} ;
CLASSIFICATION. 5
2nd. Those that have not back -bones.
Those animals that have back-bones are called
Vertebrate,
Those that are without back-bones are called
Invertebrate.
The Vertebrate division includes
Fishes, Reptiles, Birds, and Mammals,
The Invertebrate division is much more numerous,
and comprehends animals of very various construc-
tion ; these are
1st. Mollusks, or soft-bodied animals, such as cuttle-
fishes, snails, oysters, &c. ;
2nd. Articulated Animals, or animals enclosed in a
jointed skin, such as insects, spiders, and lobsters;
3rd. Radiated Animals, under which head are in-
cluded all the lowest, and least perfect members of
the animal kingdom, many of them having few
characteristics in common.
The completeness of the above classification, so far
as it relates to the more perfect animals, is generally
admitted, and we shall, therefore, take it as our
guide ; but among the lower tribes of creation such
guidance fails us, and through this labyrinth we shall
have to make our way by the aid of more recent in-
vestigations.
In the preceding paragraph, as the reader may have
remarked, we have spoken of " the more perfect ani-
mals" as contradistinguished from those of "the
lower tribes," and as we shall again and again be
obliged to have recourse to similar expressions, the
terms require some explanation. Every animal is
perfect in its kind, and to add to, or to take from, its
attributes would deteriorate its usefulness in creation.
By the perfect or imperfect structure of an animal we
simply mean the degree in which it approximates to
Man, the type and pattern of zoological perfection,
just as in estimating the value of money, we take
the highest coin of the realm as a standard of com-
parison. Man, the paragon of animals, is the union
of what is most perfect and beautiful in them all.
D CLASSIFICATION.
Hence, animals which have a resemblance to Man,
are not without reason styled perfect in a degree
proportioned to that resemblance.
With these preliminary observations, we enter on
our pleasurable task, and. proceed to trace the varied
forms of animal existence frolrTthe first dawn of life
to Man himself, who, standing supreme in his mental
capacities, rises by his immortal destiny incomparably
beyond them all.
Turning our attention to the great scene before us,
" Beast, bird, fish, insect, which no eye can see, no
glass can reach," so strange and diversified are their
shapes and attributes, that the student naturally
inquires, What is an animal ? a question which he
will soon find to be much more easily propounded
than satisfactorily solved.
At the first glance of the superficial observer, the
distinctions between the animal and vegetable king-
doms seem plain and obvious. We all know a cow
from a cabbage, a horse from the grass upon which
it feeds ; and yet, as we come more closely to scruti-
nize forms of life less violently contrasted, doubts
and hesitations soon begin to teach us that the dis-
crimination is not always so easy, and that at length
the differences between the animal and the vegetable
creations become almost imperceptible. Light and
darkness seem distinct enough, and no one possessed
of eye-sight could be in danger of mistaking noon for
night ; but he who gazes on the morning's dawn, and
tries to mark the line that separates the parting
darkness from the coming day, will find the task by
no means an easy one, so gently do the lights and
shades tincture and mingle with each other.
The axiom of Linnaeus is well-known. " Stones
grow, vegetables grow and live, animals grow, live,
and/eeZ." The capability of feeling, therefore, was
regarded by the great Swedish naturalist as the
distinctive character of an animal ; but how can we
define where feeling has been first bestowed. The
sensitive plant which coyly shrinks upon the slightest
CLASSIFICATION. 7
touch, does it not feel ? The flower that shuts its
bells as evening comes, and seems to go to sleep, is
it insensitive ? We cannot tell.
To move from place to place, to have the power of
locomotion, has been said to be an attribute of
animals, whereby they are distinguishable. Yet
although we see the Volvox* (Tig. 1), rolling through
FIG. 1. VOLVOX.
the drop that forms its space with slow majestic
movement, wielding upon its surface countless living
filaments, we are forced to believe the chemist who
informs us that it is a vegetable.!
If we take a drop of water from any stagnant pool
and place it under a microscope, we shall soon per-
ceive that it contains a great variety of living
organisms, very diverse in their shape, and all equally
* Volvo, I roll
t The Volvox globator, of which a figure is given in the text, is
acknowledged to be a vegetable production. In shape it seems a
microscopic globe, rolling slowly on its axis. More accurately
examined, we perceive the body to be formed of a transparent
spherical membrane, studded with small green dots, and having all
its surface covered over with vibrating filaments of infinite minute-
ness, which produce currents in the surrounding water, and thus
cause the revolution of the little sphere, as well as its progression.
8 CLASSIFICATION.
remote in their structure and appearance from any
with which we are elsewhere familiar. Let the
reader cast his eye for a moment upon the annexed
engraving (Fig. 2), which represents a piece of duck-
weed gathered from a neighbouring pond, surrounded
FlG. 2. MICROSCOPIC OCCUPANTS OF A LEAF OF DUCKWEED.
Highly Magnified.
1. Vorticella convallaria.
2. Volvox globator.
3. Vaginicola crystallina.
4. Amphileptus fasciola.
5. Navicula hippocampus.
6. Amoeba diffluens.
1. Trachelocerca olor.
8. Polytoma uvella.
9. Stentor polymorphus.
10. Bursaria truncatella.
11. Pandorina morum.
12. Stylortychia mytilus.
13. Paramecium aurelia.
14. Euplotes truncatus.
15. Euplotes striatus.
by the microscopic creatures that live in its vicinity.
Some fixed upon the stem (Fig. 2, 9) like trumpets in
their shape, spread out their gaping mouths, around
which whirl the swarming atoms that they swallow ;
others, like wine-glasses in miniature, stretch out the
little bells that constitute their bodies, to the length
of their transparent stems in search of food, or if
alarmed, folding their stalks in spiral revolutions,
shrink timidly from danger (Fig. 2, i).
The Volvox (Fig. 2, 2) silently revolves, a little
world within itself. Others (Fig. 2, e) of different
shape, resemble films of ever-changing cloud. Others,
CLASSIFICATION. 9
again, transparent globes of jelly (Fig. 2, n), shoot
forth star-like rays in all directions. Some have the
form of glass-like shuttles, coloured with bright green
contents, creeping more slowly than the hour hand of
a watch along the bottom. Some (Fig. 2, s) have the
shape of rolling mulberries, that gently make their
way through the surrounding water. Others (Fig. 2, ?),
like swans in form, glide up and down with graceful
elegance. The vaginicola * (Fig. 2, 3) lives in a crystal
vase, from which it stretches itself forth in search of
nourishment. The Paramecium^ (Fig. 2, is), like a
meteor, shoots along, prowling in all directions ; some
(Fig. 2, 14, is), clad in shells, and armed with leg-like
booklets, creep much after the manner of insects :
while others skip from point to point like living scin-
tillations. Such are the creatures that we find in
swarms in every stagnant ditch, as any one possessed of
a very ordinary microscope may soon convince him-
self. These wonderful organisms have little resem-
blance to each other. It is difficult, indeed, with the
exception of their miraculous minuteness, to fix upon
any character that they possess in common. We
are not surprised, therefore, that by the earlier
observers with the microscope, they were all grouped
together under the very extensive designation of
Animalcules, a term simply significative of their small
size, or of Infusorial Animalcules, in allusion to the
circumstance that they are generally met with in
infusions of animal or of vegetable substances, and
are easily attainable by exposing such infusions to
the atmosphere.
Modern improvements in the microscope, and a
close attention to the habits and organization of the
creatures under consideration, have, however, revealed
to us the startling fact that in the drop of water
under contemplation, we have examples of no fewer
than three distinct classes of organisms : one belong-
ing to the vegetable, and two to the animal series of
creation. By using a very simple test, namely, the
* Vagina, a sheath, colo, I inhabit. f wapa^/on, paramekes, oblong.
B 3
10 CLASSIFICATION.
addition of a little iodine to the drop in which they
swim, it is found that four specimens in the little
group before us, namely, the Volvox (Fig. 2, 2), the
Polytoma (Fig. 2, a), the Navicula (Fig. 2, 5), and the
Pandorina (Fig. 2, 11), at once turn blue, indicative
that they contain starch, a substance thought to be
peculiar to the vegetable creation, and thus confess
that they are vegetable productions.
The slimy substance of the Amo&ba diffluens (Fig.
2, e), that we have stated to be continually changingrits
shape, like the outline of a cloud, refuses to alter its
colour under such a test ; and, moreover, as it flows
or glides from place to place, is seen to devour and
to digest the materials with which it is surrounded,
thus claiming admission into the animal series, and
soon making good that claim by exhibiting attributes
and capabilities decidedly of an animal character.
The remaining forms (Fig. 2, i, 3, 4, 7, 9, 10, 12, 13, u, and 15),
more active and energetic in their movements, and
evidently of higher capabilities, are all distinguished
by having their bodies either partially or entirely
covered with a wondrous machinery of vibrating
hair-like appendages, which, from their resemblance
to our eye-lashes, have been named cilia.* By the
assistance of these admirable organs, the little crea-
tures possessing them are rowed rapidly about from
place to place, or causing whirlpools in the surround-
ing water, drag towards their mouths the tiny victims
upon which they feed. The vegetable forms above
mentioned are known to botanists under the names
of Diatoms,^ Desmidice,\ Confervte, &c. The slime-
like animals are called by zoologists Rhizopods, while
the ciliated forms are distinguished by the appella-
tion of Infusoria,
These, then, are the usual occupants of a drop of
water, the contemplation of which cannot but excite
the curiosity of the spectator, and call forth his
warmest admiration. Curiosity will, however, per-
* Cilium, an eye-lash. t S/aro/uoy, diatomos, divided.
% 8eo>ibs, desmos, a band.
CLASSIFICATION.
11
haps assume a deeper interest, when he still more
closely examines their history.
There are in Sweden certain extensive tracts of
country entirely composed of an exceedingly fine
earth, which, from its whiteness and from an idea
extensively prevalent, that it possesses nutritious
properties, has long been distinguished by the name
of Bergmehl, or " mountain meal." A little of this
earth, for long ages trodden under foot, submitted to
the modern microscope, has revealed itself to be
FlG. 3. VEGETABLE FORMS OF MICROSCOPIC ORGANISMS.
entirely resolvable into minute shells of exquisite
beauty and delicacy of sculpture. These shells,
being composed almost entirely of pure flint (silex),
are almost indestructible, and to a practised eye are
at once seen to have belonged to vegetable organisms
12 RHIZOPODA.
resembling those represented in our engraving
(Fig. 2, 5), which must have lived for ages in some
quiet lake, whose waters covered the vast area where
they are found, and as they perished, sinking to the
bottom, left their shells records of their history.
CHAPTER II.
BHIZOPODA* (Root-footed animalcules).
To return to our magnified drop of water. We have
already described the Amoeba diffluens^ (Fig. 2, e), as
resembling a film of ever-changing cloud, so soft in its
consistence that it is but a little removed from fluidity.
It is not firm enough even to be called jelly : it may
almost be compared to a drop of gum- water or mucus,
and yet it is endowed with very extraordinary capa-
bilities. It evidently has a voluntary power of moving
from place to place, and its mode of doing so is not
inaptly expressed by the epithet " diffluens," flowing-
away, by which it is distinguished. On first perceiving
one of these creatures under the field of the micro-
scope, it will be found perhaps contracted into a
shapeless mass resembling a small patch of mucilage,
and offering little to attract attention; while we
watch it, however, it begins to move, spreads out
into a shape something like that represented in our
figure, and we are almost tempted to make a drawing
of so strange a creature. Meanwhile, it flows into
another outline, spreading like water spilled upon a
greasy board, and so it glides from place to place,
and form to form. This microscopic film is hungry too,
and eats ; but having neither mouth nor stomach, it
is not at first easy to conjecture how such a feat can
be accomplished. Its body is generally seen to con-
tain the shells of NaviculsB (Fig 4), and other similar
* tfa, rhiza, a root ; irouy, TroSbs, pous, podos, a foot.
^, amoibe, change.
11HIZOPODA.
13
organisms ; it does not seem to swallow them, but
overwhelms them with its semifluid substance, and
FlG. 4. AMCEBA.
as it passes over them, dissolves whatever is digestible,
and then casts forth their empty shells.
The sea-side visitor, who will be at the trouble of
placing a little sea-weed, fresh gathered from the
rocks, in a glass vessel filled with its native element,
and allowing it to remain for a few hours undisturbed,
will occasionally find, clinging to the sides of the
glass, filmy patches, so small as to be inconspicuous,
except with the assistance of a lens, which change
their form and glide along with slow but equable
movement. When magnified, their central body
will be seen to throw out threads resembling filaments
of melted glass, which spread like roots in all di-
rections, and as these creatures seem to use their
14
KHIZOPODA.
root-like filaments as feet, they are named Rhizopods
that is, root-footed animals. They are, in truth,
marine forms of the Amoeba we have just been de-
scribing, from which, however, they differ in being
FIG. 5. RHIZOPODS.
able to construct for themselves shelly coverings,
perforated by innumerable little orifices or foramina,
through which their root-like filaments (Pseudo-
podia)* are protruded ; from this circumstance, the
shells and the creatures inhabiting them have been
named Foraminifera.t Minute as these shells are,
invisible for the most part to ordinary vision, the
microscope reveals many of them to be structures
of exquisite beauty, emulating in their shape the
* False feet. xJ/evSfc, pseudea, false ; TTOVS, pous, a foot.
t Foramen, an orifice ; fero, I carry.
RUIZOPODA. 15
model forms of ancient vases, and presenting an
elaborate sculpture surpassing that of Chinese carvings
in their decoration.
It is not, however, from their beauty, but from the
numbers in which they exist, that these and similar
organisms derive their chief importance. Few
visitors at the sea-side can have failed to observe
that often in the summer-time the waves are lumin-
ous, and shine with phosphorescent splendour. The
ripples as they totter towards the beach sparkle with
scintillations, and the crested waves blaze with a
pale but brilliant light. The fisherman, who from
his boat surveys the lambent flames that play around
him, seems to float in fire. The mariner can trace
his path by the long wake of light that streams
behind like the train of some vast sky-rocket, or
looking from the prow, he sees his vessel as she
breasts the waves, dash from her bows broad sheets of
liquid splendour. As morning dawns the fairy vision
vanishes, nor can the keenest eye perceive in the
translucent element the tiny lamps that caused the
grand illumination.
Night comes again, again the sea, lit up, repeats
the glorious lesson. Not a breeze sweeps over its
tranquil surface but evokes a flash of splendour that
extends for miles, and emulates the lightnings of the
skies ; and so from day to day the gallant ship sails
on, from week to week, from month to month, the
mighty ocean, through its wide extent, renews each
night the impressive spectacle.
If we inquire into the cause of a phenomenon thus
widely extended, it will be found in every part of
the world to depend upon the presence of infinite
myriads of living atoms resembling those we are
discussing. On taking a glass of the sea- water thus
made luminous, it will be found that every sparkle
is a brilliant point of living substance such as forms
the Ehizopods described above (Fig. 6).
We have as yet spoken only of the simplest of
these animals, but by far the greater portion of the
16 KHIZOPODA.
Foraminifera are composite fabrics. The Rotalia *
(Fig. 5), for example, might almost be taken for the
FlG. 6. FIGURE OF NOCTILUCA MILIAF.IS.
shell of a microscopic nautilus, nay, has been so mis-
taken even by the most eminent zoologists. These
exquisite structures consist of a series of compart-
ments, in the interior of which the semifluid sub-
stance of the animal is lodged. The walls of each
of these compartments are perforated with innumer-
able holes, through which the slender glass-like fila-
ments protrude in all directions to a considerable
distance, so that the shell in which the main body of
the creature is encased, has somewhat the appearance
of a spider sitting in the centre of its web.
These semifluid filaments (Pseudo-podia) also con-
stitute the prehensile organs of these simple beings.
Any small objects serviceable for nutriment with
which they come in contact are laid hold of apparently
by the viscidity of their surface, and except they are
animalcules of considerable size and power, they are
unable to escape. When a filament has so seized its
* Kota, a wheel.
KHIZOPODA. 17
prey, adjoining fibres aggregate about it and coalesce,
a current of the viscous substance, so to speak, sets
in towards the spot, and very soon envelopes the
object in a thin film. The prey being thus secured,
the glairy cords shorten themselves and draw it
towards the chief mass or body of the animal, or
else the object seized continues in the same place,
and the whole organic substance moves towards it,
the result being in either case that it is engulphed
and dissolved.
The size of the Khizopods is exceedingly minute.
Ehrenberg describes Amoeboe, the dimensions of which
range from ^^>-th to ^th of an inch. The largest
fresh water forms only attain a diameter of ^nd
part of an inch, whilst the largest marine species,
which are just visible to the naked eye, do not measure
more than from ^th to ^th of an inch.
Notwithstanding their minuteness, however, the
reader will now begin to perceive that these humble
creatures, diffused in countless multitudes through
every sea, and cased in shells of such exquisite work-
manship, are by no means unimportant agents in the
economy of Nature. Their numbers make up for
the minuteness of their dimensions, and assiduously
employed as they have been from age to age, we are
not surprised to find that they, like the vegetable
forms described in the last chapter, have been
important agents in the construction even of extensive
geological strata.
The extraordinary abundance of foraminiferous shells
in the sand of some sea-shores has been long observed ;
Plancus, in 1739, counted, with the aid of a low magnifying
power, 6,000 individuals in an ounce of sand gathered
at Kimini, upon the shores of the Adriatic sea. D'Orbigny
states that 3,840,000 exist in an ounce of sand from the
Antilles ; and Schultze counted 500 shells in the ^th of
a grain of sand collected from the mole of Gaeta on the
shores of the Mediterranean.
Ehrenberg describes finding chambered shells such as
we have delineated both on the surface of the sea, and
18 KHIZOPODA.
also on the bottom, even at a depth of 12,000 feet. From
these great depths they are procured by soundings ; the
sounding-lead, after being coated with grease, brings up
attached to it the small particles with which it comes in
contact. Numerous such soundings were taken by Sir
James Ross in his Antarctic expedition, and have been
practised by others in different regions. Dr. Barclay
records the results of a series of deep sea-soundings
made in the Atlantic, over a considerable geographical
area, from latitude 42 4' to latitude 54 17' at depths
varying from 1,080 to 2,000 fathoms. "None of the
soundings contain a particle of gravel, sand, or other
unorganized matter. They all agree in being made up
entirely of the shells of IPoraminifera." There is, there-
fore, little doubt that the bottom of the ocean is in many
localities covered, perhaps to considerable depths, by
a sedimentary deposit, consisting principally of shells
of this description, and which, were they raised to the
surface, would constitute thick beds of incalculable ex-
tent.
In a fossil condition, the shells of the Foraminifera
enter largely into the composition of the crust of the
earth in every part of the world. They form by far the
most important constituent of chalk wherever that sub-
stance is met with. Dr. Barclay speaks of them as im-
portantly concerned in the formation of the tertiary rocks
of South Carolina, and adds, " they are still at work in
countless thaiisands on that coast, filling up harbours,
forming shoals, and depositing their shells to record the
present state of the sea-shore as their predecessors, now
entombed beneath Charlestown, have done with regard to
ancient oceans."
In many parts of the world the accumulation of these
shells has given origin to widely-extended strata, many
hundreds of feet in thickness. Mountains of Nummulitic
limestone, entirely composed of them, extend through the
Alps and Northern Italy, and are met with in Greece, Syria,
and Northern India The Mokkadam range, from which
the stone used in building the Pyramids was obtained, are
simply masses of foraminiferous shells. According to
M. Deshayes, there is found in most of the stone from
which Paris is built, as large a proportion of the shells of
Foraminifera as of particles of sand, so that it may be
said, almost without exaggeration, that even Paris owes
RHIZOPODA. 19
the materials of which it is constructed to the persistent
agency of these microscopic organisms.
Thus we perceive a film of living slime for such essen-
tially these creatures seem to be, moulded into a thousand
beauteous forms, labouring incessantly has silently pro-
duced results on which we can but gaze with awe.
CHAPTER III.
SPONGES.*
THERE seems to be little relationship between the
Foraminifera we have just been speaking of and
the race of sponges in fact, few things could be
pointed out more unlike each other. Infinitely
.blti. 7. SPONGES.
diversified in their shape, the sponges, as we all
know, are distributed along the shores of every
* Spougia, a sponge.
20 RHIZOPODA.
climate; some overspread the surface of the rocks
like living carpets, others expand in fan-like growths
of softest texture; some are cylindrical in shape,
while others emulate the forms of branching shrubs ;
others, again, are moulded into cups and giant gob-
lets, many festoon the walls of rocky caverns, or
depend, like living stalactites, from wave-worn roofs.
Examined with a microscope, however, a living
sponge is found to differ but little from the organisms
we have just been contemplating. No matter what
its form, the living portion of a sponge consists of a
soft slime that coats each fibre of its structure, and
this soft slime, when highly magnified, resolves itself
entirely into particles so like the Amoeba in their
characters and attributes, that they are evidently of
the same nature, the main distinction being that,
whereas in the case of the Foraminifera, they secrete
a calcareous shell, the sponges construct a common
framework, over which the liv-
ing film is spread. This frame-
work varies in its composition
in different kinds of sponge.
Sometimes it is made up of
tubes of horn, forming a net-
FIG.S.-FRAMEWORK OF SPONGE. work i^^^d in all direc-
tions ; such is the common
sponge of commerce, which owes its resiliency and its
capability of absorbing and retaining fluids, qualities
which render it so useful in domestic economy, to
the construction of its horny skeleton. Instead of
tubes of horn, the sponges usually found upon our
coasts deposit in their substance crystals of pure flint,
which vary much in form in different kinds, while a
third group strengthen their framework with calca-
reous spicula of variable shape. Three different
kinds of sponge may, therefore, grow close to each
other, bathed alike with the same sea-water, yet they
elaborate therefrom products so different as horn,
and flint, and lime, wherewith to build a fabric that
supports the whole community. On viewing a living
RHIZOPODA.
21
sponge in sea-water with care and attention, it is
found to exhibit a constant and energetic action,
. FlG. 9. FLINT CRYSTALS OF SPONGE.
which sufficiently shows its vitality. Dr. Grant's
account of the discovery of this motion in a native
species is very interesting.
" I put a small branch of a spongia coalita with
some sea- water into a watch-glass, under the micro-
scope, and on reflecting the light of a candle through
the fluid, I soon perceived that there was some
intestine motion in the opaque particles floating
through the water. On moving the watch-glass, so
as to bring one of the apertures on the side of the
sponge fully into view, I beheld, for the first time, the
splendid spectacle of the living fountain vomiting
forth from a circular cavity an impetuous torrent of
i
liquid matter, and hurling along, in rapid succession,
22 KHIZOPODA.
opaque masses, which it strewed everywhere around.
The beauty and novelty of such a scene in the
animal kingdom long arrested my attention ; but
after twenty-five minutes of constant observation, I
was obliged to withdraw my eye from fatigue, without
having seen the torrent for one instant change its
direction, or diminish in the slightest degree the
rapidity of its course. I continued to watch the
same orifice at short intervals for five hours, some-
times observing it for a quarter of an hour at a time ;
but still the stream rolled on with a constant and
equal velocity."
The sponges perpetuate their race by a very
curious mode of increase. At stated periods there
project from the interior of the larger canals, that
traverse their substance in all directions, minute oval
masses of jelly, which grow, till at length they are
detached and driven out by the issuing currents into
the surrounding water. One would naturally expect
that such apparently helpless atoms would fall at
once to the bottom ; but in such a case how could
the species be dispersed? Here we behold with
wonder a beautiful instance of providential care. A
power of locomotion is conferred upon the offspring,
which is not possessed by the parent sponge ; for,
whereas the latter is firmly rooted to the bottom,
incapable of changing its place, the little germ is
able to swim rapidly through the sea. This is
effected by cilia, or minute hairs, with which one
end of the pear-shaped gemmule is beset ; these con-
stantly keep up a rapid vibration, and thus row the
embryo sponge from place to place, until it reaches a
distant and suitable spot, where it quietly settles
down, and soon takes the form peculiar to its species.
Were we ,to inform our young readers that flints
have been sponges, and that every flint wherewith, in
many parts of the country, the roads are paved, and
which, before the invention of lucifer matches, con-
stituted almost the only means of obtaining fire, had
grown at the bottom of the sea, rooted upon rocks,
KHIZOPODA.
23
and sucking in the surrounding water through innu-
merable pores upon their surface, which conveyed
through every part of their soft texture materials for
their subsistence, we could scarcely expect the asser-
tion to be credited, at least, without considerable
hesitation ; and yet no fact in natural history is more
easily demonstrated. Not only do the fragments
of flints examined under the microscope reveal the
fossilized texture of the sponge, but not unfrequently
the shells of the animalcules upon which they lived
are found in their substance, and even portions of
the sponge itself, as yet unpetrified, are often con-
tained in their interior.
FlG. 11. HAI.ICHONDIUA OCULATA.*
/\s, hals, the sea ;
s, chondros, cartilage.
24
INFUSORIA.
CHAPTER IV.
INFUSORIA* (Ciliated animalcules).
RETURNING once more to our examination of the
drop of water which has already furnished us with
lessons of such interest, we find it still offering to
our notice animalcules widely different in their
FlG. 12. PARAMECIUM, &C.
structure from any that we have as yet encountered.
They are all of them, however, distinguishable by
one striking feature in their economy namely, that
* Met with in stagnant water.
INFUSORIA. 25
they are propelled through the water by means of
vibratile cilia, which are sometimes distributed over
the entire surface of their bodies, while in others
these wonderful organs are restricted to certain parts,
more especially to the vicinity of the mouth. The
possession of a mouth, as the reader will at once per-
ceive, is in itself an important character, whereby they
are broadly separated from, the mouthless Rhizopods.
And when we add to this, that they are active in their
movements and definite in their shape, we have said
enough to insure their not being confounded with
any of the creatures we have as yet examined. The
movements of the ciliated infusoria are exceedingly
vivacious ; they swim about with great activity, avoid-
ing each other as they pass in their rapid dance, and
evidently directing their motions with precision and
accuracy. Their instruments of locomotion are of
various kinds : some are provided with stiff bristle-
like appendages which are moveable, and perform
in some measure the office of feet, and with little
booklets serving for attachment to foreign bodies.
But the most important locomotive agents are, as has
been already stated, the cilia with which they are
invariably furnished. Their movements never seem
to tire. At whatever period of the night they may be
examined, they are always found as actively at work
as in the day-time ; they never sleep.
The cilia are intrusted with another function
equally important viz., the procuration of food : for
those situated in the vicinity of the mouth, in which
position they are always most evident, produce by
their vibration, currents in the surrounding water,
which bring to the mouth smaller animalcules, or
particles of vegetable matter that may be floating in
the neighbourhood, thus insuring an abundant supply
of nutriment which, without such assistance, it would
be impossible for these living atoms to obtain. The
food thus procured is at once swallowed, and accu-
mulates in little pellets in the interior of the semifluid
substance of their bodies, giving rise to an appearance
c
20 INFUSORIA.
which misled Ehrenberg to suppose that these tiny
organisms were possessed of numerous stomachs
hence they were formerly named Polygastria* or
many-stomached animalcules.
FlG. 13 FIGURE OF SWAN-NECK AND ITS DIVISIONS.
By no means the least remarkable part of the
history of the Infusoria is their mode of propagation.
This is usually accomplished by the spontaneous
division of the adult animalcule into two or more
portions, each of which in a short time becomes in
every respect a complete individual. We remember
in our boyish days hearing of some strange machine
for grinding old people young again, and smiled at
the idea, little thinking that the conversion of old
animals into young ones was, in sober truth, one of
the commonest operations of nature. The body of
an animalcule about to propagate in this manner,
becomes at first slightly elongated, and a line, more
transparent than the rest, is seen to cross its middle
portion ; a constriction next becomes apparent at
each extremity of the line indicated, which, becoming
more decided and growing gradually deeper, at
length divides the animalcule into two halves, only
'connected with each other by a narrow isthmus, and
as this grows thinner and thinner, a slight effort on
the part of either of the now nearly distinct portions
is sufficient to sever the frail bond of union and
complete the separation. In some elongated species
* TTO\VS, polus, many; yao-rep, yaffrpbs, gaster, gastros, the sto-
mach.
INFUSORIA. 27
this fissure is effected in a longitudinal direction,
the separation gradually proceeding from the posterior
to the anterior portion of the body. Examples of
both these modes of increase are delineated in the
appended engravings (Figs. 12 and ] 3).
FlG. 14. FIGURE OF COLEPS AND CHILOMONAS.
If the organization of these animalcules were as
simple as it was supposed to be a few years ago,
when they were thought to be mere specks of living
jelly imbibing nourishment through all parts of the
soft texture of their bodies, this kind of spontaneous
division would be a very simple matter, and every
step of the process easily understood : a little observa-
tion, however, will show that there are circumstances
attending this operation of a very inexplicable cha-
racter. Some species, as for example, Prorodon
teres* represented in our engraving (Fig. 12, b\ are
furnished with a very curious mouth surrounded by
a cylinder composed of horny teeth, through the
agency of which their food is seized and swallowed.
Should a deed of separation, therefore, have to be
drawn up preparatory to the act of division, it might,
be a puzzling question for the Infusorial lawyers to
settle which half should have the mouth. Even this
difficulty has, however, been provided for; and, ac-
cordingly, a new mouth and a new dental cylinder is
seen to sprout from the hinder half, before the
* irpapa, prora, fore part ; oSbvs, b6v TOS, odous, odontos, a tooth.
c 2
28
INFUSORIA.
animal, originally one flesh, proceeds to divorce itself
into two.
FlG. 15. FIGURE OF VORTICELLJE.
This mode of propagation, in which multiplication
and division go hand in hand, is amazingly pro-
ductive : and, indeed, far surpasses in fertility any
other with which we are acquainted. Every school-
boy is familiar with the celebrated problem about
the nails in a horse's shoe, or the squares of a chess-
board, where the results attainable by duplicative
multiplication soon pass ordinary numerical ex-
pressions. Let any of our readers try the same
problem with one of these animalcules. An in-
dividual, if well supplied with food, has been observed
to divide at least once in twenty-four hours. So that
in a fortnight, allowing the product of each division
to multiply at the same rate, sixteen thousand three
hundred and eighty-four would be produced from the
same stock, and in four weeks two hundred and
sixty-eight millions, four hundred and thirty-five
thousand four hundred and fifty-six, would be the
astounding progeny derived from a single animalcule.
INFUSORIA.
29
We feel, therefore, but little surprise that with
such powers of propagation, these minute creatures
soon become diffused in countless myriads through
the waters adapted to their habits.
Nor is this all: the reproduction of these prolific
animals is sometimes effected in various ways, and
not unfrequently the same individual is found to
propagate by two or three different modes thus,
many species are multiplied by buds which sprout
like those of plants from the surface of their bodies,
and speedily attaining the shape of their parent,
develop the cilia characteristic of their species.
FlG. 16. FIGURE OF VAGIMCOLA.
Neither is it difficult to understand the. necessity
for such amazing fecundity. These moving atoms
are the source from which innumerable animals
derive their sustenance, which, in their turn, become
the prey of creatures higher in the scale of life;
they, therefore, form the basis of that mighty pyramid
which bears upon its apex Man himself. They are
the boundaries between life and death, the steady
barrier of the organic world, and although until a few
years ago, man was ignorant of their very existence,
they have not the less been actively employed since
first creation dawned. As individuals, they are weak
enough ; but in their countless legions they become,
perhaps, the most important agents in the grand
economy of nature. A grain of sand is but a de-
30 HYDROZOA.
spicable atom viewed alone, but when upon the beach
these sands present themselves arrayed in their
broad phalanx, where can we obtain a stronger bul-
wark to oppose the raging storm ?
CHAPTER V.
HYDROZOA.*
"!N the army of Xerxes there was a certain race
called Sagartians. The mode of fighting practised
by these men was this : When they engaged an
enemy, they threw out a rope with a noose at the
end ; whatever any one caught, either horse or man,
he dragged towards himself, and those that were
entangled in the coils he speedily put to death."
HERODOTUS vii. 85.
Never was there more truth than in the old saying,
" there is nothing new under the sun." Who would
have supposed, while reading of the strange feats
performed by the Brazilian with his lasso, by the
aid of which he literally takes the bull by the horns,
or trips up the fleetest steed, that the same weapon
was used ages ago to catch Greeks by the neck, instead
of horses ; much less could we have imagined that
an onslaught apparently so uncouth and barbarous
was the mode of warfare of a very considerable
proportion of the animal creation ; and yet, seriously
speaking, this is the case, the only difference being
that the lassos employed by mankind are clumsily
made of twisted leather, whereas their prototypes
present a delicacy and refinement of structure, which
it requires the utmost penetration of the microscope
to reveal. There is an animal easily obtainable in
summer-time by simply scraping off the slimy surface
from -the sticks or leaves that float on almost every
pond, called
* Hydra, the Hydra ; &ov, zoon, an animal.
HYDKOZOA.
The Hydra,* the history of which is so curious
and important, as to demand our special notice.
This little creature resembles a small portion of
green transparent thread, fastened by one end to
the stems of water-plants,
while the other is fur-
nished with several ra-
diating filaments of ex-
treme tenuity, which float
freely in all directions ;
should one of the nume-
rous water-fleas, or any
other minute animal,
come in contact with
these floating filaments,
though it touch but the
tip of one of them, it is
at once arrested in its
course, and in spite of
all its struggles dragged
to the central mouth,
which opens to receive
the helpless prey.
The body of the Hydra
consists simply of a little
gelatinous bag, the mar-
gins of which are fur-
nished with filaments em-
ployed as tentacles, whilst
at the opposite end there
is a little sucker where-
by it fixes itself to foreign
objects. The microscope
reveals the substance of
these creatures to be composed entirely of a transpa-
rent glairy matter, in which granules of slightly
greater opacity may be observed to float. Not-
withstanding this simplicity of structure, however,
* Hydra, a fabled monster that reproduced its heads as fast as
they were cut off.
FlG. 17. LONG-ARMED HYDRA.
32
HYDROZOA.
they are able to move from place to place by fixing
alternately the extremities of their body after the
manner of a leech, and they are sensible to the
presence of light, which they always approach.
But their most wonderful attribute is that of being
able indefinitely to reproduce any part of their body
which may be cut off. If a Hydra be cut into pieces,
each individual fragment, however small, will speedily
become a perfect animal, in all respects like the
original, the parts which were defective being pro-
duced in their proper situation. If with fine scissors
we slit one half-way down, the result will be a Hydra
with two mouths, each surrounded by the usual
number of tentacles ; if these be again and again and
again divided, each division will become a new head,
thus forming a realization of the fable of the Lernean
FlG. 18. HTDRA VIVIDIS.
Hydra. Every one of the tentacles of this newly-
formed monster will capture food, and all the mouths
will devour it. If two be cut across, and the fore-
part of one be applied to the hind part of the other,
HYDKOZOA. 33
the two parts will unite and form a perfect Polype
without leaving a scar. They may even be turned
inside out like a glove without injury, and in this
state will remain, that which was the external surface
now being the stomach.
The ordinary mode of increase is by the young
animals budding from the side of the adult, but
previously to their separation, the offsets themselves
often send out side-buds, so that several generations
may sometimes be seen branching from one parent ;
nineteen young of various ages have been seen thus
connected, their numerous long tentacles twining
about in inextricable confusion.
To the earlier observers of the habits of the Hydrae,
nothing could be more mysterious than their power of
seizing and retaining active prey ; but this is now
readily explained. The whole surface of their ten-
tacula is densely provided with a set of organs that
appear, under high powers of the microscope, to be
minute oval vesicles, something like little soda-water
bottles, in each of which is coiled up a long and
delicate filament, not unaptly compared to the lasso
used by Brazilian horsemen.
The neck of each vesicle is furnished with three
sharp spines, which, when the arms are prepared to
seize the prey, become erect and prominent. The
mode of action of these weapons is as simple as the
result is efficacious. The " lasso-threads," with their
viscid extremities, speedily involve the seized victim
in their tenacious folds, and closely bind it against
the spines with which the skin of the Hydra is studded ;
these, probably, in their turn, become prehensile in-
struments ; and, moreover, apparently form an appa-
ratus of poison fangs of a very deadly character, for
it is observable that an animal once seized by the
Hydra, even should it escape from its clutches, almost
immediately perishes.
We have dwelt at some length upon the history
of the Hydra, partly on account of the interest which
attaches to an animal so simple in its apparent
c 3
34
HYDROZOA.
structure and yet so formidably armed, but more
especially because it is the type of a large class of
beautiful creatures, to which we must now beg the
attention of the young naturalist.
The Hydne, as we have seen, are capable of loco-
motion, and wander about from place to place, but a
vast majority of the animals most nearly allied to it
in organization in their adult condition are fixed to
some foreign object upon which they grow.
The Club Hydrse (Coryne)* for example (Fig. 19), are
always found growing upon the surface of some shell or
stone, to which they seem rooted by the extremity of a
FIG. 19. CORYNE: a &, magnified; c, natural size.
horny tube in which they live. In these creatures the
upper part of the body is dilated into a kind of club-
shaped head, armed with tentacula, which, instead of
being arranged in a single circle around the mouth, are
distributed irregularly over the exterior in such a manner
that, at first sight they seem as though they could be of
* icopwr], korune, a club.
HYDEOZOA.
35
little use in procuring food. On watching a living
specimen, however, their efficiency is soon rendered
manifest. No sooner does a passing animal impinge
against one of these filaments than it is seized upon by
the lasso-threads, with which they are armed, and held
with mortal grasp. The mouth of the Coryne is not a
simple orifice, but a protrusible and flexible proboscis,
the extremity of which can be directed towards any
tentacle whereunto the prey happens to be adherent, and
thus the creature feeds itself exactly in the same manner
as the hydra described above.
The Tube Hydra (Tubularia)* constructed very much
after the same plan as the preceding,
resides in a slender horny tube re-
sembling a straw full of mucilaginous
pith, rooted on a solid substance be-
low, and crowned by a living head,
resembling a fine scarlet blossom with
a double row of tentacula, and often
with pendent clusters like grapes.
Though perfect as a single stem,
it is seldom found solitary, from ten
to one hundred and fifty stalks are
generally crowded together, and con-
stitute a brilliant group, too gorgeously
coloured to be effectively portrayed
by art. The tallest specimens rise
thirteen inches high, and are gene-
rally found on dead shells. The
heads, or Hydrce, are not retractile
into the tube ; but, strange to say, are FIG. 2o.-ric.uRE OF TUBU-
continually falling off, and are re-
placed. Six have been seen to be thus reproduced, one
after the other, in six months. Dwelling among the
ravenous inhabitants of the deep, the delicate organs of
these defenceless beings are thus subject to continual de-
struction ; but what if they are mutilated, torn asunder, or
divided? They again rise unhurt. Wounds or lacera-
tions do not impair the vital principle, and thus abundance
is secured the widow's cruse is constantly replenished.
The Sea-wreaths (Sertularice)^ are known to every sea-
side visitor. In these elegant productions the stem is
* Tubulus, a little tube.
t Sertula, a little ivreath.
36
HYDEOZOA.
generally branched into innumerable arborescent forms,
so plant-like in their aspect, that when gathered on the
beach, they are not unfrequently confounded by our lady-
friends, with sundry vegetable growths of kindred appear-
ance, under the name of "sea- weeds;" and sometimes
spread by fairy fingers, and laid out in tasteful groups,
they seem themselves pathetically to join in the petition so
often appended to them by their fair collectors,
" O call us not weeds, but flowers of the sea !"
Beautiful, however, as these " sea- weeds " are when
thus embalmed, we, for our part, prefer to see them living
in their native element, where they present a spectacle of
matchless interest, viewed even with an ordinary micro-
scope. When thus examined, they are found to be made
up of branching tubes, along the sides of which are
ranged in close array little cells or cups sometimes many
thousands in number. Each cell contains a hungry
hydra, with its arms spread out in search of food, ready
to seize and drag into its mouth whatever offers in the
way of aliment. These Polype-cells are variously disposed
FlG. 21. FIGURE OF SERTULARIA OPERCULATA.
in different species, but they all agree in being sessile,
that is, closely sitting on the branchlet where they grow.
Dispersed among these cells, at certain periods of the
year, others are seen of different shape ; these are the
seed-cups, one of which is represented in our figure. In
HYDROZOA.
37
these elegant vases are formed the germs of their in-
numerable progeny, which, when mature, swim forth like
little bands of jelly (planulce} covered externally with
countless \ cilia, enabling them to roam at large in the sur-
jcniincfeg water, till they meet with a fit resting-place
whereon to settle down, and found another colony as
wonderful as that from which they sprung.
Closely resembling the sea-wreaths so much so, indeed,
that they might be easily be mistaken the one for the
other are
The Bell Corallines (Campanularia)* a specimen of which
is represented in the appended figure (Fig. 22). There
are, however, important dif-
ferences between the two fami-
lies, which it will be necessary
to explain. In the Sertularians,
as we pointed out, the Polype-
cells are sessile, closely sitting
on the stem. In the Campa-
nularians every Polype-cup is
raised on a small stalk or
pedicle, so as to resemble very
closely a little wine-glass, the
horny stem being ringed at in-
tervals, thus giving a certain
flexibility to all the branchlets.
The little vases, where the
young are formed, are always
found to sprout just from the
angle where the Polype-cells
join to the central stem, and
are much larger and of different
shape. The most important
difference, however, is, that in
this family the young, instead
of being ciliated germs (pla-
nulce), are active organisms, so unlike their parents, as to
be quite unrecognisable as belonging to the same stock ;
insomuch, indeed, that before describing them, it will be
necessary to make the student acquainted with another
series of beautiful creatures that await our notice.
Acalephse.t The ocean in every climate swarms
* Campanula, a little bell. f d/caA^rj, akalephe, a nettle.
FlG. 22. FIGURE OF LAOMEDEA.
38 HYDROZOA.
with infinite multitudes of animals, which, from their
minuteness and transparency, are almost as imper-
ceptible as the infusoria themselves. All, however,
are not equally minute, some grow to a large size,
and various forms of these are familiar to the inhabit-
ants of every beach, upon which, when cast up by
the waves, they lie, like masses of jelly, melting, as
it were, in the sun, exhibiting but few traces of that
elaborate structure, which more careful examination
discovers them to possess. Their uncouth appear-
ance has gained for them various appellations by
which they are generally known, as Sea-jelly, Sea-
UuHber, or Jelly-fishes; whilst, from disagreeable
FlG. 23. SEA-BLUBBEB.
sensations produced by handling most of them, they
have been called Sea-nettles, Stingers, or Stangers.
Their faculty of stinging is, indeed, the most promi-
nent feature they exhibit, so that their names in
almost all languages are derived from this circum-
stance. They were known to the older naturalists
by the title of Urticte Marinte, and the scientific
appellation, whereby they are generally designated,
is of similar import. The forms of these gelatinous
creatures cannot well be distinguished when thus
cast up by the waves ; but if we look over the side
of a ship at anchor, or take an excursion in a boat,
we shall see many floating freely in their own ele-
ment, and displaying all the elegance and beauty of
HYDROZOA.
39
their structure. The species most commonly met
with assume the form of a mushroom, or umbrella-
shaped disk, composed of transparent jelly. They
move by alternately expanding and contracting their
bodies, and swim with their upper surface directed
forwards, while their fringes and tentacles follow
behind, " like streamers long and gay."
The Long-tailed Stinger (Cyanea* capillatd] of our seas is a most
formidable creature, and the terror of tender-skinned bathers. With
its broad, tawny, festooned and scalloped disk, often a full foot or
even more across, it flaps its way through the yielding waters, and
drags after it a long train of riband-like arms, and seemingly inter-
minable tails, marking its course, when the body is far away from us.
Once tangled m its trailing "hair/' the unfortunate, who has reck-
lessly ventured across the monster's
path, soon writhes in prickly torture.
Every struggle but binds the poisonous
threads more firmly round his body,
and then there is no escape, for when
the winder of the fatal net finds his
course impeded by the terrified human
wrestling in his coils, seeking no combat
with the mightier biped, he casts loose
his envenomed arms, and swims away.
The amputated weapons, severed from
their parent body, vent vengeance on
the cause of their destruction, and sting
as fiercely as if their original proprietor
gave the word of attack. PROF. FORBES.
The Tube-mouthed Sarsia (Sarsia\
tubulosa) ^Fig. 24), is a species of
smaller dimensions, which, as it floats
gracefully along, might be supposed,
sylph-like, to live on light, and quaff
the et.her, but is in reality by no
means addicted to such scanty diet.
A few of them being kept by Professor
Forbes in a jar of salt water, in
which were some small shrimps, de-
voured these animals, so much more
highly organized than themselves, vora-
ciously, apparently enjoying the de-
struction of the upper classes with a
truly democratic relish. One of them
even attacked, and commenced swal-
lowing, a medusa, quite as good as
itself. An animal that can pout out
its mouth to twice the length of its
body, and stretch its stomach to pro-
portionate dimensions, must, indeed, be a triton among the minnows,
* Kwbcos, kuaneos, dark. f Sars, a proper name.
I
j
FlG. 24. FIGURE OF SARSIA.
40 HYDROZOA.
and a very terrific one too. Yet is this ferocious creature one of
the most delicate inhabitants of the ocean, and a very model of ten-
derness and elegance. PROF. FOKBES.
In many species, as in that represented in Fig. 25.
the margin of the transparent disk is fringed with
short and slender tentacles, each of which springs
from a fleshy bulb, wherein is set a speck of deep
purple colour, thought to be an eye, giving an ap-
pearance as though the body was surrounded with
a circlet of gems. On taking it into a dark room
and striking the glass, every purple eye becomes
lighted into a phosphoric flame, and again and again
the crown of light may be made to flash forth, but
less brilliantly than at first, until at length each tiny
lamp, after sparkling for a moment, wanes, and all
is dark again ; and at last it refuses to shine any
more.
These bell-shaped Acalephs are ex-
ceedingly prolific. Their usual mode
of increase, as will be explained
further on, is by means of eggs, or cili-
ated gemmules ; nevertheless, there
are some of them which, like the
Hydra, are propagated by offshoots FIG. 25. FIGURE OF
that spring as buds from various parts
of the body, with which they remain connected like
branches issuing from a plant. " Fancy," says Pro-
fessor Forbes, " an elephant with a number of little
elephants sprouting from his shoulders, bunches of
tusked monsters hanging, epaulette-fashion, from his
flanks, in every stage of advancement. On his right
shoulder, a youthful chuny, with head, trunk, toes,
no legs, and a shapeless body ; on the left, an infant
elephant, better grown, and struggling to get away,
but as yet fast by the tail, and incapable of liberty
and free action. The comparison may seem grotesque
and absurd, but it really expresses what continually
occurs among these Medusae.* It is true that the
* The Acalephs are frequently called " Medusse," their stinging
appendages being compared to the snakes on Medusa's head.
HYDROZOA. 41
latter are minute ; but wonders are not the less
wonderful for being packed in a small compass. A
whale is not above a minnow for his mere bigness."
It was, doubtless, a brave attempt of the adventurer
who first dared to trust himself in a boat upon the sur-
face of the ocean, neither is it difficult to imagine the
trembling confidence with which he framed his rude
bark, and hoisted the rough sail of mat or canvas to
the favouring breeze, following the course of some
great river, the Euphrates or the Tigris, till he reached
the sea, vaunting himself upon his ingenuity ; and yet,
to his astonishment, he must have found, dancing
before him f on the sun-lit wave, a boat, far more
beautiful than that he had contrived, with mast, and
sail, and ballast, all complete.
The Sallee-man (Veletta* scaphoidea\ as it is prettily named in
Latin, consists of a transparent disk of purest jelly, supported by
a delicate plate of firmer texture, lodged in its interior; upon its
upper surface there is raised a mast, a thin, broad film of cartilage,
011 which is spread a sail, worthy to waft along a fairy queen ; while
Fl*. 26 VELELLA.
from beneath hang polype-like appendages that fish for food. To
perfect so beautiful a contrivance, in Rataria, a kindred species, the
crest, is found to contain fibrous threads, apparently of a muscular
nature, by the contractions of which the sail can be lowered or elevated
at the pleasure of the little mariner.
Perhaps there are few animals more beautiful
than
The Globe Beroe (Cy dipped P ileus) (Fig. 27) ; if placed in a glass
of clear sea- water, it looks like a sphere of the purest ice, from which
can be protruded two long tentacles, each of which is furnished along
one side with a series of spirally-twisting filaments. Stretching from
* Velella, a little sail ; scaphoidea, like a boat.
t Cydippe, the name of a goddess.
42 HYDEOZOA.
pole to pole of this translucent little orb, like lines of longitude upon
a globe, and placed at equal distances, are eight broad bands of more
consistence than the other portion of the body. On each of these
FIG . 27. CYDIPPE.
bands are placed thirty or forty paddles, exactly comparable in their
shape to the floats upon the paddle-wheels of a steamboat ; and in
like manner by means of these the little creature rows itself along.
Man to move his wheels must have much cumbersome machinery
the furnace, and the boiler, and the herculean arm, that makes the
enginery revolve. Nature wants none of these encumbrances ; her
paddles are themselves alive, and move at will with such degree of
force as may be needed, either at once or singly, or in groups, work-
ing with mutual consent in any way required. Thus do they all
row equally ; the little Beroe shoots meteor-like along, or if a few
relax their energy, wheels round in broad gyrations, or revolves upon
its axis with inimitable ease and grace.
Neither are nature's steamboats left without the
means of anchoring. Whoever has been on board
one of our sea- going leviathans must have been sur-
prised to see the massive anchors and the tons of
rope or iron cable coiled up in the hold, the labouring
capstan and the mighty gear required to run them
out or heave them up. With all this cumbrous load
nature dispenses. The Beroe, when it chooses, can
put forth from one end of its body what appear like
filaments of molten glass, which, as we watch them,
lengthen, as it were by magic, and from their sides
unfold transparent tendrils, like the tendrils of a
HYDROZOA.
43
vine, which twining round some foreign object, hold
the little bark secure. When no longer wanted,
shrinking back into itself, this apparatus vanishes
from view, leaving no trace of its existence.
Minuter forms of these Beroes throng the icy seas
in cpuntless myriads, and their abundance and ex-
ceeding beauty have attracted the attention of all
northern voyagers. Great shoals of them are there
met with, discolouring the water for a vast extent.
Scoresby observed, that the colour of the Green-
land sea varies from ultramarine blue to olive green,
and from the purest transparency to striking opacity,
appearances, which are not transitory but permanent.
The green semi-opaque water mainly owes its singu-
lar aspect to minute Beroes and Infusorial animal-
cules. It is calculated to form one-fourth part of
the Greenland seas, between the parallels 74 and
80. It is liable to alterations in its position, from
the action of currents, but it is always renewed near
certain situations from year to year. The whales
FlG. 28. -FOOD OF THK WHALE:
, Limacina helicina ; 2, 3, 4, Medusa-, 5, Clio 'b&realis.
throng in this opaque water, for to them it is a good
wholesome soup, nourishing enough, as may be
judged from the following curious calculation :
" The number of Medusae," writes Mr. Scoresby, " in
the olive green water was found to be immense. They
were about one-fourth of an inch asunder. In this
proportion a cubic inch of water must contain 64 ;
44 HYDROZOA.
a cubic foot, 110,592 ; a cubic fathom, 23,887,872,
and a cubical mile about 23,888,000,000,000,000!
From soundings made in the situation where these
animals were found, it is probable that the sea is
upwards of a mile in depth ; but whether these
substances occupy the whole depth is uncertain.
Provided, however, the depth to which they extend
be but two hundred and fifty fathoms, the above
immense number of one species may occur in a space
two miles square. It may give a better conception
of the amount of Medusae in this extent, if we calcu-
late the length of time that would be requisite with
a certain number of persons for counting this num-
ber. Allowing that one person could count a million
in seven days, which is barely possible, it would
have required that eighty thousand persons should
have started at the creation of the world to complete
the enumeration at the present time."
The Medusas in question were Beroes, called
" Fountain-fishes " by the earlier voyagers to Spitz-
bergen, who, mistaking the cause of the eight bands
of iridescence gleaming along the sides of their
bodies, fancied they were so many rivulets of lustrous
water.
In a third form of these beautiful creatures, hence
denominated
Hydrostatic Acalephse, the animal is supported in the
water by a very peculiar organ, or set of organs, consist-
ing of one or more bladders filled with air, which are
appended to the body in various positions, so as to act as
floats of sufficient buoyancy to sustain the creature upon
the surface of the sea.
' The Physalia* (Fig. 29), known to sailors by the name of the
Portuguese man-of-war, has this swimming apparatus single and of
great proportionate size, so that when full of air it is exceedingly
buoyant, and floats conspicuously upon the waves. It closely re-
sembles, when seen from the deck of a vessel, a child's mimic
ship with its sails set; and excites the wonder of those who behold
it, to see so delicate and frail a bark breasting the billows, as it
seems that the first breaking sea must inevitably overwhelm and
dash it to pieces. Yet there it floats, and dances now on the curling
s, phusalis, a bladder.
HYDEOZOA.
45
crest, now in the deep hollow, in spite of wind and wave. Often
while passing just under the lee of the vessel, the sudden lull made by
the interposition of so great a body
between it and the wind, will cause
it for a moment to lie flat on the
water ; but it instantly resumes its
upright position. When examined
closely, the animal is seen to con-
sist of an oblong transparent bladder,
surmounted by a kind of crumpled
crest of a delicate pink colour.
From one end of the bottom of this
bladder proceeds a large bunch of
appendages of various shapes, which
trail in the surrounding water.
These hanging tentacles are of a
very beautiful colour, and possess
the power of stinging in a formidable
degree. MB. GOSSE.
The long cables, or tentacula,
can be thrown out to a great dis-
tance, to twelve or even eighteen
feet, and by the aid of these the
Physalise are able to capture any
small fishes that may come in their
reach ; and which, by the wonder-
ful retractile power of these appen-
dages, are speedily conveyed to the
short suckers or mouths, whereby
the prey is devoured. On placing
FIG. 29.-PHTSALIS. the physalia ^ a tub of watef wit g
some little fishes, they were immediately entangled in its grasp,
and the tubes were soon seen to be filled with portions of the fish
sucked into their interior It is a very interesting sight to watch
one of these animals thus placed in a large tub of water, sometimes
coiling up its tentacles to within half an inch of their bladder-like
support, and then darting them out with surprising velocity to the
distance of several feet, entwining and benumbing their prey, and
then dragging it towards their polype-like mouths. DK. BENNETT.
And now, reverting to the animals described in
the few last pages, so diverse in their forms, and in
their attributes, the reader perhaps begins to wonder
what relationship exists among them that they
should thus be classified as members of the same
great family ; and this we must next proceed to
explain.
Any one who will examine, with a little industry,
the surface of the stones, or shells, or rocks, upon the
shore, just at the lowest point of the ebb-tide, will
probably observe, clinging to their surface, numerous
46 HYDROZOA MEDUSIPAKOUS BEPKODUCTION.
delicate white tufts or tassels, every one of which,
examined closely, is found to be a hydra, scarcely
different in its form or habits from that we have de-
scribed in a preceding page.
This marine hydra has received the name of
Hydra tuba : it quite equals in voracity its fresh-
water namesake, is equally formidable in its arma-
ture of lasso-threads, and is ordinarily multiplied in
the same manner by buds or gemma3 that sprout
from its surface : at certain seasons, however, the body
of the Hydra tuba becomes considerably elongated,
and divided by constrictions into numerous seg-
ments, resembling a pile of saucers placed one
within the other. Shortly, from the margin of each
saucer, tentacles are seen to sprout, not resembling
those of the hydra, but those of the medusae, and
FlG. 30. FIGURE OP TURKIS AND ITS YOUNG.
after a little while these saucers, detaching them-
selves successively from the top of the pile, swim
away completely formed and active AcalephaB
(Fig. 30).
The Campulanarian Zoophytes (Fig. 22), as we
have explained, produce their young in elegant
transparent vases, which sprout from the bases of
their Polype-bearing branchlets, yet when these
vases open they send forth, not ciliated embryos, as
is the case with the Sertularian Polypes (Fig. 21), but
ANTHOZOA ZOOPHYTES. 47
Acalephs, that swim about like little parachutes,
cast out by thousands into the surrounding water.
On the other hand, the young of the medusae are
found, in the first stage of their existence, exactly to
resemble hydriforrn Polypes, proving at least the
existence of a relationship among them, although its
extent is as yet very imperfectly understood.
CHAPTER VI.
ANTHOZOA* (Corals).
IF earth can boast its gardens and parterres, so can
the bottom of the sea ; nor do the flowers of ocean
yield one jot either in the elegance of their forms, or
the brilliancy of their colouring, to the blossoms that
adorn the realms of Flora. The corallines that we
have hitherto considered, constitute, as it were, but
the mosses and the lichens of the coral landscape :
we must now turn our attention to the larger plants
and shrubs. The Zoophytes,! that next present
themselves to our consideration, imitate nearly every
variety of terrestrial vegetation. Trees of coral
exist, which, though they do not equal in size the
oaks of our forests, are gracefully branched, and
their whole surface blooms with coral-polypes in the
place of leaves and flowers. Our shrubs, our rose-
trees, beds of pinks and feathery ferns are all re-
flected, as it were, in mimic beauty. Some species
spread themselves into broad leaves, studded with
Polype flowers. The gorgeous blossoms of the cactus,
the full-blown sun-flower, and the wreathing vine,
have each their living representatives. Besides these
forms, imitating vegetation, the shapes of graceful
* &/0os, anthos, a flower ; fwoj/, zoon, an animal, so called from
their resemblance to flowers.
f &ov, zoon, an animal ; tyvrdv, phutpn, a plant /thus named
by the older naturalists from their plant-like appearance.
48 ANTHOZOA.
vases rear themselves amid the fairy scene, festooned
with coral branchlets, and there are solid hemispheres
resembling domes bedecked with Polype stars of
purple and of emerald green, huge fans expand on
every side, and Madrepores are crowded round in
turfy clumps to variegate the prospect. Words,
FlQ. 31. MADREPOBES.
however extravagant they may appear, can convey
no exaggerated impression of such a scene, for fancy's
work could never be more strangely beautiful.
It is not, however, in their luxuriance of growth that
we must introduce the Anthozoa to the contemplation
of the student ; we must select a few among the mul-
titude for special study.
The Alcyons (Alcyonium). Every stroller upon the
beach must frequently have found, cast up by tlie retiring
waves, rude shapeless lumps of leathery consistence,
known by the vulgar as Cow's paps or Dead man's fingers,
names which, however characteristic, are by no means
calculated to invite attention, Nevertheless, on placing
one of these misshapen masses in a jar of clear sea-water,
it will soon present a spectacle that must command our
ANTHOZOA.
49
admiration. Slowly the unsightly fabric swells, as
though by imbibing the water in which it is immersed,
and as it dilates to a larger and still larger size, assumes a
transparency that it did not possess before. When fully
expanded, little pits or cells appear upon its surface, and
from each of these there issues forth a living flower, for
FlG. 32. ALCYON.
such it seems, which gradually expanding till it has at-
tained its full development, begins to fish for prey in the
surrounding water by means of the petal-like tentacles
placed around its mouth. The food thus obtained,
having been conveyed into the stomach of the Polype
that caught it, and digested there, is absorbed into the
50 ANTHOZOA.
general mass of the Alcyon, which in this way derives its
nourishment from the numerous sources of supply dis-
tributed over its surface.
FlG. 33. FIGURE OF POLYPES OF ALCYOX.
The Polypes that are thus protruded will be found, on
examination, to differ very materially in their structure
from the Hydras described in the preceding chapter. In
the Anthozoa the Polypes, when expanded, are found to
have eight hollow tentacles, the margins of which are
fringed by a triple row of minute fleshy papillae.
These tentacles surround a central orifice, which is the
mouth. Internally, we may perceive that each Polype is
furnished with a distinct stomach, suspended in the
centre of its body, not simply excavated in the gelatinous
substance. The space between this stomach and the
walls of the Polype is divided into compartments by
membranous partitions, whereby the stomach is sus-
pended and retained in its position. These differences
of structure, which are sufficiently evident, at once enable
us to distinguish the Hydrozoa from the Anthozoic
Zoophytes.
Madrepores. It is evident that the Alcyons de-
scribed above must necessarily be of very limited
dimensions, else from the general softness of their
bodies, they would be overwhelmed by their own
weight. If, therefore, animals of similar organization
ANTHOZOA. 51
are required constructed upon a larger scale, it be-
comes needful that the whole fabric should be sup-
ported upon some internal framework or scaffolding,
of a nature sufficiently firm and unyielding to sus-
tain the general body, and thus allow full room for
the expansion of the flower-like Polypes. In a vast
majority of instances, therefore, the common sub-
stance of these creatures has the power of depositing
earthy particles derived from the surrounding water,
wherewith it builds a massive skeleton, presenting
upon its surface innumerable little pits or cells
wherein the Polypes lodge. Such are
The Madrepores, whose skeletons form the ornaments
of our cabinets, and of which a small fragment is deline-
ated in the accompanying engraving (Fig. 34).
FlG. 34. MADREPOBE.
Many of these stony masses form branching clusters of
exceeding elegance, nor is our admiration at all abated
when we institute a closer examination of their structure.
Take any one of all the million cells which crowd its
surface, each tiny orifice in which each individual Polype
of the countless host resides is in itself a microscopic
gem, matchless for the regularity and beauty of its ar-
rangement, and the mathematical precision with which it
D 2
52 ANTHOZOA.
is built (Fig. 35). During the life of the Madrepore,
every one of these minute cells gave issue or concealment
FlG. 35. ORIFICE OF MADREPORE.
to a radiant Polype, which, like a living flower, protruded
its eight arms in search of food.
In the hot climates where these stone-making corals
abound, they frequent shallow bays and sheltered spots,
where they can enjoy the full influences of light and are
unexposed to the agitation of the ocean : in such situa-
tions the submarine rocks become gradually incrusted
with their calcareous skeletons, and if left undisturbed, in
the lapse of years successive generations deposit such
large quantities of calcareous matter as to form beds of
considerable thickness.
In the formation of their massive skeletons, it must be
remembered that life and death constantly keep pace with
each other. The living mass, whilst growing at the top,
is with concurrent progress perishing beneath, leaving
the imperishable stone a still accumulating mound. With
such a mode of increase, there is no necessary limit to
the growth of these zoophytes. The rising mass may
expand upwards, until it nears the surface of the sea,
when death ensues simply from exposure, and not from
any failure in its powers of life ; still growing round the
margin of the rock itself has formed, it spreads on every
" side. Old ocean raves to see a whole domain thus res-
cued from his grasp, and piles upon the nascent island
mud and weeds, which soon produce a vegetable soil;
seeds brought by birds, and cocoa-palms take root upon
the new-born surface, soon thick groves appear, inviting
human occupation, and man comes at last to take posses-
sion of a territory reared by the unaided efforts of these
humble creatures.
ANTHOZOA. 53
Could we raise one of these islands from the sea, we
should find the coral reefs surrounding it like magnificent
piles of artificial masonry resembling ramparts, perhaps,
a hundred miles or more in circuit.
Mr. Darwin has estimated the reefs of the Gambier
group at their outer limits to be two thousand feet
in thickness. Some of the coral beds in the Pacific
Ocean have a length of twelve hundred and a breadth
of three hundred and fifty or four hundred miles,
while another on the Australian coast is at least
twelve hundred miles long. Thus, therefore, at the
bottom of the sea we find materials plentiful enough
wherewith to build, not islands only, but whole
continents, which only want upheaving to the sur-
face to become the abode of Man ; and there is an
agency at hand whereby they can be raised. He
who has climbed Vesuvius, or scaled the lofty sides
of thundering Etna, has had proof enough that there
is fire beneath the ground he treads upon ; and that
this fire is widely spread, a single glance at any map
will testify. Through Europe, Asia, and the mighty
chain,
'* Where Andes, giant of the western star,
With meteor standard to the winds unfurl'd,
Looks from his throne of clouds o'er half the world,"
each mountain tells us of volcanic power imprisoned
deep beneath its basis. Suppose, for a moment, that
through some wide rent the ocean found its way
into this fiery gulph, and the imprisoned steam, pro-
duced by such a dread catastrophe, putting its Titan
shoulders to the roof, heaved up the bottom of the
sea, with all its coral load ; mountains huge would
raise
" Their broad, bare backs into the sky,"
from which new rivers would descend to fertilize
another region of the globe.
The Corals (Corallium)* properly so-called (Fig. 36),
have their central axis, which supports the external living
flesh, solid, without cells for the lodgment of the Polypes,
* Corallum, coral.
ANTHOZOA.
and variously branched. As a well-known example of
this tribe of zoophytes, we may select for description the
common red coral (Comllium rubrum), a branch of which
is represented in our figure. The red coral is principally
FlG. 36. RED CORAL.
obtained from the Mediterranean: when growing at the
bottom of the sea, it consists of short branched stems in-
crusted with the living flesh, whereby the central axis is
produced, and which at intervals is studded with the
flower-like mouths that give it nourishment. The central
stem or " polypary," as the stony axis is called, is of
extreme hardness, and susceptible of a high polish, to
which circumstance, together with its brilliant crimson
hue, the estimation in which it is held is principally
owing. The fishery for coral is carried on in boat 3,
Each boat contains at least three men, who are provided
with a massive wooden cross, to whose equal arms are
attached strong hempen nets. A large stone placed upon
the centre of the apparatus sinks it to the bottom, fre-
quently to the depth of two hundred or three hundred
feet. While one of the fishermen is employed in alter-
nately raising and letting fall the machine, bumping the
ground to break the coral stems, the others row the boat,
so as to sweep over a certain space. After a time the
ANTHOZOA,
55
whole is drawn up, and the fragments of coral which have
been retained by the meshes of the net, are carefully
removed.
The Mare' s-tail Coral (Isis* Hippuris). The short and stunted
trunks of the red coral, which in their shape resemble little oaks,
although composed of brittle substances, are strong enough to
resist the violence of the tempest ; but in the taller and more slender
forms, such brittleness would render them quite unfit to occupy the
situations in which they grow, and they would be continually liable
to be broken by the agitation of the sea, if, by a beautiful modifica-
tion in the construction of their central stem, they had not been
adapted to the circumstances of their position. In the Isis Hippuris,
therefore (Fig. 37), the central axis is constructed with alternate
FIG. 37. isis.
joints of stony and of ^orny substance ; so that, being thus made
flexible, they bend before the passing waves, and thus remain secure
from otherwise inevitable destruction.
The Bark-bearing Corals (Gorgoniae)^ in their length
and slender form resemble osiers, or, as in the case of the
Gorgonia flabdlum (Fig. 38, i), are spread out into large
flat expansions that are called sea-fans. These zoophytes
* Isis, a goddess ; ITTTTOS, hippos, a horse ; ovpa, oura, a tail (Mare's-
tail, a plant).
t Gorgon, a mythological name.
56
ANTHOZOA.
have their framework entirely composed of Horny sub-
stance, which is black, and coated with flesh of a bright
yellow colour, or sometimes purple. From the ramifi-
cations being very numerous and uniting with each other
at short intervals, this species is a very beautiful one ;
and when bespangled with its living flowers, presents a
charming spectacle.
The Sea-pens (Pennatulce)* (Fig. 38, 2) constitute a
very remarkable family, specimens of which are frequently
brought up in the nets of fishermen upon our own coasts,
The species represented in our engraving (Pennatula
phosphorea) very closely resembles a broad feather from
two to four inches in length, and of a purplish colour,
the lower part, which represents the barrel of the quill, is
tipped with orange. Above this the stem is fringed on
each side with flat appendages that represent the plume,
along the upper edge of which are placed the cells
wherein the Polypes lodge. Some authors have affirmed
that the Sea-pen swims freely in the sea; but modern
observation tends to throw discredit on this statement,
FlG. 38. 1. SEA-FAN. 2. SEA-PEN.
It is usually found with its stem inserted into the mud ai
the bottom, and those that have been kept for observation
* Pennatula, a little feather.
ANTHOZOA. 57
have never exhibited any capability of locomotion. Some
species, when disturbed, become highly luminous, inso-
much, that the statement of Linnaeus, that the "phos-
phorescent Sea-pens cover the bottom of the sea, and
there cast so strong a light that it is easy to count the
fishes and worms sporting among them," is by no means
devoid of foundation.
Hitherto we have seen the solid part either stony
or horny, called the skeleton or polypidom, deposited
within the living flesh, but there are some species of
Anthozoa in which it forms a protecting sheath to
the bodies of the Polypes which are lodged in its
interior. The elegant aggregation of tubes called
The Organ-pipe Coral (TuMpora* Musica) is an example of such
a structure (Fig. 39). It consists of small cylindrical tubes of a
rich crimson hue, placed nearly parallel, but at a short distance
apart, and united at regular distances by successive stages of hori-
zontal plates, that divide the series into ranges, or stories, like the
FIG. 39. OUGAN-PIPE CORAL.
different floors of a house supported by many pillars. From the
inouth of each tube, in the living state, protrude the eight tentacles
of a starry Polype of a brilliant green colour, forming a striking
contrast with the crimson polypidom.
Actiniae.")' In the succeeding group of Polypes, while
the general form and structure of the Anthozoa are pre-
served, we find an organization much more complex than
* Tubus, a tube ; porus, a pore.
f aKrlv, aktin, a ray.
D 3
58 ANTHOZOA.
we have yet encountered. In the Actinice the tentacles
are very numerous, and ranged in several circles round
the mouth. When expanded, being often of gay colours,
they so much resemble composite flowers, such as the
daisy, the marigold, and others, as to have obtained their
names for different species, and the term " animal flowers "
for the entire group. When expanded and viewed in
profile, the form of an Actinia is that of a short, broad,
cylinder, with the tentacles radiating from the upper
margin (Fig. 40), the base being somewhat dilated. But
when the absence of light or water, or any other cause,
induces them to repose, the tentacles contract, and the
upper part of the body, by a partial inversion, closes over
them, leaving no trace of the place where they disappeared
except a wrinkled depression in the centre. In this con-
dition their shape is, more or less, that of a bell, as may
be seen in the next figure (Fig. 40).
When still more firmly closed, the creature looks like
nothing but a rounded lump of fleshy substance, plastered
on the rock (Fig. 41, 2) ; but as the animal again expands,
the central opening at the top gradually widens, the
margin slowly rolls back, and the tentacles it concealed
begin to show their tips. As the expansion goes on, the
FIG. 40. FIGUBE OF ACTINIA.
tentacles continue to enlarge, and the margin to spread
outwards, until, finally, the disk with the mouth in the
centre is fully displayed, and the tentacles, like petals,
fringe it round.
In the species delineated in the next figure, Actinia gemmacea,
there is an instinct displayed of a very admirable character. Such
ANTHOZOA. 59
individuals as have taken up their residence on the half-submerged
rocks, where the daily recess of the tide exposes them to observa-
tion, are covered with rough warts, and blotched with dusky brown,
and dull orange ; and still further to insure their concealment, cover
themselves with fragments of shells, seaweed, and gravel, which
adhere to their skin so strongly as not to be washed oif ; and being
thus veiled, the animals are quite concealed from observation. On
the other hand, those species which inhabit deep water, as if aware
that the necessity for concealment no longer existed, use. no such
precaution : their skins are smooth and naked, and adorned with
the vivid tints which make the species so beautiful. These Actinise
are easily procured, and may be kept alive in sea water for a long
time without difficulty : in a glass vessel their beauty is displayed to
advantage. They are capable of very long fasts, although suffi-
ciently voracious when food is to be obtained.
Although the Actiniae are usually fixed to the
bottom by their broadly-expanded bases, many of
them can detach themselves, and float through the
water to a new resting-place ; or they will slide along
slowly over the rocks, by the action of their base or
foot, and some are said to turn themselves over and
walk upon the extremities of their tentacles. There
is, indeed, a small group of Actiniae (Actineta) fitted
expressly for an ocean life, by means of an air-cavity
in the base containing a vesicular or spongy disk
made up of air-cells, which serves as a float. Thus
provided, the animal lies on the water with its base
uppermost and its mouth and tentacles below the
surface, and in this position it is carried about by
winds and currents.
The tentacles of the Actiniae are not always
simple tubes: in the A. aleyonoides, represented on
the left hand of our engraving (Fig. 41, i), they are of
a very complex character, and are provided near
their tips and at their sides with minute suckers,
with which they are enabled to grasp their pr.ey.
In common with the Hydrozoa the Actiniae are
furnished with an armature of oblong, transparent
vesicles, which have the power of shooting out a long
thread-like lasso of excessive tenuity. These abound
on the tentacles ; but there are also certain special
organs upon which they are crowded to an extra-
ordinary degree, and which seem to be simply
60 ANTHOZOA.
magazines of these weapons. Certain species of
Actinia have the faculty of shooting forth from
orifices scattered over the surface of the body, slender
white filaments in great profusion, coiled up so as to
resemble tangles of sewing cotton. The slightest
touch is sometimes sufficient to make these filaments
shoot forth from various points with great force and
rapidity. They have a strongly-adhesive power,
which is dependent upon a very wonderful me-
chanism. On being examined with a microscope,
FIG. 41. AKIUAL FLOWERS j l. Actinia Alcyoncides; 2, A. Gemmacea.
the entire surface of the tentacula and the cotton-
like threads are seen to be densely crowded with
transparent oval vesicles, in each of which is coiled
up a delicate filament, often thirty or forty times
longer than the capsule which contains it, and more-
over this lasso-thread is variously armed with sharp
barbed spines of inconceivable minuteness, but formid-
ably effective for their purpose. On the slightest irri-
tation, the spiral-thread bursts forth and entwines the
victim in its spiny folds, which seem to be armed
ANTHOZOA. 61
with some potent venom, as a small animal once
seized by them dies, even should it escape from
their tenacious grasp.
The Actiniae, like the Hydra, seem to defy the
effects of mutilation ; they may be cut in two perpen-
dicularly or across, and each cutting will soon fur-
nish forth the wanting parts, and present itself in all
respects well and hearty. Mr. GOSSE.
In some species, when a large individual has been
a good while adherent to one spot, and at length
chooses to change its quarters, it does so by causing
its base to move slowly along the surface on which
it rests. Put it frequently happens that small
irregular fragments of the edge of the base are left
behind, as if their adhesion had been so strong that
the animal found it easier to tear its own tissues
apart than to overcome it. The fragments so left
soon contract, become smooth and spherical, or oval
in outline ; and in the course of a week or a fortnight,
may be seen each furnished with a margin of ten-
tacles, and a disk, transformed in fact into perfect
though small Actiniae. Occasionally a separated piece,
more irregularly jagged than usual, will, in contracting,
form two smaller fragments, each of which becomes
a separate animal. Dr. T. Strethill Wright cut off
a minute piece of the base of a Sea Anemone; the
part immediately receded from the parent, and in
three weeks became a perfect Actinia ; he then cut
pieces from these with the same result, and ultimately
got fourteen from the orginal one.
The ordinary mode of reproduction in these
zoophytes is by minute germs or ova, which are to be
found suspended in dense clusters in the interior of
the animal ; these escape into the creature's stomach,
and are discharged into the sea through the mouth.
Some of the Actiniae are exceedingly prolific, pro-
ducing from 150 to 300 young in a single day. The
characteristic form and markings of the parent are
distinctly recognisable in the newly-born progeny,
the principal distinction, besides the difference of
62 ANTHOZOA.
size, being the fewness of the tentacles, which at first
are only about twelve in number.
The Mushroom Corals (Fungice)* are so called on ac-
count of a striking resemblance between the arrangement
of the stony laminae upon the upper surface of their frame-
work and the gills of a mushroom (Fig. 42). This, however,
is but the skeleton, and though it is a very pretty object,
those who are acquainted with it alone can form from it
but a very poor idea of the living animal. When removed
from its native element, the violence at first causes the
soft living flesh to contract so forcibly that scarcely any
difference is perceptible between it and the dry skeleton,
nor is any alteration at once manifest on putting it into
salt water. But let it recover its confidence, its equanimity,
then a pellucid gelatinous flesh will be seen emerging
from between the plates, from which arise exquisitely
formed and coloured tentacles fringing the surface, across
which stretches the mouth, resembling a slit with white
plaited lips, like the orifice of a cowrie shell.
FlG. 42. FUNGIAo
* Fungus, a mushroom.
63
CHAPTER VII.
ECHINODEEMATA.*
IT is beautiful to observe by what gentle steps the
student of Nature is able to ascend, from the con-
templation of one form of animal life to another
more elevated in the scale of creation. We have
learned, in the preceding chapter, that many tribes of
the Polypes secrete calcareous matter in large quan-
tities, and thus construct for themselves a solid
framework, which sustains the living mass. Let us,
for a moment, suppose a Polype supported upon a
long stem, capable of strengthening its pedicle, its
body, the tentacula around its mouth, and all the
appendages belonging to the animal, with solid pieces
of definite form, such pieces being connected together
by the soft parts and surrounded on all sides with
living flesh, would thus form an internal skeleton,
giving strength and support to the entire fabric, and
at the same time allowing it to bend in every direc-
tion. A Polype so constituted would, when dried,
present an appearance resembling that depicted in
the annexed figure (Fig. 44, 7). The creature repre-
sented, however, is not a Polype, but an
Encrinite,f one of the lowest of the class of Star-
fishes. In its habits of life an Encrinite, thus con-
structed, closely resembles the more highly-organized
Anthozoa. Fixed by its jointed stem upon the sur-
face of the rock, it curves its pedicle from side to
side in search of food, which with its flower-like
arms, it seizes and conveys into its mouth. These
Encrinites are, in modern times, the scarcest pro-
ductions of the ocean. A species similar to that in
our engraving exists in the West Indian seas ; and
* ^XLVOS, echinos, a hedgehog ; Sep^a, derma, skin.
f V, en, in ; Kpivov, krinon, a lily.
ECHINODEKMATA.
not many years ago, the interesting discovery was
made of another species upon our own coasts; this,
however, is of very small size, not exceeding three-
quarters of an inch in length with these rare ex-
FlG. 43. FOSSIL.
LILY STONES.
ceptions, the race of Encrinites appears to be ex-
tinct. Yet the time has been when the bottom
of the sea must have been as thickly covered with
ECHINODERMATA. 65
creatures of this description as a corn-field is with
corn. Many large kinds are found in a fossil state
in our chalk and limestone rocks, and vast strata
of marble, extending over large tracts of country in
Northern Europe and in North America, are entirely
made up of their petrified skeletons.
u Man applies it to construct his palace and adorn
his sepulchre; but there are few who know, and fewer
still who appreciate, the surprising fact that much of
this marble is composed of millions of the skeletons
of organized beings, once endowed with life, and
susceptible of enjoyment, which after performing the
part that was for a while assigned to them in living
Nature, have contributed their remains towards the
composition of the mountain masses of the earth."
DR. BUCKLAND.
The numerous pieces of which their stems were
formed are met with in abundance in the north of
England, where they are popularly known as St.
Cuthbert's beads, while their polype-like heads have
been regarded as petrified flowers, and designated
" Lily stones " (Fig. 43). The origin of these beau-
tiful fossils, formerly so mysterious, is thus easily
explained.
The Feather-star (Comatula)* (Fig. 44, e), common
upon our coast, is but an Encrinite without a stem, and thus
enabled to move freely at the bottom of the sea. The central
box which contains the stomach is furnished with a mouth,
around which radiate the arms, fringed with a double row
of jointed filaments ; by means of these the Feather-star
can creep upon the sand, or twining them around the stems
of sea-weeds or corals, it can climb in search of food, or
by the undulations of its feathery filaments, row itself from
place to place through the water, with a graceful gliding
motion.
The Sea-baskets (GorgonocepJialus)^ (Fig. 44, 5). In
these elaborately- constructed creatures, the shell of the
living animal is entirely covered with a thick fleshy crust.
From the circumference of the disk proceed five strong rays,
* Comatus, having hair.
t ropyw, Gorgon, Medusa ; /cedxxA^, kephale, the head.
66
ECHINODEKMATA.
which subdividing again and again, always by binary divi-
sion, soon become multiplied into living ropes, spread out
all around the body ; and being made up of an immense
number of jointed pieces, they are as flexible as whip-cord,
and as manageable as the legs of a spider. Each of these
innumerable cords is, in the living animal, terminated by a
FlG. 44. -ECHINODERMATA.
minute yellowish fleshy ball, something resembling a little
foot, so that the whole creature, as it walks along, appears
like a conglomeration of serpents, strangely linked together,
whence it has, not inappropriately received its mytholo-
gical name of Gorgonocephalus, or Medusa's Head. These
Star-fishes inhabit the deep parts of the sea, and seem
principally to frequent coral-beds and localities where
marine plants are abundant, around which they wind their
arms, and thus crawl about in search of sustenance. The
intertwined assemblage of their living tendrils forms a sort
of net, in which small animals are entangled and dragged
towards the mouth. "This elaborate piece of Nature,"
says its first describer, "has its body resembling an
Echinus, or Egg-fish, the main branches a star, and the
dividing of the branches, the plant misseltoe. It spreads
itself from a pentagonal root into five main limbs or
ECHIKODEKMATA. 67
branches, each of which, just at the issuing out from the
body, divides itself into two, and each of the ten branches
thus formed, does again divide into two parts, making
twenty lesser branches, and each of these doth again
divide, making in all forty. These again divide into eighty,
and these into 160, and they again into 320. The division
is again repeated, making 640, afterwards 1,280, 5,120,
10,240, 20,480, 40,960, and at the fourteenth division^
beyond which the farther expansion could not be distinctly
traced, there were 81,920 small tendrils or threads in
which the branches of this Star-fish terminate."
We next arrive at a group called
Snake-tailed Star-fishes (Of&itiridae),* one of which is
represented at Fig. 44, 4. The rays are no longer divided
into branches, but are, nevertheless, curiously constructed,
and being twisted about with great activity when the
creature is disturbed, look not a little like the tails of
serpents whence the name given to this family.
A very interesting circumstance in the economy of
these animals is their extreme brittleness, whence they
have merited the name of "Brittle-Stars" On the least
FlG. 45. BRITTLE STAR.
alarm or excitement, the creature throws off one or per-
haps all its rays, and breaks them into fragments. This
* oy Aristotle.
ECHIXODERMATA. 7
nevertheless, their relationship to the Urchins and Sta
fishes is manifestly shown, by their apparatus of locom
tive suckers, which are of precisely the same structure i
those of the Echinus. As if, however, also to manife
an affinity with the Polype forms, there still exists in tl
Holothuria a circle of branched tentacles, which surrour
Fro. 50. HOLOTHURIA:.
the mouth. These are capable of being withdrawn im
the body, but are commonly protruded in expectation <
prey, which is seized and dragged to the mouth by thei
appendages. They greatly resemble in appearance tl
tentacles of some of the Acfinia\ especially when tl
Holothuria has buried its whole body in the mud or sam
with the exception of these branched tentacles, whic
expand like the petals of a flower. A species named
The Cotton-Spinner (HoloUwria Xigra\ sometimes called tl
"Nigger," is very common in deep water, off the coast of Cornwal
it is held by the fishermen in great detestation, on account of i
Biimy appearance, and from an idea that where the "Niggers" a
numerous, and get into the Crab-pots, neither crabs nor lobsters a
caught. These animals are frequently near a foot in length, ai
thick in proportion. They sometimes draw themselves up into
kind of ball and if touched or disturbed, throw out a bunch
white taper thivads of givat tenacity, that stick to everything th(
touch, and no doubt constitute a means of defence.
The Siphon-worms (SipuHculu*)* (Fig. 51) have alengtl
ened and slender body, and all the aspect of worms, wit
* Sipunculus, from an^ov, a tube.
74 ENTOZOA.
the exception of the circle of tentacles around their
mouths, by which they indicate their lingering affinity to
the Echinoderms. They have no suckers or feet, and
many species are marked by wrinkles encircling their
body, causing them to resemble earth-worms in their
appearance as well as in their habits. Most of them bore
deep holes in the sand, wherein they lodge. Others
conceal themselves in the crevices of rocks ; and there is
one species, Sipunculus Bernhardus, represented in our
engraving (Fig. 51), which selects the shell of some
periwinkle or whelk for its abode.
FlG. 51. HERMIT SIPUNCULUS.
CHAPTER VIII.
ENTOZOA* (Parasitic Worms).
LAVISHLY as we have already found the world to be
filled with the lower forms of animated beings, our
astonishment will be by no means lessened, when we
learn that innumerable creatures have been ordained
to lead a parasitic life, and to procure their nourish-
ment from the superabundant juices of other
animals; neither is this race of parasites by any
means deficient in numerical importance, or con-
structed with less careful adaptation to the situation
in which they are destined to reside ; they present,
however, little to invite our attention, and the details
* vr6s, entos, within ; (MOV, zoon, an animal.
ENTOZOA. 75
known concerning their general economy are, as yet,
extremely few and unsatisfactory.
One of the most common is
The Hydatid (Cysticercus), which not unfrequently infests the
flesh of pigs, causing that diseased condition which is known as
measly pork. Its body consists of a globose transparent bag, with a
slender neck, terminated by a remarkable prehensile apparatus
consisting of a double row of recurved spines and four adhesive
suckers represented upon an enlarged scale upon the right-hand
FlG. 52. FIGUEE OF CTSTICEKEN.
side of the figure. These simply-constructed animals, formerly re-
garded as a distinct species, have been proved by recent experiments
to be but an incomplete condition of
The Tape-worms (Tenix], many species of which are met with
in the alimentary canal of various animals, where they have been
known to attain the length of sixty, or even a hundred feet. The
body of the tape-worm consists of a great number of segments, some-
times amounting to five hundred or more ; these become very slender
as they approach the so-called head (scolex), from which they are
all successively produced.
The Flukes (Distomd) constitute a very numerous race, of which
the Liver Fluke, Distoma hepaticum, but too well known as inhabit-
ing the liver of the sheep, will serve as an example. It resembles in
shape a little sole, about an inch in length, furnished with two
suckers, each of which was at one time supposed to be a mouth
whence the origin of their name. When sheep are pastured in low
wet meadows, this animal often multiplies in them excessively,
producing dropsy or rot, and finally causing the death of the poor
creatures so intested.
rc 9
76 TUBBELLARIA.
The Guinea-worm (Filaria* Medinensis) is a most troublesome
animal in hot climates, where it takes up its residence under the
skin of our legs and feet, and sometimes causes very serious annoy-
ance. It is more especially met with on the Guinea coast of Africa,
and thence derives its name. This plague of the human race,
although not thicker than a knitting needle, sometimes measures
upwards of a yard in length : how it gets into its selected abode
it is not easy to conjecture; but when once located it seems to
make itself quite at home, causing painful tumours : on arriving at
maturity it comes to the surface, when it is carefully extracted by the
Arab or negro doctors.
We have in this country a worm of very similar
structure, called
The Hair-worm (Gordius}^ common in summer time in ponds
and ditches, so closely resembling in its appearance a hair from a
horse's tail, that in former times it was the popular belief that they
were really living horse-hairs; their history is somewhat curious.
They pass the early part of their life in the interior of some insect,
generally a water-beetle, where they grow to the length of ten or
eleven inches. When full grown, they escape from the body of the
poor insect in which they have been nourished, and seek some piece
of water, or moist situation, where they deposit their eggs in long
chains.
TURBELLABIA.J
Another large group of worms, although closely
allied to the Entozoa, are not parasitic. Their body
is flat, soft, and often very contractile, but their chief
distinguishing character is that they are entirely
covered with cilia, by the movements of which they
glide over any smooth surface. They are divisible
into two families, the Planarise and the N emeries
both of which merit description.
The Planarias (Planaria) are to be found abundantly
in almost every pond, where they have very much the
appearance of little slugs. These animals are of a gela-
tinous consistence, and enjoy such a power of self-con-
traction, that they can reduce their whole substance to the
form of a speck of jelly, in which condition they occasion-
ally force themselves rather disagreeably upon the notice
of incautious water-cress eaters. The Planarise inhabit
* Filum, a thread.
t Gordius, a man who tied a very hard knot.
j Turbella, a commotion, because the action of their cilia makes a
stir in the surrounding water.
TURBELLARIA. 77
both salt and fresh water, where they swim about rapidly,
by an undulating movement of their body, somewhat after
the manner of a leech, and creep with great ease upon
aquatic plants. They are generally of small size, but
exceedingly voracious. Like the Polypes, they appear
capable of almost endless increase by division. Sir J.
Dalyell, speaking of the Black Planaria (P. nigra) says,
" it is privileged to multiply its species, in proportion to
the violence offered. It may almost be called immortal
under the edge of the knife. Innumerable sections of the
body, all become complete and perfect animals. If the
head be cut off, a new head replaces it ; if the tail be
severed, a new tail is acquired."
The mouth of the Planarise is a very remarkable struc-
ture. Near the middle of the under-surface there are two
transverse slits, from the anterior of which a funnel-shaped
organ, like a cup, can be protruded. This acts as a.mouth ;
it is soft, highly irritable, and when drawn within the
body is folded up, like the bud of a plant. This singular
mouth opens immediately into the stomach ; it can be
protruded at pleasure, and applied to the surface of such
larvae or little worms as may come within reach, so as to
suck from them the juices that they contain, or if the
prey be small, it is immediately swallowed.
But the most wonderful creatures belonging to this
group are
The Long Sea-wornis (Nemertes),* occasionally to be met with by
the sea-side explorer, coiled up under loose stones. The length of
this extraordinary production of Nature is positively prodigious;
and its whole history has more the appearance of fable than of sober
truth.
" When I took it up at the sea-side," says the Rev. Mr. Davis (Linn.
Trans.), "collecting such an immense creature into an oyster-shell, a
very large one indeed, I thought it would have been almost impos-
sible to unravel it ; but it is astonishing to think how easily it was
disentangled, owing to the extraordinary smoothness of its surface.
It is impossible to make even a guess at the length of it when alive,
on account of its always extending and contracting itself when
touched, and that with such ease, as almost to exceed belief; but I
may well say that it is capable of extending itself without incon-
venience to twenty-five or thirty times the length that it presents at
another period. It being impossible while the animal was alive to
make any reasonable conjecture as to the length of it, I took it out of
the bottle, and examined it when dead, when I found it to be two-
and- twenty feet long, exclusive of the proboscis. Now I give it
, nemertes, no mistake about it.
78 ARTICULATED ANIMALS.
as my firm opinion, that I speak within bounds when I say the
animal, when alive, might have been extended to four times the length
it presented when dead. It is, therefore, by no means improbable that
this most astonishing creature may have been susceptible of being
drawn out to the length of twelve fathoms, or, according to the
accounts of the fishermen, to thirty yards, or fifteen fathoms.'*
" The ignorant spectator," says Sir John Dalyell, " might almost
suppose this animal to be only designed to be an inconvenience to
itself. Who can affirm that he has ever seen the long sea-worm
entire ? that he had before him this giant of the race, or who can
presume that those, apparently of the largest size, shall grow no
more?
" Unwieldy and unmanageable as this creature seems, it attacks
and devours other worms of all sorts. Portions of mussel are always
acceptable, and are greedily swallowed by its capacious mouth. If
the valves of a mussel be sundered, the animal fastens upon one of
them, drags it away, and consumes the contents at leisure. When he
desires to shift his quarters, he stretches out his body like an
enormous snake ; the eye sees no contraction of muscles, no apparent
means of locomotion, but the microscope teaches us that the Nemertes
glides along by the help of the minute vibratory cilia, with which his
whole body is covered ; he hesitates, he tries, and at last finds a
stone to his taste, whereupon he slowly unrolls his length to convey
himself to his new resting-place ; and while his entangled folds are
unravelling themselves at one end, they are forming a new Gordian
knot at the other."
CHAPTER IX.
SECOND GRAND DIVISION OF THE ANIMAL
KINGDOM.
ARTICULATED* ANIMALS.
WE have now arrived at the second great division of
the animal creation, which includes a vast assemblage
of creatures adapted to exist under a far greater
diversity of circumstances than those we have as yet
had an opportunity of examining. The most obvious
character by which they are distinguished is met
with in their exterior conformation. They are com-
posed of a succession of rings, formed by the skin or
outward integument, which, from its hardness, con-
* Articulatus, jointed.
ARTICULATED ANIMALS.
79
stitutes a sort of external skeleton. In the lowest
forms the body is extremely elongated, the segments
proportionately soft and numerous, and, as a neces-
sary consequence, limbs either do not exist, or are
feeble and imperfect. Such is the srtucture met
with in the Annelida, or Worms, as for example, in
the leech (Fig. 53).
As we advance, we find the tegumen-
tary rings become less numerous, and
the skin of a denser and more firm tex-
ture, adapted to sustain the action of
stronger and more powerful muscles;
the limbs likewise become more elabo-
rately formed, their movements more
free and energetic. Moreover, the in-
struments of sight and touch begin to
assume considerable perfection of struc-
ture. This state of development we
find in the Myriapoda or Centipedes
(Fig. 55).
In the Insects the perfection of the
Fro. 53. LEECH.
FlG. 54. DIVISION'S OF A BEETLE.
external skeleton is still more remarkable, and the
integument acquires a hardness and solidity pro-
80
AETICULATED ANIMALS.
portioned to the vigorous movements of which the
limbs are now capable. The rings of the body,
hitherto distinct, become more or less soldered to-
gether in those parts where the greatest strength and
firmness are necessary ; and scarcely any traces are
left to indicate their existence as separate pieces ;
so that, instead of exhibiting that succession of
similar segments seen in the centipedes, the body
becomes divided into three distinct portions ; namely,
the head 9 which contains the organs of the senses
and the parts of the mouth, the thorax, supporting
the limbs, or instruments of progression, and the
abdomen, enclosing the viscera subservient to nutrition
and reproduction. (Fig. 54.)
In the fourth division of articulated animals,
namely, the Arachnida (scorpions, spiders, $c.) 9 a
FlG. 55. SCORPION AND CENTIPEDE.
still further consolidation of the external skeleton is
visible, for in these creatures even the separation
between the head and the thorax becomes obliterated,
ARTICULATED ANIMALS.
81
and it is in the abdomen only that the segments of
the body are recognizable. By contrasting the body
of a centipede with that of a scorpion, as represented
in the accompanying figure (Fig. 55), the progress
of this coalescence of the tegumentary rings is
strikingly exemplified.
Lastly, in the Crustacea (crabs, lobsters, $c.) we
find various modifications of the outward skeleton
adapted to the habits of the different races. Among
the lowest forms, the rings composing the external
framework are perfectly distinct and separate, resem-
bling those of the myriapoda ; but in the stronger and
more predacious tribes the pieces of the head and
thorax become solidly fixed together ; and in those
forms most adapted to a terrestrial life, namely, the
crabs, almost all traces of distinction between the
FlG. 56. COMMON CRAB.
thoracic segments is lost in the construction of the
calcareous shield, which covers and protects their
whole body. (Fig. 56.)
In the animals described in preceding chapters the
E 3
82
AKTICULATED ANIMALS.
nervous system, wherever it has been at all dis-
cernible, has existed only in the form of slender
threads, without being accumulated into masses, or
centres of perception. In all creatures, however,
belonging to the articulate division of the animal
kingdom the nervous system is arranged upon a plan
which is sufficiently conspicuous throughout the entire
series. A double chain of brains, or ganglia, runs
down the central line of the body beneath the
alimentary canal ; and it is from the symmetry con-
spicuous in the arrangement of these that the most
unmistakable character whereby the articulata are
distinguished is furnished.
The first pair of brains or ganglia is always situated
in the head, and supplies nerves to the eyes, to the
antennae, and to all the principal instruments of
sensation ; and on the pro-
portionate size and develop-
ment of these ganglia the
perfection of the senses pos-
sessed by any of these crea-
tures depends, consequently
they are generally spoken
of as the brain.
All the other ganglia are
arranged in a double series
along the floors of the dif-
ferent segments of the body,
each supplying the muscles
belonging to the rings in its
neighbourhood. In propor-
tion to the size and per-
fection of these ganglia,
therefore, will be the en-
ergy of the creature's
movements. In the an-
nexed engraving (Fig. 57),
representing the nervous
system of a leech and of a
FlG. 57. NERVES OF LEECH AND
COCKCHAFER.
ARTICULATED ANIMALS. 83
that in the former the nervous centres are nume-
rous and feeble, corresponding with the imperfection
of the organs of sense and the absence of limbs,
whereas in the latter they are proportionately large
and few in number, adapted to the possession of
senses of a higher description, and limbs endowed
with great strength and activity.
The Articulata are divided into five principal
classes, as represented in the following table :
3
g g
^__l _i_ j[
ifiTF J~pir
1*2" ti' &'
K?'S, 5 I
Sfll ? - 'M 11
' !t
^, j^ i i _c
^5
*lm it!*; r=
c* :
<^ "5 02 ' ""5 o>
T3 ^ bo * C-2
X! .
gr^tj3-^ sg p *
^^."l^S ^s 131 ^ "^ p
i_i D V d ^i O OQ (H
>>^ 'I 3 2 -^ S "S ?3 '5
I S S &
PQ W
2 2
w pa
-v
-2
PQ PQ
84 ANNELIDA.
FIRST CLASS OF ARTICULATED ANIMALS.
ANNEL IDA WORMS.
THE body of the Annelidans is composed of a succes-
sion of numerous rings, all of which are merely
repetitions of each other. The first segment, although
it differs but little from the rest,
is called the head. The skin is
generally soft, and the rings
never horny or stony. Many
Annelidans are entirely destitute
of legs, as, for example, the leech
(Fig. 53) ; and when these organs
exist they are never formed of
pieces jointed together end to
end, as they are in insects, lob-
sters, or spiders ; they are merely
FIG. 58. FOOT OF NAIS. n 1 ^1 %l V
nesny protuberances that support
bunches of stiff setas, or bristles, and are used as oars
to row the animal through the water. (Fig. 58.)
Most Annelidans at the anterior extremity of their
body are furnished with black spots, which appear
to be eyes of very simple structure : they often
have on the head, or on the sides of the neck, fleshy
filaments called tentacles, which are not only delicate
instruments of touch, but sometimes perform other
important functions, as we shall see hereafter. In
general these animals can crawl upon the ground by
means of their setae ; many live buried in the earth,
or are enclosed in tubes which they never leave ;
they mostly inhabit the sea, and are, with one or
two exceptions, carnivorous.
The Annelidans are divided by zoologists into
three orders, according to the nature and disposition
of their respiratory apparatus. Some appear to
ANNELIDA. 85
breathe by the general surface of their bodies, and
have no special respiratory organs visible externally ;
these, therefore, have been called Abranchia,* with-
out gills.
In a second division, the breathing apparatus con-
sists of a series of tufts (Fig. 63) or fringes arranged
along the middle or on each side of the back : these
are the Dorsibranchiata.f
In the third order, Tubicola,^ the Annelids inhabit
a tube either composed of shell or manufactured by
the agglutination of various materials. These have
their branchiae in the form of plumes or branching
filaments attached to the head or neck (Fig. 65).
FIRST ORDER ABRANCHIATE ANNELIDANS.
This order comprehends two families, which differ
widely from each other. The Setigera, which have loco-
motive appendages in the shape of delicate spines or
bristles (Earthworm, Nais) ; and the Suctoria,|| which are
destitute of such appendages, but are furnished instead
with a prehensile sucker, attached to each extremity of
the body (Leeches).
The Earth-worms (Lumbricus]. The common well-known species
(Lunibricus terrestrls) attains nearly a foot in length, its body is
composed of 120 rings or more, and is completely destitute of eyes
or tentacles. Though a humble and despised creature, the earth-
worm is a most important item in the economy of nature. Piercing
the ground in every direction, the earth is lightened by the united
labours of their countless legions, and thus they materially conduce
to its fertility. It consumes upon the surface of the ground, where
they soon become injurious, the softer parts of decaying vegetable
matter, and conveys beneath the soil the more woody fibres, where
they moulder and form the nutriment of living vegetation. Thus
eminently serviceable to the agriculturist, it likewise constitutes an
indispensable article of food for innumerable creatures belonging to
every order of creation ; and perhaps is a solitary instance of an
individual race subjected to universal destruction. The very emmets
seize it when disabled, and bear it away as a prize : it constitutes
* A " not," and bronchia, a gill.
( Dorsum, the back ; branchia, a gill.
J Tubus, a tube ; colo, I inhabit.
Seta, a bristle ; gero, I carry.
II Suctorius, sucking.
86 ANNELIDA.
throughout the year the food of many birds ; fishes devour it greedily;
the hedgehog eats it ; the mole pursues it unceasingly ; and secured,
as it appears to be by its residence in the earth from creatures inha-
biting a different element, many aquatic animals seem well ac-
quainted with it, and prey on it as a natural food. Frogs eat it,
and it is even seized occasionally by the great water-beetle (Dyticus
marginalis\ when used as a bait by the angler. Yet notwith-
standing this prodigious destruction, its increase is fully commen-
surate with the consumption, as if it was ordained to be the
appointed food of all.
The Naides (Nais*). The mud f at the bottom of ponds and
streams is frequently perforated by annelidans closely allied to the
earth-worms. Their body is slender, and the rings into which it is
divided are few, and but slightly marked. They commonly live in
their burrows, merely protruding their head, which is furnished with
a long proboscis, whereby they take their food, and for this purpose
it is kept in constant motion. These water worms have a power of
multiplication which is of a very surprising character. One of the
most common species in our brooks (Nais proboscidea) consists, when
full grown j of about fourteen segments. After a time, however, new
segments begin to be formed a little in front of the tail ; these lengthen,
and soon begin to separate from the parent animal under the form of
a new Nais provided with proboscis, eye-specks, and everything
complete. Sometimes even before the newly-formed young has
quite broken oft* its connection with its parent, another generation is
in course of production near its own tail, and sometimes even this
has begun to form a fourth before the separation of the first is
complete.
The Leeches (Hirudo) are common in our ponds.
The Medicinal Leech (Hirudo medicinalis], however, is not
indigenous in this country, but being easily obtainable we shall
select it as an example of the group (Fig. 53). At each extremity
of its body is a fleshy disc,
which in progression acts as
a sucker : it can, moreover, swim
with much elegance but not
with rapidity. Its mouth, situ-
ated in the middle of the front
sucker, is furnished with three
small semicircular teeth, each
provided with a saw-like edge.
These teeth are placed in a tri-
radiate manner, so that when
the action of the sucker has
made the skin of its victim
FIG. 59. THROAT (.F LEECH LAID OPEN, tense, their edges are pressed
against it with a saw-like move-
ment, until three cuts are made extending to some depth, and the
blood thus liberated is largely sucked into the capacious stomach.
* Nais, a water-nymph.
ANNELIDA.
The tribe of leeches is very numerous ; they all feed at the expense
of other animals ; they attach themselves to fishes and frogs ; some-
times they devour molluscs, worms, or the larvae of insects. Few
animal substances are rejected ; all kinds of fish, dead or alive,
seem acceptable. Entering the larger fresh-water shells, the leech
takes up its abode, an uninvited visitor, and remains until it has
emptied them of their contents. They even devour other leeches.
Sir J. Dalyell saw one half swallowed by a horse-leech scarcely
double its size, and still struggling for liberty; but its ferocious
enemy, adhering firmly by its sucker,
and undulating its body in the water
as if to aid deglutition, occupied
three hours in finishing its meal.
The use of the medicinal leeches is
so general that they have become
an important article of commerce,
and are procured in great quan-
tities from Spain and Eussia. They
may be preserved for a long time
by placing them in moist earth or
mud. On the approach of cold
weather they bury themselves at the 60 ^ TOOTH OF LEECH MAGXIFIED .
bottom of ponds, and pass the winter
in lethargy, but they regain their activity in spring.
When kept in large reservoirs with clay-banks fringed with
rushes and aquatic plants, the leech will propagate its kind. It
lays about a dozen eggs, enclosed in a mucous cocoon of an oval
form, about a quarter of an inch long. In the month of August
holes may be observed in the mud or clay of the banks, each of
FlG. 61. COCOOXS OF LEECH.
which contains a cocoon. The eggs are hatched in about a week,
but it is three weeks before the young leave their slimy cradle ; during
the interval the cocoon has become considerably distended, and the
little animals are continually pushing its walls with their heads as if
trying to find a weak point and escape. When at last their
increasing strength enables them to burst forth, they are about a
quarter of an inch long, and no thicker than a thread.
88 ANNELIDA.
SECOND OKDER DOKSIBKANCIIIATE ANNELIDANS.
In the DorsibrancMate Annelidans the respiratory
organs consist of fringes or arborescent tufts, dis-
tributed in pairs along the sides of the back. In
some cases, every ring is thus furnished, but in
others, only those rings which are near the middle.
These worms are all free : they burrow in the mud or
sand, or swim in the open sea ; they are therefore
supplied with organs of locomotion, which, for the
most part, assume the form of moveable spines or
packets of retractile bristles attached to each seg-
ment of the body.
It is not, however, by mere prosy description that
we can convey to our readers any adequate idea of
the beauty of these splendid worms ; here we must
let their great historian, M. de Quatrefages, speak for
himself: his pen can best portray what his patient
industry has so admirably displayed.
"Upon the Isle de Chaussy," says that' distin-
guished anatomist, "the wandering Annelids occu-
pied my special attention. Hitherto, I had only
known this numerous family of sea- worms through
engravings ; and although I had formed a tolerably
exact notion of their structure, I had not the slightest
idea how many points of interest attached to them.
When I had once surprised within their secure
retreats the Polynoe with its lucid scales, the Phyl-
lodoce with its hundred bright-green rings, the
Eunice with its purple crest, the Terebella surrounded
by a cloud of innumerable living cables which serve
it in the place of arms,; when I had seen displayed
before my eyes the rich fan of the Sabella, and the
enamelled collar of the Serpula, I no longer smiled,
as I had done before, at the thought of the naturalist
having conferred upon them the most charming
names he could think of. These despised creatures
seemed to me no less worthy of a naturalist's ho-
mage than the most brilliant insect or the fairest
ANNELIDA. 89
flower. Let no one prate to me any more about the
violet as a pattern of modesty ! The coquette ! See
how she shows from far her fresh tuft of green leaves,
and scatters abroad the perfume that invites you to
approach. More skilful than her rivals, she knows
that mystery is the greatest of all attractions, and
that the rose herself loses by displaying her charms
in broad daylight ; therefore it is that she seeks the
obscurity of the woods and the shelter of the hedge-
side. But look at the Annelids ! what do they lack
when compared with the most splendid inhabitants
of earth or air ? Yet they shun the light, they with-
draw themselves from our view, but with no design
to attract ; and the naturalist alone knows where to
seek the strange wonders which are hidden within
the recesses of the rock, and beneath the sandy beds
of the ocean. You may smile at my enthusiasm,
but come and judge for yourself. All is prepared !
Our lamp gives a light almost equal to a jet of gas,
while a large lens, mounted upon a moveable foot,
receives the rays of light, and concentrates them
upon our field of view. We have just placed upon
the stage a little trough filled with sea-water, in
which an Eunice is disporting itself. See how in-
dignant it is at its captivity ; how its numerous rings
contract, elongate, twist into a spiral coil, and at
every movement emit flashes of splendour in which all
the tints of the prism are blended in the brightest
metallic reflections. It is impossible, in the midst of
this tumultuous agitation, to distinguish anything
definitely. But it is more quiet now ; lose no time
in examining it. See how it crawls along the bottom
of the vessel, with its thousand feet moving rapidly
forwards. See what beautiful plumes adorn the
sides of the body ; these are the branchiae, or organs
of respiration, which become vermilion as they are
swelled by the blood, the course of which you may
trace all along the back. Look at that head ena-
melled with the brightest colours ; here are the few
tentacles, delicate organs of touch, and here, in the
90
ANNELIDA.
midst of them, is the mouth, which, at first sight,
seems merely like an irregularly puckered slit. But
watch it for a few moments ; see how it opens and
protrudes a large proboscis, furnished with three
pairs of jaws, and possessing a diameter which equals
that of the body within which it is enclosed, as in a
living sheath. Well ! is it not wonderful ? Is there
any animal that can surpass it in decoration ? The
corslet of the brightest beetle, the sparkling throat
of the humming-bird, would all look pale when com-
pared with the play of light over the rings of its
body, glowing in its golden threads, and sparkling
over its amber and coral fringes. Now,
let us take a lens of higher power, and
move the lamp in such a manner as
to let its rays fall on the reflector of
our microscope, and examine a few of
the hairs taken from the sides of the
Annelid we have been describing. To
the outer edge of every foot are ap-
pended two bundles of hairs (sette);
these are far stiffer than ordinary hairs,
and appear to be placed on either side
of the animal to defend it from its
enemies. A moment's consideration
will suffice to confirm this view, for
there is perhaps scarcely a weapon
invented by the murderous genius of
man whose counterpart could not be
found amongst this class of animals.
Here are curved blades, whose edges
present a prolonged cutting surface,
sometimes on the concave edge, as in
the yatagan of the Arab, sometimes on
the convex border, as in the oriental
scimitar. Next we meet with weapons
which remind us of the broad-sword
of the cuirassier, the sabre, and the
bayonet ; here are harpoons, fish-hooks, and cutting
blades of every form, loosely attached to a sharp
FfG. 62. PUSHING
POLES OF SEHPULA.
ANNELIDA. 91
handle : these moveable pieces are intended to remain
in the body of the enemy, while the handle which
supported them becomes a long spike, as sharp as
it was before. Here we have straight or curved
poniards, cutting-bills, arrows with the barbs turned
backwards, but carefully provided with a sheath to
protect the fine indentations from being blunted
by friction, or broken by any unforeseen accident.
Finally, if the enemy should disregard his first wounds,
there darts from every foot a shorter but stronger
spear, which is brought into play by a special set of
muscles, so soon as the combatants are sufficiently
near to grapple in close fight."
It is not without reason that nature has endowed
these amazons with more finely-polished and sharper-
pointed weapons than any wielded by the paladins of
old : destined to live by rapine, ana exposed to the
attacks of a thousand enemies, they need them both
as means of attack and defence. Almost all feed
upon living prey. Some wait in ambush for the
passing by of small Crustaceans, Planariae, or other
minute animals, and seize their victims with their
proboscis, or entwine them in the folds of their
numerous arms. Others, again, more active than the
rest, pursue their game over the sand or through
thick tufts of corallines and other marine plants.
Some attach themselves to shells, and having per-
forated them, devour their inhabitants. The Her-
metta thus commits great havoc among the oyster-
beds, destroying numerous colonies of this much-
cherished mollusc. These Annelids are, in their
turn, pursued by a multitude of carnivorous animals.
Fishes wage a rude war against them, and if one, more
imprudent than the rest, should abandon its retreat,
or be exposed to view by the waves, it rarely escapes
the murderous jaws of some whiting, sole, plaice, or
eel. It is asserted that the latter kind of fish are
well acquainted with the mode of drawing them out
of the sand, as do the whelks. But crabs, lobsters,
and a host of other crustaceans, constitute their most
92 ANNELIDA.
formidable enemies, and are protected by their
armour from the formidable weapons of the An-
nelida.
The Sand-worm (Arenicola*) is exceedingly abundant
on sandy shores, and is much sought for and used by
fishermen as a bait. Its usual name on the
coast is the " Lug," or " Lug-worm." It is of
a greenish-red colour, and the gill-tufts, which
form two rows upon the middle portion of its
body (Fig. 63), are of a beautiful crimson,
from the blood which circulates in them abun-
dantly. This worm bores rapidly in the sand
by means of its conical head ; and as it moves
on, the sides of the treacherous passage are
prevented from closing up by a secretion
from the body of the animal, which cements
the particles together into a kind of wall.
This, as the creature advances, is left behind,
imitating, in miniature, the brickwork of a
tunnel.
The Nereids (Nereis\) have branchial tufts
and locomotive oars appended to every seg-
ment ; they are carnivorous, and their mouth
exhibits a very singular structure. The com-
mencement of the alimentary canal is capable
of being turned inside out, like the finger of
a glove. When thus everted, it appears like
a thick proboscis, armed with a formidable
array of sharp teeth, curved fangs, keen knives,
and horny plates resembling rasps or files,
Fro. es the shape of which varies in different species,
SAND- WORM. j^j. a i wa y S calculated to seize and retain pass-
ing prey. No sooner is some small animal seized by this
wonderful apparatus, than the whole protruded proboscis
is quickly inverted, carrying the hapless victim into the
living cavern, from which there is no escape. Among
the Nereids may be noted
The Eunice % Gigantea, the largest Annelidan known ; we have
at this moment a specimen before us, which measures upwards
of four feet in length, and consists of 448 segments, all provided
* Arena, the sand ; colo, I inhabit.
f A nymph.
j A nymph.
AXNELIDA. 93
with their complement of oars. It is a beautiful sight to see a man-
of-war's barge full manned with sturdy rowers, gliding along over
the level surface of the sea, the oars all keeping time with such
precision that they seem to move as by one impulse. It is a grand
spectacle to behold the meteor-like progress of a steam-ship as it
cleaves its onward path ; but far more beautiful, far more magnificent
to the admirer of the works of Nature, to observe the movements of
these splendid worms. Let any one imagine this gorgeous animal
free in its native seas, blazing as it does with iridescent tints, that
answer back again the glowing brilliancy of a tropical sun while it
rows along its "oary state" by means of upwards of 1700 distinct
laminee, all wielded with such energy, that the eye can scarcely
follow their movements and he will perhaps form some faint idea
of the efficiency of a locomotive apparatus, such as is provided for
the Dorsibranchiate Annelidans.
"With our notions of a worm," says Dr. Hart-
wich, " we generally connect the idea of incomplete-
ness ; we are apt to consider them as beings equally
uninteresting and ugly, and disdain to inquire into
the wonders of their organization ; but a cursory
examination of the Eunice would alone suffice to
give us a very different opinion of these despised but
far from despicable animals. Three hundred brains,
from which about three thousand nerves proceed,
regulate its movements. Two hundred and fifty
stomachs digest its food ; five hundred and fifty
branchiaB refresh its blood; six hundred hearts dis-
tribute this vital fluid through its body ; and thirty
thousand muscles obey the will of the worm, and
execute its snake-like movements. Surely there is
here but little occasion to commiserate want, or
scoff at poverty !"
The Sea-mouse (Halithea* aculeatd) (Fig. 64) is com-
mon on our coasts, and is frequently dredged up from
muddy ground. This Annelid is four or five inches in
length, of a greyish hue, and clothed on the back with a
fine silky down, under which are concealed fifteen pairs
of scaly plates, one pair on each ring. The under surface
is smooth, but marked by transverse divisions, indicating
that it is formed of about forty rings or segments. On
the sides project bunches of hairs resembling the finest
silk, and bedizened with iridescent colours; they yield,
indeed, in no respect to the most gorgeous tints of tropical
* &\s, als, the sea ; 0ea, thea, a goddess.
94
ANNELIDA.
birds, or the brilliant decorations of insects: green,
yellow and orange, blue, purple and scarlet, all the
hues of the rainbow play upon them with the changing
light, and shine with a metallic effulgence only com-
parable to that which adorns the breast of the humming-
bird. But it is not only for their dazzling beauty that
these worms are remarkable ; many of them are armed
with spines, that constitute important weapons of defence ;
each of these spines is seen, under the miscroscope, to be
a perfect harpoon, its point being provided with a double
series of strong barbs, so that when the creature erects its
bristles, much more formidable than the spines of a
hedgehog, the most determined enemy would scarcely
venture to attack it. These spines are all retractile, and
can be drawn into the body by the muscular tube from
FIG. 64. SEA-MOUSE.
which they spring. It would be superfluous to point out
the danger that would accrue to the animal itself by the
presence of such instruments embedded in its body, as by
every movement they would be forced into its own flesh.
The contrivance to obviate such an accident is as beauti-
ful as it is simple : every barbed spine is furnished with a
smooth, horny sheath, composed of two blades, between
which it is lodged (Fig. 64), and these, closing upon the
barbs, when they are drawn inwards, effectually protect the
neighbouring soft parts from laceration.
ANNELIDA. 95
TRIED ORDEK TUBICOLOUS ANNELIDANS.
The Tubicolous Annelidans, as their name imports,
reside in tubes, which are either composed of a dense
shelly substance, or constructed by gluing together
fragments of sand, small stones, and other similar
materials. To the former section belong
The Serpulse* (Serpulce) (Fig. 65), found on every
coast, encrusting stones or shells, or any substance that
has lain for any length of time at the bottom of the sea.
The animal inhabiting these shells is a worm entirely
destitute of limbs, but its front part, or head, during life
presents a very beautiful spectacle, for from each side
FlG. 65. SERPULA.
there spreads an elegant plume, composed of branched
filaments of a rich scarlet or crimson hue, which float
loosely in the water, and constitute the gills, or branchiae.
Besides these splendid branchial fringes, the head has
one of its tentacles expanded into a broad, trumpet -shaped
extremity, which accurately fits the mouth of the tube, so
that when the creature is alarmed, it quietly draws in this
singular trap-door, and remains securely shut up within
its shelly abode.
The Terebellaef inhabit factitious shells, composed
* Serpo, to twist about like a serpent.
t Terebellum, a little auger or piercer.
96
MYRIAPODA.
of grains of sand, fragments of shell, or even whole shells,
small stones, and similar sub-
stances, which they glue to-
gether, and thus construct a
beautiful tube, represented in
the engraving (Fig. 66). This
is effected by means of the ten-
tacula that surround its head,
which are extended in every di-
rection in search of appropriate
materials for the construction of
their residence.
The Sabella * Alveolaris
often covers wide surfaces
of rock near low water-mark,
with its aggregated tubes.
When the flood recedes, nothing
is seen but the closed orifices,
but when covered with the
rising waters the sandy surface
transforms itself into a beauti-
ful picture. From each aper-
ture stretches forth a neck ornamented with concentric
rings of golden hair, terminating in a head embellished
with a tiara of delicately- tinted tentacula, so that the whole
looks like a garden-bed, enamelled with gay flowers of
elegant forms and variegated colours.
FlG. 66. TE RE BELLA MEDUSA.
CHAPTER X.
MYRTAPODA.t
THE Annelidans examined in the last chapter, with
the singular exception of the earth-worm, are only
adapted to an aquatic life. The soft integument
which forms their outer framework, and the feeble
organs appended to the numerous segments of their
lengthy bodies, are far too weak to support their
* A proper name.
f fjLvpids, murias, innumerable ; ir6vs, pous, a foot.
MYKIAPODA. 97
weight in a less dense and buoyant element, so that,
when removed from their native waters, they are
utterly helpless and impotent. Supposing, as a
matter of mere speculation, it was inquired, by what
means animals so constructed could be rendered
capable of assuming a terrestrial existence, so as to
seek and obtain their food upon the surface of the
earth, and thus represent upon land the Annelidans
of the ocean ; a little reflection would at once indi-
cate the grosser changes required for the attainment
of such an object. To convert the water-breathing
organs of the aquatic worms into an apparatus
adapted to breathe the air would be the first requi-
site. The second would be to give greater firmness
to the tegumentary skeleton, to allow of more
powerful and accurately applied muscular force, by
diminishing the number of the segments, and by
converting the lateral oars into jointed limbs, suffi-
ciently strong to sustain the whole weight of the
body, to provide instruments of locomotion fitted for
progression upon the ground. Yet all these changes
would be inefficient without corresponding modifica-
tions in the nervous system. The lengthened chain
of minute ganglia, met with in the leech (Fig. 57),
would be quite inadequate to wield muscles of strength
adapted to such altered circumstances; the small
brain would be incompetent to correspond with more
exalted senses ; so that, as a necessary consequence
of superior organization, the nervous centres must all
be increased in their proportionate development, to
adapt them to higher functions. The changes which
our supposition infers would be requisite for the con-
version of an aquatic Annelid into a Myriapod, are
precisely those which we encounter. The air-
breathing animals which we have now to describe
form the transition from the red-blooded worms to
the class of insects, and are intermediate between
these two great classes in every part of their struc-
ture. The body of a myriapod consists of a consecu-
tive series of segments of equal dimensions, but un-
98 MYKIAPODA.
like those of the Annelidans, composed of a dense,
semi-calcareous, or else of a firm, horny substance,
and to every segment is appended one or two pairs
of articulated legs, generally terminated by simple
points.
The anterior segment, or head, besides the organs
belonging to the mouth, contains the instruments of
sense, consisting of simple or compound eyes, and of
two long and jointed organs, called antennae, gene-
rally regarded as ministering to the sense of touch,
but which are probably connected with other per-
ceptions unintelligible to us.
The air required for respiration is taken into the
body through a series of minute pores, or spiracles,
placed on each side along the entire length of the
animal, and is distributed by innumerable ramifying
tubes or tracheae, to all parts of the system. The
number of segments, and consequently of feet, in-
creases progressively with age ; a circumstance which
remarkably distinguishes the myriapoda from insects
properly so called. There are two families belong-
ing to this class the millepedes or Julidae, which
feed on vegetable substances, and the Scolopendridae,'
or centipedes, which are carnivorous and rapacious.
The Millepedes* (Julus\ are distinguished by their
nearly cylindrical form (Fig. 67), their slow gliding
motion produced by
the alternate action of
their very numerous
little feet, sometimes
more than a hundred
in number, and their habit of rolling themselves into a
close spiral, when touched. They resort to damp and
dark places, lurk under stones and moss, and are still
more commonly found beneath the bark and in the wood
of decaying trees. They are perfectly harmless, and feed
entirely on decomposing vegetable materials. For this
purpose their mouth is furnished with a pair of stout
horny jaws, which move horizontally, and are provided at
their cutting edges with sharp denticulations, so as to
* Mille, a thousand ; pes, a foot.
MYRIAPODA. 99
render them effective instruments in dividing the fibres of
rotting wood, or the roots and leaves of decaying plants.
Most of them emit a very rank disagreeable odour. The
female Millepede deposits her eggs, which are very minute,
in the earth, or in the earthy powder of decayed wood.
The young, when first hatched, are quite destitute of
limbs, and have much the appearance of microscopic
kidney beans. In the course of a few days, however,
they throw off their first skin, and make their appear-
ance, divided into about eight segments, of which the
three that immediately follow the head, have each a
pair of legs. In a few days more, a second moult takes
place ; the body is enlarged, the number of segments in-
creased, and the number of limbs augmented to seven
pairs on the segments succeeding the head. At the end
of a month, or thereabouts, after another change of clothes,
the young millepede appears with twenty-six pairs of
feet, and so the process of exuviation is again and again
repeated, until the creature arrives at its mature con-
dition.
The Centipedes* (Scolopendra) (Fig. 55) are much more
formidable creatures than the millepedes ; they have a broad
flattened body, composed of about four-and-twenty seg-
ments, to each of which is appended a pair of stout
jointed limbs, well adapted, by the energy and activity of
their movements, to the pursuit of active prey. The
mouth of the Scolopendra is a terrible instrument of de-
struction, being not only provided with horny jaws, re-
sembling those of Julus, but armed with a tremendous
pair of massive and curved fangs, ending in sharp points,
and perforated near their terminations by a minute orifice,
through which a poisonous fluid is instilled into the
wounds they inflict. Several small species are common
in our gardens ; but in hot climates they grow to a great
size, and their bite, though rarely fatal, is more dangerous
than the sting of the scorpion.
The Giant Scolopendra (Scolopendra gigas), common in South
America, measures upwards of a foot in length, and an inch and a
quarter across its body. Other species, scarcely less formidable, in-
habit India and the adjacent islands, and abound in the hottest
parts of Africa. They creep into houses, lurk under articles of fur-
niture and behind wainscots, hide themselves in drawers and cup-
boards, and sometimes are found even in beds, much to the disgust
* Centum, a hundred ; pes, a foot.
F 2
100 INSECTS.
and apprehension of all who are not familiarised with their presence.
The largest species met with in this country is
The Forked Centipede (Lithobius forficatus) ;* it is found in the
earth and under stones in our gardens, and is quick and active in
its movements. It does not measure more than an inch and a quar-
ter in length, and is of a tawny red colour, with fifteen feet on each
side.
The Electric Scolopendra (Scolopendra electrica), likewise a British
species, is occasionally luminous in the dark.
CHAPTER XL
INSECTS (Insecta f).
HAVE patience with us, gentle reader -our task is no
light one. To mete out the sands upon the sea-
shore with a quart pot, to drain the ocean with a
thimble, to count the stars, are ordinary expressions
for impossibilities; but to condense the history of
the Insect world into a few short pages, would be a
miracle beyond them all. The number of species of
insects, as we are told by entomologists, amounts to
upwards of a hundred thousand ; so various in their
habits and their manners, their instincts and their
appetites, that every species would itself furnish a
large volume of interesting information, could we
only penetrate the mysteries of their lives; and
yet how little has been done in gaining anything
like an intimate acquaintance with their daily duties,
by a careful and watchful perusal of their economy.
The secrecy of creation, however, is not to be rudely
broken. Nature is a very coy mistress; watchful
nights, anxious days, slender meals, and endless
labours must be the lot of all those who pursue her
through her labyrinths and meanders ; nor will she
ever confess to violence, what she is ready freely to
disclose to patient and attentive solicitation. See
the amateur entomologist, furnished with his nets
and boxes, and all the adjuncts invented by art for
* Aiflos, lithos, a stone ; fti6r 3 '^
<
*
!,
n
si.
173 ^3
^ 2
'S.
d
-^1
ll
L
g|
H3
^
\^~
The anterior ordinarily in the form of
demi-elytra. Mouth a conical beak,
I
S 1
be
c
1
'?
1
n3
I
&
^ _
(Provided with false legs or appen- 1
dages for leaping ..... j
cdther straight or curved. .
1 Similar
[ Folded like a fan
( Not folded
Entirely wanting
02
bp_o
c*
^ cS
g
g
:jr
L
H
I
'43 ^'C
c3 ^
o ..
O 02
'43 be
&
j.
^ 2
&'&
1
o>
S
o
"S
V
_^
S
5
1
S
SI03SKI
116 COLEOPTERA.
ORDER COLEOPTERA.
The Coleopterous insects are characterized by having
four wings, of which the anterior pair, always hard or
leathery in their texture, form two strong shields,
beneath which the hinder pair are lodged and pro-
tected. The front wings, or elytra* when in repose
are always united by a straight edge, extending along
their whole length. The hinder wings, which alone
are adapted for flight, are much larger than the
elytra, and when not in use, are folded transversely ;
in a few species they are wanting, and then the
elytra are, as it were, soldered together. The tegu-
mentary envelope of these insects is always remark-
ably hard, and forms a very substantial suit of
armour ; their mouth is constructed for the mastica-
tion of food, and is provided with a pair of strong
mandibles, a pair of maxillae bearing palpi, and a
labium or lower lip, also bearing palpi. The abdomen
is sessile, that is, is broadest at the place where it
joins the thorax,
The metamorphosis which the Coleoptera undergo
is complete. The larva resembles a worm ; its body
is soft, with the exception of the head, and the first
segments of the body, which are of a horny consist-
ence. They are generally furnished with three pairs
of horny legs, attached to the three first rings, but
sometimes these are replaced by fleshy tubercles.
There is, however, never a greater number than six
of these appendages. The pupa is motionless and
takes no food, its limbs being swathed together by
the external integument. It is generally enclosed in
a shell or cocoon, composed of different substances,
joined together by a viscid silky material ; sometimes
it is naked. This is by far the most numerous of all
the insect orders ; the number of species already
known is probably not much less than fifty thousand.
In order, therefore, more readily to arrange such a
* tKvrpov, elytron, a case.
COLEOPTERA. 117
multitude, they are divided into four sections, accord-
ing to the number of joints or articulations entering
into the composition of their feet (tarsi). The sections
so formed are as follows :
1. The Pentamerans,* in which the tarsi of all the
legs are composed of five joints.
2. The Heteromerans,t in which the tarsi have/ow
joints on the two front pairs of legs, and jive on the
others.
3. The Tetramerans,J in which the tarsi of all the
legs have four articulations.
4. The Trimerans, in which all the tarsi have
only three joints.
SECTION OF PENTAMEKANS.
The first division of Coleoptera, having five joints
in all their tarsi, are the most active and highly gifted
of the race, and may be considered as the lions and
tigers of the insect world ; they constitute the family
of Carnivora, || and are distinguished by having two
palpi on each maxilla.
These beetles in their perfect state pursue and
devour other insects ; their larvae also have similar
habits. Among them we find
The Tiger Beetles (Cicindela^), which are excellent re-
presentatives of the quadruped whose name they bear ;
conspicuously the most rapacious and bloodthirsty of the
race ; equally remarkable for the beauty of their colours,
their extreme activity, and savage propensities. They
run with considerable swiftness, and take wing the mo-
ment they are approached; but they alight again at a
short distance. They are commonly met with in the
neat of summer upon heaths, and in other dry sunny
situations. Their larvae excavate cylindrical burrows in
* Ti-^Te, pente, five ; p-epos, meros, a joint.
t crepos, eteros, various ; jue'pos, meros, a joint.
| rerpas, tetras, four ; and ^ue'pos, meros, a joint.
rpeis, treis, three ; and pepos, meros, a joint.
II Caro, carnis, flesh ; voro, I eat.
<| Cicindela, a shining insect.
118 COLEOPTEEA.
the ground, which are, many of them, upwards of a foot
in depth : in the construction of these dens they exhibit
extraordinary ingenuity, loosening the
earth by means of their powerful jaws,
and carrying it to the surface upon
their broad heads. They have hooks
upon their backs, which assist them
FIG. 78. LARVA ov TIGER in climbing to the top of their exca-
vation, much in the same way as a
chimney-sweep climbs a chimney. Their hole being
completed, they station themselves just within its entrance,
where they lie in wait for any poor passing insect tra-
veller, which is instantly seized and dragged to the bottom
of the cave, there to be devoured.
The Ground Beetles (Cardbus)* are scarcely less active
than the foregoing, or less carnivorous in their habits;
many of them are constantly employed in prowling about
upon the surface of the ground in search of insect prey,
lurking in the day time under stones and other similar
places of concealment, and carrying on an unrelenting
warfare against innumerable noxious insects, the de-
structiveness of which they materially assist in diminish-
ing. Among these marauding beetles the most remark-
able are
The Bombardiers (Brachinus), as they are not inappositely named,
several species being provided with a means of defence unparalleled
among the lower animals. Of all the inventions which mankind
seems fairly entitled to claim as being exclusively of human con-
trivance, perhaps, that of guns and gunpowder might be deemed the
most original, yet even in this, strange to say, be has been fore-
stalled. The little bombardier beetles possessed an artillery of their
own long before the fields of Crecy first trembled at the unaccus-
tomed roar of human cannon, as any one will confess who may
inadvertently lay hold of one of these living batteries. It is quite
true that neither powder nor ball is needed by the insect cannonier ;
but there is the flash, the smoke, and the report, and although
" The far-hissing globe of death "
be wanting, its place is most efficiently supplied by a burning drop,
so caustic in its nature as to be only comparable to nitric acid in its
corrosive effects.
Sternly and unremittingly is the work of de-
struction, intrusted to these carnivorous beetles,
carried on by night and by day without remorse or
* Kapafios, carabos, a beetle.
COLEOPTERA. 119
respite, and were we to reflect for a moment, we
should soon perceive how indispensable is their mur-
derous zeal to the order and well-being of surround-
ing nature.
The active operations of these destroyers are not,
however, restricted to the land. Many species are
inhabitants of the water, and in that element have
their assigned tasks to perform. Neither are their
blood-thirsty propensities only manifested during
their mature or winged state ; from their earliest
birth they are tutored to the work of destruction,
and their very infancy is devoted to carnage and
slaughter.
The Water Beetles (Dyticus)* exhibit, in a very
striking manner, the facility with which, by a slight modi-
fication in their form and arrangements, the limbs of an
insect become convertible to the most opposite uses. The
body of the Dyticus, oval in its shape, and slightly flat-
tened above and below, is con- ,_^__
verted into a boat so smooth
and polished in every part,
that it glides through the water
with scarcely the slightest re-
sistance, while the two hinder
pairs of legs are changed into
oars of a most effective and
elegant construction. Thus
limbed, the Dyticus is fully
equipped for its piratical mode
of life, and becomes an object
of no little interest in the
water over which it tyrannizes.
d ,. 1 1 1 *!<* 79. WATER-BEETLE.
Sometimes lurking beneath
the weeds, it may be seen creeping stealthily about in
search of some victim to seize by surprise ; sometimes
launching its skiff upon predatory excursions, the little
corsair sweeps along by means of its oars with wonderful
rapidity, coming every now and then to the surface of the
water to breathe, and diving again into the depths below,
carrying with it a supply of air beneath its wing covers to
serve for respiration during its immersion.
* SvTtK6s, dyticos, diving.
120
COLEOPTERA.
The young of these water beetles are as active and fero-
cious as the adult insects; although widely differing in
point of form. These larvse, not inappropriately distin-
guished by the name of " water tigers," have some resem-
FlG. 80. LAKY A OF DYTICUS.
blance to a scolopendra, being composed of a succession
of scaly rings, and they are, moreover, furnished with six
strong and well-jointed legs, by means of which they run
about with considerable rapidity. The head, which is
attached to the body by a flexible neck, is broad, and
composed of strong horny plates, adapted to support the
formidable jaws, which are powerful hooked fangs, moving
laterally, and so sharp that woe -betide the unfortunate
creature upon which they lay hold. Thus armed, these
butchers live upon other aquatic animals, upon which they
rush with all the vivacity of a shark or pike, not sparing
even individuals of their own species. After having
several times cast their skin, these larvae prepare to
assume their pupa state ; for that purpose, they creep out
of the water, and bury themselves in the moist earth, in
the vicinity of their native pond, each scooping out for
itself an oval cavity wherein to pass the assigned time of
helplessness and inactivity. (Fig. 80, 6.)
COLEOPTERA. 121
Some naturalists are pleased to find in the rapa-
cious race of beetles, the representatives of the eagles
and the falcons among the feathered tribes both are
equally organized to combat and to kill both strike
at living game, and consequently must stand pre-
eminent in strength and courage. But, as amongst
the flesh-devouring birds, species exist possessing
more ignoble attributes not formed for open battle,
but content to appease their ravenous appetites with
carrion and such offal ; so among the insects nume-
rous tribes exist, whose prey is garbage, and whose
whole employment seems to be to search for and
remove the dead remains of other animals. Every-
where these scavengers are busy ; some frequent the
muddy margins of our pools and ditches, eagerly in
quest of rotten prey, others prefer the land, where
they seek out with unremitting diligence whatever
from decay begins to taint the air, while some, the
very sextons of creation, bury whole the carcases they
meet with, and thus vigorously assist in carrying out
the sanitary laws of nature. To these scavengers
belong
The Brachelytrous * Pentamerans. These have only
one palpus on each maxilla; their wing-cases are
much shorter than their bodies, which are generally
narrow and elongated. They include
The Rove Beetles (Staphilinus), well known to every
schoolboy by their turned-up tails and threatening jaws
with which they menace their assailants. They generally
take up their abode in the earth, in the vicinity of dung-
hills, or of rotten trees, or anywhere in the neighbour-
hood of rottenness and decay ; they are all exceedingly
voracious, run very quickly, and take flight upon the least
alarm. Their bodies are generally jet black, and they
diffuse an intolerable odour. The larvee have the same
habits as the perfect insects, from which, except from the
circumstance that they have no wings, they are scarcely
distinguishable.
The third section of Coleopterous Pentamerans
* fipaxvs, brachus, short ; eAurpoy, elutron, wing-cover.
G
122 COLEOPTEEA.
are named Serricornes.* They are distinguished by
the shape of their antennae, which are very long and
generally toothed like a saw. Among these are
The Gold Beaters (Buprestis) *, conspicuous from their
size and the magnificence of their colours, which some-
times resemble polished gold, upon a field of emerald, or
blaze with every tint of blue and green, purple and
scarlet, mixed with metallic gleams of gorgeous brilliance.
These beetles are all vegetable feeders ; they walk slowly,
but their flight is rapid, especially in hot and dry weather.
When any one attempts to seize them they fall to the
earth. A few small species may be met with on flowers,
but they generally frequent forests and the vicinity of
trees. The females lay their eggs in dead dry wood, in
which the larvae excavate long winding passages, wherein
they undergo their metamorphoses.
The Spring Beetles (Mater}\ are remarkable from their
faculty of springing into the air when laid upon their
backs, in which position, owing to the shortness of their
legs, they would otherwise be completely unable to rise.
The most celebrated among them is
The Cucujo (Elater noctilucus), which has upon each side of the
back of its thorax a smooth convex round spot, from which at night
there issues a light so brilliant that by its assistance it is easy to read
the smallest print, more especially if several of these insects are put
together in a glass vessel. By the light thus afforded, the Brazilian
ladies are able to embroider ; and not unfrequently they twine these
living lamps among their hair to light them in their evening prome-
nade. The Indians fasten them to their mocassins, and thus illu-
minate their path. An individual once accidentally brought one to
Paris in some wood, wherein it had passed its larva state, and asto-
nished the inhabitants of the Faubourg St. Antoine by a display of its
brilliant light, an exhibition for which they were but little pre-
pared. Nearly allied to these are
The Glow-worms (Lampyris), likewise distinguished
by their capability of emitting phosphorescent light. The
males of our common species are not particularly re-
markable, but the females, which are without wings,
are highly luminous. The light which they emit issues
from the hinder part of their abdomen, and the insect can
* Serra, a saw ; cornu, a horn ; i.e. antenna.
j- povirprjo-Tis, bouprestis, an insect said to poison cattle.
j faaT^p, elater, a leaper.
XayUTTupts, lampuris, a glow-worm.
COLEOPTERA. 123
vary its intensity at pleasure. This faculty of emitting
light is one of the most puzzling circumstances in their
history, nor is it easy to conjecture what end it serves.
The suggestion frequently advanced, that its purpose is
to guide the winged male to the apterous female in the
darkness of the night, is by no means a satisfactory ex-
planation : for, besides the fact that other nocturnal
insects need no such aid, in many species of the genus
both sexes are luminous, and both furnished with wings.
The light of these foreign species (as for example, the
lucciole of Italy and the fire-flies of North America) far
surpasses the feeble glimmer of our own, and when the
air is filled with myriads of them intersecting each other's
path in every direction, the scene is one of indescribable
beauty
The Death Watches (Ptinus)* are a race of small in-
sects, often formidable on account of the ravages they
commit upon our property. Many species of this genus
inhabit the interior of our houses,
where, in their larva condition, they
cause much damage by boring into
wood. Nothing of a vegetable nature
comes amiss to them planks, rafters,
beams, chairs, and tables, and even
books, all fall a prey to their hungry
industry ; they bore them through and
through with holes as sharply cut as if
they had been drilled with the finest
instruments. Some devote their special
energies to farinaceous substances, and devour the very
wafers in our desks : others, more formidable still to the
naturalist, attack our collections of birds and insects, and
commit sad havoc in our museums.
In some species both sexes, by way of calling their
mates, are in the habit of rapping sharply and quickly
with their mandibles upon the wood that they frequent,
and replying* to each other in the same manner. The
noise thus produced, which somewhat resembles the tick-
ing of a watch, has gained for them, from the ignorant and
superstitious, the name of the " Death-watch," by which
they are familiarly known.
The fourth section of Coleopterous Pentamerans
* iTTt)v6s, ptenos, winged.
G 2
121 COU.OM
is diftingni bed i\ baring tl><- ;nitrm.;i- diluted t<>-
u;,pl f|,<.Jr -..! n mil \ or rlul>-sli}i.|M-d, hrnrr ll
|,;,vr n-n-i\rd llic HUMP- ol' ClaviconioH/ Tln-\ Jill.
in i|,,-ir Ijirva condition, d<-\,,nr ;iiiiin;il llbfitanC
),, It |||- |M -rfi-rt. inserts seem 1<) illdldj/e ill :i Ilioir
,,,.,,, .,-;,! 'li'-l- Tli.-y :>!< tin- living diist-riirts of erejt-
i,,,i,, ;uiy a n'i,i;.rka.l.h in hud no ..mn-r .In tiny fiixl
the Carcase ol' a hinl, a HIOIIH. ;, tm;. ;, n.nl.. nr ;m\
nil,, r MI.;. II : .i.im..l MISUI Mnty ^liilr l. m-iilli it, and |
I |, ( iij ;,\;.y tl.< ;.rlli iint.il lln-v m:iK- J gTT6 fol
, looompliihtd tin:, HM.\ I. i.v Hi ' <-ggs
upon tin him. .1 l.uJy. :ml " V . mi," up tin- littlr : < pillrl.iv
( | ( |Mlt . \\'l.. ii !!.< 6ggl '" lisil.rli.-J Ih. li.rv.. hum I..-.I
, lt |, tronjj juwi -I. vour l-lm carc.ai . vvliicJi upph- I I|M-N-
ion.l \VI.M. nl.niii in JLSMli.i. tin nympli . nn.lil.ini,, tl,,\
1,111-y Mi. i.isdv.'H htill innr.- .|irpl\ in lli- 6ftrth, :M'I H" "
r(MI |,. u , .| | ,!,;,.,, I,, i linr;il ly a rhynchos, a snout ; 6pos, phoros, carrying.
f Having crooked snouts.
G 3
130
COLEOPTERA.
calculable damage. The females deposit their eggs in
the buds, yet young and tender, of our most useful vege-
tables, in nascent grains of corn, in the flowers of the
palm-tree and the coffee-plant. In such situations the larvae
are hatched, and find abundant food stored up around
them. Having completed their metamorphoses, the per-
fect insects eat their way out of their vegetable prison,
leaving behind them those round holes so often seen in peas
or grains of wheat. One well-known species only lives in
nuts, where it devours the kernel, converting the interior
into a mass of bitterness. Another lives- in cork, filling
the galleries which it excavates with an equally bitter sub-
stance, and this it is which gives the bitter disagreeable
flavour to " corked " wine. Many species, such as
The Diamond Beetles (Curculio), are gorgeously appa-
relled, as is abundantly indicated by the names by which
they are designated. " Imperial," " royal," " sumptuous "
FlG. 87. THE STAG-HORNED PRIONUS, AND DIAMOND BEETLE.
are the humblest epithets * appropriate to their magni-
ficence. Diamonds and pearls, emeralds and rubies, gold
and sparkling gems, look paltry when compared with
their elaborate bedizenment. In the Brazils, the mimosa
COLEOPTERA. 131
trees are sometimes so crowded with these splendid insects
that the branches bend beneath their glittering burden.
Even some of our native species, such as the Rose curculio
when seen under a microscope, are found to be most bril-
liantly decorated.
A second section of Coleopterous Trimerans com-
prehends
The Wood Eaters or Xylophagi,* a race of insects
specially appointed to devour timber. They mostly
live upon wood, in which their larvae excavate gal-
leries in all directions, so that when they become
numerous, whole forests of pine and fir are destroyed
by their ravages ; some cause immense damage
amongst olive-trees, whilst others, the feeblest of
the race, content themselves with devouring various
kinds of fungi.
As an example of these timber borers, we give a
figure of
The Long-horned Beetle (Prionus), one of the largest
of the tribe, conspicuous alike from the beauty of its
colours and the strength of its jaws. (Fig. 87.)
In the last section of the Coleoptera, the
Trimerans, the number of tarsal joints in all the
six legs is reduced to three ; of these the best known
examples are
The Lady-birds (Coccinella), universal favourites, and
as useful as they are pretty. These insects are readily
recognised by their semi-globular shape, and by the pecu-
liar pattern of their colouring, generally black spots upon
a red or yellow ground, or red and yellow spots upon a
black ground. They feed exclusively upon the plant-lice
or Aphides that infest the choicest flowers of our green-
houses, and are still more hurtful in the hop-plantation
and the garden. To the destruction of these insect pests
the whole energies of the Lady-bird are devoted. Its eggs
are laid in little patches on the leaves of plants, resembling
groups of nine-pins set upright; when these are hatched
they give birth to a larva furnished with a small head and
a thick but tapering body, which creeps actively about the
* uAov, xylon, wood; Qayeiv, phagein, to eat.
132
COLEOPTEKA.
leaf by means of six short legs attached to its anterior
segments. (Fig. 88.) Its colour is usually a dark bluish-
gray, having black spots
interspersed with a few
orange spots of larger size.
It riots among the Aphides
like a lion among a flock
of sheep, devouring them
one after another with in-
j satiable appetite, until its
full growth is accom-
plished ; it then glues the
hinder part of its body to
a leaf, and awaits its change
into a pupa. In a day or
two, the skin cleaves down
the back, and the pupa
shows itself: it is of a
white colour at first, but
soon becomes black, spotted
with red and yellow. It
does not at once quit the
spot to which it had ad-
hered as a larva, but re-
mains there with its old skin gathered in folds around its
hinder parts. For a week it continues in this state, motion-
less and apparently dead, but really carrying on within
an important process, namely, developing and hardening
the various organs that belong to the perfect insect. At
the end of that time the pupa-case bursts, and the Lady-
bird crawls out with its wing-cases small and crumpled ;
but they soon enlarge and become smooth and shapely,
though they remain for a time of a pale yellow colour,
without any trace of the spots that afterwards become
so beautiful. In the course of a few hours, however, the
rich colours begin to appear, and the various distinctive
marks give the creature its character and elegant appear-
ance. At the same time its skin has acquired firmness
and its muscles vigour, so that leaving its cast-off gar-
ments behind, it departs on its fresh travels, again to
make war on the Aphides, and to choose a mate.
FlG. 88. LADY-BIRD IN ITS STAGES.
OETHOPTERA. 133
ORTHOPTERA.*
The Orthoptera differ from the beetles in the fol-
lowing circumstances. Their tegumentary skeleton
is less dense and solid, their front wings or elytra are
semi-membranous, and are supported by a frame-
work of nervures ; moreover, instead of meeting in a
straight line along the back, they overlap each other.
The hind wings are folded longitudinally like a fan.
The larvae and pupae are equally active ; the former
possess no wings, and in the latter these organs only
begin to show themselves enclosed in wing-cases ; in
both conditions they closely resemble the perfect
insect, and live upon the same food. Their mouth is
always furnished with cutting mandibles, with which
they devour vegetable substances. They are all ter-
restrial in their habits, and for the most part feed
upon plants. The entire class may be conveniently
divided into two groups.
1st. Those which run upon the ground (Cursoria).t
2nd. Those whose hind legs are constructed for
leaping (Saltatoria)4
The first division is represented by the Earwigs
and Cockroaches, the latter by the Grasshoppers and
Crickets.
The Earwigs (Forficuld) form a connecting link be-
tween the Orthoptera and the Beetles, and are sometimes
described as forming a class by themselves, under the
names of Dermaptera and Euplexoptera ; || the latter
name is given to them on account of the beautiful manner
in which their hinder wings are folded up when at rest
under their elytra. The appearance of these elegant
wings, when expanded, is represented in the annexed figure
(Fig. 89) ; when closed they are curiously packed into a
sixth part of their ample breadth. These insects do much
* opOos, orthos, straight ; irrp6v t pteron, wing.
t Cursoria, running.
J Saltatoria, leaping.
Sep^ua, derma, skin ; irre/joi/, pteron, wing.
|| Ii>, eu, beautiful ; irXeKw, pleco, I plait ; vrfpov, pteron, a wing.
134 ORTHOPTERA.
injury in our gardens, by devouring the fruit and destroy-
ing the petals of our favourite flowers. They manifest
great care and attention towards
their young, guarding them with
parental instinct, and defending
them by means of the powerful
forceps appended to the hinder
part of their body.
The Cockroaches (Blatta), sup-
posed to have been originally im-
ported from Asia, now swarm in
this country, especially in the
underground kitchens of London
and other large cities. They
FIG. 89. EARWIG ON THE WING, devour all kinds of provisions,
and even gnaw flannels, shoes, and other animal sub-
stances. They are nocturnal in their habits, coming out
of their holes after all has become dark and quiet, and
sometimes in such numbers that, if a candle be suddenly
brought into the room, the floor will appear quite black
with these annoying intruders, yet in a few moments all
of them disappear. The eggs of these insects are enclosed
in an egg-case of very curious structure, which is fre-
quently to be met with in the crevices of walls, behind
shutters, and in similar places of concealment ; this box
the female carries about with her for some time attached
to her body, but at length she fixes it to the selected spot
by means of a sort of gummy cement.
The Leaf Insects (Mantis) are the most remarkable
of the Cursorial Orthoptera. No Parisian manufacturer
of artificial flowers could more successfully imitate the
productions of Flora, than these insects are made to
counterfeit the branches and the foliage of the shrubs
they frequent, so that while in their natural haunts, it is
next, to impossible for the most practised eye to distin-
guish them. The appearance of the leaf insects whilst
waiting for their prey is very singular. They remain
for hours together stationary in the attitude represented
in the annexed figure with their fore legs held up together
like a pair of arms, prepared to seize any insect that may
come within their reach. Hence they have obtained a
sort of sacred character amongst the credulous inhabitants
of the countries in which they are found, who from a
superstitious notion, that while in that attitude they are
ORTHOPTERA.
135
engaged in prayer, have given them such names as Prega
Diou, Prie Dieu, &c. These creatures are very voracious.
FIG. 90. MANTIS.
No sooner does an insect come near them, than like a cat
approaching a mouse, the mantis moves imperceptibly
along, and steals towards its victim, fearful of putting it
to flight. When sufficiently close, the fore leg is extended
to its full length, and the fly is seized and crushed by
the numerous spines with which its edges are armed.
The Leaping Orthoptera (Saltatoria) are at once
recognisable by the great size and strength of their
hind legs, a structure whereby they are enabled to
perform prodigious leaps. Of their general form, we
have a familiar example in the house-cricket, every-
where to be met with.
The House-cricket (Gryllus domesticus) frequents the
same situations, is active at the same season, feeds on the
136
ORTHOPTERA.
same substances, and has, in many respects, the same habits
as the Cockroach. Its ringing " crink " proceeding from
the fireplace is considered a cheerful sound, and probably,
from its association with genial warmth and plenty, is
often enumerated among the amenities of the fireside.
The shrill sound, above alluded to, is produced only by
the male rubbing its wings, which are peculiarly con-
structed, one against the other.
The Grasshoppers (Gryllus campestris) make *use of
their hind legs in producing their " crink." The thigh
is furnished with a number of transverse, overlapping,
angular plates, and the shank carries a series of short
horny points upon each side. The insect when it crinks,
brings the shank up to the thigh, and rubs both to and
fro against the wing-sheaths, doing this by turns with the
right and left legs, which causes the regular break in the
sound.
The Locusts (Gryllus locusta) belong to the same
FIG. 91. LOCUSTS.
family as the cricket and grasshopper, and, considered
ORTHOPTERA. 137
individually, are quite as harmless, but coming, as they
frequently do in Eastern countries, in hosts, which darken
the air and cover the surface of the earth, are amongst the
most dreadful scourges of the human race.
Dr. Shaw, who has given us an account of the swarms
which he saw in Barbary, tells us that they first appeared
about the end of March, and increased into vast numbers
in April, but returned into the extensive plains in May
to deposit their eggs. The larvae derived from these eggs
made their appearance in June, and were formed into
compact bodies, each brood covering a square furlong of
ground ; they marched onward in a phalanx, surmounting
every obstacle in their way, entering houses and chambers,
and desolating the gardens, undeterred by the slaughter
made amongst the foremost. In this manner horde suc-
ceeded horde, for days together. In about the course of
a month they arrived at their full growth, and cast their
pupa or nymph-skin, and as soon as their wings were dry
and expanded, mounted into the air. Locusts are eaten
in many places. They are mentioned as among the clean
meats in Lev. xi. 22. In the plain of Bushire, they are
collected, dried, and salted, and sold to the peasantry;
when boiled the yellow ones turn red, and eat like stale
shrimps. The Arabs grind them into powder, which they
make into small round cakes, which serve for food when
bread is scarce. In the Mahratta country the people salt
and eat them. They are eaten by the Hottentots, and
formed in ancient times part of the diet of the Ethiopians
and Parthians.
The Mole-cricket (Gryllotalpa) is a burro wer, not in-
ferior to the mole, after which it is named, in the
singular adaptation of its structure to the habits assigned
to it. Like that animal, it has the fore limbs shortened,
flattened, and enormously strengthened, while their ex-
tremities are formed into broad limbs turned obliquely
outwards, and armed with stout tooth-like projections. By
the assistance of this most efficient apparatus, the mole-
cricket makes its way beneath the soil with the utmost
facility, and at the proper season digs for itself a little
chamber in the earth, with smoothly-polished walls, in
which it deposits from a hundred to three hundred eggs,
in their shape much like little sugar-plums. Intricate
winding passages lead from this retreat to the surface of
138
NEUROPTERA.
the bank, at the mouth of one of which the old cricket sits
and chirps cheerfully all the day long.
FlG. 92 MOLE-CK1CKET,
ORDER NEUROPTERA.*
The insects belonging to the Neuropterous Order
possess four transparent wings, for the most part of
equal size. The nervures are numerous and con-
nected, so as to form a net- work pattern more or
less close. The mouth is armed with jaws, but the
body is not furnished with a sting. The larvae are
active, and always provided with six jointed legs,
each terminated by a pair of hooks.
The Dragon Flies (LibelMd). The brilliant dragon
flies that career on flashing wing through the lanes and
over the ponds in the warmest weather of summer, give us
the highest idea of insect power, combined with elegance
of form. Their large round lustrous eyes, both furnished
with twelve thousand polished lenses, that command each
point on the whole sphere of sky or earth ; their bur-
* z/eupoi/, neuron, nervure ,- -n-repov, pteron, a wing.
NEUROPTERA.
139
nished armour, gemmed with green and gold and black ;
their gorgeous wings, like films of living glass stretched
over net-work (to compare with which, the finest lace is
but a sorry piece of workmanship), proclaim them tyrants
FlG. 93. -DRAGON-FLY.
of the air, and monarchs of the insect world. Yet in the
earlier stages of their existence, these splendid creatures
arrayed in humbler guise inhabited some neighbouring
pool or ditch ; the larva is an uncouth, broad, flat, olive-
coloured animal, having six sprawling legs with which
it crawlsj spider-like, about the mud at the bottom of
ponds, or glides by a singular mechanism through the
water. The hinder extremity of the body is furnished
with several leaf like appendages, capable of being brought
close together or opened at pleasure. These close the
orifice of a cavity whose sides are very muscular. When
the insect wishes to move rapidly it opens this cavity,
which thus becomes filled with water, and then by a con-
traction of its walls the water is forcibly ejected in a
stream, as from a syringe, and thus the larva is propelled
through the water with its legs closely packed against its
sides. The pupa only differs from the larva by having
the rudiments of wings attached to its thorax ; both are
140
NEUROPTERA.
active and voracious, the tyrants of the pool, devour-
ing with ferocity other insects, tad-
poles, small newts, and even fishes.
These predatory habits are continued
in the perfect insect, whose sangui-
nary propensities are no less cor-
rectly expressed by our term Dragon-
fly, than its elegance and grace by the
French appellation Demoiselle. It
pursues gnats and flies in the air,
eating them on the wing. It has
been seen to catch butterflies, and
Mr. Gosse, to whose elegant pen we
are indebted for much of the above
graphic account of their history,
believes that they sometimes pounce
upon the fry of fishes when swimming at the surface.
The May Flies (Ephemera)*. These insects have re-
FlG. 94. PUPA OF DRAGON
FLY.
FlG. 95. MAT-FLIES IN SUNSET DAXCE.
s, ephemeros, living but a day.
NEUEOPTERA.
141
FlG. 96. LARVA OF EPHEMERON, AND
SECTION OF ITS CELL.
ceived their name from the shortness of their existence in
their perfect state, which is, indeed, so brief that the
same evening sun which
sees their birth generally
witnesses their destruc-
tion. Their life, how-
ever, in the earlier stages
of their growth is of
much longer duration.
In their larva state they
live in the water, lurking
under stones, or residing
in little holes that they
excavate in the banks
of the stream. When
about to undergo their
last transformation, they
leave the water and cast
off their pupa covering,
but by a remarkable exception to other insects, they are
still covered by a thin pellicle, which gives them a dull
appearance. In this condition they are known to the
angler as " duns ;" in a short time, however, they cast off
this temporary deshabille, leaving it upon trees or walls,
or even the clothes of the passer-by, and present them-
selves in the full livery of the perfect insect, in which
garb they constitute the " Drake " of the fly-fisher.
The Scorpion Flies (Panorpa), are remarkable from the
extraordinary structure of the tail, which in the male is
terminated by a pair of forceps, giving them the appear-
ance of winged scorpions.
The Ant Lions (Myrmeleo)* much resemble the dragon
flies, but their habits in the earlier stages of their exist-
ence are very different. The larva lives principally upon
ants, which it catches by a singular contrivance. Not
being able, from the structure of its body, to catch such
active prey by any ordinary proceeding, it constructs a
trap, by walking backwards, round and round and round,
until a deep conical excavation is formed in the loose
sand, at the bottom of which the creature buries itself,
and there remains quietly concealed, with the exception
of its long scissor-like fangs, which are kept half open and
ready for action. Thus ensconced, woe betide any im-
* IJ.VP/J.TI, mnrmex, the ant ; AeW, leon, the lion.
142
NEUROPTERA.
prudent insect that unhappily passes too near the trea-
cherous margin of his pit-fall. No sooner does it approach
FlG. 97. CIRCULAR DITCH OF ANT LIO.*,
the fatal brink than, the loose sides giving way beneath
its feet, it is precipitated to the bottom, and falls at once
into the power of its destroyer. The Ant-lion, or as
Bonnet calls him, on account of his cunning, the " Ant-
fox," has no mouth, but
instead, two horny fangs,
resembling jaws, which
are toothed upon the
inner margin, and ter-
minate in sharp points.
These jaw-like appen-
dages are hollow, and
serve not only for seizing,
but for sucking the juices
of any insect that may
come within reach.
The Lace - winged
Flies (Hemerobius*)* are
not very dissimilar from
the ant-lions, although
they dig no pit-falls.
These insects, frequently
seen in our gardens, with
their bright green bodies,
golden eyes, and iri-
descent wings, are in
their perfect state most
elegant creatures. The
female lays her eggs upon the leaves of plants, to which
they are attached in a very curious manner. The insect
first fixes to the leaf a small quantity of a tenacious gum-
* 7),upa, emera, day ; /Stow, bioo, to live.
FlG. 98. LACE- WINGED FLY MANNER OF
DEPOSITING EGGS.
XEUROPTEEA.
143
FlG. 99. APHIS-LION.
like fluid, sufficiently viscid to be drawn out into a long
thread-like filament, upon the farthest end of which the
egg is attached, so that when the filaments are hardened
by exposure to the air, each
egg is suspended at the ex-
tremity of a slender foot-stalk.
The Iarva3 hatched from these
eggs have been named "'Aphis-
lions," for no sooner do they
get on to the plants, then they
attack the aphides with insa-
tiable voracity, and are thus of
incalculable benefit to the gar-
dener. Some of them cover
their bodies with the skins of
their victims, so as to render
themselves almost invisible.
When full fed, they spin them-
selves cocoons, and thus await
their final change.
The Stone Flies (Semblis)
are among the favourite lures of the fly-fisher. These
insects lay their eggs upon the rushes by the river-side,
placing them perpendicularly on end, like nine-pins, glued
together. The larva inhabits the water, where it breathes
by means of gill-like filaments attached to the side of its
body.
The White Ants (Termes). These destructive insects
have no relationship whatever with the ants properly so
called. They abound in all tropical
countries, where, whilst in their tf
larva condition, they commit terrible ^k
ravages. Their larvae, called also If
workers or labourers, very much Fjo loa _ WOEKER rEEMIIE
resemble the perfect insects, but their
bodies are softer, they have no wings, and their head,
which seems proportionately of larger size, is not fur-
nished with eyes, or if they exist at all, they are extremely
minute. These insects congregate together in societies so
numerous as to defy calculation. They live together,
either concealed underground, or they take up their abode
in anything that is made of wood, no matter what, trees,
planks, and beams; even articles of furniture are made
144 NEUROPTERA.
available for their habitations. In these they excavate
FlG. 101. SOLDIER TERMITE, AND JAWS OF THE SAME MAGNIFIED.
galleries in every direction, never, however, injuring the
surface, so that although objects so attacked continue to
FlG. 102. SECTION OF NEST OF TEBMKS BELLICOSUS.
look substantial externally, they fall to pieces at the slight-
est touch. If compelled to leave their domicile, they con-
NEUROPTEKA. 145
struct tubes or covered ways, wherein they go, so that they
FlG. 103 MALK XKBM1TE.
always work concealed from observa-
tion. Sometimes they raise edifices
above the ground in the shape of
pyramids or towers, occasionally sur-
mounted by a solid roof: these habita-
tions, both from their dimensions and
their numbers, might easily be mis-
taken for villages. Besides the labour-
ers, each community contains a number
of individuals called neuters, or soldiers,
to whom the defence of the colony is
intrusted ; these are at once distinguish-
able from the large size of their heads
and ponderous jaws. Besides the
above, there are winged males, and a
queen or fertile female, whose fecun-
dity surpasses anything elsewhere
known in the animal creation. Arrived
at their perfect state they all become
possessed of wings, and issuing forth,
in countless multitudes by night, cover
the country as with a living deluge.
The rising sun, however, dries their
wings, and they become a prey to
numerous enemies, to whom they serve
as food.
The Caddis Flies (Phryganea)*
which, like the May-flies, are among
the best friends of the fly-fisher, are
usually placed among the Neuropte-
rous insects, although the nervures
n ,1 -IT T
ot their wings can scarcely be said
FlG. 104. QUEEN TERMITE
SIZE)
vov, phryganon, a dry stick.
H
146 HYMENOPTERA.
to form a net-work.* Their economy in the early stages
of their growth is very curious. The larva, which is not
FlG. 105. PUPA CASE, LAEVA, AND FLY OF CADDIS-WORM.
unlike a caterpillar, forms for its residence a tubular case,
made of minute shells, stones, seeds, bits of stick or bark,
fragments of the stems of water-plants, and similar matters,
which it arranges around its body, fixing them by means
of a glutinous silk, which also lines the tube. Numbers
of these cases may often be seen at the bottom of pebbly
streams, with the head and feet of the larva protruding
from one end as it crawls about, with a straggling irregular
motion. When full grown, the little creature creeps up
the stem of some aquatic plant till the mouth of its case
just reaches the surface of the water ; it then spins a net
of silk across the entrance to its abode, and goes into the
pupa state. At the appointed time the pupa tears its way
easily through the silken grate, crawls a few inches out of
the water, throws off its pupa skin, and becomes a winged
caddis-fly.
ORDER HYMENOPTERA.f
The Hymenopterous insects, like the Neuroptera,
are furnished with four transparent wings, but instead
of the nervures forming a close net- work, they are
much more sparingly distributed. Another difference
is that in the Hymenoptera the hind pair of wings
seem as if cut out of the front pair, with which they
interlock by means of small hooks during flight, so
that the two wings almost resemble one. The
abdomen is, moreover, terminated by an apparatus,
* Some authors constitute a distinct order for them, under the
name of Trichoptera, or Hairy- winged insects.
f u/u^y, umen, a membrane ; irrepov, pteron, a wing.
IIYMENOPTERA. 147
which in some species serves for the deposition of
the eggs, but in others is connected with a poison-
bag, and forms a venomous sting. To this Order
belong
The Saw Flies (Tenihredo). They derive their name
from a curiously-constructed instrument called an ovi-
positor, with which the female is provided. This con-
sists of a saw composed of two blades that work alter-
nately, by means of which she makes incisions in the
branches of plants, wherein she deposits her eggs. The
wounds thus made by the teeth of the saw frequently
cause the plant to swell into a fleshy mass resembling a
FlG. 1C6. SAW OF SAW FLY.
small fruit, in the interior of which the larvae find the
materials for their subsistence. The larvae very much
resemble caterpillars, from which, however, they are easily
distinguished by the number of their feet ; before changing
into nymphs, the false caterpillars enclose themselves in a
cocoon, in which they remain many months in their
caterpillar condition, only becoming changed into nymphs
a few days before their final conversion into Saw flies.
In the spring-time of the year, when the bright leaves
of our gooseberry-bushes first make their appearance, they
are often devoured in a remarkable manner, even before
they have completely concealed the straggling spiny
branches. If the injury stopped here, with the despolia-
tion of his gooseberry-bushes, the gardener might perhaps
put up with it without much grumbling ; but unfortunately
the production of leaves and fruit are intimately connected,
and unless the branches are well clothed with the former,
the crop of the latter will be very small. If we search
148 HYMENOPTERA.
for the cause of this wholesale destruction, we shall find
that it is occasioned by a multitude of small caterpillar-
like larvae, furnished with twenty feet, of a pale-greenish
colour, covered with numerous rows of little black tuber-
cles, each of which bears a small hair at its summit ; some-
times a thousand or more will inhabit a single bush, which
is of course soon stripped of every green leaf; in about
ten days these voracious larvae have attained their full
growth, when they descend into the ground beneath the
scene of their, ravages, enclose themselves in a small
cocoon, and undergo their transformation into a pupa. In
this condition they remain for a fortnight, when they
emerge in the perfect state. The fly thus produced is a
little Saw-fly (Nematus Grossularice), which in its turn
becomes the parent of another host of destructive goose-
berry grubs. It deposits its eggs along the course of the
principal veins, on the lower surface of the leaf, where
they are placed like rows of minute beads. The pupae
proceeding from this second brood pass the winter in the
earth, and the perfect insects do not emerge from them
before the month of March in the following year.
The Cuckoo Flies (Ichneumon) are so called because
they lay their eggs in the interior of other insects, at
whose expense their progeny are nourished. For this
purpose the females are provided with a boring apparatus,
somewhat resembling a long tail, called their ovipositor,
by means of which they implant their eggs in the backs
of their victims, just as a gardener would set potatoes in
the ground. The female, when about to lay her eggs,
may be seen flying about with restless industry in search
of the larvae or pupae of other insects, or even spiders, to
which she is about to intrust the support of her family.
No matter where they are hidden, under the bark of trees,
or in cracks and crevices, she is sure to find them out, and
goon succeeds by means of her long ovipositor in piercing
their flesh, and depositing an egg in the interior of their
bodies, and occasionally she repeats the operation several
times. In process of time the eggs are hatched, and the
larvae of the Ichneumons find abundant food in their strange
domicile. By this proceeding the hungry but sterile
caterpillars are prevented from changing into the prolific
butterfly, and thus the world is defended against their
insatiable voracity.
The Gall Flies (Cynips). These insects, too, are fur-
HYMENOPTERA. 149
nished with a borer, or ovipositor, but of a different cha-
racter by its assistance the little Cynips bores the leaves
or tender shoots of trees, in which she lays her eggs the
wounded part, strangely responsive to such a stimulus,
swells out into an excrescence that is called a gall. The
FlG. 10t. GALL FLY.
form and the solidity of these vegetable productions varies
according to the part of the plant which produces it. The
leaves, the buds, the petioles, the bark, the roots, all form
their different kinds, some of which are useful in the arts.
The gall-nut of the oak, for instance, yields a deep black
dye, and is employed in making ink. The larvae hatched
within these galls find there both board and lodging, till
the time arrives for their last change.
In the second section of the Hymenopterous In-
sects, the females, instead of an ovipositor, are
furnished with a sting. This section embraces
The Ants (Formica), so celebrated for their foresight
and their industry. These insects live in societies that
are often very numerous, and consist of individuals of three
different denominations the males, the females, and the
150
HYMENOPTEBA.
neuters, which last are only females imperfectly developed ;
and it is upon them that the work of the colony and the
care of the young entirely devolves. The nature and
form of the abode of these insects varies in accordance
with the instincts of the species ; some establish them-
selves under ground, others build edifices of considerable
height, surmounted by dome-shaped roofs, others again
reside in aged trees, the interior of which they pierce in
all directions with their galleries, which, however irregu-
lar they may seem, always lead to the nurseries of the
establishment. The labours of the industrious neuters
are very multifarious ; some go in search of provisions, in
the transport of which they mutually assist each other ;
some feed the young, take them out on fine days to enjoy
FlG. 108. WORKING ANT AND PORTION OF ANT HILL.
the sunshine, and watch over them with the tenderest care,
exhibiting in their defence a degree of courage well calcu-
lated to excite admiration. When their habitations are by
any means injured or destroyed, no time is lost in useless
despair, one spirit animates each individual, simultaneously
they set to work to repair their misfortune; they labour
unceasingly, nothing damps their ardour, or abates their
industry until, as if by magic, their habitation rises to its
former height and beauty, and all traces of ruin have dis-
appeared.
The Wasps (Vespa) likewise live in society. Only
the females found new colonies. In the spring they lay
HYMENOPTEEA.
151
their eggs, from which are derived individuals called
workers, who assist their common mother. To construct
their nest or vespiary, these insects, by the aid of their
mandibles, detach pieces of bark or old wood, which they
reduce to a sort of paper-like paste. Of this they form
the combs : these are generally horizontal, suspended by
pedicles, and composed of hexagonal cells, serving for the
lodgment of the larvge and pupas. The combs are ranged
in stages parallel to each other at regular distances, and
are joined together at intervals by little columns that sup-
port them. The whole is built sometimes in the open air,
sometimes in the hollow of a tree, and some are enclosed
in a common envelope, according to the species. It is
only in the beginning of autumn that male wasps are
found in the vespiary; the young females make their
appearance at the same time. About the month of No-
vember, the young wasps that have not completed their
last metamorphosis, are put to death, and thrown out of
the cells by the neuters, who, as well as the males, perish
when cold weather arrives; so that the preservation of
the species is confided exclusively to the few females
who resist the inclemency of the winter, and survive till
spring.
The Bees (Apia)* A society of bees consists of indi-
viduals of three different
kinds; namely, the "work-
ers," or " labourers," tho
drones, and one solitary fer-
tile female called the queen-
bee. The workers are very
numerous. In a well-popu-
lated hive their average
number is from fifteen to
twenty thousand. They are
of smaller size than the
drones; from which they
are moreover distinguish-
able by their spoon- shaped
mandibles, and by the struc-
ture of their hind legs,
which are furnished with ex- FIG m _ PESTOON OF WAX . MAKERS .
cavations upon their outer
surface surrounded by hairs called "baskets," in which
they convey the pollen of flowers collected in the gar-
152 HYMENOPTERA.
den. The males, or drones, when at their full comple-
ment, number from six to eight hundred in a hive of ordi-
nary size ; they are slightly larger than the working bees,
are not furnished with a sting, and have a shorter pro-
boscis ; the reason of their being so numerous would appear
to be simply to allow the queen-bee to select her own
mate, out of her numerous suitors, for after she has made
her selection, they are simultaneously butchered by the
working bees, and cast forth from the hive as useless
encumbrances. The queen-bee alone, amidst this nume-
rous assemblage, is capable of laying eggs, a circumstance
easily accounted for when we reflect upon her extraordi-
nary fertility. The working bees, according to Huber,
are divided into two classes, the wax-workers, to whom is
intrusted the charge of procuring food and furnishing the
materials for building the comb, and the nurses, which
are of smaller size, occupy themselves entirely with domes-
tic duties, and to whom is intrusted the nursing of the
young brood. As the honey-bee is not instructed by
its instinct to construct a nest protected by any general
covering, as is the case with the wasps and termites, it
is obliged to select some cavity in which to build : this is
sometimes a hollow tree, but more generally the hive,
artificially prepared for its reception. In this retreat the
workers construct their combs, made up of an immense
assemblage of hexagonal cells, in which they educate their
young brood, and store away provisions for the use of the
community. The combs are always suspended perpen-
dicularly and parallel to each other,
leaving sufficient space between them to
afford passage to the insects. The cells
are thus placed horizontally. Skilful
geometricians have demonstrated that
the shape of the individual cells is pre-
cisely that which is most economical as
relates to the expenditure of wax used
in their construction, as well as that
calculated to insure the greatest pos-
sible space. The bees, however, are
able to modify their form according to
FIG. no. PROBOSCIS circumstances. With the exception of
such as are destined for the reception
of the royal brood, these cells are all nearly of the same
size ; some are used as cradles wherein the young are
HYMENOPTERA.
153
lodged, while others are filled with honey, and the pollen
of flowers. Some of the honey- cells are left open, others,
used as a reserve, are carefully closed with a lid of wax.
The royal cells, varying from two to forty in each hive,
are much larger than the rest, and are suspended, like
stalactites, from the margins of the combs.
The cells provided for the males are intermediate in
their dimensions between these and those constructed for
the reception of the young labourers. As the bees in-
variably build them from above downwards, those at the
bottom are always the last constructed.
The queeri-bee begins to lay her eggs in early summer,
and continues to do so at intervals till the close of autumn.
Keaumur has estimated that she will sometimes lay twelve
FlG. 111. HONEYCOMB, WITH MALE WORKER AND ROYAL CELLS.
thousand eggs in the course of twenty days. Guided by
an unerring instinct, she never makes a mistake in choosing
the cells proper to receive her different kinds of eggs.
Those laid in early spring always give birth to working
FlG. 112. GRUB IN CELL.
FlG. 113. PUPA.
bees ; they are hatched in the course of four or five days,
and the young larvae are at once taken care of by the
H 3
154 HYMENOPTEKA.
nursing bees, and provided with food adapted to their
condition. Six or seven days after their birth they dis-
pose themselves to undergo their metamorphosis. Shut
up in their cells by their nurses, who close the opening
with a lid of wax, they line the walls of their narrow
dwelling with a tapestry of silk, in which they spin a
cocoon, become nymphs, and after about twelve days of
seclusion, issue forth as working bees all ready taught, by
their Divine instructor, how, at once, to set about their
various avocations. The eggs from which the males are
produced, are not laid till two months later, and shortly
afterwards those which give birth to females are depo-
sited.
The Humble Bees (Bombus) are well known to every
schoolboy. Many of them dwell under ground, or in
FIG. 114. HUMBLE BEES; MALE, FEMALE, AND WORKER.
moss-covered nests, where they live together in colonies
varying from 60 to 200 or 300 in number,
Hugh Miller thus shortly describes the principal species
of humble bees : " When a boy at Cromarty," says
that elegant writer, " the wild honey-bees in their several
species had peculiar charms for us. There were the
buff-coloured carders, that erected over their honey-jars
domes of moss ; the lapidary, red-tipped bees, that built
amidst the recesses of ancient cairns, and in old dry stone
walls, and were so invincibly brave in defending their
homesteads, that they never gave up the quarrel till they
died ; and above all, the yellow-zoned humble-bees, that
lodged deep in the ground, along the dry sides of the
grassy bank, and were usually wealthier in honey than
their congeners, and existed in large communities. But
the herd-boy of the parish, and the foxes of its woods and
brakes, shared in my interest in the wild honey-bees, and,
in the pursuit of something else than knowledge, were
ruthless robbers of their nests."
STEEPSIPTEEA.
155
ORDER STREPSIPTERA,* OR BEE PARASITES.
The Eev. Mr. Kirby had more than once observed
upon several species of bees, something that he took
to be a kind of mite, with which insects are very com-
monly infested, and determined not to lose the oppor-
tunity of taking one off for examination. On attempt-
ing, however, to disengage it with a pin, much to his
astonishment, he drew forth from the body of the
bee, what he imagined to be a white fleshy larva, a
FIG. 115. STYLOPS.
quarter of an inch long, the head of which he had
mistaken for a mite, it had neither mouth nor pro-
boscis, nor any apparent means of obtaining food.
H
:,./
\J
FIG. 116. a, b, FEMALE. d, PUPA. e, MALE OF STYLOPS.
" After I had examined one specimen," says Mr.
Kirby, " I attempted to extract a second, and the
* o-Tptyis, strepsis, twisting ; irrepov, pteron, icing.
156 STREPSIPTERA.
reader may imagine how greatly my astonishment
was increased when, after I had drawn it out but a
little way I saw its skin burst, and a head as black
as ink, with large staring eyes, and antennae, con-
sisting of two branches, break forth and move itself
briskly from side to side. It looked like a little
imp of darkness just emerging from the infernal
regions."
The above description will serve to give the reader
a pretty good idea of the mode in which these in-
sects are to be found, for they are all parasitic upon
different species of bees and wasps ; but the vene-
rable and distinguished discoverer of these strange
insects was in error in describing the soft grub-like
creature which he first pulled out of the body of the
bee as the larva, it being in reality the female, and
the little " imp of darkness," whose emergence is so
graphically described, is the male Stylops.
The true larva, a soft, maggot-like creature, re-
sides in the interior of the grub of the bee, and in
the interior of the bee itself, until it has attained its
full size, when it undergoes a certain amount of
change ; the anterior portion of its body acquires a
horny consistency, and is pushed out between the
segments of the bee's abdomen, forming those little
flattened bodies that first arrested Mr. Kirby's at-
tention, and which may frequently be found upon
the surface of our early bees (Andrsense). This is
the only change to which the females are subject,
but the males become converted into true pupae
within the skin of the larva, and thus lie sheltered
within the body of their victim., and separated from
the outer world by the small horny plate with which
their old integument is surmounted.
But the time soon arrives when the delicate little
insect is to seek his mate ; the horny cap gives way,
and he emerges into light and air. A curious little
fellow he is, but not without considerable pretensions
to elegance in his appearance. The female, to whom
this elegant and volatile little creature is incessant
LEPIDOPTERA. 157
in his devotions, is as different in appearance from
her mate as can well be imagined. As already
stated, she resembles a soft fleshy maggot, without
the least trace of wings or limbs, and furnished an-
teriorly with a sort of horny head, much flatter than
the rest of the body, which can be protruded with
facility between the segments of the bee's abdomen.
In their earliest form, just after quitting the egg, the
larvaB are minute active creatures, furnished with six
legs, by means of which the little creatures are
enabled to run about freely upon the abdomen of
the bee, in- which their mother is parasitic ; and so
numerous are they in general that, according to
Mr. Smith, this portion of the infested animal often
appears as if it were dusted over with a whitish
powder, from the crowds of these minute larvae upon
its surface. Thus carried about from flower to
flower, amongst the hairs of the bee, some of them
are left behind on every blossom she visits, where
their activity renders it an easy matter for them to
attach themselves to the body of the next comer.
By this they are unconsciously conveyed to its nest,
where they bury themselves in the bee larvae, and
remain feeding upon the substance of their unfortu-
nate hosts, until they have attained their full de-
velopment. Nevertheless, the Stylopized Bees, as
they are called, fly about with the same activity as
those which are free from such unwelcome guests,
and thus tend still further to diffuse the race of
parasites by which they are infested.
OKDEK LEPIDOPTEKA.*
Insects belonging to the Lepidopterous Order are
at once recognizable from the structure of their four
ample wings, which are generally thickly clothed on
both surfaces with minute feather-like scales that
overlap each other, and being of different colours
arranged in patterns, often form a kind of mosaic
s, lepis, a scale ; Trrepov, pteron, a wing.
158 LEPIDOPTEKA.
work of exquisite delicacy and beauty. Their mouth
is adapted to pump up the nectareous juices from
the cups of flowers, and is necessarily of considerable
length, in order to enable the insect to reach the
recesses in which the honied stores are lodged.
When unfolded, the extraordinary apparatus re-
sembles a long double whip-lash, and if examined
under a microscope, is found to be made up of in-
numerable rings connected together and moved by a
double layer of spiral muscles, that wind in opposite
directions. When not in use, this singular pro-
FIG. 117. SCALES OF BUTTERFLY'S WING.
boscis is coiled up into a very small space, and
lodged beneath the head. The larvse are commonly
known by the name of caterpillars : they have a
soft cylindrical body, three pairs of horny legs, and
from four to ten pairs of false feet or " clingers "
attached to the hinder segments, each composed of
a circle of horny booklets supported on a fleshy pro-
tuberance. The pupa, called a chrysalis, is motion-
less, and its limbs are folded down and covered with
a transparent varnish. Their position, however, can
be generally distinctly traced.
The Lepidoptera are classed by entomologists
under three great sections. The Diurnal, that only
fly by day; the Crepuscular, only seen during the
morning or evening twilight ; and the Nocturnal,
whose period of activity is during the night : each
of these will require separate notice.
The Diurnal Lepidoptera art
The Butterflies (Papilionidce). These beautiful in-
LEPIDOPTERA.
159
sects, true children of the sun, are arrayed in the most
gorgeous hues : their four ample and broadly-expanded
wings being painted with very variety of brilliant tints,
arranged in most diverse patterns, sometimes resplen-
dent with metallic glosses, often flushed with rainbow
hues, that play over the surface with the changing light,
and often presenting -that peculiar charm that results
from the association of colours that are complemental to
each other. These various hues, so characteristic of the
Order, depend on the presence of the minute feather-like
scales with which the wings are thickly clothed. To the
FlG. 118. COMMA BUTTERFLY.
naked eye they appear merely as a fine dust, easily rubbed
off by the finger ; but under the microscope they are seen
to be thin transparent films, each attached by a short
FlG. 119. WHITE HAWTHORN BUTTERFLY.
stalk to the surface of the wing, set side by side in close
array, and overlapping each other like the scales of a fish.
The true butterflies are distinguished by the shape of
their antennae, which are long and thread-like, and gene-
rally terminated by a club-shaped dilatation ; sometimes,
however, they are of equal thickness throughout, or even
thinnest at the end, where they terminate in a hooked
point. Most of them when reposing have their wings
160
LEPIDOPTERA.
raised perpendicularly, so that tlieir backs touch each
other, and nothing is seen of them but
their under surface. Butterflies gene-
rally pass their pupa state without any
external protection, their chrysalis
being in most cases either suspended
loosely by the tail, hanging in a per-
pendicular position from a little button
of silk (Fig. 120), or having in addition
to this support a girdle of silk passing
round the body and fastened on each
KI<;. 120. PCPA OF VANESSA, side, by which the chrysalis is sup-
ported horizontally or obliquely. Thes* chrysalids are
generally ornamented with gold-coloured spots, from
which they receive their name ; moreover, they frequently
present externally spines and angular points, giving them
a very remarkable appearance.
In the second section of Lepidopterous insects,
Crepuscular-la, are placed
The Hawk-moths (Sphinx). These are furnished with a
FIG. 121. UKKOKN HAWK-MOTH.
stiff scaly spine, upon the outer border of their lower
161
wings, which is received into a kind of hook, situated
beneath the upper pair, and keeps them, when in repose,
in an inclined or horizontal position ; their antennae are
for the most part prismatic or angular in their shape,
or sometimes they are toothed like a comb. Their cater-
pillars have always sixteen feet, and their chrysalids are
destitute of the angular projections which frequently
exist in those of the Diurnal species. They are, more-
over, generally enclosed in a cocoon, and sometimes
buried in the earth. These insects are only seen on the
wing in the grey dawn of morning or in the evening
twilight. The type of the family is the genus Sphinx, so
called because the usual attitude assumed by their cater-
pillars resembles that attributed to the Sphinx of ancient
fable. These insects in their perfect state fly with great
rapidity, hence is derived their name of Hawk-moth ;
they may frequently be seen poising themselves on the
wing before the bells of tubular flowers, from which they
extract the nectar by means of their long and flexible
proboscis. The largest of our native species is
The Death's-head Hawk-moth (Sphinx Atropos), so
called from a singular mark resembling a skull and cross
bones, which it bears at the back of its thorax. Pro-
bably on account of its carrying these lugubrious in-
FIG. 122. DEATH'S-HEAD HAWK-MOTH.
signia, this fine insect is generally looked on by the igno-
rant with superstitious dread, and its occasional twilight
intrusion into a house is an event commonly regarded
with horror. Yet it is a harmless creature, except that it
162 LEPIDOPTERA.
will sometimes make its way into a beehive, and regale
itself with honey : the bees, in some way not understood,
tolerating its visits, although they might easily sting it to
death. The caterpillar is very large, attaining a length
of five or six inches, its colour is yellow, ornamented with
blue stripes on the sides ; it feeds on the leaves of the
potato, the vine, and the jasmine, and in the month of
August, burrows into the earth to undergo its pupa
change. The perfect insect makes its appearance in the
month of September.
The Nocturnal Lepidoptera always keep their wings
when at rest in a horizontal or inclined position ;
in this respect they resemble the Crepuscular species,
from which, however, they are easily distinguished
by the shape of their antennae, which diminish in
size from the base to the point, or, in other words,
are setaceous. These Lepidoptera, which are some-
times called Phalenae, ordinarily fly only at night,
or in the evening after sunset. In some species,
the females are without wings, or have them very
small. Their chrysalids are almost always round or
lodged in a cocoon.
This family is very numerous, and is divided into
several tribes ; the most interesting is that of the
Boinbyces (Bombyx)* to \vhich belongs
The Silkworm (Bombyx Mori}.
Its caterpillar has a smooth body, and at its birth is
scarcely a line in length, but attains to even more than
three inches. In this form the silkworm lives about
thirty-four days, and during that period changes its skin
four times. It feeds on the leaves of the mulberry; at
the time of moulting it does not eat, but after changing
its skin, its appetita is doubled. When it is ready to
change into a chrysalis, it becomes flaccid and soft, and
seeks a proper place where to construct a cocoon, in
which it encloses itself: the first day is occupied in at-
taching, in an irregular manner, threads of silk to neigh-
bouring objects to support it. The second day it begins
to multiply these threads, so as to envelope itself, and on
the third day it is completely enclosed in its cocoon.
j3u, bombyx, a silk-worm.
LEPIDOPTERA.
163
This nest is formed of a single filament of silk wrapped
around the animal, and its turns are glued together by
FIG. 123. SILKWORM ON MULBERRY-LEAF.
a kind of gum. It is estimated that the length of the
filament in an ordinary cocoon is nine hundred feet.
The form of the cocoon is oval, and its colour either
yellow or white.
FlG. 124. FEMALE SILKWORM MOTH AND EGGS.
The bombyx remains in the chrysalis state in the
interior of its cocoon about twenty days, and when it
has finished its metamorphosis, disgorges upon its walls
a peculiar liquid, which softens it, and enables the animal
164
LEPIDOPTERA.
to make a round hole through which to escape. To
obtain the silk produced by these animals it is, therefore,
necessary to kill them before they pierce the cocoon, and
then wind or reel off the thread or filament of which it
is composed. To unglue it, the cocoons are soaked in
warm water, then the filaments of three or four are united
into one thread. That part of the cocoon which cannot
be reeled off in this way is carded, and constitutes floss
silk.
The mulberry bombyx is not the only moth that
yields silk that can be usefully employed. The
inhabitants of Madagascar make use of a species,
the caterpillars of which live in numerous bands,
and form a common nest, sometimes three feet high,
FlG- 125. COCOCN OP TUSSEII SILKWORM.
containing about five hundred cocoons. The thread
of the tusseh silk-worm is likewise valuable.
The smaller moths are extremely numerous ;
nearly two thousand species of them are enumerated
as British. Many of these are very beautiful, and
many more are highly interesting from the habits of
their larvae ; among them we may select
The Leaf-rollers (Tortrices)* so named from their
habit of rolling up the edges of leaves in various forms,
and so fastening them with silk, as to make compact
* Tortrix, pi. Tor trices, fern, of Tortor, one who twists.
LEPIDOPTERA.
165
tubular cases in which the larvae live (Fig. 126). Others
having made a little tent, set it upright on the leaf from
FlG. 126. LEAF-ROLLING CATERPILLAR.
which it has been cut. These are everywhere to be found
upon our trees and hedges. Others, again, make a domi-
cile by uniting the opposite edges of a leaf, or fastening
FlG. 127. SUSPENDED LEAP TEKTS.
two leaves together by means of silk, and suspend the
hammock so formed at the end of a silken thread from a
twig, and thus the little caterpillar lodges securely, rocked
by the winds.
The Moths (Tinea)* whose caterpillars frequently feed
* Tinea, Lat. A moth or worm in clothes or books, " dirum Tinea)
genus." Virgil Georg. iv., 246.
166 HEMIPTERA.
on cloths and peltry, are also nocturnal Lepidoptera. The
clothes-moth, fur-moth, grease-moth, green-moth, and
various other destructive moths, are mostly very small
insects, the largest of them not measuring, with their
wings expanded, more than eight- tenths of an inch.
The Pack-moth, or Tinea Sarcitella, is but too well
known. Its caterpillar lives on cloth and other woollen
stuffs, weaving with their detached particles, mixed with
silk, a portable tube, which it lengthens at each end in
proportion as it grows, and slits when too small, to in-
crease the diameter by inserting another piece. From
this circumstance it obtains the specific name of sarci-
tella*
FIG. 128. LARVA OF CLOTHES-XGTH IN ITS CASE. (Magnified.')
The Feather Moths (Fissipennce)-\ likewise belong to the
nocturnal lepidoptera. This tribe is distinguished by the
singular structure of the wings, which, in a state of repose,
are straight and elongated. The four wings, or two of
them at least, are slit through their whole length into
branches, which are barbed on the sides, bearing some
resemblance to an outspread feather fan.
ORDER HEMIPTERA.J
In insects belonging to this Order, the elytra, or
wing covers, present two distinct portions of very
* Sarcio, I patch.
t Lat. Fissus, cleft ; penna, a wing.
t fyfiiffvs, heinisus, half; Trrepov, pteron, a wing.
HEMIPTEEA. 167
different texture, their front part being stiff and
leathery, while their hinder margins are membranous
and thin. It may likewise be noted that the mem-
branous portion of one wing when in a state of
repose overlaps that of its fellow. Their mouth is
adapted for piercing the skin, and imbibing the
juices of the animals upon which they live. Instead
of cutting jaws, such as we have met with in the man-
dibulate orders of insects, we now find the parts of
the mouth to consist of a long beak, or rostrum, along
the upper surface of which runs a groove, wherein
are lodged four long, sharp-pointed filaments, that
constitute a kind of sting. The
Hemiptera retain in all the three
stages of their growth the same form
and the same habits ; the only change
that they undergo consists in the
development of their wings, the rudi-
ments of which first make their ap-
pearance when they enter into the
pupa state. These insects are usually
known by the general name of Bugs,
a term which in itself is sufficient to **' 129 - F
cast obloquy upon the whole race ; many of them,
however, are large and richly coloured, and we have
seen one preserved in fluid, and set in a brooch,
which rivalled many a gem in beauty and in brilliancy.
They usually lurk about plants, and prey upon hapless
insects, into whose bodies they plunge their piercing
sucker, and thus obtain their food.
The Hemiptera are divided by naturalists into two
great sections, named respectively Geocorysse* and
Hydrocorys8e,f two very hard words, which, however,
when translated into plain English, mean Land-bugs
and Water-bugs; of the former of these sections we
have already spoken, but the latter will require a few
words of notice.
Perhaps no locality could be pointed out more
* 7*)> ge, the earth ; n6pis, coris, a bug.
t i/5 o>p, udor, water ; /ccfyns, coris, a bug.
168
HEMIPTERA
abounding in food than the surface of stagnant water.
Countless insects are continually falling into every
pond, where their drowned carcases may be seen
floating. It is to utilize this abundant store of
provisions that the Hydrocorysse have been specially
constructed. Such, for example, are
The Water-measurers or Skip-jacks (Hydrometra)*
anywhere to be seen in summer time, in every ditch,
running upon the surface of the water with as much
activity as though it was frozen into ice, and not even
wetting their feet. These, from above are reaping a rich
harvest of dead flies which they pierce with their beaks,
and suck their juices ; while, from below,
The Water-boatmen (Notonecta)^ are eagerly engaged
in sharing such a rich supply of nutriment. These Noto-
FlG. 130. METAMORPHOSES OF WATER-BOATMAN.
nectse swim upon their backs, using their long hind-legs
as oars, and thus they dart on any drowning fly that
happens to attract their notice.
* O'Scop, udor, water ; ^uerpeco, metreo, I measure.
f VWTOS, notos, the back ; VTJKTTIS, nectes, a swimmer.
HOMOPTERA.
169
The Water-scorpion (Nepa\ an inhabitant of every
pool, procures its food upon the stems of submerged plants,
or creeps in search of it about the bottom of the pond.
This insect is able to inflict a very painful wound if seized
incautiously, by means of its strong well-armed beak.
FlG. 129. WATER-SCORPION. DIFFERENT STATES OF NEPA.
OKDER HOMOPTERA.*
As tjie Heiniptera were obviously designed to
obtain their food by imbibing the juices of dead or of
living animals, it can be no matter of surprise to
find races of insects much more numerous and im-
portant, appointed to feed upon the sap of plants,
and that by means of a mouth of very similar con-
struction.
The Homopterous Insects, or Plant-suckers, as they
have been named, are furnished with four large
wings, all of which are transparent, and but loosely
veined. By means of these they fly from plant to
* 6/j.os, homos, similar ; irrtpov, pteron, a wing.
170 HOMOPTERA.
plant, the juices of which seem to be specially
appropriated to their use. Such are
. The Tree-hoppers (CicadcB\ some of them celebrated
for their noisy music. The Cicadas pass their lives
upon trees or shrubs, upon the sap of which they live.
The Plant-lice (Aphides) are small homopterous insects.
They abound in every garden, living on trees and
plants in countless multitudes; indeed, the fecundity of
these creatures seems absolutely boundless. It has been
calculated that if a male Aphis were to live to see his
progeny of the fifth generation gathered around him, he
would find himself the great-great-grandfather of nine
FlG. 130. LIME-TREE APHIS.
(The lines under the figure show the actual site.)
billions nine hundred and four millions of Aphides ; or,
in other words, of a family about fifty times more nume-
rous than all the human inhabitants of this globe. With
such a fact before us, we leave our readers to judge what
might be the result of their undisturbed multiplication.
In the course of a few months, even these apparently
despicable plant-lice would become a plague, as terrible
as any with which the world has been visited. Fortu-
nately, even here, the balance between increase and
destruction is held with an unwavering hand, so that
when we notice the innumerable enemies by which their
legions are unremittingly attacked, we are almost led to
HOMOPTERA. 171
wonder how any of them escape from such hosts of hungry
and relentless foes.
Let us not imagine, however, that these insects have
been created in such numbers merely for the purpose of
destroying vegetation, and of affording food to voracious
persecutors. Man, as we shall soon perceive, has by no
means been forgotten in their distribution.
The Coccidse, so called from the valuable Grecian dye,
KOKKOQ, more than counterbalance, by the richness of
their productions, all the devastation caused by the
Aphides we have been describing, and various European
and Asiatic species are sources of considerable wealth
to the countries where they are found ; but the discovery
of
The Cochineal Insect (Coccus Cacti}, which lives in immense num-
bers on the Cactus Cochinelifer, from the brilliancy of the colour it
affords (cochineal), has thrown the dyes derived from other species
into the shade, and has proved one of the most productive sources
of wealth to the countries where it is cultivated. Another impor-
tant species, the Coccus lacca, furnishes the valuable Indian product
called Zac, an article of so much importance in the manufacture of
varnishes, sealing-wax, &c. Another species of Coccus is found
upon the Tamarix mannifera, a large tree which grows in Syria.
The female insects, puncturing the young shoots, cause them to
discharge a vast quantity of a peculiar secretion (manna), which
quickly hardens, and drops from the tree, where it is collected by the
natives. Other species produce in abundance a substance almost
Upper surface. Under surface.
FIG. 131. - COCHINEAL INSECT. (Magnified.)
identical with wax. The Chinese collect it at the approach of
autumn, by scraping the boughs on which it is found. It is then
melted and strained into cold water, when it hardens, and is made
into cakes exactly resembling white wax, anA is used for similar
purposes. Various other important results of their industry might
T 9
172 DIPTERA.
be enumerated ; but we have said enough to show that these dewpised
vegetable parasites are by no means unprofitable members of the
animal creation.
Equally well known, and unfortunately almost as
abundant as the Aphides, are
The Blight Insects (Psylla\ the pests of our orchards
and the destructive causes of what is called " the blight "
upon our fruit trees. It would seem, indeed, that every
tree and shrub supports a special race of these creatures,
which are distinguished by entomologists by the names of
the plants upon which they are found. In the preparatory
stages of their growth, these insects are generally covered
with a white cottony substance, matted together with a
sweet and gummy secretion.
The Lantern Flies (Fulgord) are distinguished by the
extraordinary conformation of their heads, which are ex-
panded into an enormous muzzle, nearly equalling in size
all the rest of the body. They have long had the repu-
tation of emitting a brilliant phosphorescent light ; but
whether they possess such a faculty or not is extremely
doubtful.
ORDER DIPTERA.*
The insects belonging to this Order possess but a
single pair of wings, which are always transparent,
veined, and without folds. The place of the hind
wings is occupied by a pair of slender filaments
called poisers ; their mouth is adapted for suction,
and in many species is supplied with piercing instru-
ments of very formidable character.
To this Order belong
The Gnats (Culex), known in foreign countries as
Mosquitoes, and universally dreaded, on account of the
sharpness of their envenomed bite. They are the most
insolent, the most insatiable, of blood-suckers. Their
terrible proboscis is a chef-d'oeuvre of mechanism. From a
long grooved and flexile sheath there issue forth long
slender darts, so sharp and subtle that they slip with ease
through our poor skins ; vainly we try, warned by the
* 8/$, dis, twice, double ; irrepov, pteron, a wing.
DIPTEEA.
173
shrill small trumpet of the little pest, to ward off such a
despicable foe; too soon our legs and hands and face,
pierced to the blood, covered with lumps and painful
swellings, proclaim the efficiency of the dreadful weapon.
Neither heat nor cold seems to affect these tormentors of
the human race. In Lapland they swarm to such an
extent during certain periods of the year, that there is
neither rest nor sleep for the inhabitants indoors or out,
unless in the suffocation of thick smoke, or under the
defence of a thick unguent composed of grease, tar, and oil.
The transformations of the common gnat
(culex pipiens), are well worthy of our atten-
tion, and may be observed in any water
butt. The female gnat, descending from
her aerial dance among the slanting beams
of sunset, alights cautiously on the surface
of the water, where the lightness of her
body, and the expanse covered by her slen-
der feet, prevent her not only from sink-
ing, but even from becoming wetted. She
then crosses her hind legs, thus making a
sort of frame in which her eggs are de-
posited, in the shape of a little boat, so FIG. 132. LARVA OF
buoyant and so repellant to the water that GXAT -
it is impossible to sink it. In the course of a couple
of days the eggs, thus left to float, are hatched, and the
larvas escape ; they may then be seen wriggling about
with considerable agility, now descending, now ascending
FlG. 133. ESCAPE OF GXAT FROM ITS PUPA-CASE.
slowly to the surface, where they hang suspended from a
little tube affixed to their tail, through which they breathe
174
DIPTEKA.
the air. In about a fortnight they change into pupas,
equally active, but very different in their shape, for in-
stead of the respiratory tube near the tail possessed by
the larva, the pupa breathes by means of two trumpet-shaped
pipes affixed to the back of the thorax. The time at
length arrives when the aquatic pupa has to give birth
to an insect, whose filmy wings would be spoiled by the
slightest wetting. The process by which this is accom-
plished affords a very interesting spectacle. The pupa
having risen to the surface, elevates its thorax above the
water, the skin soon splits down the back and exposes the
foreparts of the gnat, which are -quickly protruded, and
the gnat floating on its old skin as in a boat, extricates its
wings from their cases and its legs from their boots. The
wings unfold themselves, and the little creature flies away
to enjoy its new existence in another element.
The Crane Flies (Tipuld) constitute a very numerous
race, some of which are nearly related to the gnats, and
pass the first period of their existence in the water. In
FlG. 134. METAMORPHOSES OF BLOOD WOIIMS.
their larva state they resemble little red worms, having
their tails furnished with long curling filaments, some-
DIPTEKA. 175
what resembling the arms of a hydra, hence they have
been called " polype worms ;" these are often found in
ponds in great numbers. Their nymphs, which inhabit
the same element, resemble those of the gnats above
described, and the escape of the perfect insect is managed
precisely in the same manner. Other Tipulae, as, for
example,
The Daddy-long-legs (Tipula olemcea), so commonly
met with amongst the grass in our meadows, are derived
from larvae that live in the ground, or are found in old
FlG. 135. PUPA AND INSECT OF CHIRONOMUS.
bark or rotten trees. Their nymphs are naked, breathe by
means of two respiratory tubes situated near the head,
and have the rings of their abdomen covered with little
spines.
The Whame Flies (Tabanus) constitute a very for-
midable race, having appended to their proboscis six lancets
so strong as to penetrate the skin of the horse. These
insects, which generally make their appearance towards
the close of spring, are common in woods and pastures.
They fly with a buzzing sound, and pursue even man
himself in order to suck his blood. The unfortunate
cattle, having no means of resisting their attacks, are
sometimes covered with blood owing to the bites of these
insects; and Bruce, the Abyssinian traveller, speaks of
one species, before which even the lion quails. Their
larvas are long cylindrical maggots, tapering towards the
head, which is provided with a pair of hooks instead of
jaws. Their pupa is naked, nearly cylindrical, with hairs
176
DIPTERA.
around the edges of its segments, and provided with six
spines at its hinder extremity : it comes to the surface of
the ground when about to be transformed into the perfect
fly, showing its body half out of the earth.
The Tsetse, described by Dr. Livingstone, is perhaps
the most formidable of the insect race ; it is not much
larger than the common house-fly, and is nearly of the
same brown colour as the honey-bee. The bite of this
poisonous insect is certain death to the ox, horse, and
dog ; but is perfectly harmless to man, wild animals, and
even calves as long as they continue to suck. Its poison
is inserted by the middle prong of three portions, into
which the proboscis divides, which it plunges deeply into
the skin exactly in the same manner as a gnat, and then
sucks the blood until it is filled. A slight itching irrita-
tion follows, but not more than that produced by the '
bite of a mosquito. In the ox this same bite produces
no more immediate effects than in man ; but in a few
days, the poor creature bitten, sickens and dies. This
terrible insect is, fortunately, confined to certain parts of
Africa.
The Chameleon Flies (Stratyomys), so called from the
variety of their colours, are a very harmless race, remark-
r\
FlG. 136. LARVA OF STRATTOMYS.
able on account of the phenomena attending their meta-
morphosis. Their larvae are to be found in ditches abound-
ing with filth ; their bodies are long, flattened, and tapering
towards each extremity, their skin is of a horny or leathery
texture, and their tail is surrounded by long, plume-like
hairs, that encircle the orifice through which they breathe.
DIPTERA.
177
The skin of the larva is not cast off, but becomes the
cocoon of the pupa, simply growing stiff and angular.
In this condition they may be found floating on the sur-
face. When the perfect insect is complete, it escapes
through a fissure in the second segment, and after floating
about for a little time, supported by its old integument so
as to allow its wings to dry, it takes flight.
The Wasp Flies (Eristalis\ everywhere to be seen on a
hot day, hovering before the flowers in our gardens, and
darting here and there with sudden jerking movements,
commence their lives under a very different aspect. Their
larva? are provided with a breathing apparatus, which
FIG. 137. WASP FLIES.
resembles the tail of a rat, and which they are able to
elongate or shorten, so as always to keep its tubular
extremity above the surface of the filthy stuff in which
these creatures live. They are often found in great
numbers in old tubs that contain stinking rain-water.
The Gad Flies (Oestrus) have much the appearance of
humble-bees, and the hairs that densely clothe their bodies
I 3
178 DIPTERA.
are in like manner bounded with yellow-coloured zones.
They are fortunately not very common, the time of their
appearance, and the districts they inhabit, being limited.
There are several species of these dreaded flies, each of
which passes its larva condition as a parasite, living at
the expense of some particular quadruped. The horse,
the ox, the ass, the reindeer, the stag, the antelope, the
camel, the sheep, and the hare are, however, the only
animals certainly known to be subject to their attacks, and
these all seem to be inspired with a special dread of their
FlG. 138. GAD FLIES.
insect tormentors. Of these larvae, some are deposited
under the skin of the backs of cows by means of a pecu-
liarly-constructed ovipositor, with which the females are
provided. The eggs of others are simply glued to the
skin in the vicinity of the nose of sheep and deer, whence
the maggots creep into the nostrils of the poor animal,
where they reside. The larvae of a third kind are only
met with in the stomach of the horse, where alone they
find a suitable residence. In this situation they are called
hots ; the manner in which they are introduced into such a
strange locality is very ingenious. The fly, when laying
her eggs, may be seen balancing herself in the air and
glueing them to such parts as the horse is in the habit of
licking with his tongue, and thus he is made unconsciously
to introduce them into their proper nursery. These larvae
are footless, of an oval shape, and banded with circles of
hooks, whereby they attach themselves. When mature,
they are expelled, and falling to the ground, bury them-
selves in the earth, where their last change is accom-
plished.
The Flesh Flies (Mused) are too well known to need
description. These creatures deposit their progeny in
tainted or in putrefying flesh, and notwithstanding the
DIPTERA.
179
petty injury they inflict in our larders, must be looked
upon as being among the most important agents employed
in the police of Nature. Death is everywhere abroad,
but the earth is not permitted to be long defaced by the
presence of decay. No sooner does the carcase fall, than
these,
** The swiftest of His winged messengers,"
are set to work, and speedily remove the offensive carrion.
Linnaeus asserted that three flesh flies could devour a
dead horse in less time than it would take a lion to effect
FlG. 139. METAMORPHOSES OF FLESH FLY.
the same object ; and a little consideration will show that
the expression is not exaggerated. The hungry lion can
but make a meal, and then must wait for his returning
FIG. 140. DOMESTIC FLY. (Magnified.*)
appetite. The flesh-fly brings her twenty thousand
young ones, ready for the work. Each of these for five
days is constantly employed ; and when we consider that
180 THYSANOURA.
these voracious maggots, in that space of time increase in
weight two hundred fold, and that they are further capable
of giving birth in a short time to other insect legions, we
perceive at once their adaptation to the important duty
thus intrusted to them.
The Spider Flies (Hippoboscd) * are parasitic, and,
strange to say, their females give birth to pupce instead
of eggs or larvce, hence they have been designated Pupi-
para."\ These pupaB are of considerable size, and at first
very soft, but their skin soon hardens into a pupa-case.
These insects are remarkable from having no wings.
Some of them inhabit the nests of birds, and live by
sucking the blood of the little nestlings, whose warmth
contributes to their development.
The Forest Fly (Hippobosca equina) is notorious for
its incessant attacks upon horses ; and in some districts
appears in great numbers. Another species conceals
itself in the wool of sheep, from which animals it derives
its food ; and there are some not furnished with wings,
that are exclusively resident in the hair of bats.
ORDER THYSANOURA.J
These insects are without wings, and undergo no
metamorphosis ; they are
distinguished by the pos-
session of peculiar in-
struments of locomotion,
appended to the extre-
mity of their abdomen.
(Fig. 141.) The order in-
cludes but two genera, the
Sugar-lice and the Spring-
tails.
Sugar-lice (Lepisma)
have a row of filaments
attached to the hindmost ring of the body, three of which
are of considerable length, and by their assistance the
Lepisma leaps into the air. Their legs are short, but
* t TTTTOS, hippos, a horse ; wit ? FK - "2.-L 0raE .
which their feet are armed,
cling to the hairs of quadrupeds and the feathers of
birds, in which situation they pass their lives, and some-
times multiply very rapidly. They fasten their eggs,
182
APHANIPTEKA.
which are called nits, to the hairs or feathers upon which
they climb.
ORDER APHANIPTERA.*
These insects, like those belonging to the pre-
ceding order, are wingless, but they undergo a meta-
morphosis. Their body is very much compressed at
the sides, and the legs adapted to leaping. The
mouth is provided with lancets, and performs the
functions of a sucking apparatus. In their larva
state they resemble little worms, and are quite
destitute of feet. The perfect insect lives upon
quadrupeds and birds. This order comprehends
The Fleas (Pulex). The common flea (Pulex irritans)
lives upon dogs, cats, and men, whose blood it sucks.
The female lays about a dozen eggs, white and slightly
FlG. 143. METAMORPHOSES OF THE FLEA.
viscid. These eggs give birth to larvse, which are very
active. They roll themselves up into a spiral circular form,
and wriggle about like minute serpents. In about twelve
days these larvae enclose themselves in a little cocoon,
where they become nymphs, and in about twelve days more
issue forth in their perfect state.
js, aplianes, hidden ; irrepoy, pteron, a wing.
APHANIPTERA. 183
Another species called the Chigoe (Pulex penetrans),
very common in the warm parts of America, is armed
with a beak as long as its body. The abdomen of the
female, when distended with eggs, grows to the size of
a small pea, while the insect itself is scarcely so large as
our common species. It insinuates itself beneath the
skin and into the flesh of men and other animals, par-
ticularly about the feet and toes, where it deposits its eggs
and sometimes causes great pain and ill-conditioned sores.
The only remedy is to remove the eggs, which are enclosed
in a little bag, with a needle, an operation which the
negroes perform very skilfully.
The Thysanoura, Parasita, and Aphaniptera, having
no wings, are frequently spoken of under the general
name of Aptera, or apterous (i. e. wingless) insects.
All the other orders of insects hare wings, and are
spoken of as " winged insects"
184
ABACHNIDA.
CHAPTEE XII.
ARACHNIDA.*
THE Arachnidans, long confounded with the Insects,
and still commonly described as such, are distin-
guished from the true members of the insect world
by characters so conspicuous, that the necessity for
considering them as a distinct class must be obvious
to any one.
FlG. 144. SKDEBS.
In Insects, as we have seen above, the body pre-
sents three principal divisions, the head, the thorax,
and the abdomen ; but in the spider tribes, the blood-
* apery*/??, arachne, a spider.
ARACHNIDA. 185
thirsty destroyers of the insect world, the separation
of the head from the thorax, which, by increasing
the flexibility of the external frame-work, diminishes
the strength of th'e body, is no longer admissible.
In the Arachnidans, therefore, the head and thorax
are conjoined, leaving only two divisions of the
skeleton, the cephalo-thorax * and the abdomen.
Insects were found, in their mature state, to have
only six legs, but in the adult Arachnidans, eight am-
bulatory limbs are always present. The lower forms
of the Arachnidans breathe in the same manner as
insects, by means of air-tubes distributed through-
out the interior of their bodies ; but in spiders and
scorpions, the most typical groups, the respiratory
apparatus is constructed upon very peculiar princi-
ples, being neither composed of gills adapted to
breathe water, nor of lungs like those of many other
air-breathing animals, but presenting a combination
of the characters of both. Their breathing organs
resemble bags, the sides of which are so folded and
plaited that a considerable surface is presented to the
influence of oxygen. It is, indeed, highly probable
that these organs are intermediate in function, as
well as in structure, between an aquatic and an air-
breathing apparatus, for as these creatures always
frequent moist situations, the dampness of the atmo-
sphere may be favourable to the due action of the
air upon their circulating fluids. To these remark-
able breathing organs the term pulmo-brancJda has
been applied, a name descriptive of their combined
function of lungs and gills. Each pulmo-branchia
opens externally upon the under surface of the body
by a distinct orifice, resembling the spiracle of an
insect, and closed in a similar manner by moveable
horny lips. In the Scorpion (Fig. 55), the spiracles
are eight in number, placed upon the ventral aspect
of the body ; and just in front of the first pair are two
remarkable organs, represented in the figure, which
resemble a pair of combs, and are apparently adapted
* K(f>a\)), cephale, the head ; and 0cfy>a|, thorax, breast-plate.
186
ARACHNIDA.
to keep the spiracular orifices free from dirt, and thus
prevent any obstruction to the free ingress and
egress of the air.
The above characters would in themselves be suffi-
cient to discriminate between the two classes; but
when we add that, in the Arachnidans, the eyes are
always simple, and the antennae of insects represented
by organs of a totally different description, we need
not enlarge further upon the distinctions between
them.
The Arachnidans may be grouped in three prin-
cipal divisions, generally known by the names of
Mites, Scorpions, and Spiders.
The Mites (Acari), breathe by means of air-tubes,
resembling those of insects, which are so arranged as
to convey air to every part of the system.
FlG. 145. HEAD OF CHEESE-MITE.
These form a very numerous family, which is
extensively distributed. Some are parasitic in their
habits, infesting the bodies of insects ; many live in
cheese, and other provisions, where they multiply
prodigiously, and not a few inhabit leaves, or are
found under stones and beneath the bark of trees ;
while others, such as the pretty scarlet water-mite,
common in every pond, are aquatic.
The Scorpions, forming the second division, are at
ARACHNIDA.
187
once recognizable by the peculiarity of their ex
configuration. Their palpi, the representath
external
ives of
the maxillary palpi of insects, are enormously large,
resembling in their shape and proportionate size the
claws of a lobster, while the hinder part of their
body, corresponding with the abdomen, is much pro-
longed, and composed of numerous joints, sometimes
ending in a sharp hooked^ point, which constitutes
their sting, and gives emission to their much-dreaded
venom.
Scorpions usually lurk under stones, in ruined
buildings and caves, or other dark and damp situa-
tions, sometimes even in the interior of houses.
They run quickly, brandishing their tails over their
backs, and with this they kill beetles, locusts, and
other insects, which they catch by means of their
formidable pincers. The female scorpion produces
her young at different intervals ; she carries them on
her back during the first few
days of their existence, and
carefully watches over their
safety for upwards of a month,
when they become able to pro-
vide for their own subsistence.
The third division of the
Arachnidans comprehends the
well-known race of Spiders,
equally remarkable for their
voracity and their cunning.
They are distinguished by
having their abdomen short
and globular, and by its being
furnished near its posterior ter-
mination with a wonderful ap-
paratus, by means of which
these animals manufacture
silken filaments applicable to a
great variety of purposes and especially employed
in constructing what is usually named the Spider's
web
FlG. 146. NERVES IN
188 AEACHNIDA.
Spiders are the implacable foes of insects, with
which they wage cruel and unremitting warfare.
That the destroyer should be more powerful than
its victim is essential to its position ; that it should
excel its prey in sagacity, is likewise necessary to its
existence ; and by following out the same principle
which has been already insisted on concerning the
inseparable connection which exists between the per-
fection of an animal and the centralization of its ner-
vous system, we find in the class before us an addi-
tional confirmation of this law. The whole series of
ganglia become here aggregated together, forming, as
it were, one great central brain, from whence nerves
radiate to all parts of the body.
The mouth of the spider is a tremendous piece of
machinery. The mandibles, or jaws, are each ter-
minated by a moveable
fang, which ends in a
sharp point, and is per-
forated near its ex-
tremity by a minute
orifice, from which,
when the spider bites,
a venomous fluid of
FlG. 147. FANG OF SPIDER.
great potency is in-
stilled into the wound inflicted. Such, indeed, is the
malignity of this poisonous secretion, that its effects
in destroying the life of a wounded insect are almost
instantaneous, and in the case of some large species,
even small birds fall victims to its virulence.
One peculiar characteristic of spiders, as we
have already stated, is the possession of a spinning
apparatus, whereby the threads composing their web
are manufactured. The apparatus employed for this
purpose is situated upon the hinder part of the
abdomen, and consists externally of four spinnarets,
from which delicate threads, represented in the
accompanying figure, are produced.
Each spinnaret when highly magnified is found to
be perforated at its extremity by innumerable orifices
ARACHNIDA.
189
of exceeding minuteness, through which the filaments
are drawn. The fluid silk, which constitutes the
FlG. 148. GAKDEN SPIDER.
material whereof the thread is composed, is secreted
by a set of glands, situated in the interior of the
body. Unlike the single line of a caterpillar, the
thread of the spider, delicate as it is, is seen to be
composed of hundreds of filaments, sometimes woven
together by zigzag lines, and thus exhibiting a struc-
ture of exquisite and most elaborate composition.
Various are the purposes to which the different
species of spiders convert the delicate threads thus
produced. Some construct silken tubes or cells in
which to conceal themselves, and from this retreat
they issue to hunt for prey, in the vicinity of their
abode. Others throw their filaments about at
random, apparently to entangle passing insects.
190
ABACHNIDA.
Many make nets composed of regular meshes, and
spread th'em in favourable situations to entrap their
victims ; while some
species, enveloping
their eggs in bags- of
curious construction,
carry them about at-
tached to their bodies,
and defend them with
the utmost courage and
pertinacity. Even in
water these webs are
turned to many sin-
gular uses : and ropes,
nets, and even diving-
bells are at the dis-
posal of aquatic species,
furnished with this ex-
traordinary spinning
machinery.
Spiders are divided into the following families,
each of which will require our notice :
The Mouse Spiders (Mygale)* In these the eyes are
always placed at the anterior margin of the cephalo-
thorax, and generally close together. Their palpi and
their feet are very robust. They are generally furnished
with four spinnarets, with which they fabricate silken
tubes, that serve for their habitations; they are some-
times found under stones or under the bark of trees, or
hidden between leaves tied together.
To this group belongs the celebrated Bird Spider (Mygale avicu-
laria], the body of which is upwards of aii inch and a half in length.
It manufactures its tube of a tissue so strong and dense, that it re-
sembles white muslin, and carries its eggs in a cocoon of the same
material, as large as a walnut. That these formidable creatures are
able to kill and live upon birds, as their name indicates, has been
disputed. The question has now, however, been set at rest.
Mr. H. "VV. Bates, who for many years had an opportunity of
observing their habits on the Amazon, writes as follows : " In the
month of June, 1849, in the neighbourhood of Cameta, I was
FlG. 149. SPINNING APPARATUS OF THE
SPIDER. ^Greatly magnified.)
juivya\r) t mygale, a field-mouse.
ARACHNID A. 191
attracted by a curious movement of the large grey-brown Mygale
on the trunk of a large tree. It was close beneath a crevice or deep
chunk in the tree, across which this species weave a dense web.
In the present instance, the lower part of the web was broken, and
two pretty little finches were entangled in its folds, one of them
was quite dead, but secured in the broken web; the other was
under the body of the spider, not quite dead, and was covered in
part with the filthy saliva of the monster. As I was returning from
a day's excursion at the time, with my boxes full of valuable and
delicate insects, and six miles from my house, I could not have
brought the specimens home, even if I had wished, which I did not,
as the species was very common and easily procured. On the
extensive plains of Santarem. there are hundreds of their broad
slanting burrows. These localities are almost destitute of insects,
but they swarm with small lizards and birds, upon which the Mygale
seems to feed."
The Mason Spiders (Mygale cementaria} excavate for themselves
subterranean caverns wherein these marauders lurk, secure from
detection, even by the most watchful foe ; nor could any robber's den
that ever existed in the wild regions of romance, boast more sure
concealment from pursuit, or
immunity from observation.
The construction of these sin-
gular caverns has long excited
the admiration of the natu-
ralist. A deep pit is first
dug by the spider, often to
the depth of one or two feet,
which being carefully lined
throughout with silken tape-
stry, affords a warm and
ample lodging. The entrance
to this excavation is carefully
guarded by a lid or door,
which moves upon a hinge,
and accurately closes the
mouth of the pit. In order FlG - 150. TEAP-DOOR SPIDER.
to form the door in question,
the Mygale first spins a web, which exactly covers the mouth of
the hole, but which is attached to the margin of its aperture by one
point only of its circumference. This point, of course, forms the
hinge. The spider then proceeds to spread upon the web a thin
layer of the soil, collected in the neighbourhood of her dwelling ;
this she fastens with another stratum of silk ; layer after layer is
thus disposed, until at length the door acquires sufficient strength
and thickness. When perfected, the concealment afforded is com-
plete, for as the outer layer of the lid is formed of earth precisely
similar to that which surrounds the hole, the strictest search will
scarcely reveal to the most practised eye the retreat so singularly
defended.
As might be expected, there are varieties in the shape and size of
these nests. Some specimens, obtained in the island of Zante, have
the silken layers of the lid extended into a sort of handle or lever
just above the hinge, on pressing which the trap-door opens.
192
AKACHNIDA.
The spiders possessing but one pair of respiratory
sacculi constitute the genus of Spinning Spiders
FlG. 151. NEST OF TRAP-DOOR SPIDER. FlG. 152 TRAP-DOOR OPENING BY A LEVER.
(Aranea), so called on account of the perfection of
their webs, the first named of the race, of course,
being Miss Arachne, who was turned into a spider
FlG. 153. SECTION OF NEST.
for having challenged Minerva to a spinning-match.
These are divided, according to their habits, into
The Sedentary Arachnidans, distinguished by
weaving webs, or, at least, casting out threads in
order to entrap their prey, whilst they remain con-
cealed in the vicinity of their snares. These have
eight eyes, two or four of which are placed in the
middle of the forehead, and the rest on each side.
AEACHNIDA. 193
Some species, which always walk straightforward, are
called
Rectigrades (Rectigradd). They weave webs of
different kinds, and hence have been divided into
different families.
FlG. 15-i. THE EYES OF SPIDEK.
The Tube-weavers (Tubiteles), or Tapestry spiders,
are celebrated for their ingenuity. The geometric web
of the common garden spider (Epeira diadema) has
been admired in all ages as a wonderful production,
elaborate in its construction, and most effective for
its purpose. These nets are composed of two sorts of
threads. The framework, which is first formed, con-
sists of straight rays diverging from a centre ; these
are not adhesive, but over these the spider then
travels, weaving a spiral thread round and round,
which is the true net ; for this thread, which is more
elastic than the other, is studded all over with
minute globules of a gummy substance, by which it
is rendered tenacious.
In Rio de Janeiro the family Epeira is characterized
by many singular forms. Every path in the forest is
barricaded with the strong yellow web of a species said to
make nets so strong as to catch birds. A small but pretty
kind of spider lives as a parasite upon every one of these
webs ; possibly it is too insignificant to be noticed by the
great Epeira, and is, therefore, allowed to prey on the
K
194 ARACHNID A.
minute insects which, adhering to the lines, would other-
wise be wasted. When frightened, the little spider either
feigns death, or suddenly drops to the ground. The web
of another species of Epeira, which is generally placed
among the great leaves of the Agave, is sometimes
strengthened near the centre by two or even four zigzag
ribands, which connect two adjoining rays. When any
large insect, as a grasshopper or wasp, is caught, the spider,
by quickly giving it a revolving movement, and at the
same time emitting a band of threads from its spinners,
soon envelopes its prey in a case resembling the cocoon
of a silkworm. The spider now examines its powerless
victim and gives the fatal bite on the hind part of its
thorax, then retreating, waits till the poison has taken
effect. The virulence of this poison is such, that in half
a minute after being bitten a large wasp is quite lifeless.
The webs of another species, common in South America,
are placed vertically, and separated from each other by a
space of >,bout two feet, but are all attached to certain
common lines, which are of great length, and extended to
all parts of the community ; so that in this manner the
tops of large bushes are covered by the united nets.
These gregarious habits, in creatures so bloodthirsty and
solitary as the spiders, are not a little curious.
Another American spider builds a web of very singular
construction. Strong lines radiate from a common
centre, where the creature is stationed, but only two of
the rays are connected by mesh-work, so that the net,
instead of being circular, consists of a single wedge-shaped
segment. DARWIN.
The Clotlio Durandii constructs a kind of tent wherein
it lives and rears its young. This tent is formed by
several superimposed sheets of a material resembling the
finest taffeta, and its margin presents seven or eight pro-
minent angles, which are fixed to the surface of the
ground by silken cords. The exterior sheet of the tent is
purposely dirtied, for the sake of concealment, but all
within is beautifully clean and white. The most admi-
rable part of the contrivance, however, is the perfect safety
afforded to the young when the parent leaves her nest in
search of food. Some of the superimposed sheets are
fastened together at their edges ; others are simply laid
upon each other ; and as the spider herself only possesses
the secret enabling her to raise those layers by which
ARACHNIDA.
195
entrance is to be obtained, no other animal can find its
way into her impenetrable abode.
Another species is mentioned by Dr. Johnston, whose
habits are still more singular. This spider lives habitually
in and under water, but having no fellowship with that
element, in which, of course, it cannot breathe like
aquatic animals, in order that it may pass its life there in
a dry and comfortable manner, appropriates to its use the
old shells of water-snails (JjimnoBus stagnalis). Entering
the shell, the spider closes the aperture with a web or
curtain of varnished silk, which repels the water and
hinders its admission ; she then fills her abode with atmo-
spheric air. The shell is sometimes found lying at the
bottom of the pond, but, rendered buoyant by the air
within it, often rises and floats on the surface, and the
wily spider is, in this manner carried within reach of her
prey, who feel no alarm at the approach of what seems to
be a snail.
The Spiders (properly so called), ( Aranea) belong to this group ;
FlG. 155. NEST OF HOUSE-SPIDEE.
they build their webs in the interior of houses, in the angles of walls,
K 2
3 96 ARACHNIDA.
or on plants and hedges ; sometimes under stones. Their web is
very large, nearly horizontal, and in the upper part there is always a
tube, in which the old spider sits concealed with irnmoveable
patience until some heedless victim falls into her toils.
The Water Spider (Argyroneta*} is another member of the same
extensive family, the history of which must by no means be passed
over. This remarkable spider lives in stagnant waters, where it
swims about with perfect ease, keeping its abdomen enclosed in a
bubble of air, which shines like a little globe of silver. The female
constructs for herself a nest, a kind of diving-bell, in the shape of an
oval cocoon, which is lined with silk, and anchored to the surround-
ing plants by cables spread in all directions; in this retreat she lies
in wait for prey, and places her cocoon of eggs, which she jealously
guards ; and here, also, she shuts herself up to pass the winter.
Tiie Inequiteles,f or Thread-spinners, constitute a second division,
known by their webs, constructed of very irregular meshes, which
cross each other in all directions. These spiders garotte their prey ;
they carefully watch their eggs, and never abandon them till they
are hatched. Some of them (Pholcus phalangista) are common in
our houses, where they construct a loose web in the angles of walls ;
the female glues her eggs together in a loose packet, without any
covering, and carries them about in her jaws.
Upon one occasion, Bonnet saw a spider of this description tumble
into the pit-fall of an ant-lion, which immediately seized upon her
bag of eggs, and attempted to drag it into the sand. During the
struggle, the silken cord whereby the cocoon was attached to the
spider's body broke, immediately she seized it with her jaws, and a
tremendous struggle ensued, during which the spider together with
her treasure were buried beneath the sand, from whence, however, she
was extricated; but nothing would induce or compel her to quit
the dangerous locality where she had lost, apparently, everything
that she held dear.
The Orbiteles,! or Net-spreading Arachnidans, construct their nets
with regular meshes, concentrically arranged, and supported by
straight cords that radiate from the centre, where the spider awaits
the result of his labours, generally holding on to the web with his
FIG. 156. FOOT or SPIDER.
head downwards. No sooner is an insect caught in the toils, than
the spider, sometimes placed in the centre of her net, sometimes
* &pyvpos, argyros, silver ; vnrbs, netos, spun.
t Insequalis, unequal ; tela, a web.
J Orbis, an orb or disk ; tela, a web.
ARACHNIDA. 197
ensconced in some special hiding-place, situated in a corner of the
web, rushes upon her victim, and endeavours to pierce it with
her murderous fangs, and thus instil into its body a drop of the
subtle venom with which they are armed. Should the imprisoned
fly offer anything like a vigorous resistance, or should its strength
appear formidable, she retires for a short time, till it in either
exhausted by its struggles, or becomes helplessly involved in the
meshes of the net ; as soon, however, as she perceives there is
nothing to fear, she at once envelopes her prey with coils of silk, so
as entirely to conceal it from view. The eggs of these spiders are
very numerous, agglutinated into a mass, and enclosed in a volumi-
nous cocoon. The radiating lines of these webs are used by opticians
in the construction of micrometers : they are so elastic, that they
may be stretched one-fifth of their length.
The next group of Sedentary Araclmidans, instead of always walk-
ing forwards li^e the preceding, can walk sideways or backwards,
equally well ; they are, therefore, called
Laterigrades.* These spiders are generally found quite motionless
upon vegetables, where they remain with their legs stretched out
ready for action. They construct no web, but simply scatter about a
few solitary threads to arrest their prey. Their cocoon is round and
flat ; they conceal it between leaves, the edges of which they fasten
together, and carefully watch it until the eggs are hatched.
The second division of the race of spiders comprehends
The Vagabond Araclmidans, as they are called, in contradis-
tinction to the preceding, which are all sedentary. These spiders
make no web, but lie in wait for their prey, which they overtake by
running, or by leaping upon it suddenly. They are divided into two
sections
The Citigrades, or Eunners, and the Saltigrades, or Leapers.
The Citigrades,f called also Wolf Spiders, are to be found on the
tops of trees or bushes, where they build a bell-shaped nest, in which
the females lay their eggs : this nest, or cocoon, they always carry
with them when they go to hunt, generally attaching it to their
breast. Some of them are frequently seen by the margins of ponds ;
sometimes, indeed, they run upon the surface of the water with sur-
prising swiftness, and they may be often seen to leap upon flies, and
other insects that approach them too closely. One species
The Tarantula (Lycosa Tarentula], so called from the city of
Tarentum, in Italy, where it is common, has obtained great celebrity.
It is there commonly believed that its bite is very serious, being
sometimes fatal, or if not, that it occasions a peculiar malady called
Tarentism, only to be cured by music and dancing. Enlightened
and judicious persons are of opinion, however, that it is the effect of
imagination that requires thus to be combated, rather than the
venom of the Tarantula,
The Saltigrade4 or Leaping Spiders, may frequently
be seen upon walls, or in other situations, exposed to the
sun. They walk, as it were, by fits and starts, and after
* Latus, lateris, the side ; gradior. I walk.
t Cito, quickly ; gradior, I walk.
J Saltus, a leap ; gradior, I walk.
198 ARACHNIDA.
taking a few steps, stop suddenly, and rear themselves on
their fore-legs. Should they see a fly or gnat, they
approach it cautiously, until they get so near that they
can clear the distance at a single leap, and then spring
like tigers on their prey. They may often be seen to
make these leaps even from a perpendicular wall, for
being always attached by a silken thread, they easily
scramble up again. Many of them build their nests
under stones, or between the leaves of trees. Their nests
are of an oval form, and open at both ends : in these they
repose, change their skin, or take shelter from the
weather ; but if alarmed, they immediately rush out, and
scamper off with precipitation.
Some spiders possess the remarkable faculty of shoot-
ing out threads in diverging lines into the air, which,
being lighter than the atmosphere, form a sort of balloon,
on which the little aeronaut mounts above this lower
world, and rides at will among the clouds.
Mr. Blackwall supposes that the spider is enabled to do
this by the action of the wind, which carries the thread
out as it is spun, and that many being entangled together,
are carried into the air by the upward current, caused by
the rarefaction of the stratum near the heated ground,
during the middle of the day ; and that at night, the earth
being cooled, the air descends, bringing with it the accu-
mulated webs, which, lying thick upon the herbage, are
called gossamer.
Mr. Darwin's observations relative to these gossamer
spiders are very interesting. His ship was sixty miles
from land, in the direction of a steady though light breeze,
and vast numbers of small spiders covered the rigging
with their webs.
" The little spider, when first coming in contact with
the rigging, was always seated on a single thread. The
little aeronaut, as soon as it arrived on board, was very
active, sometimes letting itself fall and then reascending
the same thread, sometimes employing itself in making a
small and very irregular mesh in the corners between the
ropes. While watching some that were suspended by a
single thread, the slightest breath of air bore them out of
sight. I repeatedly observed the same kind of small
spider, either when placed or having crawled on some
little eminence, elevate its abdomen, send forth a thread,
and then sail away in a lateral course, with a rapidity
CRUSTACEA. 199
which was quite unaccountable. I thought that I could
perceive that the spider, before performing the above pre-
paratory steps, connected its legs together with most deli-
cate threads."
M. Yirey has recorded some very curious observations
(Bulletin des Sciences Nat. torn. xix. p. 130), which seem
to prove that small spiders in an atmosphere perfectly
tranquil, and without the aid of any web, have the power
of darting through the air ; and believes that, by means of
a rapid vibration of their feet, they walk the air.
" After reading M. Virey's account," says Mr. Darwin,
" it appears to me far from improbable that, in the case
above recorded, the little aeronaut actually did as was
suspected, unite its feet together with some fine lines, thus
forming artificial wings. I regret that I did not determine
this point with accuracy ; for it would be a curious fact
that a spider should thus be able to take flight by the aid
of temporary wings." Voyage of the 'Beagle'
CHAPTER XIII.
CRUSTACEA.
THE Insects and Arachnidans described in the pre-
ceding chapters are air-breathing animals : even in
such species as inhabit fresh water, respiration is
strictly aerial. No insects or spiders could live in
the sea, and, consequently, the waters of the ocean
would be utterly untenanted by corresponding forms
of life, had not a class of beings belonging to the
articulated division of the animal world been so con-
structed as to be capable of respiring through a
watery medium, and thus adapted to a residence in
the recesses of the deep. Many species, it is true,
are met with abundantly in the fresh waters around
us ; but these form rather exceptions to the general
rule, and we may fairly regard the crustaceans as
marine representatives of the insects and spiders,
with which they form a parallel series. These
animals are divided into segments, typically twenty-
200 CRUSTACEA.
one in number, of which seven belong to the head,
seven to the thorax, and seven to the abdomen. The
segments, however, are generally consolidated or sol-
dered together in various degrees, so that in the
great majority of cases, only a few of these divisions
are obvious. Thus, in the lobster, the whole head and
thorax are united into one great shield, on the under
side of which, however, the divisions can be traced ;
in the crab the consolidation of these parts is still
further conspicuous, and the segments of the abdomen
are s,mall, and folded up beneath the enormous
thorax ; while in the remarkable king-crab or " horse-
foot " of warm climates (Limulus), the divisions of the
abdomen are lost, the body being covered by two
large shields, terminating in a long, sharp spine.
The higher forms of crustaceans breathe by means
of gills, and when these organs are wanting, the
integument of certain parts of the body, generally
of the limbs, takes their place. In the crabs,
lobsters, and shrimps, respiration is effected by a
number of branchiae, attached to the basis of the
locomotive limbs. The structure of these gills is
very curious ; they consist of a central stem, to
which are attached numerous appendages, disposed
like the bristles of a brush, or else piled on each
other like the leaves of a book, thus presenting in
the aggregate a very extensive surface for exposure
to the surrounding element. These organs are en-
closed in two large chambers, situated on the sides of
the thorax, into which the water is freely admitted
by a wide aperture, situated between the bases of the
legs and the margin of the shell, and expelled
through another orifice, placed at the side of the
mouth. In order to insure the renewal of the
respired water, a valve of beautiful construction is
placed in the vicinity of the latter opening, and
attached to the root of the second pair of foot-jaws.
The construction of this valve is precisely that of the
Archimedean screw, or of the propelling laminae of a
screw-steamer, so that by its every movement it
CRUSTACEA. 20.1
drives a powerful current through the opening in
which it is situated. In other crustaceans, such as
the Mantis Crabs, the gills have the form of bunches
of feathers, and instead of being enclosed within the
thorax, float freely from the false feet situated
beneath the tail. In many of the lower forms, the
breathing organs consist of little bladders, fixed to
the bases of the legs, while in others, the limbs
themselves are so thin and delicate that they seem to
afford a sufficient respiratory surface.
There are, however, some families of Crustaceans
which live upon dry land, and thus respire the
atmospheric air, and these would seem to form an
exception to what has been said relative to the
difference of structure in the respiratory apparatus of
aquatic and terrestrial animals, for instead of being
furnished with tracheae, like the insects, they breathe
air by means of gills: these, however, are always
disposed in such a manner as to be kept in the moist
state required for the exercise of their function. In
these terrestrial species, therefore, which breathe by
means of wet gills, there exists at the bottom of the
respiratory cavity a sort of trough, which serves as a
reservoir for water sufficient to keep their branchiae
moist, or else the respiratory cavity is lined with a
spongy membrane, which seems to answer the same
purpose. Others, again, as the wood-lice (Oniscus),
breathe a damp atmosphere, by means of Ibliaceous
appendages, situated under the abdomen.
The crustaceans are all oviparous. The female,
after having laid her eggs, generally carries them
about attached to the under part of her body, or
sometimes inclosed in a sort of pouch formed of
appendages variously modified. Sometimes the young
undergo a very remarkable metamorphosis, and not
only completely change their form during the earlier
periods of their existence, but in the progress of their
growth acquire additional limbs.
All the senses of the higher animals are possessed
by the Crustacea in considerable perfection. The
K 3
202 CKUSTACEA.
organs of vision are present in all at some period of
their existence, and in the majority of species are of
a very complex structure. We find in some both
simple and compound eyes, similar in principle to
those of insects; both of these forms occur in the
king-crab (Limulus), and there are eyes of an in-
termediate character, such as that of the water-flea
(Daphnia), where several clustered lenses and eye-
cells are covered by a single smooth and transparent
cornea. But in the higher forms of Crustacea, the
true compound or faceted eye only, is met with.
The facets are not always six-sided, as in insects, but
are sometimes square, as in the cray-fish (Astacus
fluviatilis). Sometimes the eyes are immoveable ; but
in many species they are placed at the end of jointed
foot-stalks, of various length, capable of being pointed
in different directions; and we often find, in con-
nection with these stalked eyes, a furrow, in which
they can be laid flat, and thus protected from injury.
The organ of hearing is a cavity closed by a delicate
membrane, situated at the base of the second pair of
antennae, in the lobster and similar forms. In the
crabs this is replaced by a small, moveable, shelly
disk, pierced with a hole, over which an elastic
membrane is stretched. A cavity filled with fluid in
each case conveys the vibrations of sound to the
proper nerves.
There can be little doubt that the higher Crustacea
are guided to their food by a sense analogous to that
of smell ; but where its seat is placed, zoologists
have not determined ; the probability is, that it may
be connected with the first pair of antennse. Similar
observations may be applied to the perceptions of
taste ; the sense doubtless exists, and its organ is
supposed to be the delicate membrane that lines the
mouth and the throat. It is commonly considered
that the sensations of touch can be but very feebly,
if at all, conveyed through the hard, calcareous
crust with which these animals are clothed; and
that this sense can hardly exist, except in those parts
CRUSTACEA. 203
which remain soft and undefended by the crust.
But we have seen a swimming-crab (Matuta) hold its
prey in one claw, while with the other it picked off
morsel by morsel of the flesh, and conveyed it to its
mouth in a manner which sufficiently evidenced the
sensation of touch in these organs; and we have
watched a beautiful West Indian crab (Groniopsis
ruricola) feeding itself in the same manner, picking
up, now with one claw, now with another, minute
atoms of food from the surface of the mud over
which it marched, with a rapidity and a precision
which seemed to indicate that a very delicate sense
of touch resided in those shelly claws. MR. GOSSE.
The periodical casting of the shell, or moulting,
is a very remarkable feature in the economy of these
creatures. Frequently during their lives their hard
and shelly covering is cast off in one unbroken piece,
so as to present an exact counterpart of the perfect
animal. Every part of the integument is thus
renewed, nothing is wanting in the cast-off skin, the
antennae, the jaws, the eyes, are all there, every hair
is represented by the case which enclosed it. Even
the shelly plates from which the muscles originate,
the tendons by which they are attached to the shell,
the internal skin of the stomach, and the teeth which
are hidden there, are found connected with the re-
jected shell !
The pressure of the old shell being removed, the
animal suddenly increases in bulk, the new skin, as
yet soft and flexible, allowing at first of great expan-
sion ; but it rapidly hardens, a stock of shelly matter
having been for some time accumulating in its
stomach, in the form of two hard balls, commonly
called crabs -eyes. This substance is supposed to be
taken up and distributed to the surface, so that when
the new crust has again acquired consistence, these
concretions are no longer found. The whole process
occupies from one to three days. The supposition
that the moulting in these animals takes place every
year, must probably be restricted to the period of
204
CRUSTACEA.
their growth beyond which the change of shell would
seem to be unnecessary. A specimen of the common
crab has been taken, the shell of which was covered
FlG. 157. CRAB COVERED WITH OYSTERS.
with oysters of six years' growth, besides Actinice and
other parasites. The crab was full-grown and in
perfect health, and it is clear that it could not have
cast its shell for six years previously.
The external forms and structure of the limbs of
crustaceans are infinitely diversified ; but as they are
all constructed in accordance with the same plan, we
will select the lobster for special description, as illus-
trative of the entire group.
On examining a lobster with a little attention, it
will be seen that its head is furnished with four
antennae, a circumstance which is distinctive of the
class. Its eyes are compound, like those of an insect,
and are supported upon a pair of moveable pedicles.
There are five pairs of jointed limbs placed on each
side of the mouth, which are evidently adapted to
assist in seizing and conveying into the mouth the
substances used as food.
CRUSTACEA.
205
These singular organs, although entitled to be
considered as jaws, so far as their use would indicate,
are no less obviously merely modifications of jointed
feet ; they are, therefore, termed " foot-jaws." '
FlG. 158. COMMON LOBSTEK.
The pair of legs which comes next are developed
to a size far surpassing that of the other limbs, and
are endowed with proportionate strength. Each of
these robust extremities is terminated by a pair of
strong pincers (chelce) ; but the two differ in their
structure, and are appropriated to Afferent uses.
That of one side of the body has the opposed edges
\ of its terminal forceps provided with large, blunt
tubercles, while the opposite claw is armed with
sharp teeth. One claw, in fact, is used as an anchor,
by which the lobster holds fast by some submarine
fixed object, and thus prevents itself from being
tossed about in an agitated sea ; the other is a cutting
instrument for tearing and dividing prey.
206 CRUSTACEA.
To the Chelce succeed four pairs of slender legs,
scarcely at all serviceable for locomotion, but the
two anterior being terminated by feeble forceps,
are auxiliary instruments of prehension.
The articulated appendages situated beneath the
tail are so rudimentary, that they are no longer re-
cognizable as instruments of progression, and it is at
once evident, when we examine the manner in which
these creatures use their tails in swimming, that any
large limbs in this position would materially impede
the movements of animals presenting such a con-
struction. The false feet, as these organs are called,
are merely available as a means of fixing the eggs
which the female lobster attaches to them.
The tail is the great agent of locomotion, and for
this purpose it is terminated by a fin formed of broad
plates, so arranged, that while they will close to-
gether during the extension of the tail, and thus
present the least possible surface to the water, they
are brought out to their full expansion by its down
stroke ; and such is the impulse thus given, that a
lobster will dart backwards to a distance of twenty
or thirty feet by one sweep of this remarkable loco-
motive instrument.
The Crustacea are divided into several important
sections, each of which will require separate notice.
The first great division of this extensive class has
received the name of
Decapoda* (ten legs), from the circumstance that
their locomotive limbs are always ten in number.
The Decapods are divided into three groups, known
by the somewhat unpronounceable names of Macroura,
Brachyura, and Anomoura; when translated into
English, however, these formidable looking words
simply mean Big-tails, Little-tails, and Queer-tails.
The division Macrourat (big-tails), includes the
Lobsters, Cray-fishes, Shrimps, and Prawns.
* Se/ca, deca, ten ; Wus, sroSbs, pous, podos, a foot.
f /j.a.Kpbs, macros, long ; ovpa, oura, a tail.
DECAPODA. 207
The Sea Cray Fishes (Palinurus) have their antennae very large,
and studded with sharp spines ; their shell is likewise rough, covered
with prickles, and armed in front with strong spiny protuberances.
They seldom frequent any but rocky or stony places, live there on
fish and divers marine animals, and attain, after some years, to the
length of a foot, measured from the head to the extremity of the tail.
In some places, little favourable to fishing, these crustaceans, being
less exposed and more tranquil, may live a very long time, and ac-
quire a large size ; some have been obtained nearly three feet long.
They are caught in wicker baskets, baited with flesh, much in the
same way as lobsters.
The Lobsters (Astacus) are distinguished by having their front
pairs of slender feet terminated by a kind of forceps or two-fingered
hand. These wel] -known animals are abundant throughout the
European seas, in the Mediterranean, and upon the eastern coast of
North America..
The River Cray Fish (Astacus fluvicdilis}, common throughout
Europe in every clear brook, is easily caught by means of a net
attached to an iron ring, in the middle of which a piece of meat is
fixed ; the iron circle is attached to a long stick by means of three
strings. It is put into the water at dusk, the time at which the
cray-fishes quit their holes, and before long they are sure to find the
meat, which they rush at with great avidity. The net is then sud-
denly raised, and several are caught at once. Sometimes the plan is
modified by placing the meat in the centre of a faggot of thorns, the
cray-fishes in endeavouring to get at it become entangled among
the branches, and when the faggot is drawn out a dozen or two may
be taken at a single haul.
The Prawns (Pal&mori) are marine Crustacea, which, in the
summer-time, frequent the mouths of rivers ; they are fished for
by means of a net in the form of a sack attached to the end
of a pole, or with large nets with close meshes, which are thrown
to a distance into the sea, and bring them to the shore in great
multitudes.
Mr. Warrington has published many interesting observations on
the natural history of the Prawn. When the period arrives at
which the prawn is about to throw off its old covering, it ceases to
feed, and seeks about from spot to spot in a restless and fidgety
manner, until it has fixed on a locality suited to its purpose. The
third, fourth, and fifth pair of legs are then stretched out 'wide apart,
and the feet hooked so as to hold firmly upon the surrounding sub-
stances, in such a way that the body may be poised and capable of
moving freely in all directions. The prawn then slowly sways itself
from side to side and to and fro with strong muscular efforts,
apparently for the purpose of loosening the whole surface of its body
from the carapace ; and when every precaution has been taken for the
withdrawal of its body from the too limited habiliments, a fissure is
observed to take place between the carapace and the abdomen, at the
upper and back part, and the antennae, legs, feet, and all their
appendages are slowly and carefully drawn backwards out from the
dorsal shield until the eyes are quite clear of the body-shell or
carapace. The prawn, thus half released, then makes a sudden
backward spring or jerk, and the whole of the exuvium is left
behind, generally adhering by the cases of the six feet to the surface
208 CRUSTACEA.
selected as a support. At the moment the prawn has been thus
liberated from its old envelope, it rolls on the surface of the
ground perfectly helpless, for it is so soft that it does not possess
the power of supporting its own weight erect upon its feet, while the
beautifully delicate antennae float from its head like gossamer threads
in the water. In a short time, however, it plunges or springs from
place to place, stretches its webbed tail, and the large paddles of its
swimming apparatus, and soon retreats into some dark and sheltered
corner until its new shell is sufficiently hardened to allow of its
venturing forth. When the newly-coated shrimp first makes its exit
from its hiding-place its appearance is doubly beautiful ; and the
deportment of the little creature is altogether so bold and vain-
glorious, as though proud of its new vesture, that it cannot but
command the admiration it seems to seek.
The Shrimp (Crangon). The common Shrimp (Crangm wdgaris)
does not exceed two inches in length, and is of a pale glaucous green
colour dotted with grey. During life the body is semi-transparent,
and so much resembles sea- water that the animal is distinguished
with difficulty. Its ordinary motion consists of leaps. It is abun-
dant in sandy places on the coast, and besides furnishing nutriment
to great numbers of fishes, aquatic birds, &c., it is in great request
for the table. Shrimp-catching, or Shrimping as it is termed, affords
constant employment on the flat sandy parts of our coast to boys
and women, who wade up to their knees pushing a sort of dredge-net
at the end of a long pole before them, but a more wholesale way of
collecting them is by means of sweep-nets, dragged over the fishing-
ground by men in boats.
Braehyura,* or Crabs, These creatures are formed
for progression on land, or at least for creeping on
the bottom of the sea. The tail, the great instru-
ment of locomotion in the lobster, is in the crabs
reduced to a rudiment, and the fin at its extremity
entirely obliterated. The chelce still continue to be
the most powerfully developed of the limbs, while
the legs, now beconie the principal locomotive agents,
are either terminated by simple points, as in those
species which are most terrestrial in their habits, or
else, as in the swimming crabs, the posterior pair be-
come expanded into flattened oars, useful in natation.
The habits of crabs are very various; some are
exclusively aquatic, and remain on the sands or
rocks at great depths in the sea; others inhabit
excavations formed in the soft coral reefs or bars on
certain coasts ; some spend their days altogether on
a shore, living in burrows or dens formed in a moist
* fipaxvs, brachys, short ; avpa, oura, a tail.
DECAPODA. 209
or boggy soil; others resort to the rocky flats or
beaches to bask in the sun, where only an occasional
wave dashes over them, and seek refuge in the sea
when alarmed; while some species are completely
terrestrial, inhabiting holes upon the highest hills
and mountains of the West Indies.
The Spider Crabs (Oxyrynchus}* have their shells of a triangular
shape, narrowed in front into a point which almost resembles a beak.
The legs are long and very slender, this necessarily leads to slowness
of motion ; but they are well fitted to a residence amongst rocks and
stones covered with seaweed, among which they stride with little
difficulty. In the winter they become almost, if not altogether,
torpid, concealing themselves at this season either in deep crevices
of rocks or imbedded in the soil. These long-legged crabs are fre-
quently covered with seaweeds, sponges, and other marine pro-
ductions, which so completely change their appearance, that they are
no longer recognizable. Mr. Gosse observed at Ilfracombe the
exuviation of a large Spider Crab which had retired into a crevice.
When securing it he felt the body fall away from the carapa.ce, and
on looking at the crab, found the new carapace perfectly formed and
coloured beneath it. The limbs and the under parts still remained
invested with their old shell. In a short time the hind legs were
freed, and then the animal extricated the front pair, tugging first at
one and then at the other as if drawing off a pair of boots. The
par^s had a jelly-like softness, and seemed to be compressed as they
were liberated by the fluids being forced back so as to distend the
freed portion of the limb. Mr. Gosse did not observe any struggling
it seemed a very simple and easy matter. The new integuments
were complete, though soft, before the old were torn off; and the
immediate cause of the separation of the crust appeared to be the
sudden growth of the animal within forcing asunder the upper and
lower shells at the posterior margin.
The Swimming Crabs (Pinnipedes)^ have the hinder feet termi-
nated by a flat joint resembling a fin. They live at a distance from
the shore, and swim out into the high sea.
The Shore Crabs (Cancer} are eminently adapted for walking.
The eight hinder legs only are employed for the purpose, and they
FlG. 159. YOUNG OF CRAB.
* ovs, oxys, sharp ; ftfoxos, rhyncos, a snout
t Pinna, a feather or leaflet ; pes, pedis, a foot.
210 CKUSTACEA.
are terminated by strong and pointed claws. They walk with the
same facility forward or backward, on one side or the other, or in all
oblique directions ; they also climb with great celerity.
The Edible Crabs (Pagurus), well known at our tables, generally
frequent rocky coverts, and hide in the clefta of rocks, where they
are sheltered from the waves, and secured from the pursuit of their
enemies. When the waters rise, they approach the shore and seize
on marine animals incapable of resistance, or devour such as have
perished. It is principally during the night that they proceed to
plunder. As they do not always regain the sea with sufficient
promptness, and they cannot swim, they are often exposed to be
stranded at the retreat of the tide. Under such circumstances, if
they do not find a hole to take refuge in, they contract their feet,
squat down in some corner, and thus await with patience the return
of the water. Crab-fishing is usually conducted by two men, in a
boat provided with lines and creels, cruives, or crab-pots, as they are
FlG. 160. FIRST STAGE OF SHORE-CRAB.
variously called, made of a kind of osier basket-work. These are
constructed upon the same principle as a wire mouse-trap, but the
aperture instead of being on the side is at the top. The bait, which
consists of stale fish, is fastened to the bottom, and the creel is then
sunk in a favourable situation, by stones of sufficient weight placed
within it ; a line is fastened to the creel, to the upper end of which
a cork is attached. The bait can readily be seen by the crabs,
which entering, are caught like rats in a trap ; the difficulty of egress
being increased by the aperture being overhead.
Crabs undergo a remarkable metamorphosis. On leaving the
egg, their larvae have a very grotesque appearance. They are fur-
nished with a large, helmet-shaped head, ending behind in a long
point, and provided in front with two monstrous sessile eyes, like
the windows of a lantern. By means of a long, articulated tail, the
little creatures continually turn head over heels. Claws are as yet
wanting, and the young crab has only four pairs of legs, armed with
long bristles, that push food towards the ciliated and ever-active
mouth. Immediately after casting its first skin, the body makes an
DECAPODA.
211
approach to its future permanent form, the eyes become raised on
stalks, the claws and feet begin to make their appearance, but the
tail still remains like that of a lobster, and is used by the young
crab to swim about merrily in the water. It is not until the next
FlG. 161. SECOND STAGE OF SHORE-CRAB.
moult, when the little creature measures about one-eighth of an inch
in diameter, that the mature form is completely developed. The
facility with which these crustaceans cast off their legs, and even
their heavy claws, when they have been wounded, is a most remark-
able feature in their economy. Without the least appearance of
pain, they continue to run about upon their remaining legs, and, won-
derful to relate, after some time a new limb grows out of the old
stump, ,and takes the place of the original member. When the old
claw is separated, a scar forms, and remains until the animal casts
its shell. After the shell is thus cast, a protuberance in the centre
of the scar suddenly enlarges, and under it may be seen a small
claw, doubled on itself beneath the membrane of the stump. This
remains in a soft state until the crab again casts its shell, when the
new claw is set at liberty, straightened out, and becomes hard and
calcareous, like other parts of the body.
The Eider or Eacer Crabs (Ocypoda)* found on the coasts of Syria
and Barbary, run so quickly that a man on horseback is said not to
be able to overtake them. The West Indian species dig holes three
or four feet deep, immediately above high-water mark, and only
leave them after dusk.
* w/cus, okys, swift ; irdvs, 7ro86s, pous, podos, a foot.
212 CRUSTACEA.
The Beckoning Crabs (Gelasimus)* have one of the claws, some-
times the right, sometimes the left, much larger than the other, and
the pincers of the smaller forceps shaped like a spoon. These
FlG. 162. THIRD STAGE OF SHORE CRAB.
creatures live in burrows, which they excavate upon the sea-shore,
and close the entrance by means of their large claw, the dispropor-
tionate size of which is thus found to be a wonderful and beautiful
adaptation to their habits. Their burrows are cylindrical, and carried
obliquely into the ground to a very considerable depth. They are
met with in great numbers, placed close together, but are usually
inhabited each by a single individual. From these crabs having
the habit of flourishing their large claw as if they were beckoning
to some one at a distance, they have received the name of " Calling
Crabs" (Cancer vocans). They pass the winter in their burrows,
without stirring abroad, and only visit the sea to lay their eggs.
The Cocoa-nut Crab (Birgus) is said to climb the cocoa-nut
palms for the sake of procuring their fruit ; but Mr. Darwin says that
it merely lives upon those that have fallen upon the ground. Its
front pair of legs is terminated by very strong and heavy pincers,
the last pair by forceps which are narrow, and of a weaker structure.
After having selected a nut fit for its dinner, the crab begins its
operations by tearing off the husk, fibre by fibre, from that end where
the three holes are situated ; it then hammers upon one of them with
its heavy claws, until an opening is made, through which, by means
of its hinder pincers, it extracts the white, albuminous substance of
the nut. It inhabits deep burrows, where it accumulates sur-
prising quantities of picked cocoa-nut husks, on which it rests as on
a bed. Its habits are diurnal, but every night it is said to pay a
visit to the sea for the purpose of moistening its branchiae. It is
very good to eat, and the fat accumulated under the tail of the
larger ones sometimes yields a quart of oil.
Dr. Gardner, in his " Travels in Brazil," says that while he was
near Rio San Francisco, he amused himself with watching the
operations of a small species belonging to the genus Gelasimus, that
was either making or enlarging its burrow in the sand. About once
in every two minutes it came up to the surface with a quantity of
sand enclosed in its left claw, which, by a sudden jerk, it ejected to
a distance of about six inches, always taking care to vary the direc-
o), gelao, to laugh at or ridicule.
DECAPODA. 213
tion in wliicli it was thrown, so as to prevent its accumulation in
one place.
Another species, which inhabits India, is thus noticed oy Bishop
Heber in his journal : " All the grass through the I/eccan generally
swarms with a small land crab, which burrows IP the ground, and
runs with considerable swiftness, even when encumbered with a
bundle of food as big as itself; this food is grass, or the green stalks
of rice, and it is amusing .to see the crabs, sitting, as it were, upright,
cut their hay with their sharp pincers, and then waddling off with
their sheaf to their holes as quickly as their sidelong pace will carry
them. They have been found on the table-lands, at an elevation of
nearly 4000 feet ; but it is believed that they do not perform an
annual pilgrimage to the sea, for the purpose of depositing their
Most probably they prefer fresh water.
The Land Crabs (G-ecarcinus}* inhabit the West Indies and other
warm countries. These crabs, instead of frequenting the sea, as most
crustaceans do, are essentially terrestrial, and they sometimes live
at a considerable distance from the shore. ' They nevertheless
avoid extremely dry situations, and are ordinarily found in marshy
districts. They all dig deep holes. They are commonly seen at
night, or just after abundant rams, when they sally forth in crowds
from their subterranean habitations in pursuit of food ; some species
live principally on vegetables, but others seek animal food with
avidity ; great numbers are found in cemeteries. One of the most
curious points in the history of these animals is that they make an
annual journey to the sea-shore. In the rainy season they abandon
their holes; they assemble in almost numberless troops; and, guided
by an instinct which is incomprehensible to us, take a direct line
towards the sea, although they are often very distant from it. They
travel chiefly by night, and nothing but large rivers can arrest or
turn them from their route ; they march over houses, scale rocks, and
often destroy whole plantations, cutting and devouring the young
plants as they pass along. Having reached the sea, these armies of
crabs plunge in and bathe several times, and then retire to the plains
or neighbouring woods. Some time afterwards the females go
again to the sea, and there deposit their eggs; then they resume
their march and return to their ordinary abode ; but are so thin and
feeble that they can scarcely drag themselves along.
Some of these crabs take up their abode in the vicinity of sugar-
cane fields, and are very injurious to the planters; some of the
species being particularly fond of the cane, the juice of which they
suck, and chiefly subsist on. They are of course narrowly watched,
and no opportunity of catching them is lost sight of; but such is the
wonderful facility they have in running, or rather darting, in any
direction, or with any part of their bodies foremost, that they are
almost always enabled to elude capture. It is seldom, moreover, that
they go far from their burrows in the daytime, and their vigilance is
such that they regain them in a moment, and disappear securely as
soon as a man or dog comes near enough to be seen.
If we now pass to the consideration of the
* 77), ge, the earth ; KapKivos, carcinos, a crab.
214
CRUSTACEA.
Queer-tailed Decapods ( Anomoura), we find that the
limbs above enumerated, although existing in pre-
cisely similar situations as in the lobster, are so far
modified in their construction and relative propor-
tions, as to become suited to a mode of life widely
different from that led by the members of the last
division.
The Anomonra,* as their name imports, have limbs
of very anomalous conformation. Instead of being
cased in a hard coat of mail, the hinder part of the
FlG. 163. SOLDIER CRAB, OCCUPYING AN EMPTY SHELL.
body is soft and leathery, possessing only a few
detached shelly pieces, comparable, it is true, to
those found in the lobster, but strangely altered in
structure.
These animals, usually known by the name of
Soldier Crabs, or Hermit Crabs, frequent level
and sandy shores ; and from their defenceless con-
dition are obliged to resort to artificial protection.
This they do by selecting an empty shell, generally
&yoyuos, anomos, lawless ; ovpa, oura, a tail.
DECAPODA. 215
that of a whelk, of proportionate size, into which
they insinuate their tail, and retreating within the
recesses of their adopted abode, obtain a secure
retreat, which they drag after them wherever they
go, until by growing larger, they are compelled to
leave it, in search of a more capacious lodging. The
wonderful adaptation of all the limbs to a residence
in such a dwelling, cannot fail to strike the most
incurious observer. The chelce, or large claws, differ
remarkably in size, so that when the Hermit Crab
retires into its concealment, the smaller one may be
entirely withdrawn, while the larger closes and
guards the entrance. The two succeeding pairs of
legs, unlike those of the lobster, are of great size
and strength ; and instead of being terminated by
pincers, end in strong pointed levers, whereby the
animal can not only crawl, but drag after it its heavy
FlG. 164. SOLDIER CRAB REMOVED FROM ITS SHELL.
habitation. Behind these locomotive legs are two
feeble pairs, barely strong enough to enable the
Soldier Crab to shift its position in the shell it has
chosen, and the false feet attached to the abdomen
216 CRUSTACEA.
are still more rudimentary. But the most singularly
altered portion is the fin at the end of the tail, which
here becomes transformed into a kind of holding-
apparatus, by which the creature retains a firm
grasp upon the interior of its residence.
SECOND ORDER OF CRUSTACEANS.
STOMAPODA.*
The Stomapoda (Mouth-footed Crustaceans) are so
called, because their feet are collected in the imme-
diate vicinity of the mouth. In this order the prin-
cipal organ of locomotion is the tail, which broadly
spread, and armed with a beautiful expansion at its
extremity, carries beneath it the false feet, here
developed into five pairs of broad leaf-like organs,
which constitute the instruments of respiration. The
integuments of the Stomapodes are thin and almost
membranous. *
The Mantis Shrimp (Squilla mantis) is remarkable
on account of the strange resemblance between its
fore-legs and those of the insect Mantis, described in
a preceding chapter. Its carapace covers only the
anterior half of the thorax; the hinder portion
being formed of rings like those of the abdomen.
It is provided with enormous claws, terminating in a
sharp hook ; the last joint furnished with six sharp
projecting spines, and the preceding joint with three,
and so hollowed as to render this claw a most efficient
instrument of prehension. The other foot-jaws, and
the three anterior pairs of thoracic members, share
in this conformation, and serve to hold the prey
against the mouth. The three posterior pairs of legs,
which are attached to the annulated portion of the
thorax, are furnished with a brush instead of a hook
at their extremities, and more resemble the abdominal
* crro^a, stoma, the mouth ; irovs, pous, a foot.
STOMAPODA. 217
swimming-legs. The tail is expanded into a broad
fin. By the nature of its conformation we see that
this animal is adapted both for seizing and holding
FlG. 165. -MANTIS SHKIM1'.
its prey, as well as for swimming, but not at all for
walking.
Dr. Lakis Las published the following observations on the habits
of a specimen that he kept alive in a basin of sea-water for two
days: "It sported about, and exhibited a boldness rather unex-
pected. When alarmed it sprang backwards with great velocity,
after which it placed itself in a menacing attitude. The prominent
appearance of the eyes, their brilliancy and attentive watching, the
feeling power of the long antennae, evinced quick apprehension and
instinct. I brought a silver spoon near them, which was struck out
of my hand, with, a suddenness and force comparable to that of an
electric shock. This blow was inflicted by the large arms, which
were closed and projected in an instant with the quickness of light-
ning. An apparent anxiety to keep the head and claws in front,
made me suspect that the animal lodges its hinder parts in holes or
recesses, from which it can strike at its prey, or other passing objects."
The Opossum Shrimps (Mysis) have their branchiae
sometimes attached to the abdominal legs, sometimes
to the thoracic legs, but they are never enclosed
within the carapace. These animals have received
L
218 AMPHIPODA.
the name of Opossum Shrimps from the curious
pouch, formed of plates attached to the abdominal
legs, in which the female protects both her eggs
and young until the latter have attained consider-
able development.
The Opossum Shrimps abound in the northern
seas. The Arctic Ocean
teems with myriads,
forming, not troops, but-
vast clouds, spreading
over square leagues of
water, and affording suffi-
cient and most nutritive
food for the whale, and
for the prodigious shoals
of salmon that visit the
FIG. lee.-oiossuM SHKIMI-. shores of Boothia during
July and August, and
upon which the inhabitants of that dreary region
depend in a great measure for their supply of winter
provisions. During summer the Opossum Shrimps
absolutely crowd the mouths of the rivers, and there
their destroyers revel in a continual feast.
THIRD ORDER OF CRUSTACEANS.
AMPHIPODA.*
In the succeeding Crustaceans the eyes are sessile,
that is, not supported on jointed stems, and conse-
quently motionless. The legs appended to the diffe-
rent segments vary much in their structure. The
Amphipods have their limbs arranged in two groups
opposed to each other. Their body is generally
compressed and curved towards the breast ; they
swim and leap with facility, but always lying on one
side. Some of them inhabit fresh water, but by far
the greater number are marine.
* afLtyi, ampin, of two sorts ; TTOVS, pous, a foot.
AMPHIPODA. 219
The importance of these Crustaceans in the
economy of Nature is very great making up for
the smallness of their size by the immense numbers
in which they exist, and the ubiquity of their pre-
sence. They are ready at the first moment to seize
upon the dead matter that constitutes their ordinary
food, and thus to act their part as scavengers of the
ocean without the least delay, whilst in their turn
they furnish an abundance of excellent nourishment
to fishes and other aquatic animals. To this order
belong
The Sand-hoppers* (Gammarus). These animals may be seen in
abundance by the seaside in summer-time, where they carry on a
continual warfare against the annelidans of all sorts, found on the
shore. Nothing is more curious than to see them, when the tide is
coming in, congregated in myriads, beating the sand in all directions
in search of their victims. No sooner do they meet with one of their
favourite worms, than they attack it, and although it may be ten
times their own size, soon kill and devour it. They never leave off
this work of butchery till they have fairly gone over all the mud
upon the shore. They are equally ready to attack mollusca, fishes,
or even human bodies cast up upon the beach. In their turn, they
supply an abundant stock of food to multitudes of shore-birds and
fishes.
Dr. Sutherland relates that in Davis Straits he has seen an entire
seal reduced to a perfect skeleton in less than two days, by Gam-
marus arttcus.
It is a species of Sand-liopper (Talitrus] that is alluded to by
Archdeacon Paley, as exemplifying the abundance of happiness
bestowed on the lower animals.
" Walking by the seaside in a
calm evening upon a sandy
shore, with an ebbing tide, I
have frequently remarked the
appearance of a dark cloud, or
rather very thick mist, hanging
over the edge of the water, to
the height, perhaps, of half a
yard, and of the breadth of two
or three yards, stretching along
the coast as far as the eye could
reach, and always retiring with
the water. When this cloud
came to be examined, it proved FlG> i 6 7._ TALrrRUS -THE SAND-HOPPER.
to be nothing else than so much
space filled with young shrimps, in the act of bounding into the air
from the shallow margin of the water, or from the wet sand. If any
motion of a mute animal could express delight, it was this ; if they
* Kdjj./j.ados, kammaros, a kind of crab or shrimp.
L 2
220 L/EMODiPODA.
could have made signs of their happiness, they could not have done
it more intelligibly/'
In order to leap, they bend the appendages to their tail under
their body, and then forcibly straighten them as though they were
let go by a spring, exactly like the Podurse or Spring-tails among
insects.
FOURTH ORDER OF CRUSTACEA.
. LUEMODIPODAJ (Neck-footed Crustaceans).
The body of these creatures is generally slender
and elongated, and composed of eight or nine seg-
G. 168. CAPKKLLA.
ments. The four front legs, which are always the
largest, are attached to the neck, and are terminated
by a prehensile hook. The hinder legs are shorter,
and their armature more feeble. The females carry
their eggs between the second and third segments of
the body, in a little pouch formed of scaly pieces.
The species are all marine. Some of them live
amongst sea weeds, upon which they crawl, much
after the manner of the caterpillars called loopers.
They are, however, likewise able to swim. Others
are found to live parasitical] y upon whales, a cir-
cumstance which has obtained for them the name of
whale-lice. They have likewise been seen on the
mackerel.
* \ai/u,6s, laimos, the throat ; 5is, dis, twice; ir6vs-Troti6s, pous-podos,
a foot.
ISOPODA. 221
FIFTH ORDER OF CRUSTACEA.
ISOPODA* (Similar-legged Crustaceans)
Differ from the preceding in many important par-
ticulars. The two anterior feet are never annexed to
the head, but are appended to a distinct segment,
and furnished with simple pointed claws. In some
species which are terrestrial in their habits, two of
the antennae (the middle pair) are almost obliterated.
The females* carry their eggs attached to the under
part of their body, either enclosed by scaly plates,
or lodged in a membranous pouch. The young are
born in every respect resembling their parents, and
only change their skin as they increase their size.
The greater number live in the water, and those
Avhich reside on the land, require a certain degree
of dampness to enable them to respire.
We select as examples of this order the redoubt-
able
Boring Shrimps (Limnoria terebrans), so called from its habit of
boring into wood submerged beneath the surface
of the sea. Although this little creature is not
more than two lines in length, it is, from its habits
and its rapid multiplication, very destructive. It
pierces the planks of ships in every direction with
alarming rapidity, and in seaports and dockyards
its ravages are very serious. When seized, it rolls
itself up into a ball.
The Chelura terebrans is another timber-destroyer,
equally redoubtable. It excavates the wood, not
merely for the purpose of concealment, but wit lithe
object of employing it as food. It will freely attach
itself to a piece of wood placed with it in a glass
of water, so that its habits may be studied in con- rsBEEBAKs
finement. Timber which has been subjected to the
ravages of Chelura presents a somewhat different appearance from
that which has been attacked by Limnoria terebrans. In the latter
we find deep, cylindrical grooves, running deep into the interior,
while the excavations of Chelura are considerably larger and more
oblique in their direction, SD that the surface of the timber thus un-
dermined by these animals is rapidly washed away by the action of
the sea, and the excavations are exposed in the greater part of their
ftros, isos, equal ; ir6vs, pans, a foot.
222 BEANCHIOPODA.
extent, the wood appearing ploughed up, so to speak, rather than
burrowed into. Upon the whole, Chelura would seem to be a more
destructive creature than even Limnoria.
The Fresh- water Shrimp (Asellus) is met with abundantly in our
ponds and streams. It walks with difficulty, but swims rapidly,
lying on its side. The eggs of the female are carried in a bag
attached beneath the body. They are very voracious, and as they
eagerly devour all dead animal substances, are beneficial agents in
purifying the water.
The Wood Lice (Oniscus) are terrestrial in their habits. They are
to be met with everywhere in dark and damp situations, such as
caverns, cellars, in holes in old walls, under stones or beams of wood,
window-sashes, and similar localities. They feed entirely upon
decayed animal and vegetable substances, and never leave their
retreat, except in rainy or damp weather.
ENTOMOSTRACA.*
SIXTH ORDER OF CRUSTACEA.
BRANCHIOPODAI (GUI-footed Crustaceans).
Any one who lias ever examined a phial of water
taken from any ditch, must have observed in it a
variety of tiny, but most indefatigable, little crea-
tures, that move actively by short jerks, or dart to
and fro witH a rapidity that the eye can scarcely
follow ; the jerking ones (Fig. 170, 3) are species of
Daphnia ; the more fleet, darting forms are of the
genus Cyclops (Fig. 170, i ) ; and another tribe, still
more varied in shape, that keep chiefly near the bot-
tom, and creep nimbly, more than they swim, are the
Cyprides (Fig. 170, 2) : all these, under a microscope,
are exceedingly beautiful. Some have their bodies en-
closed between two delicate plates, united above the
back, and resembling a bivalve shell ; this shell is
usually more or less transparent, and delicately
tesselated, or marked with an intricate network of
raised lines. The antennae are often curiously
branched, and appear to be used as oars. It is a re-
* evrofjios, entomos, an insect; oa-rpaKov, ostrakon, a shell i.e.,
insects with shells.
f /8pa*/x*a, branchia, gills ; -rrovs-jroSos, pous-podos, a foot so called
because their feet perform the functions of gills.
BRANCHIOPODA. 223
markable character of all these pretty little " water-
fleas " that they seem to have but a single eye,
which is generally of a bright crimson hue, spark-
ling like a little ruby, and set in the front of the
head.
FIG. 170. WATER-FLEAS. 1. Cyclops communis ; 2. Cypris unifasciata ; 3. Daplmia
Some of these Entomostraca^ as they are called
(that is, insects with shells), inhabit the sea, and may
be met with in abundance in clear pools worn in the
FIG. lYl.- MARINE EXTOMOSTRACA (Cythere albo-maculata and Cyclops chelifer).
rocks, sporting about amongst the confervse and
corallines that often so fancifully fringe their edges
and decorate their sides, forming a miniature sub-
aqueous forest, for myriads of living creatures to
224 BRANCHIOPODA.
disport themselves in. Two examples of these
marine forms are represented in the accompanying
figure (Fig. 171).
The Branchiopod Entomostracans are divided into
two sections, 1st, those with tufted feet (Lophy-
ropes)* ; and 2ndly, those with laminated feet
(Phyllopes).f
The Tufted-feet Entomostracans (Lophyropes), are
distinguishable by the number of their feet, which
never exceed ten ; their legs, moreover, are cylin-
drical, and never flattened out into leaf-like expan-
sions. To this division belong
The Cyclops (Cyclop^ so called on account of their
having apparently but one eye4
The Common Cyclops (CyclopsValgaris\ (Fig. 170, i), remarkable for
the metamorphoses it undergoes, is common in fresh water. On each
.side of the tail of the female is a pellucid oval sac, filled with eggs,
with which it is replenished eight or ten times in the course of three
months ; and as the female begins to lay at an early age, supposing
the average number of eggs to be forty each time, the multitude of
which a single individual may become the progenitor, during six
months, is enormous. The young at their birth have only four feet,
and their body is rounded and tail-less : in due time other limbs
appear, and after a few moults the tail is developed. These little
creatures are capable of resisting cold in a remarkable manner.
They have been repeatedly seen frozen up in ice, which, on melting,
was full of them, as active as ever. They will also endure being
dried, but not for many minutes. Jurine found that out of twelve
individuals dried for fifteen minutes, five only recovered on being
restored to the water ; and that of twelve kept' dry for twenty-five
minutes, all perished. Yet, as in seasons of drought the ponds and
ditches are dried, it is most probable that they will retain life buried
in the mud as long as any moisture remains. The eggs, however,
according to Strauss, do not perish, even should the parents, but
become hatched in the course of four or five days, when the ponds
are replenished. As these little creatures grow, they change their
shells or transparent horny investment, like other crustaceans. The
change of shells is very complete ; not only the general investment of
the body is thrown oft* but also the outer layer of the fine branchiae
and the minutest hairs on the antennae. The size of the adult
Cyclops is about the one-sixteenth of an inch.
* \6(f>ovpos, lophouros, tail furnished ivith long hairs ; TTOUS, pous, a
foot.
f uAJ\oi>, phyllon, a leaf ; TTO'VS, pous, afoot.
J KVK\(I)\I/, cyclops, literally, " round-eyed ; ' so called after the
fabled giants, said to have but one eye in the middle of their fore-
head.
BRANCH1OPODA, 225
The Cythereas (Cy there), ^Fig. 171';, are marine ; they live among
the fuci and confervas found in little pools among the shingle on the
sea-shore, and the naturalist may specially find them in abundance
in those beautiful clear little round wells, hollowed out of the rocks
which are within reach of the renovating influence of the tide. In
such delightful pools, sheltered among the "umbrageous multitudes"
of stems and branches, and nestling in security, weak and powerless
as such pigmies seem to be, they are found as numerous and active
after the shores have been desolated by the power of a fierce tempest,
as when the waves have rolled gently and calmly to the shore with
their sweetest murmurs.
The Cyprides (Cypris), (Fig. 170, 2) have only six legs, and their
two antennae are furnished with a tuft of hair apiece ; their body is
enclosed in an oval shell compressed at the sides. These little
creatures swim with considerable rapidity, apparently by means of
their antennae ; they are likewise able to crawl with their little hooked
feet upon the surface of the submerged plants. The female lays her
eggs in masses upon the stems of vegetables or on the mud, some-
times as many as eighty at a birth, and, strange to say, the females
hatched from these eggs, although kept quite apart, are equally
prolific with the rest.
The Daphniae ( Daphniae), (Fig. 170, 3) are likewise enclosed in a
shelly covering, and swim actively by means of their tufted antennae.
Their fecundity is prodigious ; and the female will lay many suc-
cessive generations of eggs in the course of the summer, all of which
give birth to equally fertile females. It has been calculated that the
progeny of a single individual may amount even during her lifetime
to four billions and a hah', the aggregate of which would weigh
nearly eight tons.
The second section of the Branchiopod Entomos-
tracans, that of
The Phyllopeds ( Phyllopo), includes those genera whose legs, at
least twenty in number, are composed of flattened and leaf-like laminae.
Their eyes are always two in number, and sometimes pedunculated.
FlG. 172 FAIRY SHRIMP.
To this section belong
The Fairy Shrimps (Chirocephalus diaphanus), (Fig. 172), occasion-
ally met with in ponds. These pretty creatures, which are as trans-
it 3
226 XIPHOSURI.
parent as glass, swim or rather glide through the water with their
backs downwards, whilst the undulating play of their numerous legs
causes currents that bring nutritive particles towards their mouth
in a continuous stream.
The Salt-water Shrimps (Artemia scdina) are met with in the
salt-pans at Lymington, where they live in a brine sufficiently strong
to pickle a round of beef.
THE SEVENTH ORDER OF CRUSTACEANS.
SWORD-TAILS (Xiphosuri)*
This order contains bnt a single genus, namely
The King-Crabs (Limulus), a most extraordinary
race of creatures, commonly met with on the shores
of tropical climates, both
of the old and new world.
In these animals the tail
is consolidated into a single
piece, forming a long,
pointed, and extremely
hard spine furnished with
jagged edges, and a point
so sharp, that in the hands
of savages, it forms a
weapon of most formid-
able character. The K ing-
Crab has no distinct head,
but its body is covered
with a broad, thin shell,
somewhat resembling in its
shape the hoof of a horse
hence they have obtained
the name of " Horse-foots "
from the inhabitants of the
coasts where they are found.
On turning over this sin-
gular creature we find that
it possesses six pairs of well-formed feet, the thighs
or basal joints of which, armed with teeth and spines,
* t^t>yj and already possessing
rthe form of its parent.
The time from the ex-
clusion of the egg to the
hatching is commonly
about twelve hours.
Ehrenberg watched an in-
dividual through eighteen
successive days ; it was
full grown when he first
observed it, and it did
not die of old age at last.
Such an individual he
found to be capable of
producing four eggs every
twenty-four hours, the
progeny derived from
which grow to maturity
and exclude their fertile
ova in the same period, a
single Rotifer thus pro-
ducing in ten days forty
eggs, developed with the rapidity thus stated ; this
FlG. 178. BKACIUOSUS.
ROTIFERA. 233
rate, raised to the tenth power, gives one million of
individuals derived from one parent, on the eleventh
day four millions, on the twelfth day sixteen mil-
lions, and so on. Well may our ponds and ditches
swarm with their multitudes, and countless creatures
dependent on such a supply, rejoice at the abundance
of food thus supplied to them.
But the Rotifera are not only thus numerous in
large collections of fresh water ; they are met with in
cart-ruts, in gutters, in rain-spouts, and in the de-
pressions and corners of leads on the roofs of houses.
The fact that the water in these situations is fre-
quently dried up, does not at all prevent their pre-
sence. The sand in such places sometimes contains
millions of them, dried to dust of a reddish brown
hue ; and if a little of this dust be put into clear
water, they will in a short time revive, and swim
about as actively as if they had never been dried.
One species, the Eotifer redivivus, has derived its
name from this circumstance. Specimens have been
kept in a dry state for four years, and then resus-
citated on being moistened. From this fact it be-
comes easy to explain how collections of water, how-
ever free from such inhabitants at first, become filled
to swarming with Infusory and Eotiferous forms of
life. When the once thickly-tenanted pool, says
Professor Owen, is dried up, the inconceivably
minute ova, and equally imperceptible dried bodies
of these creatures, will be raised as dust by the first
puff of wind, and diffused through the atmosphere ;
there they may long remain suspended, forming,
perhaps, their share of the particles which we see
flickering in the sunbeam, ready to fall into any
collection of water, beaten down by every summer
shower and, by virtue of their tenacity of vitality,
ready to start to life wherever they may find the
requisite conditions for their existence.
It is almost impossible to conceive of the out-
burst of fresh life caused by the return of moisture
in tropical climates. Immediately prior to the
234: CIRRIPEDIA.
setting in of the annual rains, the swamps, pools,
water-courses, and even the majestic rivers them-
selves, are well near dried up. The surface of the
soil is parched into a layer of impalpable dust, and
the remnants of all the minute tribes of plants are
carried to and fro by the slightest winds, amongst the
dusty particles to which they themselves largely
contribute. In them vitality is maintained under
the minimum of the conditions essential to its con-
tinuance, and without the interposition of this phase
of their existence, these organisms would soon be-
come extinct. For upwards of two months the rains
continue to fall incessantly. The whole country is
flooded, and the rivers expand to the proportions of
inland seas. But no sooner have the rains and in-
undations subsided, than the mud-laden pools clear
down, the magic influences of light and heat are
permitted to operate, and in an inconceivably brief
period, the surface, the bottom, and the body of the
waters absolutely teem with the crowded masses of
animal and of vegetable life, amidst which the
wheel-animalcules revel in all the luxury of abun-
dance.
TENTH ORDER OF CRUSTACEANS.
CIRRIPEDIA* (Barnacles).
Every visitor to the sea-shore has doubtless ob-
served the rocks and stones, the timbers of the
jetties, or any objects that have been long immersed
in the sea, thickly encrusted with shells of remark-
able construction, usually known by the name of
Barnacles or Acorn-shells. On placing a stone or
shell thus encrusted (taken fresh from the sea, so
that the animals may be in full life and vigour)
in a glass of clear sea-water, and watching them
attentively, the acorn-shells upon its surface will be
seen to open, and presently a beautiful feather-
* Cirrus, a lock of hair ; pes, a fool.
CIRRIPEDIA.
235
like apparatus will be protruded, and again with-
drawn. After a few seconds this movement will
be repeated, and again and again the feathery struc-
tures will be put forth, and retracted with such grace,
regularity, and precision, that
they present an appearance ex-
quisitely beautiful. These are
the arms or Cirri of the con-
tained animal. When fully
expanded, it will be seen that
their plumose and flexible stems
form a most wonderful pre-
hensile apparatus, admirably
adapted to entangle any nutri-
tious particles or minute living
creatures that may happen to
be present in the circumscribed
space over which this singular
casting-net is thrown, and drag
them down into the vicinity of
the mouth, where, being seized (
by the jaws, they are crushed *
and appropriated as food. No
sense but that of touch is required for the success
of this singular mode of fishing, and the delicacy
with which the arms perceive the slightest contact
of foreign bodies, shows that they are eminently sen-
sitive.
It is from these remarkably-constructed limbs or
Cirri that the Order derives its name. Although
in their adult state the Cirripedes are fixed and sta-
tionary, and enclosed in dense and strong shells, the
newly-hatched young present a very different shape,
and, strange to say, are furnished with limbs calcu-
lated to enable them to swim freely about, under the
appearance of Entomostracous Crustaceans ; and it is
only after undergoing several changes of form, that
they lose their wandering habits. The young Cirri-
pedes, on emerging from the eggs, are very different
in structure from their parents. They possess loco-
FlG. 1?9. CIRRI OF BARNACLE.
236 CIKRIPEDIA.
motive organs consisting of a large pair of limbs pro-
vided with a sucker and hooks, adapted for mooring
themselves at pleasure to any foreign object ; and
also of six pairs of swimming-legs, that act in con-
cert like oars. Besides these, they have a tail bent
under their body, consisting of two joints, and ter-
minated by four bristles, which constitutes an ad-
ditional apparatus of propulsion. Thus endowed,
they swim along in a series of bounds, the oars and
FfG. 180. YOUNG OP BARNACLE,
tail gi\ 7 ing, in measured time, successive impulses.
They have, moreover, large lateral eyes, and the body
is covered with a sort of shell, such as we see in the
early state of certain Entomostracans 'Cyclops),
which they closely resemble. Believing little crea-
tures so constructed to be the larvaB of some Crusta-
ceans, they were kept by Mr. J. V. Thompson in a
glass vessel, covered to such a depth with sea-water,
that they could be examined at any time by means of
a common magnifying-glass, and, to his great surprise,
in the course of a few days they threw off their larva
skins, and became firmly adherent to the bottom of
the vessel, changed into young Barnacles, such as
are usually seen in the spring-time intermixed with
CIRRIPEDIA.
237
grown specimens on rooks and stones. In this stage
the valves of the shell and of the operculum were
visible, as well as the movements of the arms of the
contained animal, although these last were not yet
completely developed. The eyes, also, were still
perceptible, but these gradually disappear with the
increasing opacity of the shell; and the animal be-
comes blind for the remainder of its life. Thus, then,
a creature originally free, capable of swimming
about, and furnished with distinct organs of sight,
becomes permanently and immoveably fixed, and its
optical apparatus obliterated.
The Cirripedes are divided into two families.
The Barnacles (Lepas\ (Fig. 181) are always found attached to
some foreign substance by a long flexible peduncle, which pos-
FlG. 181. BAP.KACLEs.
scsses great power of contraction. Each valve of their shell is
usually composed of two triangular pieces, and is closed at the
back by an elongated plate, so that the whole shell consists of five
pieces. They are very widely disseminated, and adhere to submarine
238 MOLLUSCA.
bodies in considerable numbers. They are found, not only on float-
ing wood, the hulls of ships, bottles, and other articles floating about,
but on shells, on turtles, whales, and even sea-snakes. Large logs of
timber are sometimes completely covered with them, compacted in
close array, writhing and twisting about, like the serpents on Medusa's
head, and presenting a most remarkable spectacle.
The Acorn-shells (Balani), (Fig. 182), in their general structure
and habits resemble the Barnacles ; they have, however, no pedicle
FlG. 182. ACORN-SHELLS ON THE SHELL OF A WHELK.
or foot-stalk, but are sessile that is, are fixed immediately to the
substances upon which they attach themselves, or in which they are
more or less imbedded. The common species is often found in great
numbers, covering the shells of mussels and oysters, and may thus
be easily procured for examination. Taking one of these as an
example of the group, we find them to consist of a shelly cone com-
posed of various pieces, accurately fitted together, and capable of
enlarging with the growth of the animal. A thin calcareous base
or closing plate, fixes the cone to the substance on which it rests,
while its apex presents four pieces, that form an operculum or valvu-
lar lid, so disposed as to shut up the aperture when the animal
retires into its shell ; but easily opened for the protrusion of the
cirri. The Acorn-shells are widely spread; groups of different
species are found covering rocks, floating wood, shells of various
kinds, or even the backs of crabs and lobsters ; any objects, in short,
which will afford them a secure resting-place.
MOLLUSCA.
Widely different in their appearance from the
Articulata described in the last chapters are the
creatures that next present themselves. Instead of
possessing an external skeleton, divided into numerous
segments and furnished with jointed limbs, the
Mollusca are either entirely naked and defenceless,
or else have their bodies protected by shells, in
MOLLUSCA. 239
which they frequently reside, and hence are generally
known by the name of " Shell-fish." Formerly the
animals which formed and inhabited these shells were
little known, and, consequently, little attended to.
The shells alone attracted the attention of the
student, and hence the study of this branch of natural
science received the name of Conchology,* and the
appellation is still in general use. At the present
day, however, the animals receive an equal share of
attention from the naturalist ; and the arrangement
of their hard persistent coverings depends almost
entirely upon the structure of the animals which
formed them.
Mollusks may be defined as soft and fleshy animals,
devoid of bones or any internal skeleton, and not
divided, like Insects and Worms, into rings or articu-
lations. Their body is covered with an irritable and
contractile skin, which is moistened by a viscid
liquor that exudes from it, and which is in very
many instances ample enough to form folds that
envelope the creature more or less completely as in
a mantle or cloak. In some cases this skin is
naked, and then the mantle is thick and viscous :
in the greater number, however, it is protected by a
hard covering, called a shell, beneath which the
mantle is thin and transparent. Their most essential
character, however, lies in their nervous system,
which consists of-a certain number of nervous centres
or ganglia, from which the nerves are given off to
different parts of the body. These ganglia are
principally concentrated around the entrance to the
alimentary canal, and form a collar, or ring, that
surrounds the oesophagus, or throat, and is connected
with other ganglia, disposed without symmetry among
the viscera, or in the neighbourhood of the organs of
locomotion. From this unsymmetrieal condition of
the nervous centres, the whole class has received the
name of Heterogangliata. t Many of the Mollusca
* Kov^n-t conche, a shett; \6yos, logos, a discourse.
+ eVepos, heteros, dissimilar ^dvy\iov, ganglion, a ganglion.
240 MOLLUSCA.
are terrestrial, and breathe the air ; but the greater
part live entirely in the water, from which they
derive their nutriment, and in which they breathe by
the aid of branchiao, or gill-like appendages. Those
which are terrestrial are seen in our gardens, pastures,
and plantations ; on the trunks and stems of trees,
and in moist and shady places ; while multitudes of
the aquatic species are to be found in the seas both
of tropical and arctic regions, as well as in those
which environ our own islands. Others dwell in
lakes and ponds of fresh water, or live at the bottom
of rapid streams : some are amphibious. In short,
they may be said to be universally distributed
wherever circumstances permit of their existence.
The number of species already in museums pro-
bably reaches 8,000 or 10,000. There are cabinets
of marine shells, bivalve and univalve, which contain
from. 5,000 or 6,000, and collections of land and
fluviatile shells which count as many as 2,000. The
total number of Mollusks, therefore, probably exceeds
15,000 species. The Mollusca can only be studied
properly in a living state ; it is only then that they
develop their form and true appearance by un-
folding their different organs, which in the dead
animal are always shrunk, retracted, collapsed, or
disfigured to such an extent that there is no possi-
bility of delineating them, insomuch, indeed, that the
same individual has again and again been described
under various names, as belonging to different species.
When we call to mind the incalculable numbers
of these creatures that crawl on the bottom or swim
in the bosom of the ocean, and that everywhere
abound on dry land, it is evident that their im-
portance in creation must be great, beyond human
speculation. They are the frequent victims of the
indiscriminating and almost insatiable appetite of
fishes, and from the stomach of a cod or a flounder
you may procure many a shell, not otherwise so
easily obtainable. They constitute the principal
food of innumerable birds and reptiles. They
MOLLUSCA. 241
furnish materials valuable in the arts, and many of
them are eaten by mankind.
Various are the forms, and widely different the
relative perfection of the Mollusca as regards their
endowments and capabilities; some, as the Polyzoa,
fixed to the surface of foreign bodies, entirely de-
prived of organs connected with the higher senses,
and unable to change their position, are content to
protrude at intervals their ciliated arms, and thus
entrap such passing prey as suits their appetite.
Others equally incapable of locomotion, but furnished
with arms of different construction (Brachiopoda),
catch their food by an equally curious mechanism.
The Tunicata enclosed in leather-like bags, firmly
rooted to the rocks, or aggregated into singular com-
pound masses, adorn the beach with their kaleidoscope
patterns, or float through the ocean at the mercy of
the waves. The Conchifera inhabit bivalve shells ;
while the Gasteropod orders, likewise defended in
most instances by a shelly covering, creep about by
means of a fleshy disk, and thus being endowed
with a locomotive apparatus, exhibit senses of pro-
portionate perfection. The Pteropoda swim in
myriads through the sea, supported by two fleshy
fins ; while the Cephalopoda, the most highly organized
of this large division of animated nature, furnished
with both eyes and ears, and armed with formidable
means of destroying prey, become tyrants of the
deep, and gradually conduct us to the most exalted
type of animal existence. These different sections,
which constitute so many distinct classes, into which
the Mollusca have been divided by zoologists, may be
arranged in accordance with the following tabular
view :
M
242
MOLLUSCA.
VDSflTIOJtt
243
CHAPTER XIV.
FIKST CLASS OF MOLLUSCA.
POLYZOA.*
THOSE who have amused themselves with collecting
seaweeds upon the shore, may have often observed
their stems to be covered in patches with a delicate
film so thin as not to hide the form of the surface
on which it is spread, yet when closely examined
with a magnifying-glass, discovered to consist of a
vast number of symmetrical cells, placed close to
each other, somewhat like those of a honeycomb.
Or the inquisitive collector may have found a sub-
stance very similar to the above in its texture and
appearance, but floating loosely in the water, and
itself taking the form of a branched and leaf-like sea-
weed, presenting on both sides of its flattened expan-
sion the same honeycomb arrangement of tiny cells.
Such are the Sea-Mats (Flustra) (Fig. 183). If we
FlG. 183. FLUSTRA FOLIACKA.
* TroAus, polys, many ; &>a, zoa, animals, so called because they
are generally associated in considerable numbers.
M 2
244
POLYZOA.
take a portion of one of these very common pro-
ductions, and bring it under a lens of high magnify-
ing power, its entire surface is found to be made up
on both sides by an assemblage of cells of a somewhat
horny texture, the margins" of which are beset with
spines arranged with great regularity. Should the
specimen happen to be alive, it will be seen, on
placing it in a glass of sea-water, that every cell is
inhabited by a little hungry, active animal, polype-
FlG.. 184. CELLS OF FLUSTRA MAGNIFIED.
like in its form, but displaying a much more com-
plicated structure. Around its mouth are set
numerous long tentacles; but these are not mere
smooth filaments, or petal-like appendages, like those
of the true polypes, described in a former chapter,
but they are furnished with innumerable cilia arranged
in rows, which being set in rapid vibration at the
will of the animal, produce strong and constant
currents in the surrounding water, all of which con-
POLYZOA.
245
verge towards the central mouth. By this wonderful
provision two ends are obtained ; the particles of
water are incessantly renewed for the purpose of
respiration, and by the same means every minute
substance, animal or vegetable, that happens to be
swimming in the neighbourhood, is dragged by the
ceaseless whirlpool into the midst of the ciliated
tentacles, and thus brought to the mouth, where
such as are fit for prey are seized and swallowed.
On the very Flustra we have been describing,
there often exists an example of a parasitic pro-
duction, belonging to the same class, the structure
of which is still more marvellous.
The Sea Moss (Bowerbankia densa) forms beneath
the microscope an object of matchless beauty. This
little parasitic Polyzoon (Fig. 185) consists of in-
numerable polype-like creatures, each inhabiting
an extremely delicate transparent tube ; clusters of
these glassy cells arise from a creeping stem, common
FlG. 185. BOWERBAXKIA.
to the whole group. Examined with a microscope,
the tubes in which these minute animals live are
246 POLYZOA.
found to consist of three portions. The lower part is
stiff and horny, though quite pellucid ; towards its
upper third, however, it becomes flexible, and at
length terminates in a marginal row of delicate
horny filaments, united by a web or membrane of
exquisite tenuity. Above these filaments the ciliated
tentacles expand, and form a sort of funnel, of which
the mouth is the apex or centre. Though the
tentacles are commonly stiff and motionless when
expanded, they are highly sensitive, and on the least
alarm are drawn within the tube, the mouth of which
is then closed by the beautiful mechanism above
described, the horny filaments that surround it
closing over them, as represented in the engraving.
Many species of these marine Polyzoa are furnished
with numerous organs appended to the exterior of
the cells, which are of a most remarkable and inex-
plicable character. These organs are called Avicu-
laria* and resemble vultures' heads; not a cell is
without its bird's head, and all are employed in see-
sawing, snapping, and opening their jaws with the
most amusing activity. Nay, strange to say, even in
specimens, the animals of which are all dead, these
"birds' heads" are sometimes equally active. If we
take a Polyzoon of this description, and drop it, while
in full activity, into a narrow glass cell, with parallel
sides, filled with the purest sea-water, and here
examine it with the microscope, the Polype-like
creatures protruding their crystal stars of tentacles,
the birds' heads nodding to and fro their bald pates,
and opening and shutting their frightfully gaping
jaws like snapping turtles, form altogether a scene
quite indescribable.
More than one observer has noticed the seizure of
small roving animals by the pincer-like beaks of the
Avicularise ; and hence the conclusion is pretty
general that they are in some way connected with
the procuration of food ; seeing, however, that these
organs have no power of passing the prey thus
* Avicula, a little bird.
POLYZOA.
247
seized to the mouth of the Polyzoon, and, also, that
this latter is situated at the bottom of a funnel of
FIG. 18 6. CELLTTLARIA AvicuLARiA : a, natural size ; &and c, portions much mag-
nified, showing the " birds' heads ;" d, a single polyzoon in its cell.
ciliated tentacula, and calculated only to receive
such minute prey as is drawn within the ciliary vortex,
it is difficult to see how this can be effected. Mr.
Gosse has suggested a very ingenious explanation.
The habit of seizing a passing animal, and hold-
ing it with a tenacious grasp until it dies, may be a
means of attracting a supply of food into the vicinity.
POLYZOA.
The presence of decomposing animal matter in
water invariably congregates crowds of infusory ani-
malcules, which breed with astonishing rapidity, so
as to form a cloud of living atoms around the decaying
body, quite visible in the aggregate to the unassisted
eye. An animal thus seized, therefore, becomes a
centre to a crowd of infusoria, multitudes of which
must be constantly drawn into the tentacular vortex
and swallowed by the Polyzoon.
Besides the marine ge-
nera above described,
there are many forms of
animals, belonging to this
class, that abound in our
fresh waters. These
Fluviatile Polyzoa are to
be met with in ponds and
streams, adherent to any
foreign bodies that may
I be casually submerged.
' Thus, they are found at-
tached to stones at the
bottom of the water, up-
on shells, upon leaves
more especially those of
the water-lily and the bis-
tort upon floating wood,
and upon the stems of
various plants. In order
to examine these beauti-
ful organisms in a living state, it is only necessary to
allow the leaf, or other substance to which they are
attached, to remain for some little time undisturbed
in a glass of clear water, when they will be soon seen
spreading forth their beautiful tentacula, as they pro-
trude from their delicate cells ; and by frequently
changing the water they may be kept alive for
months, affording objects of continual interest for
microscopical observation.
When thus examined, it will be seen that the fresh-
TUNICATA. 249
water Polypes differ from the marine species in the
arrangement of their tentacula. In the latter, as
we have seen in Bowerbankia (Fig. 185), the tentacles
are disposed in an uninterrupted series around the
mouth, so as to resemble a funnel, whereas in the
fresh-water species, they are arranged in a crescentie
or horse-shoe-shaped series (Fig. 187).
CHAPTER XV.
SECOND CLASS OF MOLLUSCA.
TUNICATA.*
THE name of this class is derived from the circum-
stance that the animals belonging to it are enclosed
in a tough, gristly or leathery bag, the lower
extremity of which is generally affixed to some
extraneous substance, such as a stone, a shell, or a
piece of wood ; while above it is provided with two
orifices, one appropriated to the entrance, the other
to the discharge of the surrounding water.
Various are the forms under which these creatures
present themselves to the naturalist; from among
FlG. 188. EXTERNAL FORM OF ASCIDIA.
* Tunica, a coat, so called because they are enclosed in a leathery
looking tunic.
M 3
250
TUNICATA.
which we will select one of the simplest for special
description.
The Ascidians (Ascidia)* (Fig. 188) are met with
everywhere in abundance on the shores of the ocean,
but very generally are passed unnoticed by the
casual observer. In their natural condition, they
are found fixed to the surfaces of rocks, seaweed, or
other submarine bodies, and frequently glued to-
gether in bunches. Incapable of locomotion, and
deprived of any external organs of sense, few animals
seem more helpless and apathetic than these ap-
parently shapeless beings ; and the anatomist is sur-
FlG. 189. DIAGRAM OF STRUCTURE OF ASCEOIAN.
* a<7/cJs, askos, a leather bag.
TUNICATA. 251
prised to find how remarkably the beauty and delicacy
of their internal structure contrast with their rude
external appearance. When we consider the im-
moveable condition of an Ascidian, and its absolute
want of any prehensile instruments with which to
seize prey, it is by no means easy to conjecture how
it is able to subsist ; neither is the structure of the
mouth itself, nor the strange position that it occupies,
at all calculated to explain this part of their economy.
Their mouth is, in fact, situated at the bottom of a
wide bag, into which the surrounding water is freely
admitted. The internal surface of the bag is densely
covered with cilia, which, in the living animal, are
constantly in a state of rapid vibration, hurrying along
whatever substances, alive or dead, may be brought
into the body with the external element, and pouring
them into the mouth, when they are immediately
swallowed. Many forms of Tunicated Mollusca are
met with in the seas of tropical latitudes, which,
although allied to the Ascidians in the main points
of their economy, differ from them in some particulars
that require notice.
The Salpians (Salpde) are some of them so trans-
parent that their presence in even a small quantity
of sea water is not easily detected, Their body is
FlG. 190. SALPA MAXIMA.
oblong, and open at both ends, the posterior opening
being very wide, and furnished with a valve so dis-
posed that water is freely admitted, but cannot again
252 TUNICATA.
be expelled through the same channel ; so that, being
forced, by the contraction of the body, in powerful
gushes from the opposite end, it not only supplies
materials for food and respiration, but impels the
delicate animal through the water in a backward
direction.
A very remarkable feature in the history of these
creatures is, that many species are found swimming
together adhering to each other, in long chains, and,
what is still more strange, such aggregated animals
give birth to solitary individuals of different ap-
pearance, which, in their turn, produce concatenated
forms, so that a young Salpian does not at all resemble
its mother or its daughter, but is the counterpart
of its grandmother or its granddaughter.
The prodigious multitudes in which these creatures
exist, may be gathered from the following extract :
" Between the Cape and St. Helena, for many
degrees and in bright, breezy weather, the ship
passed through vast layers of sea water, so thronged
with Salpse (8. mueronata) as to present the con-
sistence of jelly. These layers extended for several
miles in length ; what their vertical limits were it
was impossible to discover. They appeared to extend
deep, Each of these SalpsD measured about half an
inch in length ; but so close was their aggregation,
that by a sudden plunge of an iron-rimmed tow-net,
half the cubic contents, from which the water had
drained, consisted of nothing but one gelatinous
pulp." Voyage of Sir James Boss.
Other Ascidians are aggregated together into still
more complex assemblages.
The Pyrosoma (Pyrosoma*}, for example, is of this
description. Its body is made up of multitudes of
Ascidians so joined together as to form a hollow-
cylinder open at one end, but closed at the other.
The cylinder thus constructed is rowed about in the
sea by the combined contractions and expansions of
all the animals composing it ; and as it moves along,
* 7ri>f>, pyr, fire ; a-upa, soma, a lody.
TUNICATA.
253
emits, at night, a most brilliant phosphorescent light,
whence the derivation of the name by which it is
distinguished. Nothing can exceed the dazzling
splendour and brilliant colours exhibited by these
floating cylinders colours passing rapidly from a
dazzling red to saffron, to orange, to green, and to
FlG. 191. PYROSOMA.
azure, and thus reflecting every ray into which the
prism divides the light, or which is exhibited by the
heavenly bow.
If when walking on the sea-shore, about low- water
mark, we turn over large stones, or look under pro-
jecting eaves of rock, we are almost sure to see
translucent, jelly-like masses of various hues of orange,
purple, yellow, blue, grey, and green, sometimes
nearly uniform in tint, sometimes beautifully varie-
gated, and very frequently pencilled as if with stars
of gorgeous device, now encrusting the surface of
the rock, now depending from it in icicle-like pro-
jections. These are
Compound Ascidians. A tangle or broad-leaved fucus
torn from its rocky bed, or gathered on the sands,
where the waves have cast it, will show us similar
bodies, mostly star-figured, investing its stalks, wind-
ing amongst its roots, or clothing with a glairy coat
the expanse of its foliated extremities. If we keep
some of these in a vessel of sea water, we find they
lie as apathetic as sponges, giving few symptoms
254 CONCHIFERA.
of vitality. A closer and microscopic inspection,
however, will soon show us currents in the water sur-
rounding them, streams rejected from their apertures,
and water rushing in, indicating that, however torpid
the creature may appear externally, all the machinery
of life, the respiratory wheels and circulatory pumps,
are hard at work in its numerous recesses. The
FIG. 192. COMPOUND ASCIDIAX. STARRY BoiRYLLus .* a, natural size; b, one
of the composite stars magnified.
whole mass, in fact, is composed of an aggregation
of minute Ascidians, conjoined in elegant microscopic
groups, all constructed upon the same plan as that
described above, and all actively employed in taking in
and ejecting the currents that bring them nutriment.
CHAPTEK XVI.
THIRD CLASS OF MOLLUSCA.
CONCHIFERA.t
THE inhabitants of bivalve shells constitute a very
numerous and important class. Encased in dense
and massive coverings, of such construction as to
preclude the possibility of their maintaining more
than a very imperfect intercourse with the external
world, and deprived even of the means of communi-
cation with each other, we might naturally expect
their organization to correspond in its general feeble-
ness with the circumscribed means of enjoyment, and
* &6rpvs, botrys, a bunch of grapes.
f Concha, a shell ; fero, I carry.
CONCHIFERA. 255
limited capabilities of locomotion allotted to them.
Numerous species are, from the period of their birth,
firmly cemented to the rock that gives them support,
as is familiarly exemplified by the common Oyster,
or, else, as the Mussels anchor themselves securely,
by unyielding cables of their own construction. The
Scallop unattached, but scarcely better adapted for
changing its position, rudely flaps together the
valves of its expanded shell, and thus, by repeated
jerks, succeeds in effecting a retrogressive movement ;
while the Cockles, destined to burrow in the sand,
are furnished with a tongue-like foot, by means of
which they dig holes, wherein they lie concealed, or
crawl, or even leap about upon the shore. Many, as
the Pholades, penetrate the solid rocks, and stones,
and excavate therein the caverns they inhabit, or,
as in the instance of the Teredo, with dangerous
industry, bore into the bottoms of ships, or submerged
wood of any description, and silently destroy, by their
perfidious ravages, the piers or dikes that human
labour has erected. The general structure of these
animals may be readily understood by examining
any of the species common in our markets. We
will select
The Scallop (Pecten) for special description. On
FIG. 193. SCALLOP.
256 CONCHIFERA.
opening the shells of the Scallop, we see, inside
each valve, first a thin and transparent membrane
enclosing the entire animal. This is the mantle.
Its edges are thickened and surrounded with a fringe
of very sensitive fleshy filaments ; they are likewise
studded with glands that secrete a colouring matter
exactly agreeing with the tints on the exterior of the
shell, which they assist in ornamenting. Between
the leaves of the mantle are placed the branchiae, or
gills, always four in number, formed of fringes
pointing outwards, and free at their outer edges, so
as to float loosely in the surrounding water. The
mouth is placed between the two innermost gills at
the point where they unite ; it is a simple orifice,
guarded by four thin and sensitive lips. Between
the layers of the mantle is enclosed a fleshy organ,
something resembling a tongue in its structure ; this,
though small in the Scallop, becomes in many genera
of large dimensions, and assumes functions of great
importance and interest. At the hinge or point
where the two shells are united, there is a very
elastic substance, the resiliency of which tends to
force them apart. To counteract this, a stout, com-
pact, and very powerful muscle proceeds from near
FlG. 194. VENUS CHIONE.
the centre of one valve to tlyit of the other, which,
by its contraction, draws them together, and keeps
them closed. When the animal wishes to open its
shell, it relaxes this muscle, and the elastic ligament
CONCHIFEEA. 257
previously in a state of compression, forces them
asunder. It is the contractile power of this muscle
which renders it so difficult to open an oyster ; the
inserted knife cuts through the muscle, and it opens
immediately. In a great majority of the Conchifera,
there are two of these muscles placed far apart, as in
the common Mussel. The hinge also, in many, is
much more complicated, presenting a curious array of
notches, and teeth, depressions and elevations that
lock into each other.
FlG. 195. SPINED VENtJS
In genera so constructed the ligament is placed
upon the outside of the hinge, and opens the shell by
its contraction, not by its expansion.
Whoever for a moment reflects upon the arrange-
ment of the branchial apparatus, and the position of
the mouth, consisting, as it does, of a simple aperture
unprovided with any prehensile organs, must perceive
that there are two circumstances connected with the
economy of a conchiferous Mollusk, and those not of
secondary importance, by no means easily accounted
for. It is, in the first place, absolutely essential to
the existence of these animals that the element in
immediate contact with the respiratory surfaces
should be renewed as rapidly as it becomes de-
teriorated, or suffocation would inevitablv be the
258 CONCHIFERA.
speedy result. Secondly, it is natural to inquire how
is food conveyed into the mouth ? for in an animal,
itself fixed and motionless, quite deprived of any
means of seizing prey, or even of protruding any
part of its body beyond the margins of its abode, it
is not easy to imagine by what procedure a due
supply of nutriment is procured.
Wonderful, indeed, is the elaborate mechanism
employed to effect the double purpose of renewing
the respired fluid, and feeding the helpless in-
habitant of these shells. Every filament of the gill-
fringe examined under a powerful microscope, is
found to be covered with countless cilia, in constant
vibration, causing, by their united efforts, powerful
and rapid currents, which, sweeping over the entire
surface of the gills, hurry towards the mouth what-
ever floating animalcules or nutritious particles may
be brought within the limits of their action, and thus
bring streams of nutritive atoms to the very aperture
through which they are conveyed to the stomach,
the lips and labial fringes acting as sentinels to admit,
or refuse entrance, as the matter supplied be of a
wholesome or pernicious character. So energetic,
indeed, is the ciliary movement over the entire extent
of the branchial organs, that if any portion of the
gills be cut off with a pair of scissors, it immediately
swims away, and continues to row itself in a given
direction, as long as the cilia upon its surface continue
their mysterious movements.
CONCHIFEBA.
259
The Conchifera may be classed in accordance with
the following Table :
[Having the mantle open, and without tubes or OSTRACEA
special apertures Oysters.
Open in front and having]
but one separate aperture I MYTILACEA.
for the escape of effete | Mussels,
matter J
Not p r o-
longed so
as to. form
tubes. The
mantle
Closed and pierced by three'
apertures, the first of
which serves for thet
passage of the foot, the!
second for respiration, j
and the third for the exit
of excrementitious mate- 1
rials J
CHAMACEA.
Clams.'
Prolonged so
as to form
tubes. The
mantle
Open in front and present- j CARD I ACE A,
ing two tubes behind . j Cockles.
Closed and having in front
or below only a single
opening forthe passageof
the foot, and two tubes!
behind
INCLUSA,
Borers.
The first family of the Conchifera includes Oysters
(Ostracea) ; these have no foot, and the mantle is
entirely open; the shell is irregular, thick and
foliated, and is generally fixed to some foreign body
by the outer surface of one valve. The hinge is
toothless, and the ligament is internal.
The Common Oyster. " The living luxury " is too
well known to need description.
The Tree Oyster (Ostrea arborea), which in Africa is
met with clinging in clusters to the exposed roots of
the mangrove-trees that fringe the margin of all the
great rivers in tropical climates, is, according to
Adanson, as delicate and well tasted as our own.
The negroes lop off a branch loaded with the shells,
260
CONCHIFERA.
obtaining, by one stroke of the axe, a large supply,
for if the branch has many offsets, the load will be
enough for any one man to carry.
The File-shells (Lima) usually live at the bottom
of shallow seas, with the valves widely extended and
Fir,. 196. LIMA.
thrown flat back, like the wings of certain butterflies
when basking in the sun ; but when disturbed, they
start up, flap their light shells, and move rapidly
through the water, by a succession of sudden jerks.
CONCHIFERA. 261
The cause of their alarm over, they bring themselves
to an anchor. When many hundreds of these curious
bivalves are seen together in the recesses of clear
pools, surrounded by living branches of parti-coloured
corals, their crimson-spotted mantles and the fringes
around them exhibit a very rich and beautiful
spectacle.
The Scallops (Pecteri) generally attach themselves
to rocks, and sometimes cover extensive banks.
FlG. 197. GREAT SCALLOP.
These bivalves are said to be able to see, and cer-
tain bright spots upon the margin of their mantle
are believed to be eyes ; indeed, one species has been
named, after Juno's watchman, the Argus. Whether
these brilliant pearl -like specks, so strangely situated,
are really instruments of vision is, however, open to
doubt.
The Pearl-shells (Avieula). To this family belongs
the celebrated Pearl-Oyster. Their shells are im-
ported in immense quantities, forming the celebrated
" Mother of Pearl " so much employed in inlaying
cabinet-work, making knife-handles, paper-cutters,
and a thousand other pretty articles.
The Pearl-fishery is principally carried on in the
neighbourhood of Ceylon and in the Persian Gulf.
262
CONCH1FERA.
The Pearl-Oysters are obtained by diving in about
twelve fathoms. Many lives are annually sacrificed
in pursuit of these highly-prized baubles.
The second family of Conchiferous Mollusks com-
prehends
The Mussels (Mytilacea), all of which are furnished
with a foot, enabling them to creep about, and by
its assistance they construct a cable composed of
horny threads, called Byssus, whereby they attach
themselves to rocks.
FlG. 198. ANIMAL OF MUSSKL.
The Wing-Shells (Pinna) are remarkable for the
fineness of their byssus. When mingled with about a
third of real silk it is sometimes spun, and manu-
factured into gloves, &c., but they are merely objects
of curiosity.
CONCHIPEEA.
263
FIG. 199. PINNA.
The true Mussels (Mytilus) are well known to every-
body ; they frequent mud banks which are uncovered
at low water, are very prolific, and attain their full
growth in a single year. By means of a strong byssus
they fasten themselves to the rocks, where they defy
the violence of the storm. " The mussel is the owl
of the sea," says Charles Lamb ; " Minerva's fish, the
fish of wisdom. He hears the tide roll backwards
and forwards over him twice a day, as the Salisbury
coach goes and returns in eight-and-forty hours ; but
he knows better than to take an outside place on it."
The Eiver Mussels ( Unio) are met with in fresh-
water lakes, rivers, and ponds throughout the whole
world. In some of them pearls are found which are
bright and of exquisite lustre ; formerly, there were
extensive fisheries of them both in Wales and Scot-
land. One taken from the river Conway, in North
Wales, is to this day honoured with a place in the
royal crown of England.
The third family of Conehifera embraces
The Clams (Chamacea), in which the two sides of
264 CONCHIFERA.
the mantle are conjoined so as to leave three
apertures, through one of which the " foot " is pro-
truded ; a second is for the entrance and expulsion of
FIG. 200. MUSSELS.
the water required for respiration, while through the
third effete materials are rejected. These two last
openings are not prolonged into a tube or respiratory
syphon. To this family belong
The Clam Shells (Tridacne), the giants of the bivalve
race ; they live attached by their byssus to rocks,
shells, and corals. The valve of a large individual
forms a very picturesque basin for catching the clear
falling water of a fountain, which flows prettily
through its deeply indented edges. In Koman
Catholic countries the valves of this huge shell are
sometimes employed as "benitiers," or vessels for
containing holy water. A pair so used may be seen
in the church of St. Sulpice, in Paris, which weigh
five hundred pounds, and are more than two feet
across. Specimens attain even larger dimensions
than these, and are the largest shells known. The
byssus is so thick, and its attachment to the rock
CONCHIFERA.
265
so strong, that it is frequently necessary to cut it
with a hatchet in order to obtain the animal.
FlG. 201. CLAM SHFLL.
These are the shells alluded to by Captain Flinders, who observes :
" Many enormous cockles were scattered upon different parts of the
reef. At low water this cockle seems most commonly to lie half
open ; but frequently opens with much noise, and the water within
the shells then spouts up into a stream three or four feet high. It
was from this noise, and the spouting of the water, that we discovered
them, for in other respects they were scarcely to be distinguished
from the coral rock. A number of these cockles were taken on
board the ship, and stewed in the coppers, but they were too rank
to be agreeable food, and were eaten by few."
The fourth family of Conchiferous Mollnsks em-
braces
The Cockles (Cardiacea). These are distinguished
by the mantle being open in front, and, moreover, by
having two separate apertures, one serving for respir-
ation and the other for the discharge of effete mate-
rials : these are prolonged into two tubes (Fig. 202),
which are sometimes distinct from each other, but oc-
casionally conjoined; and, as a general rule, those
species provided with long tubes burrow into mud or
sand. As examples of this family, we may instance
266 CONCHIFERA.
FlG. 202. TELLINA.
The Common Cockle (Cardium), met with upon
sandy shores in great abundance, where, under the
name of "red noses," they constitute an important
article of food. In the Cockles " the foot " is an
organ of considerable size, assuming all sorts of
shapes. Sometimes it is used for burrowing, for
which it is admirably adapted. The animal lengthens
the foot into a wedge, which it thrusts deep into the
sand, and then, turning the end into the shape of a
hook, and thus acquiring a hold, it drags itself down,
and becomes buried so deeply, that only the pro-
jecting ends of the tubes, through which it breathes,
are visible. By an opposite process, bending the end
of the foot, and pushing against the sand, at the
bottom of its hole, the shell is again extruded.
At the bottom of the water the cockle can also move
with considerable speed, by pushing with its foot
against the ground as a ferryman poles his boat
across a river. Nor is this all ; for by stiffly bending
the same wonderful organ, and letting it go by a
sudden spring-like extension, some species can bound
into the air and jump about with considerable
activity. To this group belong the beautiful Venus
shells (Fig. 195), the Mactrte, and a host of others
of similar conformation.
The fifth family of Conchiferous Mollusks has
received the name of
CONCHIFERA. 267
Inclusa (Enclosed), the animals having the margins
of the mantle, with the exception of a single opening
for the passage of the foot, completely united, so as
FlG. 203. THE SANDGAPER.
to form a double tube, the end of which can be pro-
truded to a considerable distance from the shell, that
gapes more or less widely to give it passage. They
almost all of them live buried in the sand, or else
they bore into mud or even into the solid rock. To
this family belong
The Razor-shells (Solen)* usually found in the sand,
which they penetrate with their powerful foot. They
are much valued for their excellence as articles of
food. When properly cooked (broiling is the best
method), they are by some thought to be superior
to any other shell-fish. They lie in their holes
nearly in a vertical position, and move up and down
in their burrows, sometimes rising to the surface as if
to see what is going on in the world above. When
the tide goes out they sink deeper. The fishermen
then endeavour to tempt them out, as little boys
would catch birds if they could, by putting salt on
their tails. The salt irritates the extremity of their
siphons, and the Solen rises suddenly to get rid of
the nuisance. The vigilant human enemy watches
the moment, and seizes the opportunity and the
* \V solen, a tube.
N 2'
268
CONCHIFERA.
Solen if he can catch it ; but unless very quick in
his movements, those .of the Solen may be quicker,
and once aware of the impending danger, the sen-
sible shell-fish will not come up again, but submits
FlG. 204. ANIMAL OF RAZOR-SHELL,
patiently to be salted alive rather than run the risk
of being caught and roasted, or else cut up for a bait.
Professor EDWARD FORBES.
The Stone-borers (Saxieava)*. These shell-fish
generally bore in limestone rocks. Wherever we
have a sea-coast of mountain limestone, the substance
of the rock is almost invariably riddled by them.
Some years ago it was discovered that the whole
front of the Plymouth breakwater had been attacked
by these excavators, and great alarm was excited for
its safety. Luckily they do not drive their tunnels
* Saxum, a stone ; cavo, to scoop, to ~bore through.
CONCHIFERA. 269
more than six inches deep, so that unless there be a
Fro. 205. SAXICAVA.
new surface exposed by the destruction of the per-
forated part, there is not much danger to be appre-
hended from them.
The Pholades* are likewise borers. They excavate
Fir;. 206. PHor.ADi-'S.
evw> pholeuo, to lie in a liole.
270 CONCHIFERA.
for themselves the dens in which they reside, in stone,
clay, wood, or other substances, and in these exca-
vations they live a sedentary life. Their shell is
generally thin and brittle, but it is extremely hard,
and covered externally with file-like teeth, that
seem to constitute the tools employed in their boring
operations.
The Ship-worm (Teredo)* well characterized by
Linnaeus as the " calamitas navium," seems to have
been specially appointed by Providence for the re-
moval of floating timber, which otherwise, by its
accumulation, might impede the navigation of the
sea. The mantle is excessively lengthened into a
sort of tube, while the valves are minute, so that
the appearance of these bivalves is rather that of
a Worm than of a Mollusk. It bores holes in all
directions through wood lying in the sea, lining
FlG. 207. SHIP- WORM AND ITS SHELL.
the interior of its excavations with a shelly crust.
The piles of piers and wharves, the gates of docks,
and the bottoms of ships are soon riddled and pierced
by these' animals, insomuch that serious fears have
been more than once entertained for the safety of
* repecy, tereo, to bore.
BEACHIOPODA. . 271
Holland, from their destructive attacks upon the wood
of the flood-gates and dykes. A few weeks' immer-
sion of a piece of fir-wood suffices to enable the
Teredo to bore it through and through, and even the
hardest oak is not able to resist this formidable de-
stroyer.
CHAPTER XVII.
FOURTH CLASS OF MOLLUSCA.
BRACHIOPODA.*
THIS is a very limited group, the members of which
might readily be supposed at first sight to belong to
the ordinary bivalves described in the last chapter.
They are contained within a pair of shells, more or less
resembling those of the common cockle. One shell,
FJG. 208. FIGURE OF BRACHIOPOD.
however, is larger and more convex than the other,
and is generally pierced with a hole near the hinge.
The shells are for the most part fixed to some rock
or other object by a fleshy stalk, but in one genus
(Orbicula) the lower valve itself is cemented to the
rock.
* /3pax*W, bracliion, an arm ; TTOUS, TroSos, pous, podos, a foot
arm-footed.
272 BRACH10PODA.
On opening the shell the structure of the enclosed
Mollusk is at once seen to differ widely from that of
the Scallop and all the Conchiferous class. On each
side of the mouth, which is placed at the bottom of
the fold of the mantle, extends a fleshy arm, fringed
with long cilia. In some species, these arms are of
great length, and can be protruded from the shells
to a considerable distance, or retracted into elegant
spiral folds at the pleasure of the animal.
The most obvious function attributable to the tentacular arms is
that of procuring food ; for being otherwise deprived of prehensile
instruments, without some adequate mechanism these helpless crea-
tures, imprisoned in their shelly covering, and fixed in one locality,
would be utterly unable to obtain nourishment necessary for their
support. The contrivance for this purpose is found in the arms,
which, covered by cilia, produce powerful currents in the surrounding
water, and these, being directed towards the mouth as to a focus,
FlO. 209. SHELLY FRAMEWORK OF BRACHTOPOD.
hurry down the throat of the animal whatever nutritive particles
may happen to be in the neighbourhood. The muscles supplied for
closing the shell in the Conchifera are never more than two in number,
and these pass immediately from one valve to the other : in the Brachio-
pods, on the contrary, the muscular system is very complicated, no fewer
than six pairs being provided either to act upon the valves or to
move the animal upon its pedicle. Their shells, moreover, contain
a complex framework for the support of the arms (Fig. 209). Seeing,
therefore, tli at these creatures differ from all other bivalves in almost
every part of their structure, there can be little doubt of the pro-
priety of considering them as forming a distinct class.
GASTEROPODA. 273
CHAPTER XVIII.
FIFTH CLASS OF MOLLUSCA.
GrASTEKOPODA.*
The Gasteropod Mollusks are so named on account
of the peculiarity of their locomotive apparatus. The
inferior surface of the body is spread out into a broad
fleshy disk or foot, on which the animal crawls with
an uniform gliding motion. The back is covered
more or less completely with a mantle, which in the
great majority of species secretes a shell. In some, '
as in several of our native slugs, the shell is very
FlG. 210. VOLUTE CRAWLING.
small, and is concealed within the substance of the
short mantle. But in general, as in the Snail and
the Whelk, the shell is capacious, capable of receiving
and concealing the whole body. The form is com-
monly that of a long cone, twisted in a spiral manner
upon itself.
The innumerable species belonging to this extensive
class are distributed by Cuvier under several orders
distinguished by the structure and position of their
organs of respiration, as in the following tabular
arrangement :
, gaster, t lie belly ; TTOVS, i\ o$6s, pous, podos, a foot.
N 3
274
GASTEROPODA.
GASTEROPODA.
275
The Air-breathing Gasteropods (Pulmonifera *) of
which the Slug and the Snail are familiar examples,
respire atmospheric air, which is alternately drawn
into and expelled from, a cavity lined with a most
delicate net-work of blood-vessels: this respiratory
organ opens externally on the right side of the body,
near the margin of the shel], below the collar of the
mantle. Some are terrestrial, others live in streams
or in sluggish stagnant waters, some are shelled,
others are naked.
The Terrestrial Air-breathing Gasteropods are at
once recognizable by their four tentacula or horns,
as they are commonly called. These appendages are
retractile, and the upper pair have eyes at their ex-
tremities. The mouth is armed with a broad cutting
tooth, and a wonderfully-constructed tongue, studded
with innumerable microscopic teeth. Some are only
provided with an internal shell, while others have an
external shell spirally twisted.
The Slugs (Limax) are without any apparent shell ;
FlG. 211. SNAILS AM> SLUGS.
Pulmo, a lung ; fero, to carry.
276 GASTEROPODA.
their mantle is a fleshy disk scarcely separated from
the rest of the skin, and only occupies the forepart
of the back, where it covers the pulmonary cavity.
It often encloses in its thickness a small flat shelly
plate. These animals are herbivorous ; they feed
principally upon young plants, fruits, mushrooms,
&c., and are most voracious towards evening.
During the heat of the day they remain concealed
under stones, or beneath some heap of half-decayed
leaves, or even in the earth, and they seldom, come
out except in the morning and evening when the air
is humid ; they are especially abundant after rain.
During the cold season they bury themselves in the
ground and remain torpid.
The Snails (Helix) have a complete and apparent
shell. Their structure differs very little from that of
the Slugs, and their habits are nearly the same. In
summer they are very voracious and destructive, but
FlO. 212. GARDEN SNAIL.
in autumn they eat little. On the approach of
winter they retire into some hole and draw them-
selves into their shell, shutting up the aperture^with
a kind of door secreted by the edge of the mantle.
The species of Snails are very numerous ; they are
found in all parts of the world.
The Aquatic Air-breathing Gasteropods have but two
GASTEROPODA. 277
tentacles ; their mode of respiration obliges them
to come frequently to the surface of the water to
breathe. They consequently
cannot keep at great depths,
and ordinarily reside in fresh
waters or near the mouths of /
rivers.
The Pond Snails (Limnteus),
common in every pond, live upon ^
vegetables and the seeds of water- FIG. 2i3.-LiMN.Eus AURICU-
plants, and for this purpose are
provided with a strong muscular gizzard.
The Flat Coils (Planorbis) are recognised by their
shells being rolled up spi-
rally in the same plane,
like a French horn. Their
habits are similar to those
of the Pond-snails, of which
they are the constant com-
panions. Their presence
in an aquarium is useful,
inasmuch as they destroy
voraciously the green conferva^, that otherwise are
apt to accumulate on the sides of the glass,
ORDER PECTINIBRANCHIATA.*
The Comb-gilled Gasteropods (Pedinibranchiata) con-
stitute by far the most numerous order of the class.
They are so called because they breathe by means
of gills disposed in the form of a comb, and arranged
in one or two rows suspended from the interior of a
chamber or cavity, situated in the last- formed or
most capacious whorl of the shell, and communicating
with the surrounding element by means of a wide
channel or tube called the siplion. The multitudinous
species of marine Mollusca that inhabit spiral or
univalve shells belong to this order. Many of them
have a shelly or horny plate attached to the hinder
part of their body called the operculum: this .accu-
* Pecten. a comb ; branchiae, aills fimnh-n
278 GASTEROPODA.
rately fits the orifice of the shell, to which it serves
as a door, when the animal withdraws into its habi-
tation.
FlG. 215. THE WHELK, SHOWING ITS OPERCCLUM.
All the Pectinibranchiate Mollusks have two ten-
tacles and two eyes, sometimes supported on special
foot-stalks. Their mouth is in the form of a tube or
proboscis, capable of being protruded by a very
peculiar mechanism, and furnished at its extremity
with a kind of file, by the aid of which they bore
through the shells of other Mollusca, notwithstanding
the massiveness of the defensive armour of their
victims. Their eggs are very numerous, and are
generally enclosed in cases of complicated form and
very curious structure.
The beauty, and more especially the rarity, of
the shells of many species have often caused them to
bear a very high adventitious value. The elegant
Chinese shell, known as the Royal Staircase or
Wentle-trap, derived its specific name (Scalaria pre-
tiosa) from the high price at which large and fine
specimens were sold. One was purchased in France
4'f\-w* n T-i-it- /^t/-v/l f\/-\-i-iTiH o o-f iYl in nc cmrl in T-T.-n rvln-n/1
GASTEROPODA. 279
from twenty to thirty pounds have been given for a
good specimen. The shell is now far from, rare, and
shillings take the place of pounds in the purchase.
FlG. 216. THE VVKXTLK-TRAP.
The Violet Shells (Jantliind), in their external
appearance, very much resemble our garden snails,
and are not furnished with an operculum. Instead
of this, however, they possess a very curious appara-
tus attached to their rudimentary foot, composed of ,
a substance resembling horny froth, that serves as a
float, whereby they are sustained at the surface of
the sea, and to which as to a raft the Janthina fastens
its eggs. These Mollusks are common in the Medi-
terranean : on touching them they emit a violet-
coloured fluid that dyes the water around them of a
deep purple colour.
The Cone Shells (Conus) (Fig. 217) are remarkable
for their conical shape and the flatness of their spire,
as well as for the extraordinary beauty and brilliancy
of their colours. These shells, in Africa, in regions
far from the sea, are considered of as great value as
the Lord Mayor's badge is in London, and are so
highly prized as evidences of distinction, that for
two of them a slave may be bought, and five would
be considered a handsome price for an elephant's
tusk worth ten pounds.
Pno Pmrrrio RTiolIc ( C^.tiYiwoori \ man IT rvF i-irl-ji/Vli -fnrm
280
GASTEROPODA.
the ornaments of our chimneypieces, and the gems
of our cabinets, are of very peculiar structure. In
the earlier period of their growth they much re-
FIG. 217. TIGER COWRY (Cyprrra Hgris}, HARP (Harpa, ventricosa), AND
CLOTH-OF-GOLI> CONE {Conus textilis).
semble the Cones mentioned above ; but when they
have arrived at a certain size, the mantle of the
contained Mollusk spreads over tlie entire external
surface and covers it with a porcellanous coat quite
FlG. 218. YOUNG COWRIE.
FlG. 219. MONEY COWRIE, ADULT.
different in colour from the original shell, and this,
joined to the changed appearance of the opening,
might cause the adult to be mistaken for a different
sDecies.
GASTEROPODA. 281
The Cowrie shells are employed by Asiatic island-
ers to adorn their dress, to weight their fishing-nets,
and for barter. Specimens of them were found by Dr.
Layard in the ruins of Nimroud. The Money cowrie
(Cyprsea monetd) is used as money by the Africans :
hundreds of tons are imported to Liverpool and ex-
ported for barter.*
The Harp-shells (Harpa) are recognisable by the
prominent ribs upon their surface, the last of which
forms the marginal border. These shells are very
beautiful ; the animal (Fig. 217.) is furnished with a
large foot, broad in front, and pointed posteriorly ; its
tentacles are provided with eyes situated near their
bases ; it has no operculum.
The Helmet-shells (Cassis) are of an oval shape,
FlG. 220. < ASSIS TUBKUOSA.
* From a coarse comparison of the Cowrie shells to a pig's back,
they were vulgarly known to the Portuguese as Porcellane (Porcellus,
a little pig). When the beautiful ware known as china was first im-
ported, the resemblance of its glaze to the enamel of the Cowrie
shell caused it to be called "Porcelain."
282 GASTEROPODA.
and have their opening long and narrow. The large
and massive shells of some species are used for the
manufacture of cameos, which are cut out of their
thick substance, as represented in the accompanying
figure (Fig. 220). The subject is worked in relievo in
the white portion or outer table of the shell, while the
inner layer, generally of a pink or reddish-brown
tint, is left for the background.
The Rock-shells (Murex) are ornamented with
spines, rough tubercles, or leafy, frilled, processes,
arranged in a regular but peculiar order. The species
which we have figured (Murex tenuispind) is common
FlG. 221. THORNY WOODCOCK.
in cabinets, and known to collectors by the name of
the Thorny Woodcock.
A purple liquor, capable of producing a rich and
permanent dye, is known to be produced by many
Gasteropods; but various species of the animals in-
habiting these rock shells are pre-eminent for this pro-
perty. Accordingly we are told that they furnished
the first colour which mankind was enabled to fix
permanently on wool and linen. While a certain per-
son, called Hercules, strolled along the shore with his
lady-love and her dog, the latter in its sport mouthed
a shell, which had been tossed up by the waves, and
had his lips coloured by the purple juice. The lady,
enchanted with the beauty of the colour, yearned
for a dress of the same purple, and the wish sufficed
to call into exercise the ingenuity of her lover, who
GASTEKOPODA. 283
succeeded in dyeing her a garment. The Tyrian
purple was perhaps the principal commodity of
Tyre when her "Merchants were princes, and her
traffickers the honourable of the earth."
FlG. 222. GRANULATED TROCHTTS.
The dyeing material is contained in a tube of yellow
or cream-colour that runs diagonally across the body
of the Murex. If this be cut with a sharp pair of
scissors it gives issue to a creamy substance, which is
the colouring fluid. When applied over linen with
a camel-hair brush, the hue is at first a rich " king's
yellow," but changes in a few minutes to a delicate
pea-green. In about an hour, if the weather be
cloudy, it has become of a yellow grass-green,
from which it slowly turns to a blue green, thence to
indigo, then to blue a red tinge now becomes appa-
rent then violet, then a purple, more or less tinged
with red, till at length, after five or six hours, without
direct sunlight, it assumes its final tint, a rather dull
purplish crimson or lake. The direct beams of the
sun greatly hasten the process.
There have been found on the shore near the ruins
of Tyre a number of round holes cut in the solid
rock, varying in size from that of an ordinary metal
pot to that of a large boiler. Within these, and on
the beach, were a great number of shells broken
apparently by design. It is hence supposed that the
animals were pounded in these mortars for the
284 GASTEKOPODA.
purpose of extracting the colouring fluid, especially as
Pliny describes this as being the mode in which the
dye was obtained. The shells, when examined,
proved to be those of Murex trunculus, still found
abundantly on the neighbouring beach.
The Stromb-shells (Strombus) have the siphonal
canal straight, or inflected towards the right side.
The external border of the opening of these shells
expands with age, and sometimes spreads out into
FIG. 223. PELICAN'S FOOT STROM BUS.
long, finger-like prolongations, so that, when they
arrive at maturity, their form is very different from
that of the young. Some species belonging to
this carnivorous genus are also remarkable for their
great size, as, for example, the common Conch-shell
(Strombus gigas] of the West Indies, valued as a
chimneypiece ornament on account of its striking
appearance, and the beautiful rosy hue of its interior.
OKDER TUBCJLIBRANCHIATA.*
In this order of Gasteropods the shell takes the
form of a tube, more or less irregular in its shape,
but always presenting a spiral contour near its com-
mencement. These tubes very much resemble
those of certain Annelidans (S&ywlffi), with which
they were long confounded. They are generally
found entwined together, and mixed up with coral
beds. As the included animals are thus fixed,
* Tubulus, a tiibe; braachise, gills tube-gilled.
GASTEROPODA. 285
they have no foot ; but that part of their bodies,
which, in ordinary Gasteropods, constitutes the tail,
FlG. 224. VERMETUS.
is bent forwards until it reaches beyond the head,
where it swells out into a protuberance furnished
with a thin operculurn ; this serves as a door where-
with to close the entrance of the tube when the
animal retreats into its shelter. The head of these
Mollusks is provided with two tentacula of moderate
size, at the bases of which the eyes are situated : the
mouth is a simple vertical slit (Fig. 224).
ORDER SCUTIBRANCHIATA.*
The animals belonging to this order have their
shells very widely open, and frequently not at all
spiriform, so that they cover the back, as it were,
with a broad shield.
The Sea-ears (Haliotis) are the most beautiful and
richly ornamented of the group ; their shell is slightly
spiral at its commencement, but rapidly expands, so
* Scutum, a shield ; branchiae, gills shielded-gitts.
286 GASTEKOPODA.
as somewhat to resemble in its shape the human ear,
whence the origin of the name. The circumference
of the foot, and the sides of the head of the living
animal, are decorated with elegant fringes, and the
shell is likewise perforated with a row of apertures
through which gorgeously-coloured filaments are
protruded: these apertures also serve for the free
admission of water to the branchial chamber. The
mouth is a short proboscis.
The Key-hole Limpets (Fissurella) very much re-
FlG. 225. FISSURELLA BETICTTLATA.
semble the common Limpets of our coast, and in like
manner are provided with a plain conical shell,
without any spire, which spreads over the middle of
their back. They differ from the Limpets, however,
in having the shell perforated at its apex for the
purpose of admitting the water into a branchial
chamber in which pectinated gills are lodged.
OKDER TECTIBRANCHIATA. *
The Gasteropods belonging to this order have
their branchiae arranged along the right side of the
body, or on the back ; they are always in the form of
leaflets more or less divided, but not symmetrical :
they are protected by a sort of roof, formed by a
prolongation of the mantle. These animals are for
the most part naked slugs ; but some have a small
shell concealed in the mantle, and others have a
conspicuous one of considerable size : we select as an
example of this order
* Tectus, covered ; branchiae, gills covered-gitts.
GASTEROPODA. 287
The Sea-Hares (Aplysia) frequently found in
fishermen's nets. When captured and put into a
vessel of water, they have the power of discharging,
FlG. 226. SEA-HARE.
in great abundance, a fluid of a rich purple hue,
which quickly diffuses its colour through the water.
The Sea-Hare is a harmless creature that lives en-
tirely upon seaweeds and fuci ; nevertheless, it was
formerly dreaded as a most potent poison, and strange
tales are told of the atrocities committed by its
agency.
ORDEK INFEROBRANCHIATA.*
These Gasteropods very much resemble Slugs in
their general appearance, but their branchiao con-
sist of leaflets arranged like a fringe, along both sides
of the body, protected by the border of the mantle,
which is of a leathery texture, and without any shell :
their mouth is a little proboscis, provided on each
side with a short tentacle (Fig. 227).
* Inferus, below ; branchiae, gills gills situated at the under part
of the body.
288
GASTEROPODA.
FlG. 227. PHYLLIDIA.
ORDER CYCLOBRANCHIATA.*
In this order the gills consist of a series of laminae
or pyramidal appendages, extending quite round
the body beneath the edge of the mantle (Fig. 228).
It embraces
The Limpets (Patellae), the appearance of which is
well known to every sea-side visitor.
FIG. 228. LIMPET.
* KUK\OS, cuclos, a circle ; branchiae, gills.
GASTEROPODA.
289
The Coat-of-Mail shells (Chiton} are of very remark-
able structure ; their body 'is covered by eight over-
lapping shelly plates, surrounded by a tough leathery
margin, often studded with
little scales or spines or hairs,
under the protection of which
the branchiae are situated.
The flexibility of their ar- ,
mour is such, that they are
enabled to roll themselves
up into a ball, and their head
is quite unprovided either with eyes or tentacula.
ORDER NUDIBRANCHIATA.*
The animals belonging to this order are marine
slugs, unprovided with a shell, and breathing by
means of branchiae, placed upon their backs, and thus
exposed, naked, and unprotected, to the influence of
the surrounding medium (Fig. 230).
Several species of these naked-gilled Mollusca are
common on the British coasts. They exhibit a very
great diversity of form, and an extraordinary variety
FlG. 230. CROWNED EOLIS
of lively and beautiful colours. The gills are con-
tractile into cavities on the surface of the body, and
present, in the living state, jextrernely interesting-
objects, as the animals keep extending and with-
* Nudus, uncovered ; branchiae, gills naked-giUed,
O
290 GASTEROPODA.
drawing them at frequent intervals. In some they
present the appearance' of flowers, as in "Doris
(Fig. 231) ; in others they are arborescent, or tree-
FlG. 231. HORNED DORIS.
like, or feathered like an ostrich-plume ; and in some
they are disposed in rows, on the sides of the body.
The greater number of these sea-slugs are carnivorous,
and appear to be very voracious. They feed chiefly
upon zoophytes and sponges, some adding to their
bill of fare the gelatinous Medusae, that are found
floating near them, while occasionally they have
been seen devouring other Nudibranchs.
The spawn of the Nudibranchiate Gasteropod is
deposited in the shape of a gelatinous band, always
FlG. 232 TRITON IA HOMBERGI.
arranged in a more or less spiral form, and fastened
by one of its edges to*Corallines or the under surface
of a stone. The eggs are minute and very numerous,
~o *
GASTEROPODA. 291
amounting in some species to several thousands.
Before the period of exclusion, the young may be seen
revolving by means of vibratile cilia, and on escaping
from the egg, they swim about freely in the water by
the same means. The embryo is extremely minute,
FlG. 233. YOUNG OF EOLIS.
and looks more like a Rotifer than a Mollusk ; more-
over, to add to its extraordinary appearance, it is en-
closed in a transparent Nautilus-like shell, provided
with an operculum.
ORDER HETEROPODA.*
In these Gasteropods, the foot, instead of forming a
flat horizontal sole, has a vertical direction, and
assumes the figure of a compressed fin, which being
moved by its own muscles from right to left, propels
the animal forward, like a sculler who works his
boat with a single oar. In the Carinaria (beautiful
creatures, clear as crystal and painted with the
liveliest colours) this ventral fin is aided in its office
by some subsidiary membranes situated upon the
neck, or near the tail. Combined, they give these
animals a velocity superior to what has been noticed
in any other tribe of Mollusks. They are, indeed,
quite remarkable for their quickness, propelling them-
* eVepos, heteros, of another kind ; ^ovs, iro$6s, pons, podos, a foci.
o 2
292 GASTEROPODA
selves forward or backward, in a straight line or a
curved one, with equal facility. But the Heteropods
FlG. 234. CARINAKIA.
need occasional repose, and a cessation from activity ;
and admirably is the foreseen want provided against.
Where are they to rest? Where fix their anchor
in the world of unstable water around them ? They
are created to live, and are born amidst the fields of
seaweed, which voyagers describe with amazement,
as covering leagues of sea within the tropics ;* and to
enable them to attach themselves to the narrow
leaves of this " gulf weed " (Sargassum), they are
furnished with a small sucker, which, like a cupping-
glass, applied against the surface of the leaf, suspends
them without exertion. This little sucking disk is
situated on the upper and hinder margin of the
fin. DR. JOHNSTON.
* The gulf- weed forms a floating continent. In steering towards
the equator it is usually first observed in fields and islands near the
coast of Madeira, whence it spreads to the Gulf of Mexico, and the
Caribbean Sea. After sweeping round these shores, it escapes by
the Gulf of Florida, whence it progresses towards the Azores.
There is a similar circulation of gulf- weed in the southern hemi-
sphere.
PTEROPODA. 293
CHAPTER XIX,
SIXTH CLASS OF MOLLUSCA.
PTEROPODA.*
THE Pteropoda are of small dimensions, but met
with in astonishing quantities, at certain seasons, in
various parts of the ocean. So numberless, indeed,
are these little beings in those regions where they
are common, that the surface of the sea seems
literally alive with their gambolings ; and thus the
store of provisions necessary to render the waters of
the ocean habitable, for animals of higher grade in
the scale of life, is still further increased. The great
character which distinguishes this class is derived
from the structure of their locomotive apparatus.
This is only adapted for swimming, and consists of
two broad fleshy expansions, attached like a pair of
wings to each side of the neck, forming moveable
fins, by the aid of which these little beings dance
merrily among the foaming waves, now sinking, and
again rising to the surface, until some passing whale,
opening its enormous jaws, engulfs multitudes of
such tiny prey, and terminates their brief existence.
The two wing-like expansions, although they ex-
ternally appear to be separate instruments, are in,
reality but one organ, being made up entirely of
muscular bands that pass right through the neck,
and spread out on each side, in the substance of
the wing, forming an apparatus exactly comparable
to the double-paddled oar with which the Green-
lander so dexterously steers his kajac or canoe
through the very seas inhabited by the little crea-
tures we are describing. We select as examples of
this order
* TTTp6v, pteron, a wing ; -ovs, iro5os, pous, polos, a foot wing-
footed.
294
PTEROPODA.
The Northern Clio (Clio lorealis), an animal not
more than an inch in length (Fig. 235), but of truly
marvellous structure. On each side of the mouth
are three conical appendages that to a superficial
observer appear to be mere fleshy tentacula, but in
reality they are instruments of prehension of un-
paralleled beauty and astonishing construction. Each
of these six appendages when examined with the
naked eye is of a reddish tint; but when examined
under the microscope this colour is found to be
FlG. 235. CYMBULIA AND CLIO.
dependent upon the presence of numerous minute
isolated red specks, every one of which, when still
more highly magnified, is found to be a transparent
cylinder resembling the cell of a sertularia, and
containing within its cavity about twenty suckers
adapted to seize and hold minute prey : the number
of these red specks is calculated to be about three
thousand; so that there are at least (3000x20x6)
PTEROPODA. 295
360,000 of these microscopic suckers upon the head
of one Clio an apparatus for prehension perhaps
unparalleled in the animal creation. When not in
use, the appendages referred to are withdrawn and
concealed by two hood-like expansions that com-
pletely cover and protect the wliole of this delicate
mechanism.
The Limacina helicina (Fig. 28) is another species
found in company with the above, in even still more
innumerable hosts. It does not materially differ
from the Clio in its general structure, but its body
is enclosed in a transparent spiral shell of exquisite
delicacy. This beautiful little Pteropod uses its
shell as a boat, and by means of its wing-like fins
rows itself about on the surface of the water.
The Hyalsea (Fig. 236) is an inhabitant of warmer
FIG. 236. GLASS SHELLS (a. HyalcecL tridentata ; 6. Cleodora pyramidata).
regions ; its shell is somewhat like that of a bivalve
without a hinge, the hinder part being consolidated
and armed with three spines. At the sides are narrow
fissures, through which membranous expansions are
protruded, resembling those of the Clio.
The Cleodora (Fig. 236) is another exceedingly deli-
cate and beautiful example. The shell of this little
creature is of glass-like transparency, very fragile
and somewhat in the form of a triangular pyramid.
The animal in the dark is vividly luminous, and
presents a very striking appearance as it shines
through its pellucid lantern.
" The Pteropods," says Mr. Godwin Austen, " are
296 CEPHALOPODA.
the winged insects of the sea, reminding us, in their
free circular movements and crepuscular habits, of
the gnats and moths of the atmosphere ; they shun
the light, and if the sun is bright you may look in
vain for them throughout the live-long day. It is
only as day declines that their true time begins ; and
thence onwards the watches of the night may be
kept by observing the contents of the towing-net,
as the hours of a summer's day may be by the floral
dial. The Cleodoraz are the earliest risers. As the
sun sets, Hyalsea gibbosa appears, darting about as if
it had not a moment to spare, and indeed its period
is brief, lasting only for the Mediterranean twilight.
Then it is that Hyalsea trispinosa and Cleodora subula
come up. Some species retire early, while others are
to be met with only during the midnight hours, and
in the darkest nights. There are, however, a few of
irregular habits, who manage to keep it up the whole
night through. All, however, are back to their
homes before day surprises them."
CHAPTER XX.
SEVENTH CLASS OF MOLLUSCA.
CEPHALOPODA.*
the strange combination of characters em-
ployed to designate the last and highest order of the
Mollusca, the student will, no doubt, be prepared
to anticipate something remarkable in their habits
and appearance ; nor will his expectations be disap-
pointed.
Their body is enclosed in a muscular sac or bag,
which in many species is provided with fleshy fins
that project on each side. Their head is furnished
with a pair of large staring eyes, and surmounted by
* /ce4>aA^, cephale, the head ; TTOVS, voSbs, pous, podos, a foothead-
footed.
CEPHALOPODA.
297
conical fleshy tentacles, of various length in different
species, but of great strength, capable of being bent
in every direction, and, moreover, armed with suckers
or adhesive disks, whereby they become firmly fixed
to any object embraced in their snake-like folds.
By means of these
"feet" or tentacles, the
animal is enabled to
seize upon its prey, to
walk, and even to
swim. It swims back-
wards, and walks
equally well in any
direction, carrying its
head close to the ground
and its body upwards.
The water taken in for
the purpose of respira-
tion is forcibly ejected
through a fleshy funnel
situated in the front of
its neck. The mouth
is situated in the centre
of the circle of feet,
and is furnished with
two horny jaws, resem-
bling in their shape the
beak of a parrot. With-
in the mouth is a
tongue, studded with
horny spines, whereby
the food is passed into the throat.
These animals are provided with a peculiar inky
fluid of intense blackness, which they are able to
eject in great abundance through the siphonal tube,
thus darkening the surrounding water to a consider-
able distance ; and their skin is endowed with a
capability of changing its colour more remarkable
than even that of the chameleon.
The Cephalopods are cruel and voracious, and from
o 3
FIG. 237. CUTTLE.
298
CEPHALOPODA.
their activity and the various means that they possess
of seizing and of holding their prey, are exceedingly
destructive to fishes and crustaceans around our
coasts.
Their prehensile arms are, in the greater number of
species, provided with suckers, called " Acetabula,"
that act like cupping-
glasses. The mechanism
for producing adhesion
by means of these won-
derful organs is extremely
curious. From the mar-
gin of each cap muscular
fibres converge towards
the centre, at a short dis-
tance from which they
leave a circular aperture ;
behind this is a false
floor that can be raised,
like the piston of a
syringe, and thus produce
a complete vacuum with-
in the cup. So perfect
is this mechanism that,
while the piston continues
raised, it is easier to tear
away the sucker from the arm than to release its hold,
but as soon as the muscular effort raising the piston
ceases, the vacuum produced by its retraction is in
an instant destroyed, and all the suckers detach
themselves.*
Few spectacles are more wonderful than that pre-
* The tenacity of the gripe of the Cephalopod was fully appre-
ciated by Homer, but the beauty of his simile has been but little
understood by his translators : "
" As when the Cuttle-fish enforced forsakes
His rough abode, with his adhesive cups
He gripes the pebbles still ;
So he, Ulysses, with his lacerated grasp,
The crumbled stone retained, when from his hold
The huge wave forced him, and he sank again."
HOMER'S ODYSS. BOOK V.
Fig. 238. STRUCTURE OF SUCKERS
OF CUTTLE-FISH.
CEPHALOPODA,
299
sented by these animals, while alive and free in their
native element ; changing their colours with the ra-
pidity of thought, they dart from place to place with
amazing activity ; some species, indeed, cleave the
water with such rapidity that the eye can scarcely follow
their movements. Sometimes they swim by means of
vigorous flappings of their arms, which are webbed
like the feet of swans. Sometimes they employ their
fleshy fins, or else propel themselves backward by
forcible and repeated ejaculations of water through
the tube or siphon placed in front of their bodies.
Several instances are on record of the occurrence
of Gephalopods of enormous size. Aristotle speaks
of a great Cuttle-fish five fathoms in length. Peron
found in the sea near Tasmania a specimen, the arms
of which measured 6 or 7 inches in diameter. Quoy
and Gaymard collected in the Atlantic, near the
equator, fragments of an enormous mollusk perhaps
of the same kind, whose weight was estimated at
200 Ibs. A Cuttle-fish was cast upon the shores of
Jutland in 1853, the body of which was cut up by
the fishermen for bait, and furnished loads for several
wheel-barrows ; a portion of one of the arms was
as thick as a man's thigh. Fragmentary tentacles
of large proportions are preserved in the Museum
of the iloyal College of Surgeons, and in that of King's
College, in London.
A specimen of gigantic dimensions recently seen
by the crew of a French man-of-war, escaped capture
only by leaving a part of his tail behind him. " On
the 30th November, 1861, the French steamer ' Alec-
ton' being then about 40 leagues, N.E., off Teneriffe,
fell in with a gigantic Cuttle-fish, of a brick-red
colour, disporting himself at the surface of the sea.
He was hit by several bullets, and at last struck with
a harpoon and seized by a cord with a slip knot. At
this moment, however, when every preparation was
being made to secure it, the animal by a violent
effort tore away the harpoon from its soft flesh, and
at the same time the noose slipped down to its caudal
300
CEPHALOPODA.
end where it held, but in hoisting the creature out
of the water, the part thus seized broke off, and only
a fragment, weighing about 46 Ibs., was brought on
board. Both sailors and officers were anxious to
have a boat lowered in order to go in pursuit of the
creature; but the captain, fearing that some harm
might happen to the boat's crew in their struggle
with so novel an opponent, declined, and left the
mutilated Cuttle-fish to its fate. The ship was
brought sufficiently near to enable one of the officers
to make a drawing of it. Its length was 15 or 18 feet,
and its eight arms, covered with suckers, were esti-
mated at 5 or 6 feet long, its beak measured about
a foot and a half across, and its weight was estimated
FlG. 239. POULPE AXD SQUID.
at 2,000 kilogrammes (above 4,000 Ibs.)." Comptes
Rendus, 30th December, 1861.
CEPHALOPODA. 301
The Common Poulpe (Octopus vulgaris), represented
in Fig. 239, will serve to illustrate the general struc-
ture and habits of the class. A single glance at our
engraving, representing one of these animals ensconced
in the entrance of his den, is sufficient to convince us
of the very un amiable character of such a monster.
The giants and ogres of romance were never so fear-
fully armed, or clothed by the wildest fiction with
so terrible an aspect. Eminently carnivorous, vora-
cious, and fierce, these animals feed largely upon
fishes, whose activity and slippery mail would elude
a less effective apparatus than is here provided for
their destruction. Beneath the staring eyes that
indicate the creature's head, are spread eight strong
and fleshy arms, united at their bases by a broad mus-
cular expansion, and furnished upon their under sur-
face with a hundred and twenty pairs of powerful
and tenacious suckers, each of which might be com-
pared to an air-pump in its efficiency and mode of
action. No sooner does the Cuttle-fish, by throwing
out its long flexible arms, bring but a few of its
two thousand suckers in contact with the surface of
its victim, than they adhere with unrelenting perti-
nacity, and the arms are swiftly twined around the
struggling prey, which vainly strives to disengage
itself from so fearful and so fatal an embrace. Their
quickness of sight and the facility with which they
detach their suckers is wonderful. Mr. Broderip
attempted with a hand-net to catch an Octopus
floating by with its long flexible arms entwined round
a fish that it was tearing with its sharp bill. It
allowed the net to approach within a short distance
before relinquishing its prey ; when in an instant it
relaxed its thousand suckers, exploded its inky
ammunition, and rapidly retreated under cover of
the cloud thus occasioned, by rapid and vigorous
strokes of its circular web. These cuttle-fishes
also escape detection by a very extraordinary
chameleon-like power of changing colour. They
appear to vary their tints according to the nature of
302 CEPHALOPODA.
the ground over which they pass. When in deep
water their general shade is brownish purple; but
when placed on land or in shallow water, this dark
tint changes to one of yellowish green. The colour,
examined more generally, is a French grey, with
numerous minute spots of bright yellow. The former
of these varies in intensity, the latter entirely disap-
pears and appears again by turns. These changes
are effected in such a manner, that clouds varying
in tint between a hyacinth-red and a chestnut-brown
are continually passing over the body.
" I was much amused by the various arts to escape
detection used by one individual, which seemed
fully aware that I w r as watching it. Kemaining for
a time motionless, it would then stealthily advance
for an inch or two, like a cat after a mouse, some-
times changing its colour ; it thus proceeded till
having gained a deeper part, it darted away, leaving
a dusky train of ink to hide the hole into which it
had crawled." DARWIN, Voyage of the ' Beagle!
The Calamaries (Loligo}. In the Octopus above
described the arms or tentacles are only eight in
number, and all nearly of equal dimensions ; but in
the Calamaries their number is increased to ten, the
additional pair being lengthened into slender cables,
at the end of which suckers are grouped together
upon flat disks, and thus serve the purpose of
anchors whereby the animal attaches itself to the
rocks, and rides securely in a tempestuous sea.
The general form of the body is comparatively
slender, and towards the hinder extremity is pro-
vided with a pair of broad triangular fins, wherewith
it is enabled to shoot through the water like an
arrow. Imbedded in the fleshy substance of the
back is a long transparent plate of horn, which in
shape bears some resemblance to a pen ; it is to the
presence of this curious support that these animals
are indebted for their name (Calamus, a pen) ; they
are likewise called " pen-fishes."
The Squids (Loligo piscatorum), or as they are
CEPHALOPODA. 303
called by our fishermen, " sleeves," or " hose-fish,"
are of great value as a bait. With these cuttles,
indeed, one half of all the cod taken at Newfound-
land is caught. They occur in vast numbers, at
different times on different coasts, and their large
shoals present a curious appearance. When they
approach, hundreds of vessels are ready for their
capture. At some seasons as many as 400 to 500
sail of English and French ships are engaged in the
Cuttle-fish fishery. During violent gales, hundreds
of tons are often thrown up together in beds on the
flat beaches, the decay of which spreads an intolerable
effluvium around. They are only used for bait, and
instead of nets being employed for their capture,
they are " jigged " by means of an instrument com-
posed of a number of hooks made for the purpose.
The cod is in best condition after having fed on the
Squids. Calamaries are very prolific ; their eggs are
deposited in the form of numerous lengthened bands,
radiating from a common centre, and spreading every
way into a circular form : each egg is of a glassy
transparency, and the young animal may be very
distinctly observed in each many days before the period
of their exclusion. These groups of eggs are often
seen floating on the surface of the sea, and are occa-
sionally thrown on shore. The whole group some-
times measures more than a foot in diameter, and
from its general appearance might easily be mistaken
for a large jelly-fish.
The Hooked Squids (Onyclioteutliis) in their general
form and structure resemble the Calamaries ; but the
suckers, which arm the expanded disks at the end of
their long cable-like arms, are each of them provided
with a strong and sharp hook, composed of horny
substance, that projects backwards, and materially
increases the tenacity of their grasp.
The Cuttle-fishes, properly so called (Sepia), in
addition to the sucker-bearing arms of the Poulpe,
are furnished with the long rope-like appendages of
the Calamary. The shape of the Cuttle is round and
304
CEPHALOPODA.
robust, and its body is furnished with a fleshy fin
running along the entire length of each side.
The Common Cuttle (Sepia officinalis), numerous on
our coasts, is about a foot in length. The colour is
a dirty white, but if examined when alive there may
be observed a sort of net-work of lines of a reddish
or purplish hue playing over the surface, the markings
continually changing their form and position, so as
to cause a great variety of tints to play over the body
of the animal, something like the flickering of a
lambent flame. The changes of colour thus pro-
duced are quite wonderful. "Although common,"
says Mr. Darwin, " in the pools of water left by the
returning tide, these animals are not easily caught.
By means of their long arms and
suckers they can drag their bodies
into very narrow crevices, and when
thus fixed, it requires great force
to remove them. At other times
they dart, tail first, with the rapidity
of an arrow, from one side of the
pool to the other, at the same in-
stant discolouring the water with
a dark chestnut-brown ink.
The shell of the Cuttle-fish, or
Cuttle-bone as it is generally called
(Fig. 240), is a very curious struc-
ture. During life it is enclosed in
a cavity of the mantle, wherein it
CU^K-SHKLL. jj^ qnite looge andunattached . it
is of an oval shape, and so light and buoyant as to
constitute a most elegant float, that doubtless mate-
rially facilitates the movements of this otherwise un-
wieldy animal,
Like all the other naked Cephalopods, the Cuttle
is remarkable for the power of ejecting, in large quan-
tities, a black and inky fluid ; tins is contained in a
bag, variously situated in different species, and can be
spouted out at the will of the animal in surprising
abundance, diffusing an impenetrable cloud that ex-
CEPHALOPODA.
305
tends to a distance of many feet. Under the con-
cealment thus obtained, the Cuttle-fish darts away
from his foes, like one of Homer's heroes, protected by
the interposition of a favouring cloud. This ink, dried
and prepared, is the " sepia " employed by artists.
The eggs of the Sepia are frequently seen on the
sea-beach. They bear no small resemblance to a
bunch of grapes, being accumulated in clusters, ad-
hering to each other by slender foot-stalks ; they are,
moreover, very nearly of the size and colour of that
fruit (Fig. 241).
FlG. 241. CUTTLE-FISH AND EGGS.
About the shores of the Eastern- Mediterranean,
the common Sepia officinalis is so abundant that
the Cuttle-bones may be seen heaped by the waves
into a ridge that fringes the coast for miles. " As in
ancient times," says Professor Forbes, "these Mol-
lusks still constitute a valuable part of the food of
the poor, by whom they are mostly used. One of
the most striking spectacles at night, on the coast of
the Egean, is to see the numerous torches glancing
along the shores, and reflected by the still and clear
sea, borne by poor fishermen paddling as silently as
306
CEPHALOPODA.
possible over the rocky shallows in search of Cuttle-
fish, which, when seen lying beneath the water in
wait for his prey, they dexterously spear, ere the
creature has time to dart with the rapidity of an
arrow from the weapon about to transfix his soft but
firm body."
The Argonaut (Argonautd). The animal of the
Argonaut is, in all respects, a Poulpe, the arms of
which are furnished with two rows of suckers ; but
the hinder pair, those nearest the back of the animal,
are expanded into a broad membrane. The most
FIG. 242. THE PAPER NAUTILUS (Argonauta Argo). Fig. 1, Swimming towards
the point a ; 2, walking on the bottom ; 3, contracted within its shell, which is partly
embraced by the arms.
remarkable feature in their economy, however, is
that they reside in a thin calcareous shell, symmetri-
cally channelled and spirally twisted at one extremity,
but having the last whorl of the spire so capacious
that it resembles a beautiful boat.
It was, indeed, to this Cephalopod that the ancients
assigned the honour of having first suggested to man-
kind the possibility of traversing the sea in ships ; and
nothing could be more elegant than the frail bark in
which the Argonaut was supposed to skim over the
waves, hoisting sails to the breeze, and steering its
CEPHALOPODA.
307
course by the assistance of oars provided for the
purpose. It is almost a thankless office to dispel so
pretty a fiction : modern researches, however, serve
to show that its sailing capabilities have been much
exaggerated. The Argonaut can certainly raise itself
from the bottom and sport about at the surface of the
water ; but this is simply effected by the ordinary
means used by Calainaries and Cephalopods in
general, namely, by admitting the sea-water into its
body, and then ejecting it in forcible streams from
its funnel, so as to produce a retrograde motion, which
is sometimes very rapid. Its usual movements are,
however, confined to crawling at the bottom with its
head downwards, and in this way it creeps, carrying
its shell upon its back, as represented in our Figure.
The Nautilus (Nautilus Pompilius). Perhaps the
FIG. 243. PEARLY NAUTILUS (with the shell in section).
most remarkable of all the Cephalopods is the
Nautilus, the inhabitant of a chambered shell, which
is sufficiently common
" A shell of ample ranp:e, and light
As the pearly car of Amphitrite
Which sportive dolphins drew."
308 CEPHALOPODA.
Externally, this shell presents nothing remarkable
except the elegance of its shape ; but on making a
section of it, as represented in Fig. 243, its cavity is
found to be partitioned off, by numerous shelly plates,
into various chambers, in the last and largest of
which the body of the animal is lodged. A long
tube, or siphunde, partly calcareous, partly mem-
branous, passes through all the compartments quite
to the end of the series. This membranous siphuncle
is continued into the animal, and terminates in a
cavity contained within its body, which is in free
communication with the exterior.
Various conjectures have been indulged in relative
to the end answered by this chambered condition of
the shell. It has been suggested that the chambers
might be filled with air generated by the Nautilus,
and thus made so buoyant, that the specific gravity of
the animal should nearly correspond with that of the
surrounding medium, and that acting in the manner
of the swimming bladder of a fish, the creature would
float or sink, as the contained air was alternately
rarefied or compressed. Should this supposition be
true, it would seem probable that the simple re-
traction of the muscular head into its shell would
cause the needful compression of the air in this
singular float, and allow the Nautilus to sink to the
bottom, while the protrusion of its arms, by taking off
the pressure, and thus allowing of the expansion of
the confined air, would give every needful degree of
buoyancy, even sufficient to permit the mollusk to
rise like a balloon to the top of the sea.
The characteristic feature in the Nautilus is the
conversion of the sucker-bearing arms of other
Cephalopods into an apparatus of sensitive tentacula,
quite destitute of suckers. Its gills or branchiae are
four in number instead of two, the head is covered
with a strong leathery hood, which, when the animal
retires into its shell, closes the orifice like a door.
In place of the eight sucker-bearing arms of the
Poulpe, there are forty tentacular appendages, which
VERTEBRATA. 309
can be protruded or retracted at pleasure, and the
mouth is surrounded with a series of tentacles still
more numerous. The Nautilus is, moreover, unpro-
vided with an ink-bag ; its beak is thick, and of
stony hardness, apparently adapted to crush shells or
corals, which most probably constitute its ordinary
food.
The Nautili are not found in any great depth of
water, but principally inhabit the reefs near which
their food is most abundant. They creep about these
reefs, with their shell uppermost, like a snail, and
devour crabs and other crustaceans that come in
their way, or they return and remain in a chasm of
the rock, with their numerous tentacles spread out
in all directions, waiting for prey to approach near
enough to be captured. The feelers are very
numerous, and evidently endowed with a keen sense
of touch, but are quite destitute of the sucking disks
so remarkable in the Cuttle-fish. When at the
surface of the water, the Nautilus Pompilius drifts
with the current or breeze ; its navigation is passive,
or at most influenced by the jets of water expelled
occasionally through the funnel. The natives of the
New Hebrides, New Caledonia, and the Fidgi groups
of islands capture it and use it as an article of food.
When the water is smooth, so that the bottom at
several fathoms of depth can be distinctly seen, the fish-
erman in his canoe scrutinizes the sands and the coral
rocks to discover the animal in its favourite haunts.
CHAPTER XXI.
VERTEBRATA.
THE fifth division of the Animal Creation is com-
posed of four great classes, closely allied to each
other in the grand features of their organization, and
possessing in common a general type of structure,
clearly recognizable in every member of the ex-
310 VERTEBRATA.
tensive series, although, of course, modified in ac'
cordance with the endless diversity of circumstances
under which particular races are destined to exist.
The immeasurable realms of the ocean, the rivers,
the lakes and streams, the fens and marshy places of
the earth, the frozen precincts of the poles, and the
torrid regions of the equator, have all appropriate
occupants, more favoured as regards their capacity
for enjoyment, and more largely endowed with
strength and intelligence than any which have
hitherto occupied our attention, and gradually rising
higher and higher in their attributes until they con-
duct us at last to Man himself.
Fishes, restricted by their mode of respiration to an
aquatic life, are connected, through amphibious beings
that present almost imperceptible gradatioris of de-
velopment, with terrestrial and air-breathing Reptiles ;
these, progressively endowed with greater perfection
of structure and increased powers, slowly conduct us
to the active and hot-blooded Birds, fitted by their
strength and by the vigour of their movements to an
aerial existence. From the feathered tribes of ver-
tebrata, the transition to the still more intelligent
and highly-endowed Mammalia is effected with equal
facility, so that the zoologist finds, to his astonish-
ment, that, throughout this division of animated
nature, composed of creatures widely differing among
themselves in form and habits, a series of beings un-
broken as regards the physical organization, is dis-
tinctly traceable.
The first grand character that distinguishes the ver-
tebrate classes, is the possession of an internal jointed
skeleton, which is endowed with vitality, nourished
by blood-vessels, capable of growth, and which under-
goes a perpetual renovation by the removal and
replacement of the substances that enter into its com-
position.
In the lowest tribes of vertebrata, the texture of
the internal framework of the body is permanently
cartilaginous, and it continues through life in a flexi-
VERTEBRATA. 311
ble and consequently feeble condition ; but as greater
strength becomes needful, in order to sustain more
active and forcible movements, earthy particles are
deposited in the interstices of the cartilaginous sub-
stance, and as these accumulate, additional firmness
is bestowed upon the skeleton, until it becomes con-
verted into perfect bone.
The complete skeleton of a vertebrate animal may
be considered as being composed of several sets of
bones, employed for different purposes, consisting of
a central portion, the basis and support of the rest,
and of various appendages derived from or connected
with the central part. The centre of the whole
osseous fabric is generally made up of a series of
distinct pieces arranged along the axis of the body ;
and this part of the skeleton is invariably present ;
but the superadded appendages being employed in
different animals, for very various and distinct pur-
poses, present the greatest diversity of form, and are
many of them wanting in any given genus, so that a
really complete skeleton, that is a skeleton made up of
all the pieces which might enter into its composition,
does not exist, inasmuch as it is owing to the deficiency
of some portions, and the development of others in
particular races, that we must ascribe all the endless
diversity of form and mechanism so conspicuously
met with in this great division of the animal world.
The nervous system of the vertebrata consists of
the train contained within the cavity of the skull,
continued from which, and lodged in a canal formed
by the back-bone, is the spinal marrow or spinal cord,
whence are derived, at intervals, symmetrical pairs of
nerves, which escape from the spinal canal by appro-
priate orifices, situated between the different bones of
the vertebral column, and are distributed to the volun-
tary muscles, and to the integument of the two sides
of the body, thus constituting the medium whereby the
intimations of the will are communicated to every
part, and information received from the external world.
The nervous system may thus be compared to an
312 VERTEBRATA.
electric telegraph, of which the brain is the central
office, and the nerves the wires, along which travel
with inconceivable rapidity the various commands
and reports from all parts of the complex system.
With the increased development of the nervous
system in the vertebrate classes, the organs of the
senses assume a proportionate perfection of structure.
The eyes, now invariably two in number, are lodged
in cavities formed for their reception in the bony
framework of the face. The auditory apparatus, of
which only rudiments exist in the lower animals,
gradually becomes more and more completely
developed. Organs of smell of variable construction
are generally present. The tongue becomes slowly
adapted to appreciate and discriminate savours, and
the sense of touch is especially conferred upon organs of
different kinds peculiarly fitted to exercise the faculty.
Thus, with increased intelligence, higher capabilities
of enjoyment are allotted, and sagacity develops itself
in proportion as the nervous centres expand.
The blood of all the vertebrata is red, and con-
tains microscopic corpuscles of variable form and
dimensions in different animals. In the class of
fishes, owing to the as yet imperfect condition of the
respiratory apparatus, the temperature of the body is
scarcely higher than that of the surrounding medium ;
and even in reptiles such is the languid condition of
the circulation, and the incomplete manner in which
the blood is exposed to the renovating influence of
oxygen, that the standard of animal heat is still
extremely low ; but in the higher classes, the birds
and mammals, the effect of respiration is increased
to the utmost, and pure arterial blood being thus
abundantly distributed to all parts, heat is more
rapidly generated, the warmth of the body becomes
considerably increased, and such animals are perma-
nently maintained at a higher temperature than that
of the medium in which they live. Hence, the dis-
tinction generally made between the hot-blooded and
the cold-blooded vertebrata.
VERTEBKATA. 313
The variations in the temperature of the blood
above alluded to are, moreover, the cause of other
important differences, observable in the clothing,
habits and instincts of these creatures.
To retain a high degree of animal heat necessarily
requires a warm and thick covering of some non-
conducting material, and consequently in the hair,
wool, and feathers of the warm-blooded tribes, we at
once recognise the provision made by Nature for
preventing an undue expenditure of the vital warmth.
Such investments would be but ill-tdapted to the
inhabitants of a watery medium ; and consequently
the fishes, destined to an aquatic life, or the amphi-
bious reptile, doomed to frequent the mud and slime
of the marsh, are deprived of such incumbrances,
and clothed in a scaly or slippery covering, more
fitted to their habits, and equally in accordance with
the diminished temperature of their blood.
Still more remarkable is the effect of mere exaltation
of animal heat upon the instincts and affections of the
different races of the vertebrata. The cold-blooded
fishes, absolutely unable to assist in the maturation
of their progeny, are content to cast their spawn into
the water, and remain utterly careless of the offspring
to be derived from it. The chilly reptile, nearly as
incapable of appreciating the pleasures connected
with maternal care, is instructed to leave her eggs
exposed to the genial warmth of the sun, until the
included young escape. But no sooner does the
vital heat of the parent become sufficient for the
purposes designed by Nature, than all the sympathies
of parental fondness become developed, all the delights
connected with paternity and maternity are superadded
to other enjoyments ; and the bird, as she patiently per-
forms the business of incubation, or tenderly watches
over her newly-hatched brood, derives a pleasure
from the performance of the duties imposed upon her,
second only to that enjoyed by the mammiferous
mother, who from her own breast supplies the nutri-
ment prepared for the support of her infant progeny.
314 FISHES.
CHAPTEE XXII.
EIEST CLASS OF VEETEBEATA.
FISHES.
MOEE than two-thirds of the surface of our globe
is covered by the sea: continents and islands are
everywhere intersected by rivers, and overspread
with lakes an* ponds, thus presenting an aggregate
of waters so considerable as far to exceed the dry
land in extent, and affording space for the existence
of animated beings, by no means inferior, in number
or variety of species, to those which inhabit the
earth.
At first sight, we might suppose that the watery
element afforded little diversity, and that the various
races of fishes could as well inhabit one locality as
another. The sea, however, in different latitudes
offers great differences of temperature, especially in
the vicinity of coasts, some of which, exposed to the
full influence of a burning sun, reflect intolerable
heat, whilst others, covered with snow, regions of ice
and frost, exhibit a perpetual winter. Vast lakes
are raised to considerable elevations, and from their
glacier-barred sides the rivers stream with icy cold-
ness. The rivers and the lakes are all fresh water,
light and pure ; the seas are salt, and thus of greater
density ; some waters are clear and limpid, others
are agitated by continual currents, whirled in cascades,
or hurried on in ceaseless torrents : the crystal
fountain, and the muddy marsh, and all the shades
of difference between these extremes, preseryt so
many climates, all of which require creatures of
different habits and endowed with different faculties.
We need, therefore, be no longer astonished at the
infinite variety in the forms and endowments of the
finny tribes, or surprised that some of them are of
shapes that to our ignorance appear monstrous and
FISHES. 315
deformed, while others are very paragons of elegance
and beauty. Many fishes, indeed, are adorned by the
hand of Nature with every kind of embellishment
variety in their forms, elegance in their proportions,
diversity and vivacity in their colours ; nothing is
wanting to attract the attention of mankind. The
splendour of every metal, the blaze of every gem,
glitter upon their surface ; iridescent colours, break-
ing and reflecting in bands, in spots, in angles, or in
undulating lines always regular or symmetrical,
graduating or contrasting with admirable effect and
harmony, flash over their sides : for whom have they
received such gifts, they who at most can barely per-
ceive each other in the twilight of the deep, and
even if they could see distinctly, what species of
pleasure can they derive from such combinations ?
The teeth of fishes are very numerous, and are
attached to almost every one of the bones that enter
into the composition of the mouth. They are
generally simple spines, curved backwards ; but in-
numerable modifications of structure occur. Thus
the teeth of the deadly Shark are flat and lancet-like,
the cutting edges being notched like a saw ; the
front teeth of the Flounder are compressed plates ;
some, as the Wrasse, have flat grinding teeth, and
FfG. 244. SKELETON OF HADDOCK.
others, as the genus Chrysophrys, have convex teeth,
so numerous and so closely packed over a broad
surface, as to resemble the paving-stones of a street
p 2
316 FISHES.
The beautiful Chaetodons of warm climates have
teeth which resemble bristles, and these are set close
together like the hairs of a brush ; while the Perch
of our own rivers has them still more slender, minute,
and numerous, so as to resemble the pile of velvet.
Another of our well-known fishes, the bold and fierce
Pike, is armed with teeth scarcely less formidable
in size, form, and sharpness than the canines of a
carnivorous quadruped. In number, also, there is
great variety. The Pike, the Perch, the Cat-fish,
and many others, have their mouth crowded with
innumerable teeth; the Carp and the .Roach have
only a few strong teeth in the throat, and a single
flat one above, while the Sturgeon, the Pipefish, and
the Sand-lance are entirely toothless.
The fins of fishes afford important characters
whereby the different races are distinguished. Some
of them are vertical, constituting a kind of keel and
rudder. Those on the back are named dorsals, those
behind the vent, and under the tail, anals, and at
.the extremity of the tail caudal fins. These differ
in their number, size, and the nature of the rays
that support them : sometimes they are spinous, and
sometimes soft and jointed. The remainder of the fins
are double, or form pairs, and represent the limbs of
other classes of vertebrate animals. Those corre-
sponding to the arms or wings are called pectorals, and
are invariably fixed behind the gills ; but those which
represent the feet, named ventrals, may be placed
either forwards, beneath the throat, or more or less
backwards, as far as the commencement of the tail :
both may differ in size, in the quality of the fin-rays,
in their number and structure, or one or both pairs
may be wanting. Eels, for example, have no ventrals.
Muraanse have neither ventrals nor pectorals, and there
are fishes that have no fins at all.
The food of fishes consists principally of animal
matter. Those that inhabit fresh waters live upon
worms, mollusks, the larva? of water-insects, or such
flies as play or alight upon the surface ; others feed
FISHES. 317
on reptiles and small quadrupeds. The marine
kinds often devour crustaceans, star-fishes, and mol-
lusks, and some, both, of fresh and salt waters, live
on vegetables. But the great majority prey upon
each other ; the larger devouring the less, these de-
vouring others inferior to them in size, and so on.
The armour in which most fishes are encased is
well worthy of our admiration. In some species, as
FlG. 245. SCALES OF FISHES.
the Pipe-fishes and Sea-horses (Syngnatliidse) the body
is covered with strong bony plates : these in the
Trunk-fish (Ostraciori) are so firmly soldered together
as to form a box, through openings in which the tail
and fins project. The skin of the Shark is covered
with minute spines, felt to be rough and rasp-like,
if the hand be gently passed over them from the
tail towards the head, but are imperceptible if rubbed
in the contrary direction. The most common form
of a fish's covering, however, is that of separate scales,
each imbedded in a fold of the skin on the margin
next the head, and overlapping its successor with the
opposite edge. These scales vary in their form, those
from different parts of the body not being quite alike
even in the same fish. The characters available for
the classification of fishes are thus derivable from
very various sources, as will be seen in the following
tabular view of their arrangement, according to the
system adopted by Cuvier :
318
FISHES.
2 .2
O '
Pn
/5 -5 JB?
O 02 02
H .
O o
s-s
pH g
*
S^
pq 8j
f4 o
[VI CD
PM
H4
3
ONDRO
th Bran
ONDRO
th Bran
g
CQ
1
K
K
j^
<2
o
it
s
s
.3
UIAI?JJ
aamnur
319
ORDER OF SPINY-FINNED FISHES.
ACANTHOPTERYGII.*
In the Spiny-finned fishes, the first fin-rays of the
back are always bony and spinous. When there are
two dorsal fins, these spiny rays only exist in the
front one, and when there is but one, they sustain at
least its anterior portion, or sometimes are entirely
free and separate. Generally there is also a bony
ray to each ventral fin, and frequently the anal fin
has some of its front rays spinous.
This order may be divided into several families,
the most remarkable of which are the Perches, the
Mullets, the Gurnards, the Labyrinthi/orm PJiaryn-
geals, and the Mackerels.
The family of Perches (PercoidsJ or fishes that re-
semble the Percli in their general structure) comprehends
such as have an oblong, more or less, compressed body,
covered with scales which are generally hard. The
mouth is large, and armed with teeth upon all the promi-
nent parts of its. interior, and the gill-cover (operculum) is
dentate or spiny on its edge ; the fins are always seven or
eight in number. In general, they are adorned with beau-
tiful colours, and their flesh is very agreeable food.
The Perches (Perca) are distinguished by their smooth tongue,
and by the spines on their opercula. They inhabit fresh water.
The common perch is found throughout Europe, and a great
part of Asia. It inhabits lakes, rivers, and running streams, and
ordinarily swims at a depth of two or three feet. Perches feed on
worms, insects, and small fishes. They spawn in the month of
April, and their eggs are joined together by a viscid matter in long
cords, found interlaced among reeds, &c.
* &/cc/0a, acautha, a thorn or spine ; Tnepvyiois, pterygion, a fin
having fins with spinous or thorn-like rays.
t The families of fishes are frequently designated by adding the
syllable oid derived from the Greek word eiSJs feidos), form to
the name of the typical species. Thus, Percoid means like the
Perch ; Gadoid, like the Cod : Scmnberoid, like the Mackerel, &c.
In the same way, the Greek patronymic idee is frequently employed :
thus we say, Perca, the Perch ; Perci3ae, the family of Perches ;
Gadus, the Cod ; Gadidae, the family of Cod-fishes ; Scomber, the
Mackerel; Scomberidae, the family of the Mackerels. In the follow
ing pages both these forms are used indiscriminately.
320
SPINY-FINNED FISHES.
The Sea Perch or Basse (Labrax) closely resembles the river perch.
The scales are large, of a metallic lustre, and the operculum is ser-
. 246 THE PEUCH.
rated upon its middle plate. This fish abounds on our southern
coast, and is much esteemed as an article of food.
FIG. 247.
The Mullets (Mullus) are easily distinguished by the
large scales with which the whole body is covered, and
by two long cirrhi, or beards, that hang from under the
lower jaw. Two species live in European seas, namely,
the Eed Mullet and the Surmullet.
The Red Mullet (Mullm bar'batus') has the body and tail red, even
after the scales have been removed ; its size is ordinarily from eight
to ten inches. It lives in many seas, particularly in the Mediterra-
nean, and is much prized for the excellency of its flesh. It is
SPINY-FINXED FISHE?.
321
celebrated on account of the pleasure which the Eomans took in
contemplating the changes of colour it displays whilst dying. Ex-
orbitant prices were paid for Mullets of extraordinary size, and at
entertainments they were brought to table alive, and cooked before
the eyes of the guests.
FlG. 248. RED MULLET.
The Surmullet (Midlus surmuletusyis larger than the Mullet, and
is longitudinally striped with yellow.
The family of the Mailed-Cheeks (Buccce Loricatce) is
recognised by the manner in which the bones of the face
are prolonged to the gill-covers, and protect the cheeks as
with a bony case. In this family are placed
The Flying-Gurnards (Daetyloptetw}* in which the pectoral fii>
FlG. 249. ORIENTAL FLYING-GURNARD.
* SctaruAos, dactylos, a finger ; irrepoV, pteron, a wing finger-
winged.
p 3
322 SPINY-FINNED FISHES.
rays are very numerous, and united by a membrane so as to form
large pectoral fins, whereby these fishes are enabled to sustain
themselves in the air when they spring out of the water in the hope
of escaping from their enemies. Voyagers meet with them in the
Mediterranean, but more frequently in tropical seas. They swim in
numerous shoals, which the Bonito and other voracious fishes
fiercely pursue ; and when, to escape this danger, they spring into
the air, another, not less great, awaits them, for a host of sea-birds,
such as the Frigate-bird and Phaeton, are always ready to pounc
upon them.
The Squamipennes * (scaly fins) are recognised by
having the soft and sometimes the spinous part of
the dorsal fin covered with scales, and scarcely dis-
tinguishable from the mass of the body. Their jaws
are furnished with several rows of teeth, resembling in
their conformation and arrangement the hairs of a
brush. Their mouth is very small, and the dorsal
and anal fins covered with scales. These fishes are
numerous in the seas of hot climates, and are re-
FlG. 250. THE SHOOTING -FISH.
markable for the beauty and brilliancy of their
colours. Among them may be mentioned a singular
group, called
The Archers, or Shooting-fishes (Toxotes)^ of which a common
species, Toxotes jaculatcr, inhabits the Ganges and the seas of India,
* Squama, a scale ; penna, a feather or fin.
t To|oTi7s, toxotes, an archer.
SPINY-FINNED FISHES. 323
They are celebrated on account of the manner in which they are
said to project drops of water at insects that frequent aquatic plants,
in order to bring them down to feed on them. They can hit their
?ame at the height of three or four feet, and rarely miss their aim.
The family of Labyrinthiform Pharyngeals is re-
markable from its members possessing an apparatus
of very complicated cells situated above the gills.
These cells, enclosed beneath the operculum, and
formed by convolutions of the bones of the throat,
serve to retain a certain quantity of water, which
keeps the branchiae wet when the animal is exposed
to the air, and thus enables it to live for a consider-
able time out of the water. Some species are in the
habit of leaving the rivers and pools, their usual
abode, and going to considerable distances, crawling
on the grass or on the land, Those that possess the
labyrinthiform arrangement in its highest degree of
complication (Anabas, Perca scandens), not only re-
main a long time out of the water, but also, as we
are told, climb trees. Most of the fishes of this
family inhabit India and China.
The family of Mackerels (Scomberoids) is the most
important of the order. It comprises many fishes of
considerable size, the flesh of which is excellent, and
their fecundity so inexhaustible, that in spite of the
continued destruction to which they are subject, they
return yearly in immense legions to the same locali-
ties, and offer themselves a rich reward to the
activity of fishermen and the industry of those who
make it a business to prepare and preserve them. In
general, the Scomberoids have very small scales, and
a large part of their skin is smooth. They have no
spines nor denticulations upon the opercular bones ;
their vertical fins are not scaly ; the tail and the
caudal fin are large and very vigorous. Most of
them have the sides of the tail armed with broad
shield-like plates ; and, in many, the posterior rays
of the second dorsal and anal fins are separated into
distinct portions, and form so many false or spurious
iins.
324
SPINY-FTNNED FISHES.
Those which possess these last characters, and
have the dorsal fin continuous, form the family of
Mackerels (Scomber), including the Tunny, the
Sword-fish, the Bonito, and the Common Mackerel.
The Common Mackerel (Scomber scombrus] has a blue back marked
with undulating black stripes, and five false fins ; it is a migratory
fish, and at certain seasons abounds both on the coasts of Europe
and of America. On the western coast of England mackerel are
captured with nets by torchlight. The fishermen spread them-
FlG. 251. THE MACKEBEL.
selves over several miles, and cast their nets, which are sometimes
more than a league in extent, in the direction pursued by the shoals
of Mackerel. The meshes of the net are of a size to receive the
head of a moderate-sized fish, but arrest it by the fins, and when it
endeavours to extricate itself its gills become entangled, and it is
held prisoner.
The mackerel is also caught by the hook and line. It bites
voraciously at anything that appears to have life a bright fish, a
piece of glittering metal, or a bit of scarlet cloth. The line is
short, but made heavy with lead, and in this manner a couple of
men can catch a thousand in a day. With swelling sails the boat
flies along, and a sharp wind is considered so desirable that it is
called a " Mackerel breeze." The more rapid the speed the greater
the success, for the Mackerel rushes like lightning after the boat,
taking it for a flying prey. " There is not," writes the author of
' Wild Sports of the West,' " on sea or river, always excepting
angling for Salmon, any sport comparable to this delightful amuse-
ment, full of life and bustle, everything about it is animating and
SPINY-FINNED FISHES. 325
exhilarating, a brisk breeze and a clear sky, the boat in quick and
constant motion, all is calculated to interest and excite. He who
has experienced the glorious sensation of sailing on the Western
Ocean, a bright autumnal sky above, a deep-green swell around, a
steady breeze, and as much of it as the hooker can stand up to, will
estimate the enjoyment of a morning's mackerel-fishing."
The Tunnies (Thynnus) are closely related to the
Mackerel, from which they are distinguished by a
kind of corselet round the thorax, composed of scales
larger and not so smooth as those of the rest of the
body.
The Common Tunny (Scomber Thynnus) resembles the Mackerel in
its general form, but is rounder, and attains a larger size. In general,
its length is three or four feet, but it has been known to attain more
than fifteen. This fish is sometimes seen in the ocean, but it abounds
specially in the Mediterranean. At certain periods it coasts along
the shore in innumerable shoals, and gives rise to very important
fisheries, which have been carried on from time immemorial, and
constitute a chief source of wealth to Provence and Sardinia. One of
the most remarkable modes of taking the Tunny is by the Madrague :
this name is given to a sort of labyrinth of nets stretched out
vertically into the sea, and so arranged as to form a series of
chambers. The fishes first pass between the shore and the chambers
destined to receive them, but arrested by a cross net, they turn
towards the high sea, and enter the labyrinth, where they become
bewildered, and pass on into the last enclosure, called the " chamber
of death" or "corpou." This compartment is provided with a
252. TUNXl*.
moveable floor formed of netting, which can be raised to the surface
of the water by means of ropes, and as the moving floor of the
corpou gradually rises, the Tunnies begin to appear, and soon the
whole shoal is exposed to view. Pressed close to each other, the
monster fishes throw themselves about and rush in despair against
the netted walls of their prison. Animated by the sight of their
victims, the fishermen assail them in a body, and the whole becomes
a wild scene of massacre. The serried crowds of slaughterers seem
to be composed of nothing but violently moving heads, bloody arms
that rise and fall, and harpoons that flash and cross one another as
326
SPINY-FINNED FISHES.
they are hurled at the helpless fishes. All eyes are sparkling, all
lips are uttering cries of triumph, clamour, and encouragement, the
waters are dyed red with blood, the dying lie heaped together in
vast multitudes, and the result is that 500 or 600 Tunnies are thus
butchered in one "tonnara." The flesh of the Tunny is much
esteemed ; it resembles beef, and is preserved either by the aid of
salt/ or by boiling and immersing it in oil.
The Bonito ( Scomber pelamys*), celebrated on account of its pursuit
of the flying-fishes in the tropics, is a kind of Tunny it may be
FIG. 253. BOXITO
recognized by the longitudinal brown stripes with which the belly
is marked.
The Sword Fishes (Xiphias]* are distinguished by their beak, or
sword-like nose, which is often fifteen feet in length. This fish is
FIG. 254. SWORD-:
more common in the Mediterranean than in the Atlantic. The
flesh, which is white and compact, is delicate. It -is often taken with
the harpoon.
Another tribe, called Centronotus,f is characterized by the absence
of the membrane that unites the rays of the first dorsal fin, which
consequently remain free. Among other fishes belonging to this
tribe is
The Pilot Fish (Naucratesl or Scomber ductor], so called from its
habit of following vessels to seize anything that may be thrown
overboard, and also the habit attributed to it of conducting the
Shark, which, directed by the same instinct, frequently accompa-
nies vessels at sea with great perseverance. It has somewhat the
* i>os, xiphos, a sword.
f /ceVrpo*', centron, a sharp point ; x/wros, notos, the back.
J ravKpaTTis, naucrates, commanding the sea.
SPINY-FINNED FISHES.
327
appearance of a Mackerel, with a cartilaginous keel on the sides of
the tail. The common species is about a foot long.
FIG. 255. PILOT-FISH.
The Dolphin Fish ( Coryphxna] must not be confounded with the
true Dolphin (Ddphinus), to be described hereafter. Nevertheless,
the Coryphaenae are equally subjects of universal admiration.
During a calm these fishes, when swimming about a ship, appear
of a brilliant blue or purple, shining with metallic lustre in every
change of reflected light. On being captured and brought on deck,
the variety of these tints is very beautiful ; the bright purple and
golden yellow hues change to a brilliant silver, varying back again
into the original colours, purple and gold. Tin's alternation of tints
continues for some time, diminishing in intensity, and at last settles
down to a dull leaden hue.
F;o 256
' Parting day
Dies like the Dolphin, whom each pang imbues
With a new colour, as it gasps away,
The last still loveliest, till, 'tis gone and all is grey/'
328
SPINY-FINNED FISHES.
The Riband Fishes (Tcenioids) * are distinguished
by an extremely elongated body, very much flattened
FlG. 257. SCABBARD-FISH.
on the sides : their form has obtained for them the
name of Riband Fishes and Scabbard Fishes,
The Family of Mugiloids is distinct from all the
preceding, and is characterized by an almost cylin-
drical body covered with large scales, a slightly-
depressed head, and short muzzle, a transverse mouth
armed with extremely fine teeth, two separate dorsal
fins, and the ventral fins attached behind the pectoral.
They constitute a single genus,
The Mullets (Mugil) which, although they bear in English the
FlG. 258. THICK-LTPPED GREY MULLET.
same name, must not be confounded with the lied Mullet (Mullus]
described in a preceding page. Their flesh is much esteemed.
, taenia, a riband ; e?8os, eidos, form, shape.
329
ORDEE OF ABDOMINAL SOFT-FINNED FISHES.
MALACOPTERYGII * ABDOMINALES.
This division is composed of osseous fishes that
have the upper jaw moveable : simple pectinate gills,
and the fin-rays soft and flexible ; their ventral fins
are suspended behind the pectorals, as though they
were attached to the abdomen, whence the name of
the Order.
They may be divided as in the following Table :
< Q
i| pN
Sd oaS
Si* o a ^^
131 111?! 2Sf
3 C 5 SB ^ &; -S ^ cs
^O 03 ^ -^iJDcStn
_ C >-> ^, Q S3 ^
6 PH^3 ^ C ^ b
* 2 ST^ .-? <-! r* C rii
|j
*S
-2
^H
*>
3
s, malacos, soft ; irr^pvyiov, pterygion, a Jin.
330
ABDOMINAL SOFT-FINNED FISHES.
The Carps (Cyprinus). This group is characterized by
the absence of teeth in the jaws, and by the existence
of a long dorsal fin ; ordinarily the scales are very large.
Most of them feed upon grain and vegetable substances.
They have in the back part of their mouth a remarkable
apparatus for crushing their food.
The Common Carp (Cyprinus carpio] is found throughout Europe
it delights in tranquil waters, and is easily reared in rivers and
FlG. 259. THE CARP.
ponds. The duration of its life is long, and it is exceedingly prolific.
When young, its growth is very rapid, and at six years old it
weighs about three pounds. During the winter Carps bury them-
selves in the mud, and pass many months without eating.
The Golden Carp, or Gold-fish (Cyprinus auratus), is reared in gar-
den-ponds and vases on account of the beauty of its colours, generally
a beautiful golden-red, with a mixture of black, and silvery- white.
The Barbels (Barbus) resemble the Carps, but their dorsal fin is
ABDOMINAL SOFT-FIN 7 NED FISHES. 331
shorter. The common Barbel (Cyprinus barbus) abounds in clear
running waters. .
The Gudgeons ( Gobis) have no bony spine in the anterior part of
the dorsal and anal fins ; the mouth is surrounded with cirrhi or
beards. Though small, they are much esteemed.
The Tenches ( Tinea), in addition to the characters of the Gudgeons,
have very small scales and very short cirrhi. The common Tench
FlG. 261. TENCH.
(Cyprinus tinea) inhabits stagnant waters; it is generally of a
yellowish-brown colour, and attains a foot in length ; it is less
esteemed than the Carp.
The Breams (Alramus) have neither spinous fin-rays nor cirrhi ;
their dorsal fins are short, but the anal is long.
The Minnow (Cyprinus Phoxinus)* is a very small fish, met with
in every brook.
The Roaches (Leuciscus) form several species. The common
Roach (Leuciscus vulgar is], attains seven or eight inches in length,
and is remarkable for its brilliant scales, which are easily detached.
The iridescent substance, which gives them this metallic appearance,
is employed abroad for the manufacture of false pearls.
The Pikes (Esox) are recognised by their oblong,
obtuse, broad, depressed muzzle ; they have but one
dorsal fin, which is placed opposite to the anal, and
nearly the whole interior of the mouth is full of
teeth as well as the jaws.
The Common Pike (Esox Indus) is met with in the fresh waters of
Europe and North America, and is everywhere caught for its flesh,
which is wholesome and easy of digestion. It is the most voracious
and destructive of all fresh-water fishes ; it devours, witli avidity,
frogs, young ducks, and all the fishes that come in its way. It often
seizes animals larger than itself, and its presence in a pond is some-
times enough to depopulate it in a very short time. Pikes four or
five feet long are not rare in the great lakes of Northern Europe,
and one of still larger size has been seen. In 1497, a Pike was
caught at Kaiserlauten, near Mannheim, which was nearly nineteen
0oos, phoxos, pointed.
332
ABDOMINAL SOFT-FINNED FISHES.
feet in length, and weighed three hundred and fifty pounds. This
monster was ^as remarkable for its great age as for its size, for there
was found upon it a gilt copper ring, bearing this inscription " I
I
FlG. 262. THE PIKE.
was the first fish that was thrown into this pond by the hands of
Frederick II., Oct. 5, 1230 ;" it was consequently at least two hundred
and sixty-seven years old. The growth of these fish is very rapid ;
the first year they are often ten or eleven inches in length, and in
the second fifteen.
The Sea Pike (Esox belone),* also known as the Gar-fish, Spit-fish,
and Sill- fish, belongs to this family.
FlG. 263. THE GAR-FISH.
The Flying Fishes (Exocetus)^ belong to the same family as the
Pikes, and are recognised, at first sight, by the excessive length of
their pectoral fins, which are long enough to serve them as wings,
and to sustain them for a few seconds in the air. They swim in shoals,
and are pursued by legions of voracious enemies, to escape from
which they spring out of the water, but soon fall again, because
their wings only serve them as a parachute. While on their aerial
course, they often become the prey of sea-birds. It is a beautiful
* fie\6vri, belone, a needle or spear-head.
t CK, ek, outside ; KOLTTJ, coite, a bed, so called because these fishes
were supposed to sleep on land.
ABDOMINAL SOFT-FINNED FISHES.
333
sight on a clear day to see them sparkling in the air, with silvery
brightness, or rushing from the water with an audible rustling
sound as tl ey spread out their large pellucid wings or fins in a
new element, their brilliant purple backs gleaming, and their sides
blazing like molten metal, under the dazzling light of a tropical sun.
The greatest length of time they remain in the air is thirty-two
seconds, and their longest flight from 200 to 250 yards.
The Siluroids differ from all other abdominal
Malacopterygians, in their want of true scales.
The skin is naked, or furnished with bony plates.
The dorsal and pectoral fins have a long articulated
spine for the first fin-ray, and there is a small adipose,
or soft fin, towards the hinder part of the back : one
species,
The Sheat Fish (Silurus glanis), is the largest fresh-water fish in
Europe ; its length ordinarily exceeds six feet, and its weight is near
three hundred pounds.
The Electric Silurus (Silurus electricus) of the Nile, like the
Torpedo and Gymnotus, possesses the power of giving strong electric
shocks.
The seat of this extraordinary faculty is in a peculiar tissue,
situated between the muscles and the skin, and having the ap-
pearance of a fatty cellular structure. This fish, which inhabits the
334 ABDOMINAL SOFT-FINNED FISHES.
Senegal as well as the Nile, is eighteen or twenty inches in length.
The Arabs call it raasch, which signifies thunder. *
The Salmons (Salmonidde) are distinguished by a
scaly body, and a first dorsal fin with soft rays, fol-
lowed by a second which is small and adipose ; that
is, formed by a fold of the skin filled with fat, and
without rays.
The Common Salmon (Salmo Salar) is the largest species of the
family. It is found in great numbers in the Arctic Seas, whence
it ascends rivers in large shoals every spring. It swims with great
rapidity, and can clear at a leap obstacles to its passage twelve or
fifteen feet in height. When salmon arrive at a place fit for spawning,
FIG. 265. THE SALMON.
they deposit their eggs in the gravel at the bottom, and then permit
themselves to be carried by the current to the sea ; where they go to
acquire strength and return again the following spring. Young
Salmon are therefore born in the rivers : their growth is rapid,
and when they attain the size of about twelve inches, they descend
to the sea like the adults.
The Salmon-fishery, in many countries, forms a very important
branch of industry. In Norway, as many as 300 of these fishes have
been caught at one haul, and in the Kiver Tweed as many as 700.
The time selected for catching them is when they ascend the rivers
to spawn, for after they have deposited their eggs, and are on their
way to the sea, they are very lean and their flesh of little value.
ABDOMINAL SOFT-FINNED FISHES.
335
In general, this fishery is conducted by means of nets, stretched
across the river, and so arranged that the Salmon are caught in the
meshes. But sometimes, in Scotland for example, they are speared
with a many-pronged weapon called a leister. They are also caught
with a rod and line.
The Salmon Trout (Salmo trutta), the Common
Trout (Salmo fario\ the Smelts (Osmerus), and the
Graylings (Thymellus), all belong to this important
family.
FlG. 266. -THE COMMON TROUT.
The Herrings ( Clupeadte) have no adipose fin. The
upper jaw is formed in the middle by the inter-
maxillary bones, and on the sides by the maxillary
bones. Their body is always scaly.
The Common Herrings (Clupea harengus) inhabit the northern
seas, and arrive every year upon different parts of the coasts of
Europe, Asia, and America, but do not go very far south of the
fortieth degree of north latitude. Some naturalists have supposed
that all herrings periodically retire beneath the ice of the Polar Seas,
and set out from this common retreat in an immense column, which
dividing spreads along the coasts north of the parallel above named ;
but this distant emigration, and this northern rendezvous in the
Arctic regions, are far from being demonstrated, and there is reason
to believe that such is not the case.
336
ABDOMINAL SOFT-FINNED FISHES.
In the months of April and May herrings begin to appear off the
Shetland Islands, and towards the end of June, or in July, they
arrive in incalculable numbers, forming vast and dense shoals, which
sometimes extend over the surface of the sea for several leagues, and
are hundreds of feet in thickness. The Herring-fishery is of great
FIG. 267. HERRING.
importance ; it occupies every year entire fleets, and formerly was
carried on with still greater activity. About the middle of the
17th century, the Dutch employed not less than 2,000 vessels ; and
it is estimated that 800,000 persons in Holland and West Friesland
derived their living from this branch of industry alone.
Herrings are generally caught by means of nets, five or six hundred
fathoms in length, the lower edge of which is loaded with lead,
while the upper edge is made to float upon the surface, by means of
buoys of cork. The meshes are just large enough to receive the
head of a herring as far as the gills, but not to allow the pectoral fins
to pass. The fish, in endeavouring to overcome the obstacle that
this great vertical net opposes to its passage, is thus meshed, and
not being able to advance or to recede, owing to the gills and the
fins, he remains a prisoner until the fishermen draw the net on
board. This is termed a gill-net. The number of herrings taken in
this way is sometimes so great that the net bursts under their weight.
Generally, this fishery is carried on at some distance from the shore,
and the herrings are salted on board.
The Sardine (Clupea Sardina) is a small species of Herring,
celebrated for the delicacy of its flesh. It inhabits the Baltic, the
Atlantic, and the Mediterranean. During the winter, it keeps in the
depths of the sea, but about the month of June, it draws near the
shore in immense shoals. As many as forty or even fifty thousand
ABDOMINAL SOFT-FINNED FISHES. 337
have been taken at a single cast of the net. Sardines are caught
in the same way as Herrings, but the meshes of the net are smaller,
and the fishermen, to attract the fish, throw into the sea a peculiar
bait, formed from Cod-fish eggs. From the mouth of the Loire to the
extremity of Brittany, Sardines abound every summer, and give
rise to productive fisheries. Along the coast there are a great
number of establishments for the preparation and preservation of
these delicate luxuries.
The Pilchard, the Sprat, the White Bait, and the
Shad, are all of them species of Herrings.
The Anchovies, too (Engraulis), belong to this
family, but they differ from the herrings in the
mouth, which is cleft to far behind the eyes, in
their gills, which are more open, and in some other
characters.
The Common Anchovy is found in the Mediterranean as well as
on the western coasts of France and Spain. At a certain time of
the year, which varies in different localities, it leaves the high seas
and approaches the coast to spawn, when it becomes the object of
an important fishery ; to catch it the fishermen provide themselves
FIG. 268. ANCHOVY.
with nets, about two hundred feet in length, and twenty-five or
thirty in breadth, and assemble four boats, one of which carries the
net, and the others furnaces in which they make a bright fire. This
fishery is carried on in the dark nights from April to July. The
boats are stationed about five miles from the coast, and when the
Anchovies, attracted by the light, are assembled in large numbers
around a boat thus illuminated, the net is cast into the water, and
laid out so as to surround the assembled fishes. This done, the fire
is suddenly extinguished, and the Anchovies alarmed, in seeking to
escape are taken in the net. They are preserved with salt after
removing the head and the intestines.
A very curious family, named
The Anglers (Lophius), is represented in our seas
by a large and voracious species, bearing several
homely appellations, such as the Wide gab, Sea devil,
and more commonly the Frog-fish or Fishing Frog.
In these fishes, the pectoral and ventral fins are
Q
338
ABDOMINAL SOFT-FINNED FISHES.
shaped like hands, and project so far from the
surface of the body as to be capable of being bent
FlG. 269. MARBLED ANGLER.
forward and used as feet, as represented in the accom-
panying figure (Fig. 269).
The Common Angler (Lophius piscatorius) (Fig. 268) is a large
fish, sometimes attaining five feet in length. The head, as will be
FlG. 270. THE ANGLER.
observed, is furnished with one or two slender horns, divided at the
tip into several processes resembling little worms. The use of these
organs is very remarkable. The fish is not one gifted with swift
motion, and therefore cannot take its prey by pursuit; instead of
this it usually conceals itself in the mud at the bottom, or perhaps
among the stalks of floating weeds, while it agitates its curious
fleshy baits. Their resemblance to worms and their motion attract
other fishes, which, coming within reach, are seized by the capacious
mouth of the concealed frog-fish and swallowed at a gulp.
339
ORDEK OF SUB-BRACHIAL SOFT-FINNED FISHES.
MALACOPTEKYGII SUB-BKACHIATI.*
This Order is distinguished by the situation of the
ventral fills, which are placed beneath the pectorals.
It contains four families, namely, the Gadoids
(Cod-fishes), Pleuronectes (Flat-fishes), the Discoboli
(Lump-suckers), and the Echeneides or Remorse.
The Gadoids have the ventral fins sharpened to a
point and attached beneath the throat: they are
covered with soft small scales : most of them live in
cold or temperate seas ; and they afford mankind an
abundance of good and wholesome food. To this
family belong the Cod, the Haddock, the Whiting,
FlG. 271. THE (JOL>.
the Coal-fish, the Pollack, the Hake, the Ling, and
other species which, although little known with us.
are valuable in other countries for their flesh, forming
an important article of diet, both in the fresh state
and when salted and dried. Many of the members
* Sub, beneath ; brachium, the arm.
340 SUB-BRACHIAL SOFT-FINNED FISHES.
of this family are remarkable for the number of their
fins : thus it will be seen on referring to our engraving
(Fig. 271), that the Cod has no fewer than ten, three
dorsals, two pectorals, two ventrals, two anals, and
the caudal. In some species, however, the dorsals are
united into a single lengthened fin, as also are the
anals. Most of them have short fleshy beards or
tentacles depending from the lower jaw. The fishery
for Cod is the most valuable in the world the
pursuit, the curing, and the transport affording em-
ployment to thousands of hardy industrious people,
and whole fleets of ships. The value of the fish
taken by British subjects, on the coast of Newfound-
land alone, is not less than 500,000?. annually. They
are caught with a hook and line.
The Pleuronectidce* or Flat-fishes, have the body
compressed laterally, and very much elevated verti-
FlG. 272. UPPER SIDE OF THE SOLE.
cally; but what especially distinguishes them is a
want of symmetry in the construction of the head,
a character which is not observed in any other verte-
brate animal. Both eyes are placed on the side
that is uppermost, which is deeply coloured, while
* Tr\vp6v, pleuron, the side ; V^KT^S, nektes, a swimmer, so called
from their swimming on one side.
SUB-BRACHIAL SOFT-FINNED FISHES. 341
the other side is white. The two corners of the
mouth are unequal, and it is rare to find both pec-
toral fins exactly alike ; the dorsal fin extends along
the whole back, the anal fin occupies the lower part
FlG. 273. TTNDEU SIDE OF THE SOLE.
of the body, and the ventrals seem to be continu-
ations of it in front, as they are almost united one
to another. The principal genera of this family
are the noble Turbot and Brill (Rhombus). The
valuable Sole (Solea), the gigantic Holibut (Hippo-
glossus), the Plaice, the Flounder, and the various
species of Dabs and Flukes (Platessa), all of which,
in a greater or less degree, are in estimation as
human food. Their form is very deep, but at the
same time very thin, and they are not constituted
to swim as other fishes do, with their back upper-
most, but lying on one side. They reside wholly
upon the bottom, shufHing along by waving their
flattened bodies, fringed with the dorsal and anal
fins; and as they are somewhat sluggish in their
movements they need concealment from their ene-
mies. This is afforded to them by the side which is
uppermost being of a dusky brown hue, undistin-
guishable from the mud on which they rest ; and so
. conscious are they where their safely lies, that when
342 SUB-BKACHIAL SOFT-FINNED FISHES.
alarmed, they do not seek to escape by flight, but
sink down close to the bottom and lie perfectly
motionless. In the structure of the head,' again,
there is a peculiar and very remarkable provision
for the wants of the creature. If the eyes were
placed as in all other animals, one on each side of
the head, it is plain that the Flat-fishes, habitually
grovelling in the manner described, would be de-
prived of the sight of one eye, which being always
buried in the mud would be quite useless. To meet
this difficulty the skeleton is distorted, taking near
the head a sudden twist to one side ; and thus the
two eyes are placed on the side which is kept upper-
most, where both are available. The side furnished
with eyes and provided with dark colour varies in
the different genera; in the Plaice, Flounder, and
Sole, it is the right side ; in the Turbot and Brill it
is the left ; while of the Holibut genus, some have
the right and some the left side uppermost. Indi-
viduals are frequently found in which the usual
order is reversed, and occasionally both sides are
coloured ; but these are casual exceptions. The
value of these fishes may be estimated from the fact
that London pays to the Dutch 80,000?. every year
for Turbot alone.
The Cyclopteri* form a small group of sub-brachian
fishes, distinguished by having their ventral fins
united so as to form a broad disk, as in
The Lump-sucker (Cyclopterus lumpus}. In this remarkable
creature the pectorals and ventrals form but a single adhesive disk.
The skin is without scales, but covered with a thick slime, and
studded with hard tubercles arranged in regular lines. Its whole
form is deep, thick, and short, and the first dorsal is enclosed in a
thick tuberculated skin. This strange-looking fish is often taken
upon our coasts. Notwithstanding its odd and uncouth form, it is
beautifully and brilliantly coloured. The back and sides are tinted
with deep blue, azure and purple, while the under surface and fins
are of a rich orange. It is sometimes more than a foot and a half in
length, and almost of the same depth. Slow of motion, and incapa-
ble of defence, it adheres to foreign objects by means of its disk
so firmly that Pennant lifted a tub containing several gallons of
* KVK\OS, cycles, a circle ; Trrep^, pteron, a fin.
SUB-BRACHIAL SOFT-FINNED FISHES. 343
water by seizing a Lump-sucker which had attached itself to the
bottom.
FlG. 274. LUMP-SUCKER.
The Sucking-fishes (Echeneis)* are remarkable for
the possession of a flattened disk that covers the
back of their head, composed of a great number
of moveable transverse cartilaginous plates, by the
assistance of which the animal can attach itself to
rocks, to vessels, or to other fishes, particularly to
the shark. A species which lives in the Mediterra-
nean and the Atlantic has been long celebrated
under the name of
The Remora, t or Sucking-fish (Echeneis Remora), and its history is
loaded with fable. It was pretended that this fish lived by a species
of suction exerted by means of the disk above mentioned ; and
FlU. 275. THE REJlOliA.
the power of arresting the fastest-sailing vessel in her course was
attributed to it. A much larger species is common in the Isle
of France ; and it is said that on the coast of Caffraria it is
employed in fishing, being sent off in pursuit of fishes and Turtles,
and drawn in by a line attached to the tail as soon as it has
fixed itself to its prey.
* exo?, echo, to hold ; vavs, naus, a ship, because they were thought
to be able to arrest the course of ships at sea.
t Remora, a hindrance, so called because they were said to detain
ships.
344
OKDER OF APODAL SOFT-FINNED FISHES.
MALACOPTERYGII APODA.*
All the fishes belonging to this Order have an
elongated form, a thick, soft, and but slightly scaly
skin : their chief characteristic, however, is their want
of ventral fins. They form a single family,
The Anguilliformes,t which includes the Eels,
Gymnotus, &c. All these fishes have the operculum
very small, and opening far back by a hole or sort of
tube, an arrangement enabling them to live for some
time out of the water.
The Eels (Anguilla] are characterized by having the openings of
the gills placed beneath the pectoral fins. They are too well known to
require minute description. Eels are very voracious, and extremely
FlG. 276. SHARP-XOSED EEL.
agile. They swim equally well backward or forward, and their skin
is so slippery that it is difficult to hold them. During a great part
of their life they inhabit fresh water, and frequent ponds and lakes
* a, a, without ;
t Eel-shaned.
Trows, TroSd's, pous, podos, feet.
APODAL SOFT-FINNED FISHES.
345
as well as rivers. By day they almost always keep buried in the
mud, or lie concealed in holes that they excavate near the shore.
These holes are sometimes very extensive, and lodge a great number
of eels ; but in general their diameter is small, and they open ex-
ternally at both ends, thus enabling the animal to escape more
easily when threatened with danger. When the season is very
warm, and the stagnant waters of the pool begin to putrify, the eels
leave the bottom and conceal themselves in the herbage of the shore,
or even cross the land in search of a more favourable locality ; they
can, in fact, crawl on the ground like serpents, and remain a con-
siderable time out of the water without perishing. Ordinarily they
make these singular journeys during the night. When the ponds
dry up they bury themselves in the sand and remain there till
the water returns. The length of time they can remain in such a
situation without perishing is surprising. In early life, eels inhabit
the sea, and in the spring the young eels ascend rivers to dwell in
fresh water, which, when full grown, they abandon to deposit their
eggs in the sea.
The Conger Eels differ very little from common eels, except that
they are of larger size, and always live in the sea or salt water.
FlG. 277. CONGER EEL.
The Mursenae (Mursena) are entirely destitute of pectoral fins, and
their branchije open on each side by a small hole. The most
celebrated species is Mursena helena, which attains nearly three feet
in length, and is marbled with brown and yellow. It is widely
FlG. 278. MUR^EN^E.
spread through the Mediterranean, and was very highly esteemed by
the ancients. The Romans reared them in great numbers in their
magnificent fish-ponds, decorated them with jewels, and taught them
Q 3
346 TUFT-GILLED FISHES.
to come at the sound of their masters' voice. Ilirrias was the first to
consecrate fish-ponds exclusively to Mursense, and he caused six
thousand of these fishes to be served up at an entertainment given to
Csesar when he was made Dictator.
The Gymnoti* have the gill-openings in front of the
pectoral fins, and partially closed by a membrane. One
of them,
The Gymnotus Electricus, or Electric Eel, is celebrated on account
of the violent electric shocks it has the power of communicating at
will.
The electric apparatus extends all along the back and tail, and
consists of four longitudinal series of cells filled by a gelatinous
matter, and supplied with very large nerves. These formidable
fishes are so common in South America, that the roads are some-
times rendered impassable owing to the number of them infesting
the streams that have to be crossed. As water is a conductor of
electricity, a person may be struck at some distance, and small fishes
are killed even at a distance of fifteen feet.
ORDER OF TUFT-GILLED FISHES.
LOPHOBRANCHI.t
Distinguished by the branchiaB which, instead of
being pectinate (that is, having the form of the
teeth of a comb), as is ordinarily the case, are divided
into small round tufts, arranged in pairs along the
branchial arches. These curious gills are enclosed
under a large operculum, attached on all sides by
a membrane, and having only a small hole for the
escape of water. The Lophobranchiate fishes are
also to be recognized by the mail-like plates that
cover the body, and render it angular in shape ; they
are of small size. To this Order belong
The Sea-Horses (Hippocampus)^ : their body is late-
rally compressed and more elevated than the tail.
When dried after death, the head and trunk bear
* yvpv6s, gymnos, naked ; v&ros, notos, the back,.
t \6 chaite, horse-hair.
t Kepto, to creep or crawl.
EEPTILES. 359
horrence, and, by all nations, either despised for their
stupidity or dreaded for their malignity.
The naturalist, however, finds that the power of
the Almighty is manifested with as much glory in
these vile objects of universal detestation, as in the
more favoured races of Creation. He sees nothing
in the class of Reptiles but animals singular in their
forms, curious in their structure, marvellous in their
metamorphoses, and admirably adapted, by their
habits, to the duties imposed upon their different
races. Few beings, indeed, are more worthy of
the attention of the thinking observer, than these
proscribed and persecuted creatures ; and, as the
reader need not fear to accompany us into their
gloomy haunts, we may at least peep behind the
broken masses of rock where they hide, display them
coiled up beneath the rotting vegetation of the forest,
see them swimming in the streams or wallowing in
the marshes, and observe the mechanism by which
they have been enabled to creep, or climb, or walk,
or run, or leap, or even fly. Neither are they ill
adapted for their appointed localities, or inharmonious
with the scene around them. It is in the dismal
swamps of tropical regions that we must see the
Reptile races in their full luxuriance where the
rivers slowly roll along their sluggish waves, or
spread out in broad swamps, which, far and wide,
cover the alluvial slime they have deposited. These
vast morasses, steaming with fetid fogs and pestiferous
exhalations, alternately inundated and left dry, where
earth and water appear to contend for undefined
possessions, are peopled only by the Eeptile forms
indigenous to such localities. Enormous serpents,
trailing their length along, impress the miry soil with
tortuous tracks. Crocodiles and Toads knead with
their sprawling feet the yielding clay ; huge Alli-
gators lurk in ambush, and a thousand hideous things
withdraw themselves from observation. The Reptile
occupying this intermediate domain, between the
waters and the land, is neither a perfect quadruped
360 KEPTILES.
nor a true fish, but a sort of ambiguous production
sharing the attributes of both. Let us, however,
examine their structure a little more closely.
In Eeptiles the circulation is arranged in such a
manner, that the heart, at each contraction, sends
into the lungs only a small portion of the blood
received from the various parts of the body ; so
that the bulk of the circulating fluid returns to the
system without having passed through the lungs, and
undergone the process of respiration.
It is respiration that communicates to the blood its
heat, and to the muscles their irritability. We find,
therefore, that Reptiles have cold blood, and that
their muscular power is, upon the whole, less than
that of the quadrupeds and birds. Accordingly, their
movements are generally confined to those of creep-
ing and swimming ; and although many of them can
leap and run quickly upon some occasions, their
general habits are lazy, their digestion excessively
slow, their sensations obtuse, and in cold and tem-
perate climates they pass almost the entire winter in
a state of lethargy. Not possessing w r arm blood,
they have no occasion for clothing capable of re-
taining heat, and they are consequently covered with
scales, or simply with a naked skin. As another
consequence of their want of vital warmth, no Reptile
sits upon its eggs, which frequently have only a
membranous envelope, and are left to be hatched
entirely by the heat of the sun, or of the soil in
which they are deposited.
The class of Reptiles is of great extent, and em-
braces many forms of animals that differ widely from
each other, both in their structure and habits ; they
may, however, be grouped under four principal
sections, characterized as in the following Table :
REPTILES,
361
d
P
h-
S
."53
o ?<
8 *fi
,a ^ t>,
O^
ssvio
362
CHAPTER XXIV.
AMPHIBIA.*
THE globe that we inhabit is usually said to be
made up of land and water, and, perhaps, for the
purposes of the geographer, such a division is all
that is requisite. A little reflection, however, will
convince the naturalist that a very considerable
portion of the world around us can scarcely be re-
ferred to either of these geographical sections. That
there are extensive marshes, for example, equally
unfit to be the habitation of aquatic animals, as of
creatures adapted to a purely terrestrial existence ;
that some localities may be alternately deluged with
water and parched with drought, thus the margins of
our lakes, the banks of our rivers, and the shallow
pools and streamlets of warm climates can only be
adequately populated by beings of an amphibious
character, alike capable of living in an aquatic or in
an aeriform medium, and combining in their structure
the conditions necessary for enabling them to reside
in either element.
Aquatic animals, strictly so called, breathe by
means of gills; to adapt a vertebrate animal to
respire air, it must be provided with lungs, consisting
of membranous bags more or less divided internally
into numerous cells, over which the blood-vessels
spread like an admirable "net-work, fitted for ap-
propriating oxygen from the air of the atmosphere
instead of from water. But if a creature is destined
to live both in air and in water, it must obviously
be provided with both gills and lungs coexistent,
either of which may be employed in conformity with
the necessities of the moment. We cannot, therefore,
be surprised that, in the lowest Kep tiles, this is
literally the arrangement adopted ; that they respire,
* a.fjL(f)is, amphis loth ; 0i, craspedon, an edge or border; /ce^aA^, cephale, the
384
SERPENTS.
might be mentioned whose names are familiarized to us by the
accounts of travellers.
FIG. 315. COBRA KAJA,
The Viper (Viperus Items] inhabits the mountainous, stony, and
woody districts of our own island. It feeds on mice, moles, young
FIG. 316. VIPEK.
SERPENTS. 385
birds, reptiles, and even insects and worms. During the cold season
these Eeptiles remain benumbed in holes, where several are often
found entwined together. They are most frequently seen on the
first fine days of spring, warming themselves in the sunshine ; but
when the weather becomes very hot, they are rarely to be met with.
The bite of the Viper is very dangerous.
The family of Boas (Boid&) contains a considerable
number of species, upwards of forty being described
in the catalogue of the British Museum. They are,
generally speaking, the largest of all the Serpent
tribe, and are characterized by several distinctive
marks. The greater number of them have a pre-
hensile tail, which, though short, is excellently fitted
for grasping the branches of trees. They possess
rudimentary hind extremities, which are developed
under the skin. These consist of several small bones,
FlG. 317. VENT AND HOOK OF BOA.
terminated by a horny spur, not unlike the spur of a
fowl in miniature ; these little claws project exter-
nally a little in front of the vent (Fig. '617). Their
body is well adapted for twisting and twining round
other objects, and the scales that cover it are small
and numerous.
The Boa Constrictor has the upper jaws and palate bones lined
with teeth, all of which are very sharp and pointed backwards.
Each side of the lower jaw is likewise armed with teeth, all directed
towards the throat. It must be evident, from a mere inspection of
these teeth, that they can be of little use in holding, much less in
destroying such strong and large animals as the Boa devours, and
upon a little reflection we shall find that they are intended for a
very different purpose. These serpents are said to watch in the
forests, and especially near the drinking-places of rivers, there
hanging from a tree, until some quadruped passes within range.
S
386
SERPENTS.
On its approach, the Boa darts upon its prey and more swiftly than
the eye can follow, encircles it in voluminous folds. The Boa thus
kills its victims hy coiling its lengthy body round their chest, and
then hy strong muscular contraction, compressing the ribs so firmly
that respiration is prevented, and the animal so seized speedily
perishes from snifocation. But having succeeded in extinguishing
life, the most difficult tnsk still remains to be accomplished. How
FlG. 318. BOA CONSTRICTOR WATCHING FOB PREY.
is the serpent, utterly destitute as it is of all external limbs, to force
down its throat an animal many times thicker than its own body t
The mode adopted is as follows .-Having relaxed the dreadtu
embrace, it once more winds itself round the slain animal, and
SERPENTS.
387
commences with the head, which by main force it thrusts into its
mouth, the jaws becoming widely separated, so that the throat is
stretched enormously as the food is forced into it. Deglutition is
here a very lengthy and laborious process, and was there not some
special contrivance to guard against such an accident, no sooner
were the efforts of the snake relaxed in the slightest degree, than
the muscles of the throat and jaws being in an extreme state of
tension, would force out of the mouth what had already been
partially swallowed. To provide against this, the teeth are by
FlG. 319. SKULL OF PYTHON.
their position converted into a sort of valve. Pointing backwards
as they do, they permit the bulky food to pass down towards the
throat, but at the same time their sharp points efficiently prevent it
from being pushed back again in the opposite direction.
" facilis descensus Averni
" Sed revocare gradum, superas que evadere ad auras
*' Hoc opus hie labor est."
The largest of all the Boa family, and perhaps the largest of the
Serpent race, is
The Anaconda (Eunectes murinus), found only on the American
continent. It is to this species that we must refer the greater
number of the highly-exaggerated tales of travellers relative to the
enormous size, ferocious habits, and extraordinary voracity of the
monstrous serpents of the new world. Still it is quite formidable
enough ; one of its provincial names, El Traga Venado, or the Deer-
swal lower, sufficiently indicates the idea entertained by the Indians
relative to the nature of its food.
The Harmless Snakes (Colubridse) form a very ex-
FlG. 320. HKAD OF RINGED SNAKE.
FlG. 321. BELLY AND TAIL-SHIELDS.
s 2
388
SERPENTS.
tensive family, recognisable by having the head small
and covered with broad plates, and the tail, conical
and tapering; they are quite destitute of poison teeth.
Of these not fewer than three hundred and forty
different species have been described.
The Common Ringed Snake (Coluber natrix) affords a good
example of the group. It has broad flat plates on the head, and
v-,,.
FlG.' 322. COMMON RINGED SNAKE.
the belly is shod as it were with a single series of wide parallel
horny shields, placed transversely ; beneath the tail, these are disposed
in a double series (Fig. 321).
The fifth family of Serpents (Amphisbcenidce) contains
The Double Walkers (Amphisbaena\* so called because it is difficult
to make either head or tail of them, seeing that they progrese
equally well with either end foremost. They have much resem-
blance to the Slow-worms delineated in the next figure, feed chiefly
upon ants and other insects, and are perfectly harmless. The species
are few, and abound in the tropical parts of both hemispheres.
ju^i's, ampliis, loth ways ; pcuvw, baino, to go.
LIZARDS. 389
LIZARDS (Sauria}*
The Saurian Reptiles might almost be described as
serpents supported upon legs ; indeed, in some of the
genera the resemblance to serpents is so great that
they might easily be mistaken for those animals. In
general, however, the legs are sufficiently developed
to be used as the principal instruments of locomotion ;
They are then four in number, and the toes are
armed with claws. Their skin is covered either with
scales or with granulations ; but in other respects
they are most variously constructed, as will be seen
by inspecting the tabular view of their classifica-
tion in the following page :
* (ratios, sauros, a lizard.
390
LIZAKDS.
r
I
^ p
< PH
o ~
T' &
fo o
<1
O
iJD
I
bO^
.3^2
The habits of these various families are very
diverse. Some, as the Crocodiles, inhabit lakes and
LIZARDS.
391
rivers. Others, as the Iguanas, live among the
foliage of trees. Some, as the Dragons, perform a
sort of flight like that of the flying squirrels. The
lizards delight to bask in the genial rays of the sun
on exposed sandy banks ; others conceal themselves
in humid forests, beneath stones and rotten logs.
Some crawl with slow and languid efforts; others run
with a celerity that the eye can scarcely follow.
Though found in almost all countries, the fervent
sun of the tropics seems most favourable to their
existence, and it is more especially in such regions
as have a moist as well as a hot atmosphere that
they abound.
The ribs of the Saurians are moveable, and can be
raised or depressed for the purpose of respiration.
Their eggs have an envelope more or less hard, and the
young issue forth in the form that they always retain.
Their mouth is invariably furnished with teeth,
and with few exceptions their toes have claws.
The transition from serpents to lizards is happily
exemplified by a pretty little animal, common enough
in this country, called
The Slow-worm (Anguis fragilis), the appearance of which is
ft^/^fy
FIG 323 -LOW-WOIIM.
392
LIZARDS.
thoroughly snake-like ; its body fs very long and slender, and it has
not the slightest appearance of limbs. Yet it is very closely allied
to the Lizards, as its internal structure clearly shows. The bones of
the pelvis, or arch to which the hinder limbs are attached, are found
to exist in a rudimentary state, although no outward indication of
limbs appears. If this little creature is laid hold of or alarmed, it
contracts its body so forcibly as to become perfectly stiff, and then
it will break in two with the slightest blow, or attempt to bend it.
We, therefore, at once perceive the propriety of one of its Latin
appellations, that of fragilis (brittle). The Slow-worm is not only
perfectly harmless, but extremely useful, its principal food consist-
ing of slugs, the greatest enemies of the agriculturist.
In the Glass Snake of North America the condition
of the limbs is equally rudimentary. Other species
display, as it were, links in a curious chain of gra-
dations ; some have two minute feet in front and none
behind ; others, as the Sheltopusik (Pseudopus), have
only sproutings of the hinder pair. Some have both
pairs, but small and weak, set very far apart on the
lengthened body, and destitute of toes. In others,
they become gradually more developed, until we find
them at length completely formed, as in
The True Lizards (Lacerta), remarkable for the
activity of their movements. Of these we have two
native species.
The Common, or Viviparous lizard (Zootoca), so called because
FlG. 324. COMMON LI/.ARD.
LIZARDS.
393
instead of depositing her eggs in the sand to be matured by the
warmth ol the sun, as other lizards, the female of this species
retains them until the young are hatched, and thus they are produced
alive.
The Sand Lizards (Lacerta agilis) are remarkable for the activity
of their movements. Every one must have remarked with what
rapidity they run from one place to .another, and how they can
cling to walls and rocks by means of their long and crooked claws.
The food of these lizards consists chiefly of insects. They are
timid, harmless animals, darting away on the slightest alarm, and
concealing themselves in some convenient retreat.
The Flying Lizards (Draco volans) have their hinder pairs of ribs
prolonged to such an extent that they support a broad expansion of
Flti. 325. DRACO VOLAKS.
the skin, so spread out from either side as to perform the office of a
parachute, thus enabling these little creatures to spring from tree to
tree with wonderful activity.
The Scinks (SdncidsB) have the legs small, feeble, and set far
apart ; the body is covered with overlapping scales. The tongue is
fleshy, notched, and scaly. They are harmless, commonly feeding
in insects ; but
s 3
394
LIZARDS.
The Gaily wasp of the West Indies (Celestus occiduus] feeds on
fruits.
tlG. 326. G ALLY WASP.
The Monitors (Varauidse) have a protrusile, sheathed, and forked
tongue, and are covered with tubercle-like scales, arranged in
rings or circular bands round the body and tail. Their name
is derived from the Latin word moneo, to warn, these animals being
believed to give warning of the approach of the crocodile. They
are found only in the warmer parts of Africa and Asia. They
live near the banks of rivers, and some are aquatic in their habits.
They often devour the eggs of crocodiles and aquatic birds, even
small fishes, lizards, and tortoises fall victims to their voracity.
The Guanas (Iguana} belong to the New World. Their teeth
are of remarkable structure, and crenated round the edge. Most
of them live on trees, which they climb by means of their long
hooked claws, in search of fruits and leaves, that form their prin-
cipal sustenance. The flesh of the common Guana is in good esti-
mation as an article of food.
The Geckos (Gecko}. All the preceding families are active by
day, but the Geckos are nocturnal in their habits. They arc
rather clumsy and stoutly built, of dull lurid colours, with great
eyes, the pupils of which contract to a line, like those of the cat.
The structure of their toes is very remarkable ; their imder-snr-
face is expanded into broad flaps, furnished with parallel plates
that overlap each other (Fig, 327) ; by means of these they are
enabled to cling to perpendicular surfaces, or even to walk sus-
pended from the ceiling like the house-fly. They utter unmusical
cries by night, which have been thought to resemble the word
geeko, whence their name.
LIZARDS.
FlG. 327. FEET OI-' GECKOS.
The Chameleons (Chameleo) are the most remarkable of reptiles.
Their toes, five in number, are divided into two groups that oppose
each other, as in the foot of a parrot, a provision which enables them
to grasp firmly the boughs of the trees upon which they live. They
are dull, slow animals, languid and heavy in their movements?, and
often remaining in the same position* for hours together, basking in
the sun. The only part that moves with quickness is the tongue.
The food of the Chameleon consists of insects, and it will remain
396 LIZARDS.
motionless, stationed upon a branch, until the unconscious prey comes
within reach, when in a moment the tongue is darted forth, and
the insect is caught and swallowed. Their power of changing
colour is wonderful, accurately imitating the tints of the leaves and
branches around them ; so that their presence is not discoverable
except upon close inspection.
The Crocodiles (Crocodilus), sometimes classed as
a distinct order, under the name of Loricata, are the
giants of the Eeptile race, 4 some of them attaining
the length of twenty-five feet; and as they are
strong, ferocious, and cunning, they rnay rank
among the most formidable animals. In their
general form they agree with the Lizards, but they
are distinguished by several important characters.
Of these, the most tangible and obvious is that
the whole back part of the neck, body, and tail is
clad with distinct series of bony plates embedded,
as it were, in the substance of the skin, and covered
externally with a thick cuticle. These dermal bones
are exceedingly strong, and they altogether form a
panoply of defence, capable of resisting the attacks of
the most powerful enemies. The bones of the head
in the Crocodile are more consolidated than those of
most reptiles ; the lower jaw is prolonged behind
the base of the skull, and this structure causes the
upper jaw to seeni moveable. There is in each jaw
a single row of teeth, which are conical in
form. A cavity at the root of each tooth
serves as a case or sheath for the germ of
the tooth destined to replace it ; and each
being thus gradually pushed out by a
successor ready to supply its place, the
mouth of the Crocodiles presents at all ages
its formidable array of pointed teeth in
undiminished number. The tongue is flat,
and free only .at the very edge, so that
these unwieldy animals have often been
^^ described as destitute of a tongue. The
PIG.329.-TOOTH f ace i ms no ijp g hence the long and
OF CROCODILE. -L I i 1
close array 01 grinning teeth is always
visible, imparting a very repulsive aspect to the
CHELONIAN KEPTILES. 397
countenance. The strong bony scales forming their
coat of mail are frequently ridged, and those of
the tail are elevated into a deeply notched or saw-
like crest, which at the basal part is double.
Frc. 331. CROCODILF.
CHELOXIAN* REPTILES.
The Chelonian Reptiles are distinguishable at the
first glance by the double buckler wherein their body
is enclosed, leaving only the head, neck, tail, and
four feet moveable.
The upper buckler, named the carapax, or back-
plate, is formed by the ribs, eight pairs in number,
which are widened, united together, and solidly fixed
to the back-bone. The lower buckler, termed plas-
tron, or breast-plate, is formed of pieces that re-
present the sternum, nine in number. A framework,
* XeAwi/rj, chelone, a tortoise.
398 CHELONIAN EEPTILES.
usually composed of bony pieces, surrounds the
carapax, and connects all the ribs together. The
vertebrae of the neck and tail only are move-
able, and the bones of the shoulder and pelvis are
F:G. 331. SKELETON OF TURTLE.
literally situated inside the body. The outer sur-
faces of the carapax and plastron are covered with
a series of horny or sometimes leathery plates, of
regular angular forms, closely fitted to each other.
The jaws are clothed in horn, like the beak of a
bird, which they much resemble, both in appearance
and action. The eggs of the Chelonians are covered,
like those of birds, with a hard, brittle, white shell,
and are deposited by the female in the warm sand,
where they are hidden from observation and left to
be hatched by the heat of the sun.
Tortoises possess amazing tenacity of life : some
have been known to move for many weeks after de-
capitation. Very little nourishment is necessary for
them, and they can pass entire months, without
eating.
The Chelonian Eeptiles may all be arranged. in
four principal families, according to the following
Table:
CHELONIAN REPTILES.
399
CHELONIANS,
having tho feet
Large, truncate at the end and formed
for walking only, and having the
toes united into a common mass as
LAND-TORTOISES.
Flattened and pro-
vided with distinct
toes, simply united
by a palmate mem-
brane, which is .
Flattened, in the forn
ming paddles, and
toes externally dist
f Incomplete, ca-)
rapax furnish- POND-TORTOISES.
ed with scales j
Complete, cara-"!
pax covered 1 RIVER TORTOISES.
with a soft
1 skin. . J
a of large swim-) CT , A Tn-pTnrcvc: m?
, i . ,, ( bjA-LUJxlOlbJ^o, OK
not navmg the> rrTT-DT 02 .
|| '
1
^ .
'Shg S
.513 *
J<
*t
Sif
ill
sl '
r^{5 "
^
2z
sl
11
,_
P
^"" Q
53
5
og-
c s
be "
_ 'oc
S8
' i
rf^3
^ C3
f 1
a .9
T 2
412 BIRDS OF PREY.
FIRST ORDER. BIRDS OF PREY.
KAPTORES* OR AcciPiTREs.f
The Raptorial Birds are at once recognized by
their beak, which is hooked and terminated by a sharp
point bent downwards, and by their feet being very
strong and armed with formidable talons.
They are divided into the Diurnal, or those that
fly by day. and the Nocturnal, or those that fly only
by night.
FAMILY OF DIURNAL BIRDS OF PREY.
FlG. 339. BEAK OF FALCON.
At the head of this rapacious tribe may be
placed
The Eagles (Aquila), distinguished by having their legs feathered
to the roots of their toes, and their wings reaching to the extremity
of their tail. Their vision is wonderfully extensive, and they are
said to be able to look at the unclouded sun. These birds are re-
markable for the nobleness of their bearing and for their daring
courage. They are endowed with powerful limbs, are fond of carnage,
and, in general, prefer attacking animals of considerable size. It
is only when pressed by hunger that they assail small birds, and
will not eat carrion even when in a state of absolute want. Eagles
* Raptor, a seizer or snatcher.
f Accipiter, a hawk, from accipio, to talie by force.
DIURNAL BIRDS OF PREY. 413
build their nest upon the flat surface afforded by some projecting
rock, or on a platform of some lofty mountain. Its dimensions are
very considerable, and every year contributes to its increase, for it is
rare for these birds to abandon their first monument of parental ten-
derness. Those that leave it return periodically to lay their eggs.
FlG. 340. FOOT OF EAGLE.
Their nest is frequently composed of such large pieces of wood, that
it would be difficult to believe they were ever carried by birds did we
not know the extraordinary strength of their limbs. The pieces are
so arranged as not to yield readily to the force of the wind, and they
support boughs, forming a solid habitation called an eyry. Those
species that in the construction of their nests employ only rushes and
reeds, accumulate them in great quantities, and tix them so firmly to
the platform, that rains or storms seldom cause their destruction.
While the female is detained in the eyry by the incubation of her
eggs, the male hunts alone, and as it is at the season when game
begins to abound, he easily provides for his own subsistence as well
as for that of his companion. Eagles live on wild mountains, and
ordinarily build their nests on the highest and most precipitous
rocks. The duration of incubation is about thirty days.
The Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaetas) is one of the noblest of the
feathered inhabitants of the British Isles. He is of large size, his
countenance and aspect are grand, and his movements majestic.
Whether viewed as he sits in awful solitude on the edge of some
lofty crag, or sailing on broadly-expanded pinions above the clouds,
he seems to feel himself the monarch of the scene around.
414
DIURNAL BIRDS OF PREY.
FlG. 341. GOLDEN EAGLE.
The Fisher Eagles (Halietus) keep near the margin of the sea, and
live principally upon fish.
The Great Harpy of America (Falco harpyia) is superior in size to
the Common Eagle. Of all birds, this possesses the most terrific
beak and claws. Such is its strength, that it is said to have cleft a
man's skull with its beak ; its ordinary food is the Sloth, and it often
carries off fawns.
The Falcons (Falco} are remarkable on account of their projecting
eyebrows, which make the eyes appear as if deeply sunk in the
head, and give to the physiognomy an appearance altogether
different from that of the Vultures. They have a lofty, rapid,
sustained flight ; then* sense of sight is more extended and clearer
than that of any other animal, enabling them to perceive the
smallest prey, when they themselves are out of sight. Most
of them feed on the flesh of victims newly killed by their own
talons, but when pressed by hunger, they do not refuse dead animals.
Instead of eating food on the spot as Vultures do, they bear it off to
their eyry. The largest species attack quadrupeds and birds, others
feed on reptiles, some live on fishes, and others are entirely insectivo-
rous. They all seize their prey with their feet. Some, as the Falcon
and the Kite, precipitate themselves perpendicularly upon their
game ; others (the Buzzards and the Gos-hawks) attack obliquely or
sideways. They are generally silent, and very difficult to tame ; but
some of them are trained to hunt on the wing.
DIURNAL
BIRDS OF PEEY.
V
415
FlG. 342. PEREGRINE FALCON.
The Vultures (Vultur}. These birds have a disagreeable aspect
and tainted odour ; they are cowardly, and prefer the most putrid
carrion to living prey ; and in order to preserve cleanliness while
engaged in their filthy banquet, by a wise provision, their head and
neck are denuded of feathers. The power of their talons does not
correspond with their size, and they make use of their beak rather
than of their claws. They are extremely voracious ; but after they
have been completely satiated, they can wait a long time for an oppor-
tunity of feeding again. Their sense of smell is acute, and enables
them to perceive at immense distances the remains of dead animals,
which they seek as food. In hot climates, these birds are very use-
ful : they serve to cleanse the streets from putrescent substances, and
may be seen parading the towns in little bands in search of carrion.
Vultures live in pairs ; they build their nests on inaccessible rocks,
and construct them of pieces of wood, joined together by a sort of
mortar. Their young, when born, are covered with down, and are
fed with half-digested food, which is disgorged by their parents be-
fore them.
The Griffons (Gypaetos), in their conformation and habits, very
closely resemble the Vultures ; but they have their head and neck
almost entirely covered with feathers. To this tribe belongs the
Lammer Geyer, the largest bird of prey found on the eastern conti-
nent, the higher mountain chains of which it inhabits. It attacks
416
NOCTURNAL BIRDS OF PREY.
larnbs, goats, and chamois. Generally it endeavours to make its
victims throw themselves from precipitous rocks, and devours them
after they have been killed by their fall hence it was called by the
Romans Ossifraga, or the bone-breaker.
FlG. 343. GRIFFON VULTUUE.
NOCTURNAL BIRDS OF PREY.
The nocturnal birds of prey have a very large head
and a very short neck ; the eyes are directed forwards
and surrounded by a circle of fringed feathers. The
pupil of the eye is large, and the sight imperfect.
The external toe can be directed forwards or back-
NOCTURNAL BIRDS OF PREY.
417
wards at will. Their wings are not strong, and the
wing-feathers have soft barbs, covered with a sort of
down. These birds are often designated under the
collective name of
The Owls (Strid). They are blinded by broad day, and only see
well in the twilight or at night when it is not very dark, the time
they choose for hunting ; and as their silky feathers enable them to
fly without noise, it is then very easy for them to pounce upon birds
FlG. 344. BARN OWL.
and small quadrupeds. There are some species that pursue their
prey in the day-time ; but during this period they generally retire
into hollow trees or rents in walls ; sometimes they lie flat upon the
branches of trees, and then all the little birds of which they are the
terror by twilight, come out to insult them. During the night they
often utter plaintive cries, regarded by the vulgar as unfortunate
omens. In reality, these birds are more useful than injurious, on
account of the number of small rats and mice that they destroy.
Doubtless their large head and their habitual tranquillity obtained for
them the reputation for wisdom, which they enjoyed among the
ancients.
T 3
418
PASSERINE BIRDS.
SECOND ORDER. PASSERINE BIRDS,
PASSERINE.*
This Order includes all birds thaf are neither
swimmers, waders, climbers, rapacious, nor yet
gallinaceous ; that is, it contains all birds that are not
assignable to any of the other orders. Its characteris-
tics, therefore, are purely negative ; yet, although we
cannot unite all the species that belong to it under
a common description, they nevertheless resemble
each other in the totality or aggregate of their
structure. The Passerine tribes have neither the
violence of the birds of prey nor the fixed regimen
of the gallinaceous or aquatic birds. They live
upon insects, fruits, and grain ; but those with strong
beaks live more exclusively upon grain, those with
slender beaks upon insects. The proportional length
of their wings and the extent of their flight are as
variable as their habits. They have four toes, gene-
rally three in front and one behind ; sometimes all four
are in front ; but there are never two before and two
behind, as in the order of climbing birds (Seansores).
The order Passerinae is divided into five families,
as in the following Table :
The external toe
shorter than the
middle one, and
free for the great-
er part of its
length . , .
Upper mandible .
Notched on both sides near)
its point )
Without
a notch
Short, wide, and
flattened hori-
zontally; mouth
very open . .
Strong and coni-l
cal . . . ./
Slender and elon-1
gated . . . )
DENTIROSTRES
FISSIROSTKES.
The external toe almost as long as the middle
one to which it is united as far as to the last
joint but one ,
CONIROSTRES,
TENUIKOSTRES.
SYNDACTYLjE.
* Passer, a sparrow*
PASSERINE BIRDS. 419
FAMILY OF DENTIROSTRES.*
This family includes those Passerine only that have
the beak notched on both sides, near the point. They
are all insectivorous, and most of them also eat ber-
ries and other tender fruits ; such are
The Shrikes (Lanius}. Though small in size, these birds are full
of courage ; they contend with birds of prey, and like them, live by
rapine. They feed on insects and small birds, and always inhabit
FlG. 345. HEAD OP TTRANNUS.
woods and bushes. They live in families, and fly irregularly and
precipitately, uttering shrill cries. The Butcher Bird (Lanius
collurio) destroys a great many small animals, birds, and young
toads, as well as insects, such as grasshoppers, beetles, &c. ; these
it has the habit of impaling on the thorns of bushes, in order to
devour them at leisure, or to find them again when wanted.
The Fly-catchers (Muscicap^ the Thrushes, the Nightingale,
the Wrens, the Wagtails, the Titlarks, and many others of similar
habits belong to this family.
* Dens, dentis, a tooth ; rostrum, a leak tooth -beaks.
t Musca, a fly ; capio, to take or catch.
420
PASSERINE BIRDS.
FlG. 346. GREY SHRIKE. ,
FAMILY OF FISSIROSTRES.*
The Fissirostres are distinguished by their beak,
which is short, wide, horizontal, flattened, slightly
hooked, without any notch, and very deeply cleft,
the opening of the mouth is thus very wide, and
they easily capture the insects they pursue on the
wing. These birds are exclusively insectivorous;
they are also migratory, and are found in all parts of
the world. This family is divided into two tribes
namely, the Diurnal Fissirostres, with a dense plu-
mage, and a beak that opens to beneath the eyes ;
* Fissus, cloven; rostrum, a beak cleft-beaks.
PASSERINE BIRDS.
421
and the Nocturnal Fissirostres, the plumage of which
is soft and light, like that of the Owls, and their
beak opens to a point beyond the eyes.
FlG. 347. HEAD OF NYCTIBICS.
The Diurnal Fissirostres constitute the family of
The Swallows (Himndo\ all 01 which are remarkable for the
FlG. 348. SWALLOW.
422
PASSERINE BIRDS.
length of their wings. They are divided into Swallows, properly so
called, and Swifts ; the latter are known by a remarkable conforma-
tion of their feet, the thumb is directed forward like the other
toes, which are all separate, and each has but three joints, while
in the Swallows the thumb points backwards, as in the other Pas-
serinse.
The Swallows, properly so called, have a triangular beak, the legs
short, the wings very long, and the tail usually forked. They de-
light in places where flies and other insects are common; they
construct their nests with great care, sometimes in the ground.
Most of the Swallows leave us in September, and migrate in large
flocks to warm countriBs, where they pass the winter ; they return in
the beginning of spring, and take possession of the nests they had
left the preceding year. Their habits are mild, and they are re-
markable for their sociability. They often join together in great
numbers to drive off an enemy, the attack of which any one of them
may fear. The Swallow announces, even to the Swifts and other
small birds, the approach of a bird of prey. At the sight of an
Owl or a Hawk, it utters a piercing cry ; immediately all the birds
of its species and the Swifts assemble round it, and often fly in
phalanx against the enemy, which they harass until he is forced to
retreat.
The Swifts (Chcetura, Oz/pseZws) have a forked tail, and surpass even
FIG. 349. SWIFT.
the Swallows in their powers of flight; in fact, they scarcely walk at
all, and are seen continually in flocks, pursuing insects in the upper
regions of the atmosphere with loud cries. They nestle in holes
in walls and rocks, and climb along smooth surfaces with facility.
PASSEKINE BIKDS.
423
The tribe of Nocturnal Fissirostres comprehends
The Goatsuckers (Caprimukws),* consisting of several genera,
very much resembling each other in their plumage and habits.
They only appear in the evening, and for this reason they might
be called crepuscular birds. The silky nature of their feathers and
their mixed and mottled plumage give them, as far as relates to their
colour, a strong resemblance to Owls. Their eyes are large : their
beak, furnished with strong moustaches, and more deeply cleft than
in Swallows, is capable of receiving the largest insects, which it
retains by means of a viscid saliva. The nostrils are in the form
of small tubes, near its base. Their wings are long, their legs short
FlG. 350. NIGHT JAU.
and feathered, and the thumb can be directed forwards. These
birds live solitary, and only fly during the twilight or on fine nights ;
they pursue moths and other nocturnal insects, and lay a small
number of eggs on the ground, without taking much care to con-
struct a nest. When they fly, the rushing of the air into their wide
mouths produces a peculiar humming noise. They have been ac-
cused of sucking goats, whence their name ; but this is an un-
founded calumny that, perhaps, had its origin from the circum-
stance of their frequenting fields where goats and sheep are herded,
in pursuit of the insects that are attracted by their presence.
Capra, a goat ; mulgeo, to milk.
424 PASSERINE BIRDS.
FAMILY OF CONIROSTRES.*
All the birds of this family have a strong beak,
more or less conical in its shape, and without a
notch. They live more exclusively upon grain,
in proportion to the strength and thickness of their
bills. The principal genera are the Starlings, the
Larks, the Titmice, the Buntings, the Sparrows, the
Crossbills, the Crows, and the Birds of Paradise.
The Larks (Alauda) have a straight, short beak ; their head is
small, and furnished with a little crest of feathers ; the nail of the
hinder toe is straight, and much larger than that of any of the other
toes. The conformation of their claws does not allow these birds to
alight on trees ; but it is useful to them on the ground, where they
generally dwell, feeding on grasses, tender plants, insects and
larvae. They also have the habit of dusting themselves by fluttering
on the ground. The Lark is common throughout Europe. During
>V_ \
FlG. 351. SKY-LARK. '
the summer these birds prefer dry elevated situations, and delight
in soaring to great heights in the air, singing in a strong melodious
voice. In winter they assemble in large numbers on the level
country in search of food. They are often kept in cages, and become
reconciled to captivity. Their flesh is esteemed a delicacy.
* Conus, a cone ; rostrum, a bealt with conical beaks.
PASSERINE BIRDS.
425
. The Titmice, or Tits (Parus), have a slender and very short beak.
They are extremely lively little birds, and may be constantly seen
darting from branch to branch in short flights, climbing and sus-
pending themselves in all sorts of positions, plucking the seeds upon
which they feed. They also eat many insects, and do not spare small
birds when they find them enfeebled by 'sickness or entangled in
FlG. 352. LONG-TAILKD TIT AND NEST.
snares ; they may be often seen to pierce their skulls, by repeated
strokes of their beak, in order to devour the brains ; they also pick the
bones to a skeleton. In proportion to their size, which is very small,
these are the boldest of all birds. They attack Owls fiercely.
They make their nests in the hollows of old trees, and lay more
eggs than any others of the family.
Dr. Macgillivray records the observations of a friend on a pair of
blue Titmice while rearing their young. The parent birds began
their labour of love at half-past three o'clock in the morning, and
did not leave off till after eight o'clock in the evening, after being
almost incessantly engaged for eighteen hours, during which time
they returned to their nest 475 times, flying to and from a plantation
more than 150 yards from their nest; sometimes they brought at each
visit a single caterpillar, sometimes two or three small ones. The
number of destructive insects thus killed, while birds are feeding their
young, must be astonishing.
426 PASSERINE BIRDS.
The Finches (Fringilla) are too well known to re-
quire description. They form an extensive genus,
embracing the Weavers, the Linnets, the Goldfinches,
the Chaffinches, the Canary, the Bullfinch, and other
cage birds.
The Crows (Corvus) have a large beak, straight at the base,
curved towards the point, and cutting at the edges ; their nostrils are
concealed by long hairs directed forwards ; their toes are entirely
divided, and their wings appear clipped at their extremities. They
live in troops, and are cunning and distrustful ; they readily become
familiar, and some of them may be taught to speak with consider-
able facility. The senses of these birds are very acute, more par-
ticularly that of smell ; they have the habit of stealing and conceal-
ing everything they find, even articles that are useless to them,
such as spoons and pieces of money. They lay up provision for the
future season, and feed on every kind of aliment, grains, fruits, insects,
and worms, and living or dead flesh, so that they well deserve the
Fro. 353. CARRION CKOW.
name of Omnivorous. .The Haven, the Jackdaw, the Magpie, and
the Jay, all belong to the same family.
The Birds of Paradise (Paradissea). These birds resemble Crows
in everything but their plumage, which is perhnps the most sumptuous
bestowed upon the feathered creation. They are all of them
indigenous to New Guinea and the neighbouring islands. Their
history was for a long while a tissue of fable and absurdity. The
female it was asserted laid her eggs while flying, and had no legs ;
PASSERINE BIEDS.
427
when sleeping, they were said ,to suspend themselves by the long
feathers of the tail; to feed exclusively upon dew, and never to
touch the earth while alive. All these fictions have, however, found
their proper level, and the history of these beautiful birds is now
pretty well known. The most celebrated species is
The Emerald Bird of Paradise (Paradisxa apoda). Its head is
small, but ornamented with feathers that rival in brilliancy those of
the Peacock; the neck is of a delicate yellow, and the body of a
FlG. 354. BIRDS OF PARADISE.
rich brown tint sprinkled with gold ; while two long bearded filaments
constitute its tail. The long, light, and graceful feathers of this
bird form the most beautiful, and, alas ! the most sought-for plumes
for ladies' head-dresses ; so that the race will probably soon become
extinct.
The Birds of Paradise travel in troops of thirty or forty under
the direction of a chief, which the Indians call the king. In May
and June (probably the season of pairing) they are in a state of
great excitement and incessant activity, and the males assemble
together to exercise, dress, and display their magnificent plumage.
For this purpose they prefer certain lofty, large-leaved trees, and on
these, early in the morning, from ten to twenty full-plumaged
birds assemble, as the natives express it, "to play and dance." They
open their wings, stretch out their necks, shake their bodies, and
428 PASSERINE BIRDS.
keep their long golden plumes opened and vibrating constantly
changing their positions, flying across and across each other from
branch to branch, and appearing proud of their activity and beauty.
The long, downy, golden feathers are displayed in the manner in
which alone they can be seen to full advantage ; instead of hanging
down each side, as during repose and flight, they are erected ver-
tically over the back, and there opened and spread out like a fan,
completely overshadowing the whole body. The effect 6f this is
inexpressibly beautiful. The large ungainly legs are no longer a
deformity, as the bird crouches upon them: the dark-brown body
and wings form but a central support to the splendour above, from
which more brilliant colours might distract attention ; while the
pale-yellow head, swelling throat of rich metallic green, and bright
golden eye, give vivacity and life to the whole figure. Above rise
the intensely-shining orange-coloured plumes, richly marked with a
stripe of deep red, and opening out into broad waving wreaths of
aery down, curving and closing upon each other so as to form a sort
of halo, in the centre of which the bright-green head looks like a
little emerald sun, with its rays formed by the filaments of the two
plumes.
FAMILY OF TENUIROSTRES.*
The birds composing this family have a slender
elongated beak, always without any notch ; it is
sometimes straight and sometimes bent like a bow.
The principal genera are the Nuthatches, Creepers,
Humming-birds, and Hoopoes.
FlG. 355. HEAD OF SUN-BIRD.
The Nuthatches (Sitta) have a medium-sized, straight, depressed
beak, which is cylindrical, conical, and cutting at the point. Their
tongue is short and very slightly protractile. They climb trees in all
directions in search of insects, and nestle in their trunks. The
Common European Nuthatch is of a bluish ash-colour ; it is seden-
tary, and inhabits forest trees. The male assists the female in spring
in the construction of her nest. They establish themselves in a hole
in the tree, and if the hole is too large for them, they reduce its size
by plastering it with mud, a habit that has acquired for them their
name of " Mason Pie." They line the interior with a thin bed of
moss, upon which the female lays from five to seven greyish eggs,
speckled with red spots. The young escape from their shell about
the month of May, and are very soon able to provide for themselves.
* Tenuis, slender ; rostrum, a beak slender-billed.
PASSERINE BIRDS.
429
These birds feed on grain and seeds, more especially flax-seed ; they
likewise eat beech-nuts and hazel nuts, the latter of which they fix
firmly in some crevice, and then pierce them by repeated blows of
their sharp beak.
V?
FlG. 356. MJTHATCH.
The Creepers (Cerfhia) have their beak compressed and slender,
more or less bent like a bow, and triangular ; their tail is slanting,
FlG. 357. TRKE CRKKl'KR.
430
PASSERINE BIRDS.
and furnished with stiff sharp quills, serving to assist them in climb-
ing trees; their tongue is sharp, and adapted for piercing insects,
upon which they feed.
The Humming-birds (Trocliilus) are celebrated for the metallic
lustre of their plumage, as well as for their tiny dimensions. They
inhabit America and the adjacent islands. Their beak is very long,
sometimes straight and sometimes bent, tubular, and very slender.
Their tongue is long, extensible, .and divided into two filaments.
Their wings are proportionately very long, and their plumage some
times ornamented with feathers as brilliant as precious stones.
FlG. 358. HUMMING-BIKDS.
They feed on the nectar of flowers, about which they may be seen
buzzing and balancing themselves in the air. They sometimes eat
small flies and diminutive insects, found in the flower-bells. They
live in pairs, and defend their nest most courageously.
PASSERINE BIRDS.
431
FIG. 359 HOOPOE.
The Hoopoes (Upupa) have an ornament on the head formed of a
double row of feathers that they can erect at will.
FAMILY OF SYNDACTYL^E.*
The birds belonging to this family are recognisable
by having the external toe almost as long as the
middle one, to which it is joined by a membrane that
reaches as far as the last joint but one. The prin-
cipal genera are the Kingfishers, the Bee-eaters, and
the Hornbills, all readily distinguishable by the struc-
ture of the beak.
The Bee-eaters (Merops) have the bill of moderate size, cutting,
pointed, and slightly curved, without any notch at the end. The
Common European Bee-eater (Merops apiaster] : the only one found
in Europe has a fawn-coloured back, a deep blue front, and a yellow
throat, surmounted with black. It lives upon insects, particularly
* h the rival
nestlings out of the nests, of which they take possession for three
weeks after their birth, and for five weeks longer their adopted mothers
supply them with food.
The Toucans (Rampliastos)* are at once distinguishable by their
enormous beak, which is almost as large and as long as their body ;
internally it is light and cellular, and at its margin irregularly
FlG. 368. KEEL- BEAKED TOUCAN.
toothed. Their tongue is long, narrow, and furnished on each side
with barbs like a feather. These strangely-constructed birds inhabit
the tropical parts of America ; they live in flocks, and feed on fruits
* pd/jLtyos, ramphos, a leal;.
438 GALLINACEOUS BIRDS.
and insects. They seek the nesis of other birds, and devour their
eggs and recently-hatched young. When they obtain their prey,
they toss it into the air, and, catching it as it falls, swallow it whole.
The Parrots (Psittacus) have a large, hard, and sol id beak,- with the
upper mandible arched and strongly hooked. They climb trees by
the aid both of their beak and feet ; their tongue is fleshy and round;
and their toes short and strong. They readily become familiar,
and some species can be taught to imitate the human voice. The
plumage of Parrots varies in colour ; it is generally remarkable for
FlG. 367. HEAD OF MACAW.
its clear and 'vivid tints; frequently green predominates, while in
certain species red is the prevailing colour. Many of these birds
possess a wonderful degree of intelligence ; they learn to talk, re-
member tunes, and are very susceptible of education. They convey
their food to the beak with their claws ; they all eat fruit, but feed
likewise on buds, tender bark, roots, and the sweet juices of plants.
To this family belong tlie Macaws, the Paroquets, the True Parrots
and the Cockatoos.
ORDER OF GALLINACEOUS* BIRDS.
The Gallinaceous Birds are terrestrial. They
have a short or moderately long beak, which is
vaulted above. Their body is heavy, and their wings
generally short. They all live upon grain, and are
furnished with a very strong muscular gizzard ; they
* Gallus, a cock ; Gallina, a lien. Barn-door Fowls being taken
as the type of the order.
GALLINACEOUS BIRDS. 439
delight in seeking their food upon the ground and in
scratching in the dust. Most of our poultry belongs
to this Order ; their flesh supplies a light and whole-
some meat, and their feathers are applied to various
purposes, both ornamental and useful.
This Order is divided into two sections
The Gallinacese, properly so called, having the front
toes united at their base by a short membrane, and
their tail composed of fourteen or a still greater
number of quills ; and
The Pigeons, having their toes entirely separate,
and the tail formed of twelve quills.
FAMILY OF GALLINACESE, PROPERLY so CALLED.
The Grallinaceae properly so called have a short
convex beak, with the upper mandible arched or
vaulted, and curved from its base to its point. Their
three front toes are united by a short membrane ; the
posterior toe is affixed high up. The principal genera
of the Gallinacere are the Turkeys, the Peacocks, the
Guinea-fowL the Pheasants, and the Grouse.
440
GALLINACEOUS BIRDS.
j TURKEYS,
| PEACOCKS,
B 1
!>- ^
MO ^ < pq
^g 3 B g
Sg S 5 o
B w W p
u Pk O C5
c8
r-; .
o . fcO g T3 i ^4 ! N o fl ^ '
O
C I-^H ^ ^ ."tn O .S'Ti
'
1
1 '^ ,f^ ^S B -3 .
S & ^^ i ^^Q^
z
9
* CD CD cS ^ ^ ^. Vnr? PH 2
o
.
'. o^ 1 S*!^ .g 'S
8
r^
^7! s^'S^ s'o.s o 4
'" ^ CD* W W
S prf^ S *
| '
2
jl
^^
If
3 " ^ o^
q S
^"S
^ ^
CD .
PH j
^H CD
9
"^ T3
^
* CD 02
O fl
-^ -
W3 *"
^ rrt
S ^
CD":^ ^^^
^
JL!
be P S as
g ^ 6 s2
M
bJO -
O OQ
A
.2
00 r^*
s
'> .
rJ ^
T3
Jl _
1 o-
1
^
0^
'g
JB.I
^
'o .
^j C3
,<8^
||
1
^
0^
t o
^.J
'o
l_
1
be
1
GALLINACEOUS BIRDS.
441
The Turkeys (Meleagris; have the head and the upper part of the
neck covered by a soft skin, which is destitute of feathers. Under the
throat there is a fleshy appendage that hangs from the neck, and
another of a conical form from the forehead ; these in the male become
turgid during excitement. A bunch of stiff hairs, likewise, is ap-
pended to the breast of the male. The tail coverts can be raised so
as to form a circle, and the males have feeble spurs. Turkeys, of
which only two species are known, are originally from America,
whence the Jesuit missionaries introduced them into Europe. The
first Turkeys appeared in France in 1570, and were served at the
wedding of Charles IX. They have since been naturalized in all
climates on account of the excellence of their flesh.
The Peacocks (Pavo] have the head covered with feathers and or-
namented with a crest ; the legs are armed behind with a conical
spur ; but the most remarkable characteristic of these birds is, that
FlG. 368. PEACOCK.
in the male the upper tail coverts are longer than the quills, and may
be elevated when he spreads his tail, the feathers of which are of un-
u 3
GALLINACEOUS BIRDS.
equal size, and terminated by numerous brilliant circles of metal-
lic splendour. The female is destitute of this ornament, the richness
and beauty of which are beyond description.
The Guinea Fowls, or Pintadoes (Nwnida), have the head naked
and provided with fleshy wattles on the lower part of the cheeks ;
their skull is likewise generally surmounted by a callous crest. Their
feet are without spurs, and their tail is short and pendent. The
Guinea Fowls, as their name implies, are of African origin ; they live
in numerous troops under bushes and in copses, where they find
berries and small snails, on which they feed.
The Pheasants (Phasianus) have the cheeks around the eyes
covered by a red skin, or by very short feathers ; their tail is long
FlG. 369. HASTINGS'S TRAPOGAN, ARGUS PHEASANT, AND CUOWNED PIGEON.
and narrow, with the feathers arranged in two planes that overlap
each other, the middle ones being considerably the longest. They
are all natives of Asia, and seem to increase in beauty as we go
further east, until in China we find the beautiful Gold and Silver
Pheasants and the superb Argus, represented in our figure, studded
with dark ringed eye-spots on a cinnamon ground, and almost rival-
GALLINACEOUS BIRDS.
443
ling the Peacocks in the richness of its costume. The Pheasants of our
preserves (P. ColcMcus] are said to have been imported into Greece by
the adventurous Argonauts from the banks of the river Phasis, whence
the origin of their name.
The Barn-door Fowl (Gallus) is furnished with a fleshy crest or
comb upon the crown of the head and wattles on the throat. The
quills of the tail are fourteen in number, placed back to back on
two planes, and the tail coverts, greatly lengthened, extend in the
adult male with a graceful arch over the quills.
The Curassows (Crax), of whicli there are many species nearly
as large as a Turkey, are almost invariably of a deep black colour,
glossed with metallic reflections. Some of them are adorned with a
FlG. 370. CRESTED CCRASEOW.
crest composed of short curled feathers. They li ve in flocks in South
America, where they perch and build their nests upon the loftiest
trees.
The Grouse (Tetrao) are distinguishable by a naked and generally
red stripe that occupies the place of the eyebrows. This family com-
prises the Heathcocks, the Partridges, the Ptarmigans, and the
Quails.
The Capercailzie, or Cock of the Wood (Tetrao urogallu8\is almost
as large as a Turkey. Although formerly common in the northern
parts of this country, this noble bird has been nearly exterminated :
efforts have, however, been recently made to restore, if possible, the
breed by importing a large number from Norway, where they are
still numerous. Some species of grouse, which seem to belong to
the northern regions of the globe, are defended amidst the snows,
over which they wander, by having their feet feathered to the
claws, and by their plumage becoming white in winter.
444
GALLINACEOUS BIRDS.
FlG. 37 1. CAPEBC AIJ.ZIE.
The second section of gallinaceous birds includes
the extensive tribe of Pigeons, sometimes regarded
by naturalists as forming an order by. themselves.
v \\
.RUNNING BIHDS. 445
The Pigeons ( Columba\ like the preceding, have the beak vaulted,
the nostrils pierced in a membranous space, and covered with a carti-
laginous scale, that causes a considerable prominence at the base
of the beak. These birds fly we'll, the males attach themselves
strictly to a single female, with whom they live, roosting upon trees
or in the clefts of rocks, they lay few eggs, but at intervals
frequently repeated. The male assists the female in the work of
incubation. They feed their young brood with grain previously
softened in their own craw.
ORDER OF RUNNING BIRDS.
CURSORES.*
The principal characteristic of these birds consists
in the undeveloped condition of their wings, which
are quite disproportioned to the size of the body, and
completely incapable of flight. In some cases, these
rudimentary wings are but imperfectly furnished
with feathers, in others they are fully plumed, but
even then seem only to be used after the manner
of sails, to catch the wind and thus assist in run-
ning. They run with extraordinary swiftness, and
hence the name Cursores, or Runners, is applied to
them with great propriety. The living species
form two families, of one of which the Ostrich,
and of the other, the Apteryx, is the type.
The Ostriches (Struthiomdse) are remarkable for the great size and
strength of their legs; the shortness of their wings is such that
they are quite unadapted for flight.
The True Ostriches (Struthio}, however, still have their wings
covered witli loose and floating plumes of sufficient length to afford
them considerable assistance in running. Two species only are
known. The African Ostrich (Struthio camelus), and the American
Ostrich (Struthio fthced).
The African Ostrich has only two toes upon each foot ; and
the outermost of the two, which is but half the length of the inner
one, is without a claw. These birds are very numerous in the sandy
desserts of Arabia and of the interior of Africa ; they attain the height
of seven or eight feet, live in large flocks, and lay eggs that weigh
nearly three pounds apiece : in intertropical regions these eggs are
simply buried in the sand, but beyond the tropics the female sits
Cursor, a runner, from CUITO, to >'u)i.
446
RUNNING BIEDS.
upon her eggs, and defends her progeny courageously. No animal
can beat the Ostrich in running.
The American or Khcea Ostrich is only half the size of the
African bird, and has three toes, all furnished with claws. The
plumage is of little value.
FlG. 373. AFRICAN OSTRICH.
The Cassowary (Casuarius) has wings still shorter than those of
the Ostrich, and quite useless even in running. Their feet have
three toes, all provided with nails; their feathers almost resem-
ble the hairs of a horse's mane. But two species are known, one
having its head surmounted by a bony helmet, the other unpro-
vided with such a covering. In running, they can outstrip the
swiftest greyhound.
RUNNING BIRDS.
447
The Bustards (Otis). This fine bird is almost extirpated, though
it is still seen in wide open plains. The last recorded to have been
killed in England was shot near the Lizard, in Cornwall, in
February, 1843. The male Bustard stands nearly four feet high.
GUEAT BUSTARD.
The second division of Cursorial Birds form the
lamily of Apteryx (Apteryzidte), so called because
they have the appearance of being entirely wingless.
They resemble the Emeu in the general form of
their body and in the nature of their plumage ; but
are at once distinguished from those ostrich-like
birds by the shortness of their legs, and the pre-
sence of a hind toe, armed with a strong claw on
each foot. A further distinction is afforded by the
form of the bill, which is elongated, nearly cylin-
drical, and slightly curved ; the nostrils are situated
quite at the tip of the upper mandible, and the wings
are so rudimentary as to be completely concealed
beneath the feathers of the body.
448
WADING BIRDS.
Shaw's Apteryx (Apteryx Austmlis) is an inhabitant of New
Zealand. It stands about two feet high, and its plumage is of a
dark brown colour. It runs with great rapidity, and when pursued
takes refuge in the holes of rocks or amongst the roots of trees.
FIG. 375 APrhiux.
When seized it defends itself vigorously with its powerful feet. It
is active during the night, and feeds principally upon earthworms,
which it captures by driving its long bill into the soil. These birds
live in pairs, and construct a rough nest in the retreat which they
generally frequent. In this nest the female lays a single egg, about
the size of that of a goose. Their flesh is much esteemed by the
New Zealanders, who make cloaks of their skins and feathers.
ORDER OF WADING BIRDS
GRALLATORES.*
These birds derive their name from their habits
and from the peculiarities of their structure. They
are characterized by the height of their legs, which
are naked, and thus adapted for wading to a certain
depth into the water, where many species catch
their prey. Those genera that are possessed of a
WADIXG BIRDS. 449
strong beak, live upon fishes and reptiles ; those in
which the bill is long and feeble, upon worms and
insects : a very small number satisfy their appetite
by devouring grain or herbs, and these only such as
live at a distance from water. In a few instances
the toes are partially webbed, and in some the
hinder toe is entirely wanting ; circumstances which
have considerable influence in causing their habits to
be more or less aquatic. Their wings are long, and
they generally fly well. During flight their legs are
stretched out behind, while in other birds they are
generally folded beneath the body. They are sepa-
rable into four tribes, namely, the Pressirostres, the
Cultrirostres, the Longirostres, and the Macrodaetyles-
The tribe Pressirostres* comprehends such genera
as have their legs Long and their hind-toe too short
to touch the ground. Their beak is sufficiently
strong to pierce the ground in search of worms, and
consequently the smaller species may be seen run-
ning about in meadows and newly-ploughed fields.
Others possessed of stronger bills, likewise eat grain
and plants. In this tribe are classed
FlG. 376. RINGED PLOVER.
450
WADING BIRDS.
The Plovers (Charadrias]. These birds have no hinder toe, and
a moderate beak, which is compressed and slightly enlarged at the
tip. They live together in numerous flocks, frequent damp meadows,
and strike the earth with their feet, in order to disturb the worms
upon which they live.
We may also mention the Sand-pipers (Tringa)
and the Oyster-catchers (Hasmatopus), the latter having
a beak straight, pointed, compressed into a wedge
shape, and sufficiently strong to enable them to open
small shell-fish, upon which they feed. They like-
wise, however, dig in the earth in search of worms.
Most of the little birds of this tribe make no regular
nest, but deposit their eggs, four in number, in a
cavity slightly scratched among sand and pebbles,
FlG. 377. NEST OF THE DUNLIN.
which they so much resemble in size and colour that
they are not easily discovered; or like the Sea-
snipe, they construct on the ground, among long
grass and heather, an apology for a nest composed
of a little moss and some dried leaves and fibres.
In this the female contrives to place her eggs so that
they occupy the smallest possible space, by making
them all meet at their smaller ends, which taper much
more than the eggs of most other birds (Fig. 377).
WADING BIRDS.
431
The Cultrirostres * are known by their large, long,
and strong beak, which is generally trenchant and
sharp pointed ; in
The Cranes (Grus\ however, the bill is scarcely longer than the
tlG. 378. CROWNED CRAKE
head. The common Crane ( Gras cinerea] is a very beautiful bird,
standing upwards of four feet in height : it has been celebrated
from the remotest antiquity on account of its periodical migration,
which carries it every autumn i'rom north to south, and every spring
in the opposite direction, on these occasions Cranes fly in numerous
flocks and observe the most perfect discipline. These birds will eat
grain, but they prefer insects and worms, which they obtain abun-
dantly in the marshy countries they frequent. The ancients fre-
quently make allusion to the Cranes, because their high road
during their migrations lies through Greece and Asia Minor.
The Herons (Ardea) are more carnivorous in their habits, and
are provided with a long, sharp beak, cloven to beneath the eyes.
They are likewise remarkable for having the inner edge of the
middle claw of each foot horny and toothed like a comb. The
Herons are solitary birds, they roost or perch themselves by the
side of streams, where they destroy much fish.
The Storks (Ciconia) are furnished with a beak of still more
formidable proportions, and their feet are slightly webbed at the
base. They have the habit of striking their broad mandibles
sharply together, thus producing a clapping sound, the only noise
that they make. The White Stork (Ciconia alba), very common on
the Continent, builds its nest upon steeples, towers, and other lofty
* Culter, the conlter of a plough ; rostrum, a beak.
452
WADING BIRDS.
FIG. 379. HERON.
objects ; frequently upon a cart-wheel purposely placed as a scaf-
fold for its accommodation. These birds are not only tolerated, but
they are held in special regard, on account of the services that
they render in destroying reptiles and all sorts of vermin, as well as
offal, which they greedily devour.
FlG. 380. -CLAW OK HKUOX.
The Spoonbills (Platalea) resemble the Storks in everything but
the structure of their beak, which is very peculiar ; it is long, broad,
and flattened out near its extremity into a spatula-like plate, so
feeble as no longer to be fit for anything but dabbling in the mud
in search of little fishes or aquatic worms and insects.
The third tribe Longirostres,* composed of "Wading
Birds, comprehends numerous genera that habitually
frequent the banks of rivers.
All the genera resem-
* Longus, Jong ; rostrum, a beak.
WADING
453
FlG. 381. SNIPE.
ble each other very much in their form and general
habits, and frequently even in their colours, so that
it . is difficult to draw any well-marked distinctions
between them. They are, however, emphatically cha-
racterized by their beak, which is long, slender, and
feeble, so that it is principally used for probing the
soft earth in search of the grubs and worms upon
which they feed. To this tribe belongs
The Ibis (Ibis); distinguished by the shape of its long and
slender bill, which is thick and square at the base, but gradually
tapering towards its extremity, and bent downwards like a bow ; the
head, and sometimes the neck, is partially denuded of feathers :
the outer toes are webbed at their base, and the hinder toe suffi-
ciently long to reach the ground. The most celebrated species is
the sacred Ibis of Egypt (Ibis religiosa}. By the ancient Egyptians
this bird was educated in their temples, and embalmed after its
death. It seems to have been an object of religious worship on
account of its habit of devouring serpents, or, perhaps, because its
appearance was generally simultaneous with the overflow of the
Nile, to which that country owes so much of its fertility.
The Scarlet Ibis, met with in the tropical regions of America, is
a beautiful bird ; its body is of a brilliant scarlet, with the wing
feathers of a deep black. It may be seen in flocks in marshy places
near the mouths of rivers, and is easily tamed.
454
WADIXG BIKDS.
FIG. 382. ms.
The Curlews (Numenius] are provided with a beak, arched like
that of the Ibis, tapering, slender, and round throughout its entire
WADING BIRDS.
455
length ; the end of the upper mandible projects beyond the lower,
and the toes are webbed near their bases. The Common Curlew of
our coast has been named from its peculiar cry ; its flesh is some-
times eaten, but it makes a very indifferent apology for game.
The family of Snipes (Scolopacidas) have the bill straight, and the
nostrils prolonged by grooves until very near the tip, which is
slightly enlarged, and projects a little beyond the lower mandible.
. 34. WOODCOCK.
The extremity of the bill in these birds is soft and very sensitive.
Their feet have no traces of a web ; all of them have their head
more or less flattened, and their great eyes placed very far back,
giving them the appearance of being very stupid, and indeed their
habits quite agree in this respect with their physiognomy.
The Woodcock (Scolopax rusticola] and the Common Snipe
(8. Gallinago} are well-known examples of this extensive family,
as are the Turnstones (Strepselas).
Many of these birds migrate at certain seasons. The period of
their migrations is fixed by nature for each species, and it is
remarked that they follow the same route every year ; hence, in
certain districts the fowlers or birdcatchers count upon their arri-
val as upon rent that falls due on a certain day, and calculate in
advance the period of their passage. Armed with their nets, and
all the apparatus of the chase, they station themselves in the
gorges and in the valleys through which the flocks are to pass, and
await their coming just as they would the arrival of a railway train.
456
WADING BIRDS.
The family of Long Toes (Macrodactyles)* have their
toes very much lengthened, so as to be adapted for
walking over the floating vegetation of marshes, or even
for swimming, should their possessors happen to fall
from their unstable footing into the water ; nevertheless,
their feet are not webbed. Their beak is more or less
compressed at the sides, and is never so slender or so
long as in the preceding family. The body of these
birds is also remarkably flattened, their wings are of
moderate size or short, and their flight feeble ; in all of
them the hind toe is very long. To this family belong
The Jacanas (Parra\ distinguishable from all other wading
birds by having their four toes much elongated and separate quite to
their roots ; the nails upon all their toes are likewise of extraordinary
length and very sharp, from which circumstance they have obtained
the common name of " Surgeons ;" a cognomen, however, which
they rather seem to deserve on account of the structure of their
wings, which are armed with sharp spines. All these birds are
extremely noisy and quarrelsome; they abound among the marshes
of tropical countries, upon the floating weeds of which they walk by
means of their wide-spreading toes.
The Bails (Rallus] likewise belong to this group; some of them,
as the Common Water Rail (Rallus aquaticus} frequent our brooks
KlO. 35. LAND KAlh.
and large ponds, where they manage to swim very well, and also to
uaKp6s, macros, long : 8a/cTu\os, dactylos, a toe.
SWIMMING BIRDS. 457
run lightly over the leaves that float upon the surface ; they feed
upon little fresh- water shrimps; their flesh smells of the marsh.
The Land Rail (Rallus Crex), on the contrary, lives and hides
itself in the fields, running along amongst the grass with consider-
able swiftness ; his Latin name Crex is expressive of his cry. He is
sometimes called on the continent the " King of the Quails," because
he arrives and departs at the same time as those birds, and lives
nearly in the same localities, so that the vulgar give him credit
for guiding all their movements. The Land Bail lives upon grain,
as well as upon insects and worms.
The Coots (Fidica], in the shape of their beak, resemble the Land
Kail, from which they are distinguished by a broad horny prolon-
gat ion from the beak, that covers their forehead, which is long
and edged upon each side by a narrow border. Our common
species, the " Water-hen," is very widely distributed.
Included in this extensive Order \ve find
The Flamingoes (Phcenicopterus*), one of the most extraordinary
and most isolated genera in the entire series of the feathered creation.
Their legs are excessively elongated so as to exceed in their length
those of many wading birds. Their three front toes are web bed as
far as their extremities, while the hinder toe is extremely short;
their neck is as long and as slender as their legs, and their small
head supports a beak of very peculiar construction, being so bent
that the upper mandible is nearest the ground when the animal
* >oiVi/cos, phoinikeos, purple ; irrp6y, pteron, a wing.
X
458 SWIMMING BIRDS.
collects its food from the marshy soil. They feed upon shelled
mollusks, insects, and eggs of fishes, which they procure hy means
of their long neck and their strangely-shaped heak. They construct
their nest upon a raised platform that they build in the marshes,
and sit astraddle upon it during incubation, their long legs pre-
venting them from taking any other position. Flamingoes are
common both in the old and new world, but they are seldom found
further north than the 40th degree of latitude ; sometimes, however,
they are to be seen on the banks of the Rhine.
PALMIPEDES* OR SWIMMING BIRDS.
The last and lowest Order of birds comprehends
those whose feet are specially made for swimming ;
they are placed far back upon the body, the legs are
short and compressed, and the toes are connected
together by a web. Their plumage is thick and
shining, impregnated with oil, and closely packed
with soft down, so as to preserve them from all con-
tact with the water in which they live. They are
FIG. 387. FOOT OF PELICAN.
also the only birds the length of whose neck . some-
times much surpasses that of their legs, thus enabling
them, while swimming on the surface, to obtain their
food at the bottom.
The birds belonging to this order may be divided into
four sections, as in the following table :
* Palma, the palm ; pes, the foot palm-footed.
SWIMMING BIRDS.
459
[Having excessively short wings, and the legs )
placed so far back that they are obliged, when I
on land, to preserve almost a vertical position. |
J
They fly little or not at all
I Having the wings
"I of ordinary length,
or even very long,
and the feet so
placed as to enable 1
the bird to walk j
when in a horizon-
tal position .
-r, ( The thumb free I
1 K < or wanting, wings [ LONGIPENNES.
)r y i excessively long J
The thumb united |
to the other toes I
by a common >
membrane, wings
long . .
The teak covered by a soft
skin and the edges fur-
nished with transverse
ridges or very fine tooth-
like points . . - .
TOTIPALMAT.E.
LAMELLIROSTRES.
The Short-wings ( Brachypteres *), exhibit considerable
relationship with the Water-hens. In these birds the legs
are situated further back than in any others, so that they
walk with difficulty, and are obliged to stand almost in
an upright position. They swim badly on the surface
of the water, and many of them cannot fly at all on
account of the shortness of their wings; they may,
therefore, be regarded as exclusively water-birds ; their
plumage is consequently exceedingly thick and smooth,
sa as to have almost a silvery appearance. They dive
wim great ease, using their wings almost in the same
manner as fins. To this family belong
The Divers (Colymlidas), distinguishable by their smooth, straight,
compressed, and pointed beak. They are, however, divisible ac-
cording to the structure of their feet into
The Grebes (Podiceps^\ which, instead of truly webbed feet, only
have their toes expanded by the addition of folds of skin at their
sides and base. The semi-metallic brilliancy of their plumage often
causes the skins of these birds to be used as a substitute for furs ;
they live upon the margins of lakes and ponds, and make their nests
among the reeds ; under some circumstances they are said to gather
their young under their wings.
* &pa\vs, brachys, short : trrepov, pteron, a wing.
t Podex, the rump; pes, a foot so-called from the legs being
placed so far back.
x 2
460
SWIMMING BIRDS.
The Divers, properly so called (Colymbus}* possess the geneial form
of Grebes, but have their feet completely webbed, that is to say, their
toes are united quite to their extremities, where they terminate in
strong pointed nails. These are all Northern birds, and only visit
us in the winter season.
FlG. 388. XOKTHKRN DIVER.
The Great Northern Diver (Colymbus glacialis) is frequently *cen
upon our northern coasts; they dive with the utmost facility, and
live upon fishes and crabs that they catch under water.
The Penguins (Alcidce) are known by the beak being
much compressed and elevated vertically, presenting a
sharp ridge on its upper margin, and generally grooved
transversely. The feet are completely webbed, and have
no posterior toe. This family is divided into the Puffins
and the Penguins.
The Puffins (Fratercula), have the beak shorter than the head,
and as wide at the base as it is long, a structure which gives these
birds a very remarkable appearance ; the root of the beak is bedded in
a fold of skin, while the nostrils are only narrow slits placed near its
margin. Their little wings can scarcely sustain them in the air
for an instant. They live upon the sea, and make their nest among
s, colymbetes, a diver.
SWIMMING BIRDS.
461
the rocks. Puffins are found in great numbers on our northern
shores.
WHIMPER
FIG. 389. PUFFIN.
The Penguins, properly so called (Alca), have the bill elongated
like the blade of a knife, and covered with feathers as far as the
nostrils. Their wings are so decidedly too small to sustain their
weight that they never fly at all.
The manner in which they feed their young is curious and rather
amusing. The old bird gets on a little eminence and makes a great
noise, between quacking and .braying, holding its head up in the air,
as if it was haranguing the penguinary, while the young one stands
close to it, but a little lower. The old bird having continued its
clatter for about a minute, puts its head down, and opens its mouth
widely, into which the young one thrusts its head and appears to
suck from the throat of its mother for a minute or two, after which
the clatter is repeated, and the young one fed again : this continues
for about ten minutes. ^DARWIN.
The Common Penguins (Alca torda and pica) are
about the size of ducks, while the Great Penguin
(Alca impennis) equals that of a goose.* The latter
lays but a single egg, which is spotted with purple.
* Perhaps we ought rather to say equalled that of a goose, for
although a few years ago these birds were sufficiently common, such
has been the relentless warfare carried on against them that the
species is believed by ornithologists to be now totally extinct. ^
402
SWIMMING BIRDS.
The King Penguins ( Aptenudytes *} are even less capable of flight
than the piireding. Their little wings are covered with apologies
for feathers, that rather resemble scales, and their feet, which "are
FlG. 390. PENGUINS.
placed further back than those of any other bird, support their
weight upon the whole length of the tarsus, which is flattened out
like the sole of the foot of a quadruped. Their feet, moreover, have
the three front toes completely webbed, and the hinder toe directed
inwards. These birds are only met with in the Antarctic seas, and
seldom come on shore except to build their nests.
The family of Long- wings (Longipennes f) compre-
hends numerous birds always met with on the
wide ocean, and distributed everywhere, so that
they are encountered by navigators in all parts of
the world. They are to be recognized by having
their hind-toe free or else wanting ; by their very
long wings, and by their beak, which is without
* a7TT^j/ apten, unwinged: SUTTJS, dytes, a diver idngless divers.
f LonguS, long ; penna, a wing.
SWIMMING BIEDS. 463
denticulations, hooked at the end in some species,
and simply pointed in others.
The Petrels (Procellaria) have their beaks hooked at the extremity
which seems to be made of a piece distinct from the rest. Th
nostrils- are united to form a tube, laid along the back of thu
upper mandible. Their feet present, instead of the hinder toe,
Fro. 391. .STOKMY PETRRL.
a simple claw inserted into the heel. Of all the swimming birds
these are most constantly met with at great distances from land, so
that when a tempest approaches, they are often obliged to take
refuge upon shoals, or on board of vessels. They make their nest's
in the holes of rocks, and are specially abundant in the Antarctic
regions.
The Albatrosses (Diomedea] are the largest of all water-birds.
The beak of the Albatross is large, strung, and cutting, seemingly
formed of several distinct pieces, and terminated by a hook that has
the appearance of being fixed on to the end. The nostrils resemble
two short tubes laid along the sides of the beak. Their feet have
no hinder toe, and are even destitute of the little claw that we have
noticed in the Petrels. They inhabit all the seas of the southern
hemisphere, and live on fishes, mollusks, and other marine animals.
The species most commonly known (Diomedea exulans) is often
called by sailors the Cape Sheep, partly on account of its size, and
partly from its colour; it also receives the name of Man-of-irar bird.
It is a great enemy to flying fishes. These magnificent birds come
on shore to rear their young ; they construct a nest of raised earth on
which they lay their eggs, which are numerous, and good to eat.
The voice of the Albatross is said to be as loud as that of an Ass.
464
SWIMMING BIRDS.
The Sea Gulls (Lams) have the beak compressed, elongated, and
pointed, the upper jaw being hooked near its extremity. Their
nostrils, situated towards the middle of the upper mandible, are
narrow slits. These are all cowardly but voracious birds, generally
Fl(.J. 392. HERltING GULL.
seen flying about near the shore, feeding upon fish or any dead
carcases they may happen to meet with. They make their nests in
the sand or in the clefts of rocks, and lay but few eggs. Sometimes
they are found at a considerable distance inland, which is regarded
as a. sign of bad weather.
The Terns or Sea Swallows (Sterna). These birds derive their
name from their extremely long and pointed wings, their forked tail
and short feet, giving them an appearance and mode of flight very
much resembling that of the Swallows. Their beak is pointed,
compressed, and straight, and the membranes that web their toes
deeply notched, so that they swim but little, but they fly over the
sea with astonishing rapidity, uttering loud cries and cleverly
picking up from the surface of the water the mollusks and little
fishes upon which they feed ; they may sometimes be seen skimming
over lakes and rivers in the interior of the countiy.
SWIMMING BIRDS.
465
FIG. 393. COMMOX TET?X.
The Skimmers (Eliyncliops] resemble the Sea Swallows in the
smallness of their feet, their long wings, and their forked tail, but
are distinguished from all other birds by the extraordinary structure
of their beak the upper mandible is much shorter than the lower,
and both so flattened sideways that they resemble horny blades, the
edges of which meet without fitting into each other. These birds,
therefore, only obtain their food by skimming the surface of the
water as they fly, by means of their projecting lower jaw.
The next family, Totipalmatse,* is recognizable from
the circumstance that all the four toes, including the
hind one, are webbed together by membrane, thus
constituting them the most perfectly constructed for
swimming of the whole race, and yet notwithstanding
this, they are the only Palmipedes that perch on
trees ; their legs are short, and they are all excellent
swimmers. To this family belong
The Pelicans (Pelecanida&\ comprehending those genera which
have a space at the base of their beak denuded of feathers. Their
nostrils are slits, the openings of which are scarcely perceptible ; the
* Totus, entire ; palma, the sole of the foot ; so called because
their toes are united together by one continuous web.
x 3
466
SWIMMING BIKDS.
skin of their throat is more or less extensible, and their tongue is very
small.
The Pelicans, properly so called (Pelicanus), are provided with
a beak remarkable for its great length ; it is flattened horizon-
tally, very broad, and terminated by a large hook. The lower
mandible is very remarkable: it consists of two long flexible
branches that sustain a wide muscular bag. The Common Pelican
(Pelicanus Onocrotalus) is about the size of a swan ; its plumage
white, with a roseate tint, and the hook at the end of its beak blood-
red ; it is able to carry provisions and water in the bag beneath its
throat.
The Cormorants (Phalacrocorax *) have the beak elongated and
compressed, and the end of the upper mandible hooked ; the claw of
FIG. 394.
the middle toe is toothed like a saw. These birds are proverbially
voracious and destructive to fish. They make their nests in the clefts
of rocks, and amongst trees, where they lay three or four eggs.
The Frigate Birds (Pelicanus aquilas] differ from the Cormorants
in having a forked tail, and both mandibles hooked at the end. Their
flight is so powerful that they are everywhere to be seen in tropical
seas at immense distances r from land, sweeping down upon flying
fishes, or pursuing other birds, which they compel to disgorge their
prey. The spread of their wings is sometimes ten feet from tip to tip.
* d\aKp6s, phalacros, bald-headed; Kopa, coiax, a crow bald-
headed crow.
SWIMMING BIRDS.
407
The Gannets (Sula, and the Tropic Birds (Phaetonj are of similar
structure and habits, but of smaller dimensions.
FlG. 395. THE G ANNEX.
In the family of Lamellirostres* the beak is thick
and covered with a soft skin instead of true horn ;
its edges are furnished with ridges resembling little
FlG. 396. BEAK OF DUCK.
* lamella, a flat plate ; rostrum, a leak.
.4(58 SWIMMING BIRDS.
teeth, the tongue is broad and fleshy, and toothed at
the margin. The wings are of moderate length.
These birds are inhabitants of fresh water rather
than of the sea.
The Bucks (Anatidse). This extensive genus comprises all birds
having their beak large, broad, and furnished at the edges with
FlG. 397. 'THE WILD DUCK.
the prominent ridges above mentioned, which allow the water to
escape when the bird has seized its food. The Swans (Cyynus),
the Geese (Anser), and the true Ducks (Anas), are all included
under the same general appellation.
Few circumstances in the history of these aquatic
races are more wonderful than their periodical mi-
grations. The Wild Geese, guided by an unseen
power, seek in spring the wild regions of the north,
in companies disposed in regular phalanx. During
the whole journey the most perfect order prevails.
The conducting of the troop is confided to a chief,
placed at the head of two files, more or less diverging,
but always meeting at a point. The chief, placed at
the apex of this moving angle, opposes the first
resistance to the air; he clears the way, and the
MAMMALIA. 469
whole band follows him, observing the strictest dis-
cipline. As the duties of the leader are very arduous,
and as he cannot support them during the whole
voyage, he may be perceived, when overcome with
fatigue, to yield his post to* his next neighbour and
fall again into the ranks at the extremity of one or
other of the files. Some species fly alone, and singly
undertake their long and trackless voyage, solitary
but not unguided by the Hand that points their way.
CHAPTER XXVII.
MAMMALIA.*
THE essential character whereby this class of animals
is distinguished from all others, is that the creatures
composing it bring forth living young, which they
suckle, and thus nourish for a time with their milk. In
birds, the duties and the pleasures inseparable from the
necessity of incubating their eggs, and of providing
nutriment for their callow brood, are indeed mani-
fested to an extent unparalleled in the preceding
orders of Vertebrata ; but it is to the Mammalia alone,
the most sagacious and intelligent of all the in-
habitants of this world, that the Creator has per-
mitted the full endearment of paternal and maternal
love, has thrown the offspring absolutely helpless, to
be dependent on a mother's care and solicitude, and
thus confers upon the parent emotions that a mother
only knows, the dearest, purest, bestowed upon
animal creation.
Besides the leading feature of their economy,
namely, the production of milk for the nourish-
ment of their young, the Mammalia are distin-
guished by the following peculiarities: They all
breathe air by means of lungs, suspended freely in
a cavity, which is separated from the abdomen by
* From " mamma," the breast ; because they suckle their young.
470 MAMMALIA.
a muscular partition, called the diaphragm, the
movements of which, by enlarging the chest, are the
principal cause of the inspiration of air. The heart
is double that is, consists of two ventricles for the
propulsion of blood through the arteries, and two
auricles for its reception from the veins. The mouth
is closed by fleshy lips, and the skin, with but few
exceptions, is covered with hair. The teeth in
Mammalia are organs of great importance to the
Zoologist. They are generally placed in single
series, and vary much in their form, according to the
nature of the food, as well as according to their
position in the mouth. In man, there are in each
half of each jaw two front teeth, having the name of
incisors or cutting teeth ; one more pointed, called
the canine or dog-tooth, or sometimes the eye-tooth ;
two somewhat flattened at the top, with single fangs,
called false molars., and three, situated behind all
the rest, called true molars or grinders. For sim-
plicity, naturalists have invented the following tabu-
lar method of expressing the number and arrange-
ment of the teeth, which is called the dental
formula :
I 2 - 2 a 1 " 1 FM 2 " 2 M 8 - 3 -32
1 U ^~ yi ~
meaning incisors, two on each side in the upper and
two on each side in the lower jaw canines, one on
each side in the upper and one on each side in the
lower jaw -false molars, two on each side in both
upper and lower jaws molars, three on each side in
both jaws making in all thirty-two teeth.
In those races which feed exclusively on flesh, the
molar teeth partake of a cutting character, while in
those that subsist on grain and herbage, the molar
or grinding structure prevails. Sometimes the
incisors are curiously developed; in the Squirrels,
Hats, and other similar animals, they project for-
wards, and are continually growing; in the Ele-
phant they stand out in the form of huge curved
MAMMALIA. 471
tusks, and in the Narwhal one is commonly sup-
pressed, while the other grows into a long, spirally
twisted, straight tusk, that projects like a horn in
front of its head. The Whale has no teeth ; but a
series of horny plates, parallel to each other, depends
from the upper jaw, and constitutes the valuable
substance called whalebone. In the Ant-eaters, and
some others of the Edentata, there are no teeth at all,
while the Armadillo has ninety-six, and some of the
Dolphins have a hundred and fifty.
All the parts of animal structure are in beautiful
harmony with each other, and with the habits and
instincts of the species. The short and powerful jaw
in the Cats (Felidse), the lacerating teeth, the muscu-
lar fore-limbs, their freedom of motion, the sharp,
curved talons, the flexibility of the spine, and the
straight and simple digestive canal, equally indicate
activity and testify to the possession of sanguinary
and carnivorous propensities. In the Camels, the
prominent lips, the structure of the teeth, the broad
spongy soles of the feet, the callous pads on the
limbs, the complex digestive apparatus, and the
water-cells, all point out a creature fitted for feeding
on coarse and thorny herbage, and for traversing sandy
deserts. Neither of these animals could exchange
any portion of its structure with the other, without
serious derangement of the whole. This correspond-
ence of part with part, and the adaptation of eveiy
organ to the mode of life prescribed is so exactly
maintained, that a skilful comparative anatomist can,
from a single tooth or bone, build up in imagination
the whole structure of an animal which he never
saw, indicate its form, and pronounce with consider-
able confidence upon its food, its habits, and its
manner of life.
The classification of the Mammalia is based upon
the structure of their teeth and feet. These are the
organs that most affect the conditions of existence
under which each is found.
There is, however, one group, almost limited in
472 MONOTREMATA.
geographical extent to Australia and its islands, so
peculiarly organised, that they may be considered as
forming a connecting link between the true Mammals
and the Oviparous Vertebrata, and to these remarkable
quadrupeds we must next beg the reader's attention.
SUB-CLASS. OVOVIVIPARA.*
ORDER I. MONOTREMATA.|
The broad characters whereby a bird is distin-
guishable from a Mammiferous animal, as we have
endeavoured to show, are plain and simple enough.
The bird lays eggs and incubates them. The Mam-
mal produces its young alive, and suckles them, yet
strange to say, there are certain creatures so exactly
intermediate in their organization between these two
great classes, that even the anatomist has hesitated
as to which of them they were strictly referable,
although close research has at length decided their
place to be among the Mammalia.
The Duck-billed Platypus J (Ornithorynchus paradoxus\\) is a
quadruped, about two feet in length, with a rounded, flattened body,
eovered with short, soft fur, of a deep-brown hue ; it has a broad, flat
tail, very short legs, and the toes are united by a web, which in the
forefeet spreads out considerably beyond the tips of the claws. This
formation enables it to swim with ease and grace ; but as it also bur-
rows in the earth, the free part of the web folds back when the
animal is thus engaged, and leaves the claws unencumbered. The
muzzle very much. resembles the broad flat bill of some of the ducks ;
it is covered with a blackish skin, which overlaps at the edges, and
folds back at the base into a broad margin. The place of molar teeth
is supplied by eight broad, horny excrescences (two on each side of
each mandible), of an irregular form, which probably serve as
* Ovum, an egg; viviparus, giving birth to living offspring so
called because it Is problematical whether they produce eggs or living
young.
t /u
FlO. 398. THE DUCK I5ILL.
creature is sometimes called the Water-mole. It delights to haunt
the broad and tranquil ponds that are formed by the expansion of a
stream, in which it swims and dives with great facility. Its
burrow is formed in the bank, and runs to a great distance under-
ground, sometimes extending even fifty feet. A nest of grass and
-eg-
FlG. 399. BUKltOVV OK OttMTHORYNCHUS.
weeds is formed at the extremity, where the parent rears it young.
The Ornythorynchus inhabits Australia.
The Porcupine Ant-eater (Echidna aculeata] is another Austra-
lian animal, the muzzle of which forms a beak, but less developed
than in the Duck-bill. It is clothed with bristly black hair, among
474 POUCHED QUADRUPEDS.
which are many sharp spines. The tongue is long, capable of being
thrust out to a great length, and covered with a glutinous secretion,
by means of which it captures the Ants, that constitute its usual
food.
FlG. 400. THE PORCUPINE ANT-EATEK.
ORDER II. MARSUPIALIA.*
POUCHED QUADRUPEDS.
These animals are remarkable for the premature
production of their young, which are born in so early
a stage of their growth, that they are incapable of
motion, and scarcely show the germs of limbs, or
other external organs. These little ones remain
attached to the teats of the mother, from whose milk
they derive their food, and are carried about in a
pouch formed by the skin of the abdomen, until they
are able to provide for themselves. In some species,
however, this pouch is deficient. The Marsupial
quadrupeds have only been found in America, on the
Australian continent, and in some of the adjacent
islands. Australia, indeed, with a few doubtful
exceptions, produces no indigenous mammiferous
animals, but such as belong to this Order.
* Marsupium, a pouch.
POUCHED QUADRUPEES.
475
The Kangaroos (Macroptu)* are herbivorous, and remarkable for
the smallness of their fore-feet, and the length of their hind-legs and
tail, upon which they sit upright, as on a tripod, and by their assist-
ance can make prodigious bounds, sometimes clearing a space of
Fit;. 401. COMMON KAXGA!:00.
twenty feet at a single leap. The middle toe of the hind foot is very
large, and constitutes a formidable weapon. The Kangaroos inhabit
Australia. One species (M. Major} stands upwards of six feet in
length. The young are born in an extremely immature condition,
and are received at birth into a pouch or fold of the skin of the
abdomen of the mother. Here their naked and feeble bodies are
protected from exposure to the air, and from all injury, until they
are advanced in growth and strength. Within this abdominal
pocket are situated the teats, to one of which the infant animal at a
very early period attaches itself, and from it derives the nutriment,
that gradually enables it to maintain an independent life. The
Kangaroo thus carries about its young for a period of eight months ;
a little Kangaroo may then sometimes be seen putting its head out
of the pouch, and nibbling the high-grass. At length it ventures
forth and tries its strength alone : but on the least alarm, it springs
again into its wonted hiding-place.
fjLa.Kp6s, makros, long ; ir6vs, pous, the foot.
476
POUCHED QUADHUPEDS.
The Opossums (Didelphis*) have in all fifty teeth ; thei:
tongue is rough and bristly, their tail prehensile, anc
partly naked. The thumb of the hinder foot is long, anc
considerably separated from the other toes. Their mouth
which opens far back, and their large, naked ears, giv<
them a peculiar physiognomy. They are fetid anc
nocturnal animals, very slow in their movements; the;;
lodge in trees, and there pursue birds and insects, but the 1
do not reject fruits. About thirty species have beei
described.
The Virginian Opossum (Didelphis Virginianus} was the earlies
known of the Marsupialia, and is one of the largest of the familj
FIG. 402. VIRGINIAN OPOSSUM.
It is about the size of a cat, covered with grey fur, thick and sofl
but of no value ; lives on trees throughout the whole United States
and is proverbial for its singular habit of counterfeiting death whei
alarmed. Another species, found in South America, called th<
Mouse Opossum (D. Murind] (Fig. 403), has the Marsupial poucl
imperfectly developed, to compensate for which the parent carriei
her young upon her back, where they better maintain their position
amidst the climbing and leaping movements of the mother, ty
twining their long, slender, and prehensile tails around hers.
The Dasyuri (Dasyurusi) have the tail covered with long hairs
and not prehensile. They inhabit New Holland, and live on insect
* 5vs, delphys, a womb.
f 8ao
reputed to feed on roots and bulbs.
Gunn's Bandicoot (Perameles Gunniij, a pretty creature, about as
large as a Rabbit, marked across the loins with alternate black and
FIG. 405. GUNN'S UANJJICOOT.
white bands, is accused of inflicting great injury by destroying bulbs
in gardens. These creatures are said also to devour corn in grana-
ries, as rats and mice do in Europe.
The Myrmecobms is about the size of a Squirrel, nearly black be-
KlG. 406. MYlJMKfOBIl .-.
POUCHED QUADRUPEDS.
479
hind and bright brown in front, the whole body elegantly crossed by
cream-coloured bands. It has a greater number of teeth than any
other Mammal, except some of the Dolphins and Armadillos. They
are thus arranged :
~; C
1 - 1
1 - 1
FM
4-4
5 - 5 ;
M
4-4
4 - 4
= 52
The Wombat (Pliascolomys * Wombat} might almost be mistaken
for a large Guinea-pig, but its shape is more clumsy and massive ; it
is found scattered over the whole southern part of New Holland and
Van Dieman's Land. Its teeth resemble those of a gnawing quad-
/*"
/
FIG. 407. WOMBAT.
ruped, such as the rat ; its head is large, with the upper part flat-
tened ; the eyes are very small ; the ears short and pointed, and the
nostrils wide apart. The limbs are short ; the feet broad and naked
beneath. The claws are large and solid ; those of the fore feet but
slightly curved, and formed for digging. It lives entirely upon
roots and vegetables, and its flesh is described as being excellent.
It is of considerable size, attaining the length of three feet ; it is
therefore a valuable animal, and might be worth naturalizing in this
country. This could probably be effected without any difficulty,
specimens brought to Europe having lived for several years in a state
of domestication.
The carnivorous Marsupialia are very few in num-
* $a<7/co>Ao<, phascolos, a pouch ; juOs, mus, a mousi.
480
PLACENTAL QUADRUPEDS.
ber; some of them, however, are formidable fron
their strength and ferocity.
The Zebra Wolf, or Native Tiger of the Australian colonists (Thy
ladnus * cynocephalus^*), equals a large dog in size and strength, speci
mens having been found four feet in length, besides the tail, whia
is two more. It is nocturnal, like most beasts of prey, feeds o
Z.KliitA WOLF.
Kangaroos and other inoifensive animals, and is hated by the settler
for its depredations among the sheep that pasture on the plains. Th
colour of this animal is yellowish brown, marked with transvers
bands.
SUB-CLASS II. PLACENTALIA.J
PLACENTAL QUADKUPEDS.
In the Placental Mammalia the young are bori
completely furnished with all their limbs, and fo
some time are nourished by milk derived from th<
maternal breast. They are classified as in the TabL
in the opposite page :
* 0uAa/cos, thylacos, a pouch ; KVUV, kyon, a dog.
t Kvcay, Kvvost kyon, kynos, a dog ; KRUMINANTD
CETACEA-
bo be
S
.
a
Y. 03
Q
.1 1
"
S *
*
1 1
I '
-
v '
"2
0)
"S
S '
"ft)
M
s
i
<-!
S .
.2 &c
r2
S
-J
J2H
III
1^
2
s
sawn
482 ,
ORDER I. WHALES.
CETACEA.*
The Mammalia are all hot-blooded and air-breath-
ing animals; nevertheless, even from this highly-
organized and highly-gifted Class, numerous races have
been selected, whose element is the ocean, whose
home is in the deep. The inhabitants of the earth
have their bodies supported upon four legs, so that
they are necessarily restricted in their growth, and
their bulk is apportioned to the strength of the limbs
that bear their weight ; but, in the water, being
buoyed up on every side by the denser medium, the
size of aquatic animals becomes of little consequence ;
thus the Whales attain prodigious dimensions, and,
from the inexhaustible supply of food with which
they are surrounded, find abundant materials for their
sustenance.
The Cetacea are mammalia altogether deprived of
hinder limbs. The trunk of their body is prolonged
without any line of demarcation into a thick tail,
terminated by a broad fin, very much resembling in
its general shape that of a fish, but entirely composed
of an expansion of the skin supported by a tough
cartilaginous substance, and, instead of being placed
vertically,, to strike the water from side to side, it is
horizontal, so that by means of its upward and down-
ward movements, these animals easily come to the
surface, or plunge perpendicularly into the depths
below ; their head is joined to the body without the
intervention of any apparent neck, and their arms,
the representatives of the fore-limbs of quadrupeds,
are so flattened and concealed by the skin, that they
might easily be mistaken for pectoral fins. When
denuded of their flesh, however, they present, under a
modified shape, bones and fingers corresponding with
those met with in the Lion or the Bat. Thus, con-
* KTJTOS, cetos, a whale.
CETACEA.
483
structed entirely for swimming, the Cetacea are
strictly confined to the watery element; neverthe-
FlG. 409. TfiOOP OF DOLPHINS, MANATEE IN THE DISTANCE.
less, they breathe air by means of lungs, and are
thus perpetually obliged to come to the surface for
the purpose of respiration. Their blood is hot ; they
bring forth living young, which they feed with their
own milk, precisely in the same way as the terres-
trial quadrupeds, and thus in all the details of their
FlG. 410. BOXES OF THE FIN OF A DOLPHIN.
structure they differ widely from the cold-blooded, gill-
breathing and oviparous fishes. Diving, as the Whales
v O
484
CETACEA.
not unfrequently do, to considerable depths, their
bodies are subjected on such occasions to enormous
pressure, to sustain which their body is enveloped in
a covering that possesses great elasticity. Their skin
is greatly thickened and made up of a texture of in-
terwoven fibres, enclosing an immense quantity of
oil or blubber, thus forming an integument admirably
adapted to resist compression. This thick blanket
of fat, moreover, retains the vital warmth, and thus
enables the Cetaceans to inhabit even the coldest
regions of the ocean. Being lighter than water, it
also greatly contributes to the buoyancy of these un-
wieldy animals. A dead whale floats ; but the car-
case, when stripped of the blubber, sinks imme-
diately.
The Cetaceans are divisible into two sections.
Those having a head of ordinary proportions when
compared with the size of their body, and those in
which the head is of enormous dimensions. The first
of these will include the Dolphins and the Narwhals ;
the second, Whales, properly so called.
The Dolphins (Delphinus) have teeth both in the
FlG. 41.1. DOLPHIN.
CETACEA.
485
upper and lower jaw, of the simplest structure and
conical in shape. These animals are the most carnivo-
rous, and, in proportion to their size, the most vora-
cious of the Class.
The Dolphins, properly so called (Delphinus}, have the forehead
arched and the snout prolonged into a sort of beak.
The Common Dolphin (Delphinus delphis) is provided with from
forty-two to forty-seven slender-curved and sharp-pointed teeth in each
jaw ; it is black above, white beneath, and from eight to ten feet in
length. It is found abundantly around the British shores and all
over the Atlantic and Mediterranean. Its elegant and graceful form,
the extraordinary fleetness with which it darts through the water,
and its agile gambols, have been celebrated in all ages.
The Porpoises (Phoccena) have no prolonged snout ; their muzzle
is short and uniformly convex.
The Common Porpoise (Delphinus Phoccena) is furnished with com-
pressed, cutting teeth of a rounded form, about five and twenty in
number on each side of both jaws. It is the smallest of the Cetacea,
seldom exceeding four or five feet in length ; it is very common in
all our seas, where it is met with in large shoals.
The Grampus (Delphinus Orca) has thick conical teeth, about
eleven in number on each side, a little crooked, the posterior ones
flattened transversely. The body is black above, white below, with
FlG. 412. SPKARIXG THE NARWHAL.
486
CETACEA.
a white mark over the eye in the shape of a crescent. The dorsal
fin is high and pointed. This is the largest of the Dolphins, being
frequently from twenty to twenty-five feet long. Grampuses are said
to attack the whale in troops, harass it until it opens its mouth, aiid
then devour its tongue.
The Narwhals (Monodori) have no teeth in the mouth, but are
furnished with a straight and pointed, tusk projecting from the upper
jaw, and directed straight forward. The form of the head and body
much resembles that of the Porpoises. Only one species is well
known, namely,
The Sea Unicorn (Monodon* monoceros^. The tusk of this ani-
mal is sometimes ten feet long, spirally twisted, and was formerly
thought to be the horn of the fabulous Unicorn. The Narwhal
possesses, however, the germs of two tusks, one on each side ; but it
rarely happens that both grow equally. Usually that on the left
side only is developed, and the other remains concealed in its socket.
In general, this animal is not more than twice or three times the
length of its tusk ; its skin is marbled with brown and white ; its
blow-hole is at the top of its head ; and, instead of a dorsal fin, it has a
ridge running along the whole length of its back.
The other Cetacea have the head so large that it
constitutes one-third or even one half of their length.
The skull proper and the brain have nothing to do
with this extreme disproportion, which is altogether
FIG. 413. SPERM WHALE.
* /j.6vos, monos, single ; oSous, oSovros, odous, odontos, a tooth.
t ju(Ws, monos, single ; Ktpas, ceras, a liorn.
CETACEA.
487
owing to the enormous size of the bones of the face.
To this 'section belong
The Cachalots (Physeter *\ generally called Spermaceti Whales.
These animals have a very voluminous head, enormously expanded,
especially in front. They have no whalebone nor any teeth in the
upper jaw. Their lower jaw is narrow, and armed on each side with
a row of conical or cylindrical teeth, which are received into corre-
sponding cavities of the upper jaw when the mouth is closed. The
upper part of their prodigious head is occupied by large excavations, or
rather caverns, covered and separated by cartilaginous vaults, and
rilled with an oil that crystallizes as it cools into the substance well
known in commerce by the name of Spermaceti. The cavities in which
the spermaceti is lodged have nothing to do with the real skull,
which is rather small, placed beneath them, and contains the brain
in the usual manner. From the head of a single Cachalot are ob-
tained from eighteen to twenty barrels of fluid Spermaceti. The
usual length of this gigantic Cetacean is upwards of seventy feet,
and its circumference at the largest part fifty-two feet.
The Whalebone Whales (Balxna f) are provided with heads of
enormous magnitude in proportion to the size of their bodies, but not
much expanded in front, and they have no true teeth. Their upper
jaw has both its sides furnished with thickly set plates composed
FlG. 414. WHALE FISHERY.
of a peculiar horny substance called Whalebone. These plates are
thin and fringed at their margin, forming a kind of sieve, that serves
to retain the small animals on which these gigantic creatures live.
* vu>6s, rhin, rhinos, a nose ; Ktpas, keras, a horn.
PACHYDEEMATA.
495
united into a sort of vault, upon which is supported a solid horn,
composed of agglutinated hairs. They frequent marshy places, and
live on herbs and the branches of trees.
The Tapirs (Tapir) have their nose prolonged into a short pro-
FlG. 422. AMKRICAN TAP1JK.
boscis, which, although very moveable, is not prehensile, like that of
the Elephant. There are several species known.
The third family of Pachydermata, or hoofed non-
ruminating animals, comprehends
The Solipedes, having only one apparent toe on
each foot, which is enclosed in a single hoof. They
have, however, under the skin, the rudiments pf
lateral toes. Only one genus is known, namely,
The Horses (Equus), distinguished by having six
incisors in each jaw ; small canines likewise exist
in the males, which are wanting in the females. Be-
tween the canines and the first cheek-tooth there is
a space which corresponds with the angle of the lips,
where the bit is placed, an arrangement by which
alone man has been able to subjugate this vigorous
quadruped.
The Horse (Equus Cdballus^, the noble companion of man in the
496 PACHYDEKMATA.
battle and the chase, in the labours of agriculture and of commerce, is
of unknown origin. It would seem, he exists in a wild state, only in
those places where horses, formerly domesticated, have been left in
freedom, as in Tartary and America. In such places they live in
troops, conducted and defended by an old male. The importation of
horses into the latter country dates only about three hundred years
back, and, nevertheless, wild horses exist there in immense numbers.
It is asserted that troops consisting of more than ten thousand
individuals are occasionally met with. The Horse is distinguished
by the uniformity of his colour, and by his tail being ornamented
with hair, quite from its origin.
As intrepid as his master, the horse sees danger only to face it ;
but docile as he is courageous, he responds to the slightest touch of
the rein that guides him. The horse gives himself entirely up to
the service of mankind, understands what is required from him, and,
refusing nothing, labours with all his strength, and even dies
rather than disobey. .
The Ass (Asinus) is distinguished from the horse by his small
size, by his long ears, by the black cross over his shoulders, and by
the tuft of hair at the end of his tail. Though not so powerful as
the horse, he is more patient and quiet, and scarcely less valuable to
the peasant.
FlG. 423. WILD ASS.
The Ass has been generally classed as a variety of the Horse.
Dr. Gray, however, who has been followed by Professor Bell, sepa-
rates the Ass, under the generic name of Asinus, leaving the Horse
alone to fill the genus Equus.
The Ass, therefore, is not a Horse with a naked tail ; he is no
PAGHYDEEMATA. 497
mongrel, but like all other animals, has his family, his rank, and his
species. Although his nobility is not quite so illustrious, it is quite as
pure and quite as ancient, as that of the horse. Why, therefore, is it,
that the Ass, so patient, so sober, so useful, is treated with so little
consideration ? Is it because he serves mankind too well and too
cheaply ? No one ever seems to think, as, stick in hand, he drives
the overladen slave along the dusty road, that were there no horses
in the world, the Ass would be the most useful, and doubtless the
best cared-for, animal in creation. As it is, he is only the second,
instead of being the first ; but being second, he is looked upon with
contempt. It is by comparison only that he is so degraded ; he is
regarded, not in accordance with what he is, but with what he is
not : he has all the attributes belonging to his own nature, perfect
in their kind ; but we expect in him the form and qualities of the
horse, which he does not and ought not to possess. His natural
disposition is as humble, as patient, as quiet as that of the horse is
proud, ardent, and impetuous. He suffers with constancy, and with
courage, the blows which he does not deserve ; he is content with the
coarsest herbage ; in everything the willing slave of man : his only
deficiency is, that he is not a horse.
The Zebra ( Asinus Zebra\ very like the Ass in form 'and propor-
tions, is at once the most elegant, and the most intractable of animals.
His skin has the softness of satin, and is adorned with beautiful
FIG
ribbou-like stripes. In the female, these stripes are alternately
black and white ; in the male, brown and yellow. The limbs are
remarkably slender. These animals are found in the southern parts
of Africa, and numerous herds are often seen grazing on the exten-
sive plains of the Cape of Good Hope.
498
RUMINANTS.
The Quagga (Asinus Quagga) resembles the horse much more than
the Zebra ; it is striped only on the shoulders and back.
FlG. 425. QUAGGA.
The Onagga (Asinus montanus), or Mountain Horse, is smaller
than the Ass, and is marked on the head, neck, and trunk, by alter-
nately wide and narrow black stripes, upon an Isabella or bay
ground. His legs and tail are white.
ORDER III. KUMINATING QUADRUPEDS.
RUMINANTIA.*
The grand character given in the inspired volume,
whereby to distinguish those quadrupeds which are
specially adapted for human food, is that " they
divide the hoof and chew the cud," a description so
concise, and at the same time so comprehensive, that
modern science has not been able to improve it. It
embraces, in fact, the extensive Order of Ruminants,
which next offers itself for our notice.
The animals belonging to this order are recog-
nisable from the circumstance that they all chew the
* Ruminare, to cltew the cud.
RUMINANTS. 499
cud. Secondly, they have incisor teeth only in the
lower jaw, generally eight in number. Thirdly, they
have on each foot two toes, enveloped in hoofs which
face each other by a flat side, so that they have the
appearance of a single hoof, split in two or cloven.
The Kuminantia are large animals, without much
intelligence ; but which, nevertheless, render im-
mense service to man. They furnish him with nearly
all the meat that he eats ; their milk supplies excel-
lent food ; they possess a fat, named suet, which is
harder than that of other quadrupeds, and is applied
to many purposes in the arts and domestic economy.
Their skin, prepared by tanning, furnishes nearly all
the leather we use ; their horns, their blood, their
bones, even their intestines, which are manufactured
into strings, are all serviceable to us. When living,
many of them are employed as beasts of burden,
equally valuable in commerce and in agriculture.
This Order may be divided into two sections. The
first comprises such Ruminants as are without horns ;
the second, Ruminants with horns, either in both
sexes, or in the male only.
EUMINANTS WITHOUT HOKNS.
Ruminants which are entirely without horns also
differ from other Ruminants in their teeth, and
somewhat resemble the Pachydermata. They are
the Camel and the Musk.
The Camels (Camelus), comprehending Camels properly so called
and Llamas, differ from all other Kuminantia, in having only six
incisor teeth in the lower jaw. Their feet are not cloven, and have
very small hoofs ; the neck is very long, the limbs by no means
elegant in their proportions, and their upper lips swollen and cleft.
They are all remarkable for extreme gentleness and docility, and for
their patience in travelling under the weight of enormous burdens.
The usual load of a Camel is from six to eight hundred pounds, and
with this weight upon their backs, they will travel from forty to
fifty miles a day ; but the swift Camels or Dromedaries carrying
only a single man move with wonderful rapidity : these will traverse
for several successive days, from seventy to one hundred miles in the
twenty-four hours. This animal, emphatically described by the
Arabian epithet the Ship of the Desert, furnishes the only means of
500
KUMINANTS.
communication whereby many Eastern nations separated from each
other by burning deserts carry on their commerce : his strength and
capability of enduring prolonged abstinence, both from food and
water, alone render this intercourse possible ; and in few instances is
the beneficence of the Creator more conspicuous than in the con-
FlG. 426. ARABIAN CAMEL.
struction of these invaluable helpmates of the human race. To
enable him to move with facility over a soft sandy surface, his
feet are broad and cushion-shaped, and his limbs long; he picks
the thorny bushes as he passes, without halting, and provided with
FlG. 427. WATER-CELLS OF THE CAMEL.
tin extraordinary apparatus in his stomach in which he carries water
(Fig. 427), he resists the burning heat for ten or even twelve days,
RUMINANTS.
501
without drinking ; and if during this space of time his food has been
still more scanty than his sober habits demand, or the few dates, beans,
or cakes usually in store for him are exhausted, the fat which com-
poses almost the whole of the hump or humps upon his back serves
as an extra supply of nutriment : the humps become reduced in
size ; their substance reabsorbfd, is taken into the general circula-
tion, and supports him to the end of his journey, or until he sinks
under privations which no other animal differently constituted could
have borne for half the period. To the wild Arab of the Desert,
the Camel is all that his necessities require ; he feeds on the flesh,
drinks the milk, makes clothes and tents of the hair ; sandals,
saddles, and buckets of the hide ; he conveys himself and family on
his back ; makes a pillow of his side, and resorts to him for shelter
against the whirlwind of sand. Couched in a circle around him,
his Camels form a fence, and in battle an entrenchment, behind
which his family and his property are obstinately, and often success-
fully, defended.
The Llamas (Auchenia*) are the representatives of
the Camels in the New World, but possess neither their
strength nor size. Their proportions are lighter; they
FlG. 428. LLAMA.
have no humps ; and their toes not being joined, are
sufficiently moveable to enable them to climb rocks with
throats.
j', auchen, the throat : so called from their pendulous
502
RUMINANTS.
the activity of Goats. Two species are known the Llama
proper and the Vicunia.
The Llama (Auchenia Llaoma) is met with in the mountainous
districts of South America. It is of the size of a Stag and covered
with thick fur of a chestnut colour. At the time of the conquest of
Peru by the Spaniards, it was the only beast of burden in that
country, and still continues to be employed for the same purpose.
Its usual load is about one hundred and fifty pounds ; but it is only
capable of making short journeys.
The Alpaca, or Paco, is a variety of the domesticated Llarna.
celebrated for its long woolly hair, which in fineness and elasticity
is not much inferior to the most beautiful wool of the goats of
Thibet.
The Vicunia (Camelus Vicunna] is about the size of a sheep,
covered with yellow-brown wool, of admirable fineness and softness,
which hangs like long silk upon its breast. It inhabits the Andes
of Chili and Peru, near the line of perpetual snow ; and is actively
hunted on account of its wool, which is manufactured into valuable
stufis and hats.
The Musks (Moschus) differ from ordinary ruminants
in the absence of horns, and in having long ,canine teeth
in the upper jaw. They are beautiful animals, equally
remarkable for their elegance and their activity.
The Musk (Moschus moschiferus) is about the size of a goat. It
has no tail, and is entirely covered with hairs, so thick and brittle
that they might be almost called spines.
. 429. KANCHTL.
KUMINANTS.
503
The Musks are, however, more especially remarkable for the posses-
sion of a pouch, situated beneath the abdomen, which is filled with
that odoriferous substance so well known in medicine and perfumery
by the name of mush This species appears to be proper to that rocky
country extending between China and Thibet. It is a nocturnal and
solitary animal, and its timidity is extreme.
The other Musks have no musk-pouch. They all inhabit the hot
countries of the Old Continent, and are the smallest and most elegant
of the Ruminants (Fig. 429).
BUMINANTS WITH HOKNS.
All the other Euminants are provided (at least,
the male sex) with two horns ; that is to say, with
projections of greater or less length, derived from
the frontal bones, and which do not exist in any
other animals. These horns are of three kinds.
Sometimes, as in the Giraffe, they are enveloped
in a hairy skin, continuous with that of the head, and
are never shed.
FIG. 430. STAG'S HORN IN SUCCESSIVE YEAES.
Sometimes, as in the Stags, the horns are shed
annually; during their early growth they are
504 RUMINANTS.
covered with a soft velvety skin ; but they have at
their base a prominent ring of bony protuberances,
which, as they grow, compress and obliterate the
nutritive blood-vessels of this skin, which then dries,
withers, and is stripped off. The horns, thus laid
bare, become for a season formidable weapons; but
in time they separate from the skull and fall off.
Soon, however, new ones begin to make their appear-
ance, which ultimately become larger than their pre-
decessors, but like them, are destined to be shed at
the end of the year, under the influence of the
same causes. Weapons of this description, purely
bony, and liable to be changed periodically, are
called deciduous horns, or antlers.
A. third kind of horns met with in the Goat,
Sheep, &c., consists of a bony core covered with a
case of elastic substance (horn). Horns of this
description never fall off, but continue to grow during
the whole life of the animal these are called hollow
horns.
EUMINANTS.
505
o
w
o PH
*3'3 81.
3 .^?* fl ^ "
^ O
, ^^r .
g
"
1
3
^5 -
o5 "
"o3
S.2
^^
"S
To
s -
fe
4*
3
_
^^n
g^
^
II
O O
-
'g ^^
1
1
^
.
1:3 ^ ^
'd
^
'O^ -4j
O
o
^
i'"l i
>
>"
^3
^3
QQ
H ''
O
2
bJD
g
W
* '
^
G
*
1
^ ^ be >>
i
|
rH
1
g
^ r3 "^ "Q
8 -
r
^
-%
rS
^ ^ O ^
^
2
^
ou y
'
3
bo
^
^
1 8
02" ti
i2
o
o
1
p3
J33 O ^ ^3
o o
09
r
M
1 M
3
"
g
1
Hi,
o .
i
|
*i
11
I -
S3 '
P
W2
03
ll
a
V
q
S3 rv.S
c 3 MI
B
s- !
g
-ss^a
S
|
C
S
o
i
S-S'
5 ^^
-^
'o
~ c ,
:j
II
o
6
O
RODENTIA.
517
The Beavers (Castor) are distinguished from all
other Rodents by their tail, which is horizontally
flattened, of a nearly oval form, and covered with
scales. They have five toes on every foot, and those
of the hinder feet are webbed.
The Beaver (Castor Fiber*) is an inhabitant of the most solitary
parts of North America. It is also met with in Siberia and
Norway. These animals are always found in the vicinity of rivers
and lakes; in the summer they inhabit burrows, which they dig
along the shores, but hi winter they retire into huts, constructed
with the greatest care, on the banks or in the midst of the water. In
constructing these habitations they generally choose the deepest
FlG. 4-13. BEAVER.
pools, which are not likely to be frozen to the bottom ; and
they prefer running streams, which enable them to cut the wood
necessary for then* building above the spot where they work, and
then the current carries it where it is required. If the waters are
stagnant they at once commence their houses, but if it is running
they assemble together, often two or three hundred in a gang, and first
form a shelving dam or dyke to maintain the water at an equable
height. This dam is formed of branches interlaced with each other ;
the intervals between them being filled with stones and mud, and
plastered over with a thick solid coat. It is commonly ten or twelve
feet thick at the base, and is sometimes of very considerable extent,
so that at the expiration of a few years it is usually covered with
518 EODENTIA.
vegetation, and thus converted into a substantial hedge. The dam
being finished, they separate into small parties, and set about the
construction of their huts, which are built against the dam, but with
less solidity. Each hut accommodates two or three families ; it has
two stories, the upper one being dry, for the residence of the animals,
the lower one under water, for the store of bark, upon which they
feed. The entrance to this habitation is always under water. Their
work is carried on in the night only, but with astonishing rapidity.
The Rats (Mus). The tribe of Eats is composed of
a great number of small Kodents, which resemble
our common Kats in the most important points of
their economy. Their front paws have generally
four toes and a tubercle representing a thumb. The
hinder feet have five complete toes ; most of them
live in holes. The species are very numerous ;
amongst them we can only notice
The Musk-rat of Canada (Mus Zibeticus), of the size of a rabbit, and
of a reddish-grey colour. These animals in winter construct a hut
of clay on the ice, where they live in great numbers.
" The solid structure, framed with twisted reeds,
Plaster'd with mud, and intermix' d with weeds,
Four cubits measures, in its space around,
Raised like a little turret from the ground.
At top a rounded cupola or dome,
Twelve inches thick, roofs in this wintry home ;
Here with their young whole families repose,
Whilst gather' d o'er them rest the winter's snows."'
RODENTIA.
519
The Water Rat (Mus amphibius] is somewhat larger than the
common Rat, of a deep greyish-brown colour, with the tail as long
as the body. It inhabits the banks of streams, and digs in marshy
grounds to look for roots ; it is but an indifferent swimmer and diver.
The Lemmings (Mus Lemw,us\ a northern species, the size of a
Rat, with fur diversified with yellow and black, are very celebrated
for the migrations they make from time to time in innumerable
troops. They are said to march in a straight line, neither river,
mountain, nor any other obstacle arresting their passage, while they
cany devastation into all the lands through which they pass. Their
usual habitat seems to be the shores of the icy sea.
The Dormice (Myoxus Rat with a pointed nose) are pretty little
animals, with soft fur, a hairy or even tufted tail, and animated look ;
FIG. 445. DORMICE.
they live on trees, and feed on fruits ; they pass the winter in a deep
lethargic sleep, rolled up into a ball.
The Eats (Mus Eattm\ properly so called, feed chiefly on vegetable
substances, such as grains and roots ; but they also devour flesh,
and when forced by hunger, they mingle in fierce battle, and devour
each other.
The Hamsters (Mus cricetus) have the same kind of teeth as the
Rats, but their tail is short, and the sides of the mouth are furnished
with wide sacs or cheek-pouches, serving to transport the grain
which they carry to their subterranean abode.
The Harvest Mouse (Mus messorius) is the smallest
520
RODENTIA.
of our native Kodentia, Its nest is a structure
which, in neatness and
beauty, may be com-
pared to the productions
of birds. It is usually
composed of blades of
grass, woven into a glo-
bular form about as large
as a cricket-ball, and so
compact that it may
be rolled across a table
without injury. It is
III' affixed to the stems of
weeds, or, as in the en-
graving, to the stalks of
growing corn.
The Marmots (Arctomys *)
Lave short tails, short legs,
and a broad, flattened head.
They pass the winter in lethargy,
in deep holes, the entrance of
which they stop with hay ; they
are sociable little creatures, and
easily tamed.
The Squirrels (Sciurus^) are at once recognised by their
long bushy tails : their head is large, their eyes projecting
and animated, and their form light. They are all re-
markable for their activity, live on trees, and feed upon
fruits. They are divided into Squirrels, properly so
called, and Flying Squirrels.
The Common Squirrels (Sdurus vulgaris) are lively, graceful, little
animals, that inhabit woods, and make their nests upon the highest
parts of the loftiest trees. They build them in a spherical form, of
flexible twigs and moss, leaving an opening in the upper part, which
they take care to cover with a sort of conical roof to keep out the
rain. In this nest they pass a part of the day. In the evening they
are gay and full of sport, jumping from branch to branch, and uttering
a pretty sharp whistle. During the summer, squirrels are busy in
storing up food for the winter. The trunk of a hollow tree is their
usual store-house, to which they have recourse when fresh food grows
scarce.
FlG. 446. NEST OF THE HARVEST-MOUSE.
* apro9, arctos, a bear ; /j.vs, mus, a rat bear-rat.
t Sciurus, a squirrel.
RODENTIA.
521
FlG. 447. SQUIRREL.
The Flying Squirrels (Pteromys *) have on each side of the body
a prolongation of their . skin, extending between the fore and
hind legs, and forming a parachute, by the aid of which these
FlG. 448. ROCKY MOUNTAIN FLYIXG SQUIRREL.
* TrrepoV, pteron, a winq : avs, mus, a mouse or ratwinaed-rat.
522
RODENTIA.
creatures make extended leaps. One species is found in the forests
of Poland and Eussia, and another in North America.
The Porcupines (Hystrix) are known at the first glance
by the sharp spines with which they are armed. They
live in burrows, and have many of the habits of Babbits.
The Common Porcupine (Hystrix eristata) is larger than a Hare ;
the spines upon its back are strong and very long ; there is a mane of
long hair on the head and neck ; the tail is short, and provided with
two open tubes that make a noise when the animal shakes them.
FlG. 449. AFRICAN PORCUPINE.
The Porcupine avoids inhabited places, arid selects for its retreat
stony arid hillocks with a southern aspect, in the declivities of which
it excavates deep holes with many outlets, where it lives in profound
solitude and great security. It passes the day concealed at the
bottom of its burrow, and provides for its wants during the night only.
Its chief food consists of berries, fruits, buds, roots, &c. For the
Porcupine, winter is a time of sleep, but its lethargy does not seem
to be very profound, seeing that it makes its appearance in the first
bright days of spring. This species is commonly met with in
Southern Italy.
The Hares (Lepus) have a very distinctive character in
theirmpper incisors, which are double ; that is to say, each
of them has a smaller one behind it. They have five toes
before, and four behind. The interior of their mouth and
the under part of their feet are hairy like the rest of the
body.
The Common Hare (Lepus timidus] is of a yellowish grey, the
ears one-sixth longer than the head, ash coloured behind, and black
at the point. Its" dark flesh is good for food, and its fur is useful.
EODENTIA.
523
It lives isolated, does not burrow, and sleeps on the flat ground.
When hunted, it describes a large circle in running.
The Rabbit (Lepus cuniculus) is less than the Hare ; the ears a
little shorter than the head, and the tail shorter than the thigh.
This animal, originally from Spain, is now spread throughout
Europe. It lives in society, in burrows, in which it takes refuge
when pursued. Its flesh is white and agreeable, and differs con-
siderably from that of tho Hare. In a domesticated state, the
Rabbit breeds rapidly, and becomes varied in colour and in the
texture of its fur.
The Rat Hares (Lagomys*) have ears of moderate length, legs
but little different from each other, and are without a tail ; they are
found in Siberia.
The Cavies (Hydrochxms t) have four toes before and three behind,
armed with large nails, and webbed. But one species is known,
namely,
The Capybara (Hydrochserus capibara), as large as a small pig,
with a very thick muzzle, short legs, and without any tail. It lives
in troops in the rivers of Guiana and the Amazons. It is the largest
of the Rodentia ; the Beaver only at all approaches it in size.
The Guinea Pigs (Ansema) resemble Capybaras in miniature, but
FlG. 450. GUDvEA PIGS.
their feet are not webbed. We know but one species, now much
bred in Europe, because their odour is thought to drive away Rats.
They are found in the woods of Brazil and Paraguay.
* \aycas, lagos, a hare ; ^uus, mus, a rat.
t u5wp, udor, water ; ^oTjOoy, choiros, a hog.
524
HODENTIA.
FlG. 451. AGOUTI.
The Agoutis (Cliloromys) have four toes before, and three behind.
They seem to represent our Hares and Babbits in the Antilles, and
in the hot parts of America.
EDENTATA. 525
The Jerboas (Jerboa}. This tribe consists of a small number of
Rodents that considerably resemble rats. The tail is long and tufted
at the end ; but they are most remarkable from the structure of the
posterior extremities, which, in comparison with the anterior, are
of immoderate length They are met with from Barbary to the
coasts of the Caspian Sea.
ORDER V. TOOTHLESS QUADRUPEDS.
EDENTATA.*
The teeth of quadrupeds are simply mechanical
instruments, adapted to obtain and to prepare the
food for digestion, and are, consequently, modified in
their construction, in accordance with the aliment.
To animals which live exclusively upon the foliage
of trees, the possession of incisor teeth would be
useless, and to others that feed upon such materials
as do not require mastication, teeth of any kind
would be superfluous. To quadrupeds thus circum-
stanced, Cuvier has therefore given the general name
of Edentata, apparently implying that animals so
designated are entirely deprived of teeth, as, indeed,
is literally the case with some species, but in others
teeth do exist, though of a very peculiar structure.
They all, however, agree in having no front or incisor
teeth.
The Order Edentata, therefore, includes all quad-
rupeds provided with separated toes, that are without
incisor teeth in either the upper or lower jaw.
Although associated by a character purely negative,
the animals thus designated present many points of
relationship. Their toes are enveloped in very large
and strong nails, upon which they walk with difficulty,
and all of them exhibit a slowness, and want of agility,
obviously caused by the structure and position of their
feet. There are, however, certain intervals in these
relations by which the Order may be divided into
the following tribes :
* Edentata, toothless.
526
EDENTATA.
The Sloths (Bradypm *). When on the ground nothing can be
more awkward, more misshapen and more powerless than the Sloths.
Their short, ungainly body is supported on limbs of such unequal
length, that in order to walk, these animals are obliged to lean on
their elbows ; and their thighs are turned outwards to such an extent,
that they cannot bring their knees together. Moreover, their hind
FlG. 453. THREE-TOED SLOTH, AND GIANT AKMADILLO.
feet are united to the legs in such a manner, that they only touch
the ground by their outer edge, and their toes are so joined together
by the skin, that nothing is seen of them but their enormous hooked
nails, and these possess so little movement, that at a certain age,
they become completely soldered, as it were, to the bones of the foot.
When they sit upright, which seems the position least inconvenient
to them, their mouth is directed straight upwards, so that it is very
difficult for them to graze on the ground ; and if we add to this the
extreme slowness of their movements, to which they are indebted for
the name they bear, we might almost be tempted to agree with the
expression of Cuvier, that in constructing these animals "nature
seems to have amused herself by the production of something
imperfect and grotesque."
It is not, however, upon the ground that the habits of the Sloth
are to be criticised; its home is on the trees, where, amidst the
dense forests that border the mighty rivers of South America,
* />a5fo, bradus, slow, heavy ; TTOVS, pous, a foot slow-footed.
EDENTATA. 527
it lives entirely upon the foliage, the buds, and the young shoots.
To this singular mode of life, the structure of the Sloths is adapted
with the same consummate wisdom and skill which are manifest in
all other works of God. The Sloth spends his whole life in the trees ;
and what is more extraordinary, not upon the branches, but under
them he rests suspended from a bough, and he sleeps suspended
from it. To enable him to do this, he must have a very different
formation from any other quadruped. There is a saying among the
Indians, that when the wind blows, the Sloth begins to travel. In
calm weather he remains tranquil, probably not liking to cling to the
brittle extremities of the branches lest they should break with him in
passing from one tree to another ; but as soon as the wind rises the
boughs of the neighbouring trees become interwoven, and then the
Sloth seizes hold of them, and pursues his journey in safety. He
travels at a good round pace, and as he swings himself from tree to
tree with indefatigable industry, seems little to merit the commisera-
tion generally extended to him by writers who have never seen him
in his state of activity.
The Armadillos (Dasypus*) are remarkable amongst all other
quadrupeds, by having the head, body, and often the tail, covered by
a hard stony coat, arranged in compartments something like a
mosaic pavement. This substance, which may be considered a kind
of agglutinated hair, forms a broad buckler over the forehead, a
FlG. 454. WEASEL- HEADED ARMADILLO.
second, very largo and convex over the shoulders, a third, similar to
the preceding, on the crupper; and between these two last, there are
several parallel and moveable bands which allow the body to be
bent. The tail is sometimes furnished with successive rings, some-
times, like the legs, only with detached pieces. These animals have
large ears, sometimes four, sometimes five toes on their fore feet,
S, dasys, Jiai'ry ; Tr6vs, pous, a foot hairy-footed.
528
EDENTATA.
but always five on the hinder. Their tongue is soft, and but little
extensible ; a few hairs are scattered between the plates of their
armour, or in those parts of the body where these plates are de-
ficient. The Armadillos vary in size, from that of a terrier dog, to
that of a hedgehog. They are stout in their body and low on their
legs ; they dig burrows, and feed partly on vegetables, partly on
insects and dead animals. They belong to the warm, or at least the
temperate, parts of America.
The Ant-eaters (Myrmecophaga) inhabit the same countries as the
Armadillos, from which, however, they are readily distinguished.
Their body is hairy, and their muzzle, drawn out into a long, cylin-
drical tube, is terminated by a small mouth, entirely destitute of
teeth. In consequence of the smallness of their mouth, their jaws
can scarcely be separated from each other, nor can the creatures
use them to seize or compress their food; but they are provided
with a very long tongue, which, wh en extended, resembles a great
earth-worm : this they are able to protrude to a considerable distance,
and as it is always covered with a viscid tenacious slime, they use
it for the purpose of catching the ants upon which they feed. By
the assistance of their long and powerful nails, the Ant-eaters tear
up the nests of the Termites or White Ants, and at the moment
when these insects sally forth in crowds from their retreat, protrud-
ing amongst them their viscid tongue, seize them by hundreds, and
thus convey them into their mouth. When at rest, the claws, that
serve also as defensive weapons, are folded against the wrist, so
that as the animal only rests the foot upon the side, its gait is slow.
Some species are furnished with a prehensile tail, by which they
suspend themselves from the branches of trees. The largest of the
tribe,
FlG 455 GREAT ANT-BEAR.
EDENTATA. * 529
The Tamanoir, or Great Ant-Bear (Myrmecophaya *jubata), does not
possess this faculty ; it is upwards of four feet long ; its tail is fur-
nished with long hairs, directed vertically both above and below.
It is said that it can defend itself against the Jaguar. It is a
native of Brazil and Guiana. It might seem almost incredible that
so robust and powerful an animal can procure sufficient sustenance
from Ants alone ; but it is not surprising to persons acquainted with
the tropical parts of America, and who have seen the enormous
multitude of these animals, that swarm in all parts of the country
to such a degree, that their hills almost touch one another for miles
together. The favourite resorts of the Great Ant-eaters are the
low swampy savannahs along the banks of rivers and stagnant
waters.
The Scaly Ant-eaters ( Manis t) differ from the preceding by
having their body, limbs, and tail covered with thick scales, disposed
to
FIG. 456. MAMS.
like the tiles of a house, these they raise, by rolling themselves
up into a ball, to defend themselves against an enemy.
The Cape Ant-eaters (Orycteropm J) have long been confounded
with the Ant-eaters, because they live on the same kind of food,
* (j.vpfj.71%, nvp/LLtiKos, rnurmex, murmekos, an ant ; fyayciv, phagein,
to eat ant-eater.
f Probably from manus, a hand, on account of the large fore-claws,
which are employed in tearing down the nests of the Termites or
White-ants.
| opvKTys, oryctes> a digger ; TTOVS, pous, a foot.
O A
530 EDENTATA.
have the head similarly formed, .and the tongue long and extensi-
ble ; but they are distinguished by having cheek-teeth and flat
nails. The structure of their teeth is different from that of all other
quadrupeds ; they are cylindrical in shape, and traversed with an
infinite number of little canals, like the pores of a cane. There is
but one species.
The Ground Hog (Orycteropus Capensis) inhabits burrows, which
it digs with great facility.
With the exception of the human race, and a few
domestic animals specially intrusted to the care of
man, no animal is permitted, in a state of nature,
to arrive at old age that is, such old age as permits
decline and feebleness to usurp the place of strengtli
and vigour. Man only, indeed, is capable of such a
privilege, inasmuch as he alone is possessed of that
foresight and intelligence which enables him, in the
days of his youth and activity, to provide for the
wants of his declining years, or trust to his social
position for assistance and support.
Wherever else we look throughout the broad crea-
tion, violent death awaits alike all living things.
Do the feebler animals betray a lack of cunning or
a want of speed ? The destroyer is at hand ; the
executioner is at the door. Does the tyrant fail in
strength or courage . to pursue its prey ? The foe
awaits it, and its doom is fixed. No maudlin pity
interferes with this dread duty.
Decay, disease, decline, decrepitude, are not allowed
to sully Nature's works, except where man, per-
mitted for a moment, interferes. The agents thus
employed to destroy and live upon the flesh of other
animals, are grouped together under the general
name of Carnivora or Flesh-eaters, and are the most
highly gifted and intelligent of the brute creation.
531
ORDEK VI. CARNIVOROUS QUADRUPEDS.
CAHNIVORA.*
Although the epithet carnivorous is strictly ap-
plicable to many of the preceding quadrupeds, yet
their diet is for the most part confined to small
animals, such as worms and insects, as the general
feebleness of their structure and the arrangement of
their teeth alike indicate. But in the Order, upon
the consideration of which we are now about to enter,
the sanguinary appetite is conjoined with strength
necessary for its gratification. The carnivorous quad-
rupeds, properly so called, are at once distinguishable
by the possession of four large, long, and widely- sepa-
rated fangs, generally known by the appellation of
canine or dog-teeth, the use of which is to seize and
hold fast their struggling prey ; between these there
are six smaller teeth, in the front of each jaw, called
incisors, while the
cheek-teeth are either
entirely constructed
for cutting and tear-
ing, or have their
crowns more or less
blunted. They are
more exclusively car-
nivorous in proportion
as their teeth are ft G. 457. SKULK OF TIGER.
more completely trenchant; and such as live also
upon vegetable food may be recognised by the blunt-
ness of their grinders. Thus, in the Cats, the most
bloodthirsty of the race, the cheek-teeth are flat and
triangular, and their edges cut like the blades of
a pair of shears; whilst, on the other hand, the
Bears, most of which feed largely on vegetable sub-
stances, have nearly all these teeth adapted for bruis-
ing and crushing.
* Caro, camis, flesh ; vorc, fc devour.
2 A 2
532 PLANTIGRADE CARNIVORA.
The teeth next to the canines are named false
molars ; to these succeeds a tooth of great size, called
a lacerator, and behind these are others of smaller
dimensions, which are generally more or less blunted,
called Hunt molars. Those genera that are provided
with the fewest false molars will, of course, have
their jaws proportionately short, and, consequently,
stronger and more vice-like in their action.
But, beside these differences in the teeth of the
carnivora, they differ remarkably in the structure of
their hinder feet. Some of them, in walking, place
the entire sole of the foot upon the ground, and
this part is destitute of hair, whilst others walk only
upon the tips of their toes, the hinder part of the
foot or tarsus being raised from the ground and
hairy; the former are called Plantigrade, and the
latter Digitigrade Carnivora.
PLANTIGRADE CARNIVORA.
The Bears ( Ursus] have three large blunt molar teeth in each jaw,
in front of which is a small lacerator, preceded by a variable number
of very small false molars; they consequently live almost entirely
upon vegetable food, and seldom eat flesh by choice. They lay the
FlG. 458. BEAR.
- PLANTIGRADE CAENIVORA. 533
whole sole of the foot upon the ground in walking, which gives them
a heavy, shuffling gait, but admits of the body being reared up,
and sustained in an erect attitude ; in this posture the fore-paws are
frequently used in defence, either to strike or to hug an assailant to
death. The feet are furnished with five toes, armed with strong
curved and blunt nails. They are generally large animals, with
thick-set bodies, clumsy limbs, and a very short tail; they dig
for themselves dens, or construct shelters, in which they pass the
winter, in a state of profound sleep, without taking food, and it is in
these retreats that the female rears her cubs, usually two in number.
The White Bear ( Ursus maritimus) is an annual of very peculiar
habits. It lives in the frozen regions of the northern hemisphere,
where it feeds on fishes, seals, and young whales ; nevertheless,
even this animal is not essentially carnivorous, and can be brought
to live on bread alone. He swims and dives with astonishing
facility. White Bears are sometimes met with in numerous
FlG. 4 39. POLAR BEAK.
societies, in which they differ from other Bears, which are always
solitary : like the rest of the genus, however, they require a retreat
for the winter; they content themselves with some cleft in the
rocks, or even in a mass of ice, and there, without preparing any
jed, allow themselves to be covered by enormous heaps of snow : in
this way they pass the months of January and February, in a state
)f profound lethargy.
The Racoons (Procyon*) might almost be taken for bears in
miniature, except that they are furnished with long tails, are better
/ciW, procyon, one icho snarls like a dog.
534
PLANTIGRADE CAENIVORA.
climbers, and more carnivorous. They inhabit the forests of North
America, where they live upon eggs and small birds. They are
remarkable for their singular instinct of never eating anything until
they have plunged it into water.
The Badgers (Meles) are likewise plantigrade animals
of nocturnal habit s. Their tail is short, and their toes much
concealed by the skin of their feet ; but they are princi-
pally distinguished by a pouch situated under the tail,
which furnishes a fatty fetid secretion. Their fore-claws
are very long, enabling them to dig in the earth.
The Common Badger (Meles Europea\ found in all the temperate
regions of Europe and Asia, lives at the bottom of a tortuous hole
obliquely excavated in the ground, and is about the stature of a
middle sized dog. Formerly the hunting of this animal was a
FlG. 460. BADGKK.
favourite sport, and it was baited by terrier dogs, against which, its
jaws, armed with strong teeth, and its long powerful nails, enabled
'it advantageously to defend itself. It inflicts deep wounds, and
lying on its back, rights with all its claws.
The Glutton (Gulo) very much resembles the Badger, but is more
carnivorous. It inhabits the Artie regions, has the character of being
very cruel, hunts by night, and is said to overcome animals of large
size by leaping upon them from a tree. Its name has been derived
from exaggerated accounts of the voracity of one species, the Wolve-
rine, of North America. It is said not to hybernate during the
winter.
535
DlGITIGRADE* CARNIVORA.
The Digitigrades, as we have seen above, are dis-
tinguished by walking on the ends of their toes.
They may be divided into several groups as follows :
II 1 1 1
f 7 nil.; HI? IT T IS"
^ * S3^^* ' b '02 43 ^ * fl g *
* eV-s*- J-i^f ~ a^ . g* .
J a =2 .^-a "^,3^ % csS ?
2 * 'MrsS^'^ *S ^2 ^ >^-^ ^ ^ ^3 &p
^ S'^-*^D f C^fl OJ Jj H
3 on -"S a 2 D ^ OB ^ a> ^-^ S 3 ^^ P" -2
I- r^ a r- m 2.1 Ss-
. . - r^ o "^ "o o ^ ""^
i
-4-T
In
To
1
N
Jj
jT|
S.S
02
1
-2
1
-u
2
32
*S
O* > 0) . a^^,co>
1* 11, s"i 11 ^^
|i ni ill ji- If!
r^ :i O g .5 -U
iliili: ill IS 111
00^2 oroS-d^iC a**^2
O S ri "~^ t 2? D i-p -^ > s* ^
: having a tubei
lous tooth b(
nd the carnivt
p "
w 5 ^' 3 ^- 3
joga
0^0
Digitus, v\\6v, phyllon, a leaf; (Trd/ua, stoma, a mouth leaf-mouthed.
J piV, rhiu, the nose ; Aos, lophos, a crest.
CHEIROPTERA.
555
with membranes and crests of a very complicated description, occa-
sionally presenting altogether somewhat the figure of a horse-shoe.
They inhabit dark caverns, where they remain isolated, suspended
by their feet, and enveloped in their wings.
FlG. 479. - HEADS OF RHIXOLOPHUS FERRUM EQUEN'UM AND MEGADUIMA FROXS
The Common Bat (Vespertilio pipestrella} is about the size of a
mouse. Its body is covered with a short dus-ky fur, tin-ed with red ;
the eyes and the ears are small. This little Bat makes its appear*
FlG. 480. PiriSTRELLb:.
2 B 2
556 QUADRUMANA.
ance in the twilight of fine summer evenings, frequenting the sides
of woods, glades, and shady walks ; or skimming over the surface
of quiet waters, where moths, gnats, and other nocturnal insects
are most abundant :. hut in stormy weather, it remains shut up in
the chinks and fissures of old ruins, or concealed in hollow trees.
ORDER IX. MAMMALIA WITH FOUR HANDS.
QUADRUMANA.*
There yet remains a spacious region to be tenanted
with fit inhabitants. The vast forests in many parts
of the world constitute by no means an unimportant
territory. Umbrageous solitudes, through which the
foot of man has never found a path, covering whole
countries with unbroken shade, where endless sum-
mer reigns, and fruits, and flowers, and foliage, in
perpetual succession, furnish inexhaustible supplies
of nourishment. In these dense woods, where giant
trees are interlaced with creeping plants, innumera-
ble Monkeys find their home, and spring from stem
to stem, and bough to bough, with wonderful alacrity,
making the woods alive with merry gambolings. The
great feature whereby the Quadrumana are distin-
guishable, is that all their four feet are generally pro-
vided with thumbs, which are free and opposable to the
other fingers. Although a few of them have a con-
siderable resemblance to the human form, they pro-
gressively recede from it until the lower tribes walk
exclusively on four legs, like ordinary quadrupeds.
Nevertheless, the freedom of their arms, and the
structure of their hands, allow many of them to
imitate the gestures and actions of mankind with
ludicrous exactness. The entire order is formed for
living in the trees of tropical forests w r here the
prehensile character of their feet renders them per-
fectly at home. Here they run, jump, and drop
from bough to bough, or spring from tree to tree,
* Quatuor, four ; maims, a hand four-handed.
QUADRUMANA.
557
with wonderful agility, but poorly represented by
any feats of a similar kind performed in a state of
captivity. Another peculiarity in the construction
of their hind feet, while it incapacitates them for walk-
ing in an erect position, admirably assists them in
climbing. Their hinder hands, or feet, are incapable
of being brought flat to the ground, as in man ; but
when endeavouring to stand, the soles nearly face
FlG. 481. SKELETON OF MAN AND ORAXG.
558 QUADEUMANA.
each other, and the body rests on the outer edge of
the foot ; their legs, too, are very short, bent, and
directed inwards, so that they may be termed bow-
legged. Their arms, moreover, are of inordinate
length, and the fingers very long in proportion to the
thumbs, so that their prehensile paws, when com-
pared with tli3 human hand, are extremely clumsy
arid inefficient. It is sufficient, indeed, to contrast
the skeleton of man with that of one jof the most
man-like apes, to perceive the dissimilarity of their
structure.
In their geographical distribution, the Quadrumana
must be regarded as a tropical group. They are
found in the forests and rocky deserts of Southern
Asia, South Africa, and of South America, where
they live in troops, and feed principally on fruits,
often descending to plunder the gardens and fields.
In Africa their range extends as far south as the
Cape of Good Hope ; a species of baboon-like mon-
key lives on the rock of Gibraltar, this is their
most northern locality.
Intermediate in structure between the Bats and
the lowest forms of Monkeys is a very remarkable
tribe of animals, generally known by the name of
The Flying Cats ( GaleopitJiecus *). These differ from the Bats
in many important particulars ; the fingers of their hands are not
more elongated than those of their feet, so that the fold of skin
which occupies the interval between the fore and hind legs can do
little else than act as a parachute, enabling these creatures to take
long sweeping leaps from tree to tree. These animals are found in
the Indian Archipelago. They inhabit lofty trees in dark woods,
to which they cling with all four limbs, and climb easily by means
of their claws. During the day time they suspend themselves like
Bats from the branches, with the head downwards, but at night
they rouse themselves, and make an active search for food, which
consists of fruits, insects, eggs, birds, &c. They are very inoffensive,
and generally produce two young ones at a birth.
The Fox-headed Monkeys (Lemur . The animals belonging to this
family have thumbs, both upon the fore and hind limbs, which are
well developed, and opposable to the other fingers ; but they differ
from the monkeys in the disposition and character of their teeth,
which are more or less studded with sharp points, indicative of their
appetite for insects. Their muzzle is lengthened, and pointed, their
* 7a.\eT7, galee, a weasel ; iriBriKos, pithecos, an ape.
QUADRUMANA. 559
nostrils are terminal, their feet thick and soft ; and they are farther
distinguishable, by having the nail of the forefinger of their posterior
hands raised and sharp- pointed, while the nails of the other hands
are flat. They are all very active, and have been named Fox Mon-
keys, on account of the shape of their heads. The Lemurs, pro-
FlG. 482. WHITE-FRONTED LEMUR.
perly so called, exclusively inhabit the island of Madagascar, where
they seem to take the place of the real monkeys. They live upon
fruits and small animals, and some of them are trained to hunt like
dogs.
The Sloth Monkeys (Stenops* tardigradm^) have acquired
their name from the extreme slowness of their movements. They
are nocturnal in their habits, living upon insects and small birds,
which they approach stealthily in the dark. They inhabit the East
Indies.
Tlie Marmozets (Hapale |) constitute a little group peculiar to
the New World. They are small, agreeable-looking animals, with a
round head, flat face, lateral nostrils, and a bushy tail, which is not
prehensile. On their anterior extremities their thumbs are scarcely
opposable to their other fingers, and all their fingers except the
* R 2
562 QUADRUMANA.
hands either very minute or entirely wanting. Exclusively arboreal
in their habits, the Spider Monkeys move on the ground with a
vacillating gait, dragging themselves along by means of their long
fore-arms, which they use like crutches, the fist being half closed ;
or they walk in a crawling position, sustaining themselves on their
hind feet only, and balanced by their long arms, and tail extended
ready to seize any object which may help progression. But among
the branches of the trees their agility is almost equal to that of a
bird ; the sensitive tip of the long tail lays hold of a bough with the
facility and security of a fifth Land, while its grasp is sufficiently
powerful to sustain the weight of the body as it swings.
The monkeys of the eastern hemisphere differ
from the American monkeys in their teeth, which
are only thirty-two in number. Their nostrils are
placed close together, separated only by a narrow
partition, and in many species the tail is entirely
wanting. They may be divided in accordance with
the following Table :
QUADEUMANA.
563
TROGLOD
gp
5w c
S^t
3
g'
i
g c
111
2 a g-S
|i |i
SQ
^
>9
p a
'oa
g
^
3
in
!*
H
H
"y
o
a
2
i
o -5
c ^t
"cS
T
c
5^
g
'N
i
>>
1
"%>
ties on
1
||
a
1
^
'3
1
1
a
8
O
S"
1
J
o
3
8
5 a
c; P
'a
1
+>
1
|
|
o
s
.., j
v II V-
f
-8
bfl ^
"a ^
*IB
1
J s
2
3 a
3 j
5
'3 ^
3
11
r! 02
H ^
o
02
c3
a i
""a
bO~
^
bC
p-2
^
I 3
1
1
.22 ^
3^
SO
a
pio
aifl jo
504 QUADEUMANA.
The Baboons (Cynocephalus *) are the most brutal and
ferocious of the entire race, alike formidable for their size
and strength ; their limbs are short, and their usual mode
of progression is on all fours. In leaping they display con-
siderable agility, and frequent the wooded mountains and
wildest rocks. They feed on fruit and vegetables, and do
much damage by pillaging fields and gardens. The
Baboons nearly all inhabit Africa. To these belong
The Mandrills (Fig. 484). These are amongst the most extra-
ordinary and hideous creatures imaginable ; their colour is a brown
grey, inclining to olive, their chin is furnished with a lemon-coloured
beard, their cheeks are of a brilliant blue, and their nose red,
especially near the top, where it is bright scarlet, while the hinder
part of the body is of a deep violet tint. These creatures attain to
a very large size, and are justly feared by the negroes of the Guinea
coast, where they are common.
The Guenons or Long-tailed Monkeys (Cercopithecus^}
possess both callosities and cheek-pouches. The species
are very numerous, and very various in their size and
U. 485. KAHAU.
* KtW, KVVOS, kuon, kunos, a dog ; /ce^aA.^, cephale, the head-
dog-headed.
t ntpKos, cercos, a tail; irierjKos, pithecos, a monltey.
QUADRUMANA. 565
colour ; they are distributed all over the African con-
tinent, live in large troops, and commit serious depreda-
tions in cultivated places ; many of them are easily tamed ;
they are of moderate size, and in leaping from tree to
tree display wonderful activity. We give, as an example,
a figure of the Long-nosed Monkey, or Kahau, so called
from its cry.
The Magots Inuus) have the tail reduced to a mere rudiment.
The common species, Inuus sylvanus, covered entirely with a
brownish grey hair, although a native of Barbary, is met with on
the southern coast of Spain, and has taken complete possession of
the most inaccessible part of the rock of Gibraltar. It is the only
animal of the order Quadrumana that inhabits Europe. It is easily
taught, when young, to perform various tricks, and is frequently
exhibited in our streets.
The Gibbons (Hylobates *) have callosities upon the
hinder parts of their bodies, but have neither a tail nor
cheek-pouches. They are found in the remotest parts of
the continent of India, and the adjacent islands, where
they inhabit dense and impenetrable forests.
The Siamang (Simla t syndactyla J) differs from the other Gibbons
in having the second and third toes of the hinder limb partially
joined together by a narrow fold of skin. These Apes live together
in numerous bands. During the day they remain silent, concealed
among the foliage of the trees, but in the early morning and evening,
they make the woods to resound with their discordant and frightful
cries. They seem to live under the guidance of active and vigilant
chiefs. All take alarm at the slightest sound that they do not
understand, and escape into the recesses of the forest.
The Gorilla (Troglodytes gorilla) inhabits, so far as is at present
known, a district extending to about two hundred miles north, and
the same distance south, of the equator, and ranging, perhaps, to
three hundred miles from the western coast of Africa. Of specimens
shot by M. Du Chaillu, the largest male seems to have been at least
six feet two inches in height, so that, making allowance for the
shortness of the lower limbs, the dimensions of a full-grown male
may be said to equal those of a man of eight or nine feet high ; and
it is only in their length that the lower limbs are disproportionate
to the gigantic trunk ; in the thickness and solidity of their bones,
and in the strength of their muscles, these limbs are quite in keeping
with the rest of the body. When in an upright position, the arms of
the Gorilla reach to its knees; the hind hands are wide and of
* I/AT?, ule, a wood or forest ; fiaiva), baino, to go or traverse.
t ffi]u.6s, simos, flat-nosed.
% a-vv, syn, together with; Sa/cruAos, dactylos, a finger or toe
having conjoined toes.
rpayXr], trogle, a hole or cave ; 5uo>, duo, to enter one who hides
in caverns.
566
QUADRUMANA.
amazing size and power. The great toe or thumb measures six
inches in circumference The palms and soles, and the naked part
of the face, are of an intense black colour, as is also the breast. The
other parts are thickly clothed with hair of an iron-grey, except the
head on which it is reddish brown, and the arms, where it is long and
nearly black. The female is wholly tinged with red.
FlG. 486. GORILLA.
The general appearance of this formidable Ape in his native
woods may be gleaned from M. Du Chaillu's very graphic descrip-
tion : " Suddenly, as we were yet creeping: along in a silence which
made a heavy breath seem loud and distinct, the woods were at
once filled with a tremendous barking roar. Then the underbrush
swayed rapidly just ahead, and presently stood before us an im-
mense Gorilla. He had gone through the jungle on his all-fours,
but when he saw our party he erected himself, and looked us boldly
in the face.
" He stood about a dozen yards from us, and was a sight I think
I shall never forget. Nearly six feet high fhe proved four inches
shorter), with immense body, huge chest, and great muscular arms,
with fiercely glaring, large, deep-grey eyes, and a hellish expression
QU.VDRUMANA.
567
of face, which seemed to me some night-mare vision ; thus stood
before us the king of the African forest. He was not afraid of us ;
he stood there and beat his breast with his large fists till it re-
sounded like an immense bass-drum, which is their mode of bidding
defiance, meantime giving vent to roar after roar."
The Ourang Outang ( Troglodytes Satyrus}. This creature inhabits
the interior of Borneo, and other large islands of the Indian Ocean,
and when young, is said to resemble man more than any other
animal. The body is covered with coarse reddish hair, the face is
FlG. 487. BOKXEAX ORAXG.
smooth and of a bluish tint, and the thumbs of the hinder hands
very short in comparison with the fingers. He is said sometimes to
attain the height of seven feet, and possesses great strength and
agility. He dwells in the wildest forests, and habitually keeps
himself upon trees, which he climbs with the greatest rapidity, and
springs from branch to branch with as much facility as the smaller
monkeys. On the ground, on the contrary, the Ourang Outangs
walk with difficulty, and are frequently obliged to place their hands
568 BIMANES.
i
upon the earth, using their long arms to raise themselves up, and
swing themselves forward, very much as a man would use a pair of
crutches. When young they show a great deal of intelligence,
attach themselves to those who have the care of them, and learn to
imitate many of our actions.
The Chimpanzee ( Troglodytes niger) is another of these approxima-
tions to the human form. In height it equals or even surpasses that
of man. Its body is covered with black or dark-brown hair, scantily
distributed in front. It is a native of Guinea and Congo, in Africa,
and constructs a dwelling of leaves and foliage. It occasionally arms
itself with sticks arid stone?, with which it drives away elephants,
FlG. 488. CHIMPANZEE.
and combats the attacks of its enemies. When domesticated it
becomes sufficiently docile to sit at a table, and take its food, as
though in ridiculous burlesque of human manners.
ORDER MAN (BIMANES).
Foremost of the mainmiferous division of the
animal creation stands MAN, constituting an order
apart in the class to which he is zoologically related.
The highest of the quadrumana, as we have
already seen, are constructed to reside amid the
trees of the forests, but are ill adapted for treading
on the ground, or for sustaining themselves in an
upright position. The foot of Man, on the contrary,
(a very different instrument from the hinder hand of
the most man-like ape) is as admirably contrived for
maintaining him in an erect posture as the pre-
hensile limbs of the monkey are for its life among
BIMANES. 569
the branches. The sole of the human foot is broadly
expanded, to support the leg, placed vertically above
it ; the heel is cushioned beneath, so as to bear the
whole weight of the body, without inconvenience.
The toes are short, possessing little flexibility, and
the great toe, the representative of the thumb, is
placed upon the same plane as the rest. A foot thus
constructed, although well suited for progression, is
quite unserviceable as an instrument of prehension,
and, seeing that the hands of Man are equally un-
adapted for walking, it follows that he is the only
animal in creation that can with propriety be called
two-handed and two-footed, bi-manous and bi-ped.
Man therefore stands upon his feet only,
" Erect and tall,"
his hands and arms being left free for other purposes.
The hands of Man, moreover, which derive so many
advantages from their complete freedom, are equally
remarkable for the perfection of their structure.
The thumb, proportionately longer than in any
quadrumanous animal, confers far greater facility in
handling small objects. The nails are so arranged
as to support the organs of touch without in any way
interfering with the delicacy of their perceptions, and
thus the human hand becomes at once an instrument
of sense, and a machine of matchless capabilities.
A special attribute conferred upon Man alone of
all the mammiferous races, is his power of articu-
lating sounds, and thus communicating with his
fellows by a mode of all others the most convenient,
and if we add to this the facility he has acquired of
recording by written characters the results of his
experience, we perceive at once the superiority of
his condition.
Thus placed above the brute creation, Man forms
the culminating point of the great scheme of nature
here below, while his intellectual superiority, and,
much more, his immortal destiny, ally him closely
with higher and unseen existences.
570 CONCLUSION.
Our task is ended ; and yet before bidding adieu to
the reader, who has accompanied us through this
long journey, let us pause to cast one parting look
upon the wondrous spectacle presented to our con-
templation. Earth and air and water filled with
life, in infinite abundance, life in innumerable forms,
equally beautiful, and yet so diverse. In reviewing
the multitudinous races composing the animal king-
dom, it has of course been necessary to describe
consecutively the different classes and orders in
which they are grouped by naturalists, as though
they formed but one extended line, and thus in a
somewhat arbitrary manner to assign to each a place
in the lengthy procession. To suppose that such
is their natural arrangement would, however, be to
fall into a very serious error. Although widely
separated in our pages, the Tiger-beetle and the
Tiger are, in their respective spheres of action, pretty
much of equal rank, and we are inclined to think
that in its own element the Cuttle-fish holds as high
a place among the Mollusca as the Lion does among
quadrupeds. The " vast chain of being," there-
fore, composed of numerous successive links, exists
only in the imagination of the poet, and the young
naturalist would be grievously misled by the adoption
of such an idea. The animal creation may be more
properly compared to some vast city, from the gate
of which several main thoroughfares diverge, each
leading to a different quarter of the town, but all
dividing into labyrinths of streets, inhabited by
artizans of various occupations, busily labouring for
the general welfare. It is only by such a view as
this, that we can at all understand the intricate
dependencies whereby so many creatures are com-
bined in one vast system, carrying out harmoniously
the laws imposed upon them by their GREAT
CREATOR.
571
INDEX.
CHAPTEK I. I-AGK
Classification of the Animal Creation ..... 1
CHAPTER II.
Rhizopoda , . . . . . . . .12
Amoeba ......... 13
Rhizopods . . . . . . . .14
Foraminifera . . . . . . .14
Phosphorescence of the sea . . ' . . . . 15
Xoctiluca miliaris . . . . . . .16
Importance of the Rhizopods in creation ... 17
CHAPTER III.
Sponges .19
History of the sponge .... .20
Dr. Grant's observations on a living sponge . . .21
Origin of flints 22
CHAPTER IV.
Infusoria ^Ciliated animalcules) . . . . . .24
Remarkable mode of propagation ..... 26
Importance in the economy of nature .... 29
CHAPTER V.
Hydrozoa 30
Indefinite reproduction
Lasso threads ........ 33
Club hydra 34
Tube hydra 35
Sea wreaths 35,36
Bell corallines 37
Acalephse 37, 38
572
INDEX.
Hydrozoa continued.
Faculty of stinging
Phosphorescence
Propagation by off-shoots
Tail of velella .
Globe beroe
Nature's steam-boat
Varied colour of the sea
Food of the whale
Hydrostatic Acalepbse
Portuguese man-of-war
Long cables
Relationship of hydrse to Medusae
Hydra tuba
Campulanarian zoophytes
CHAPTEE YI.
Anthozoa (Corals) ....
Gardens of the sea
Polype flowers ....
Alcyons ......
Gradual development .
Mouth surrounded by tentacles
Madrepores .....
Massive skeleton of .
Stone-making corals ..
Growth of coral reefs .
Coral islands ....
True corals ...
Red coral, coral fishing
Mare's-tail coral ....
Variety of form of coral
Bark-bearing corals
Sea-pens .....
Organ-pipe coral, its brilliant colours
Actiniae ......
Like compound flowers
Actinia gemmacea
Venomous lasso threads
Effects of division of actiniae
Mushroom corals
CHAPTER VII.
Echinodermata ....
Encrinites
Their abundance in a fossil state .
Feather-star ....
Sea-baskets .
Snake-tailed star-fishes
"Brittle-stars" ....
Star-fishes.
INDEX. 573
Echinodermatn continued. r* r
Their formation . . . . . . .11)6
Organs of sense in insects . . . . . .107
Eyes of insects . . . . . . . . 108
Respiratory system of insects ..... 109
Admirable contrivance for preserving the flexibility of
their air tubes 110
Extraordinary strength of insects . . . .111
No insect in its winged condition permitted to grow . 112
Metamorphosis of insects . . . . . .112
Order Coleoptera . . . . . . . 116
Characteristics of coleopterous insects . . . .116
INDEX. 575
Order Coleoptera continued. PAGE
Divided into four sections, according to number of joints
in feet 117
Section of Pentamerans 117
Tiger beetles, their rapacity, beauty, and activity . . 117
Dens of larva) ........ 118
Ground beetles, their habits 118
Bombardiers . . . . . . . .118
The \vork intrusted to the carnivora essential to the
well-being of nature . . . . . .118
Water beetles 119
Their predatory excursions 119
Their larvae "water-tigers" 120
Equally active and ferocious 120
Insect scavengers . . . . . . . .121
Brachelytrous pentamerans . . . . . .121
Rove beetles 121.
Serricornes, how distinguished . . . . .122
Their mngriificence . . . . . . .122
Vegetable feeders 122
Spring beetles, for what remarkable .... 122
The cucujo, its brilliant light ..... 122
Glow-worms, their luminosity . . . . .122
Death watches * . . . . . . . .123
Habit of calling to their mates 123
Clavicornes . . . . . . . . .124
Carrion beetles . . . . . . . .124
Sexton beetles, their remarkable instinct - . . .124
Bacon beetles . . . . . . . .124
Palpicornes, principally aquatic 124
Lar^e water beetles . . . . . . 1 25
Their singular table ....... 125
Lamellicornes, how distinguished . . . . .125
Live on vegetable substances . . . . .125
Scavenger beetles 126
Live in tropical climates ...... 126
Second Section, Heteromerans, how distinguished . . .127
Melasomes, for what remarkable 127
Meal-grinders 127
Taxicornes 127
Stenelytra .127
Trachelides, how distinguished 128
Blister beetles . . 128
Coleopterous tetrameraiis . . , . . .128
What beetles included in this section . . . .128
Snout beetles 129
Weevils 129
Diamond beetles 130
The wood eaters, for what purpose appointed . . .131
Long-horned beetle . . . . . . .131
Trimerans ......... 131
Lady-birds destroy aphides . . . . . .131
Orthoptera .... .... 133
In what circumstances they differ from beetles . .133
576 INDEX.
Second Section, Heteromerans continued. PAGE
Their habits 133
Earwigs 133
Cockroaches ... .... 133
Leaf insects, their singular appearance . . . .134
Leaping orthoptera .135
House cricket 135
Grasshoppers . . . . . . . .136
Locusts, formidable by their numbers .... 137
Mole-cricket, singular adaptation of its strength to the
habits assigned to it 137
Order Neuroptera, how distinguished . . . . .13)8
Dragon flies, their brilliant appearance, their humble
guise in an earlier stage of existence . . . 138, 139
Predatory habits . . . w . . . .140
May flies, " duns " and " drakes " 141
Scorpion flies
Ant lions . . . 141
Their singular pit-fall . . . . . .141
Lace-winged flies ....... 142
Their larvae named aphis-lions ..... 143
Their curious disguise . . . . . . .143
Stone flies 143
White ants . . . * . . .143
Congregate in societies - . . . . . .143
They work concealed from observation .... 145
Sometimes construct towers 145
Labourers and neuters, winged males and females . .145
Their curious economy . . . . . .145
Order Hymenoptera ........ 146
Saw" flies . 147
Cuckoo flies
Their office in creation . , . . . .143
Gall flies lay their eggs in leaves or tender shoots . .149
Second Section of Hymenopterous Insects .
Ants, their societies 150
Their dwellings . . . . ' . . .150
Wasps, their constructions . . . . . .151
Bees, their societies . . . . . . .151
Their different employments
Their various cells . . . . . . .153
Humble bees . . . . . . . 1 54
Order Strepsiptera, or Bee Parasites ....
Stylops 156
Stylopized bees 157
Order Lepidoptera 157
How recognizable ......
Larvae, pupae .......
Classification of lepidoptera ....
Diurnal lepidoptera .... .158
Butterflies 158
True butterflies, how distinguished .... 159
Chrysalids, whence their name
Crepuscularia . . . . . . . .160
INDEX. 577
Order Lepidoptera continued. PAGE
Hawk-moths ... .... 160
Their caterpillars and chrysalids ....
Death's-head hawk-moth ...... 161
Nocturnal lepidoptera 162
Phalense 162
Bombyces ........ 162
Silkworm, its mode of life on the mulberry-tree . .162
Tusseh silkworm 164
Leaf-rollers 164
Their various domiciles . . . . . .165
Moths 165
Pack-moth 166
Feather-moths 166
Order Hemiptera, how divided 166
Geocorysse . . . . . . . . 167
Hydrocorysae . . . . . . . .167
Their use in nature 168
Skip-jacks 168
Water-boatmen . 168
Water-scorpion 169
Order Homoptera, structure of . 169
Tree-hoppers . .170
Plant-lice . * 170
Coccidse ......... 171
The cochineal insect . . . . . . ,171
The lac insect 171
Manna ......... 171
Chinese tree-wax 171
Blight insects 172
Lantern-flies ........ 172
Order Diptera
Gnats and mosquitoes ....
Transformations of common gnat 173
Birth of gnat, an interesting spectacle .... 174
Crane-flies 174
Daddy long-legs . . . . . .175
Whame-flies 175
Tsetse, its bite poisonous to certain animals . . . 176
Chameleon-flies 176
Phenomena attending their metamorphosis . . .176
Wasp-flies 177
Rat-tailed larvae 177
Gad-flies ... 178
. 178
. 179
. 179
. 180
. 180
. 180
. 180
. 181
. 181
Pediculus ......... 181
2 c
Flesh-flies
Important agents in the police of nature
Domestic-fly
Spider-flies
Forest-fly
Order Thysanoura
Lepisma
Springtails
Order Parasitse .
578 INDEX.
Order parasitse continued. PAGE
Ricinus ...... . . . 181
Order Aphaniptera 182
Fleas 182
Chigoe . . . 183
Apterous insects . . . . . . .183
Winged insects . . ...... . .183
CHAPTEE XII.
Arachnida, long confounded with the insects . . .184
Distinguished by very conspicuous characters . .184
Three principal divisions of araclmidans . . . 186
Mites 186
Scorpions recognisable by the peculiarity of their ex-
ternal configuration . . . . . .187
Spiders, how distinguished ...... 187
The implacable foes of insects ..... 188
The eifects of their poison instantaneous . . . 188
Various purposes to which the threads of spiders are
converted . . . . . . . . 189
Mouse-spiders . . . . . . . .190
Bird-spiders . . . ... . . . 190
Mason-spiders . . . . . .191
Their subterranean caverns 192
Sedentary arachriidans 192
Lurk near their snares . . . . . . 192
Rectigrades 193
Tube-weavers ........ 193
Web of garden spider . . . . . . .193
Spiders in Eio Janeiro 193
Spiders with nets in community . . . . .194
Tent-making spider . . . . . . .194
Spider living in a shell . . . . . .195
Spiders (properly so-called) . . . . . .195
Water-spider, her diving-bell 196
Thread-spinners, care of their eggs . . . .196
Net-spreading araclmidans ...... 196
Saltigrades 197
Vagabond arachnidans . . . . .197
Wolf-spiders 197
The tarantula 197
Leaping-spiders . . . . . .197
Gossamer-spiders . . . . . . 198
CHAPTER XIII.
Crustacea ... 199
Articulated animals breathing water
Land crustaceans, their wet gills .
Wood-lice fitted for a damp atmosphere
Senses of Crustacea .
Their periodical moult
Diversity of external forms of Crustacea
199
201
201
201
203
204
INDEX. 579
Crustacea continued. PAGE
Lobster's claws, one an anchor, the other a cutting
instrument . 205
Crustacea, division of 206
First Great Division :
Decapoda 206
Divided into three groups 206
Macroura 206
Sea cray-fishes . . . . . . . . 207
Lobsters 207
River cray-fish 207
Prawns ... 207
Their interesting history 207
Shrimp . . . 208
Brachyura (or crabs), their habits . . . . . 208
Spider-crabs . 209
Swimming-crabs ....... 209
Shore-cribs 209
Edible-crabs, they plunder by night . . . ,210
Crabs, their remarkable metamorphosis . . .210
Racer crabs . . . . . . .211
Beckoning-crabs . . . . . .212
Cocoa-nut-crab 212
Land-crabs, cutting grass . ... . . .213
Anomoura ........ 214
Soldier-crab 214
Wonderful adaptation of its limbs. . . . .215
Second Order of Crustaceans :
Stomapoda 216
Mantis shrimp 216
Opossum shrimps 217
Third Order of Crustaceans :
Amphipoda 218
Their importance In nature . . . . . .219
Examples of the abundant happiness of the lower
animals ........ 219
Fourth Order of Crustaceans :
LaBmodipoda ........ 220
All marine 220
Fifth Order of Crustaceans :
Isopoda . .221
Boring-shrimp, pierces planks of ships . . . .221
Fresh-water shrimps ....... 222
Wood-lice 222
Entomostraca Sixth Order of Crustaceans .... 222
Branchiopoda 222
Divided into two sections 224
Tufted-feet entomostracans cyclops .... 224
Common cyclops ....... 224
Cythereas . 225
Cyprides . . .225
Daphnise . 225
Phyllopeds 225
Fairy shrimps 225
580 INDEX.
Entomostraca continued. PAGE
Salt-water shrimps . . . . , . . 226
Seventh Order of Crustaceans :
Sword-tails 226
King-crabs . .220
Eighth Order :
Sucking-mouthed crustaceans ..... 227
Pycnogons. ........ 228
Fish-lice 228
Lerneans 228
Ninth Order of Crustaceans :
Wheel-bearers, rotifera ...... 229
Skeleton wheel-bearer ...... 230
Ciliary movement . . . . . . 231
Eggs of rotifera . 232
Tentli Order of Crustaceans 234
Cirripedia (barnacles) remarkably constructed limbs . 235
Their casting-net 235
Divided into two families 237
Barnacles . . . 237
Acorn- shells 238
Mollusca " shell-fish " 239
Definition of mollusks 239
Heterogangliata 239
CHAPTEE XIV.
First Class of Mollusca :
Polyzoa ' 243
Sea-mats 243
Sea-moss 245
Avicularia. . . 24f>
Fluviatile Polyzoa 248
CHAPTEK XV.
Second Class of Mollusca :
Tunicata 249
Ascidians 251
Beauty and delicacy of their internal structur . . 251
Salpians 251
Pyrosoma, its dazzling splendour .... 253
Compound Ascidians 253
CHAPTER XVI.
Third Class of Mollusca :
Conchifera .254
Scallop, its structure . . 255
Its mantle, gills, mouth, and hinge . . . 256
Elaborate mechanism of the gill-fringe . . . 258
Classification of conchifera . . 259
INDEX.
581
Third Class of Mollusca continued.
First Family Oysters ....
Common oyster
Tree oyster .....
File-shells
Scallops .
Pearl shells .....
Pearl oyster pearl fishery .
Second Family Mussels
Their foot, its uses ....
Pinna, byssus .....
True mussels .....
River mussels, sometimes enclose pearls
Third Family Clams ....
Clam shells ...
Giants of the bivalve race .
Strength of their byssus
Fourth Family Cockles
Common cockle, its foot a wonderful organ
Inclusa ......
Razor shells . ...
Stone-borers, their excavations . .
Pholades, their 1 dens ....
Their tools for boring ....
Teredo, its destruction of submarine wood-work
PAGE
259
259
259
260
261
261
261
262
262
262
263
263
263
2f4
264
264
265
266
267
267
268
270
270
270
CHAPTER XVII.
Fourth Class of Mollusca :
Brachiopoda, their arms
Contrivance for procuring food
271
272
CHAPTER XVIII.
Fifth Class of Mollusca :
Gasteropoda ....
Why so called .
Different orders of, how distinguished
Air-breathing gasteropods .
Terrestrial, how recognisable
Slugs
Snails
Aquatic air-breathing gasteropods.
Their operculum, or door
Their eyes on footstalks
Curious egg-cases
Wentle-trap ....
Legend of the origin of the Tyrian dye
Its changes of colour .
Stromb-shells ....
Tubulibranchiata
Their tube-shell and door .
Scutibranchiata, sea-ears
Keyhole limpets
273
273
273
275
275
275
276
276
277
278
278
278
282
283
284
284
285
285
286
582
INDEX.
Fifth Class of Mollusca continued.
Tectibranchiata . . . ...
For the most part naked slugs
Sea-hares
Inferobranchiata ....
Cyclobranchiata ....
Limpets ......
Coat of mail-shell, chiton
Nudibranchiata ....
Naked-gilled mollusca, common on the British coast
Their great diversity and beauty of form
Horned doris .....
Tritonia hombergi ....
Young of nudibranchiate gasteropoda
Heteropoda .....
Their fin-shaped foot used as an oar
CHAPTEK XIX.
Sixth Class of Mollusca;
Pteropoda .....
Their locomotive apparatus
Northern clio, its instruments of prehension
Limacina helicina, its exquisite shell
Hyalsea ......
Cleodora, its luminosity
CHAPTER XX.
Seventh Class of Mollusca :
Cephalopoda ......
Their remarkable habits and appearance
Their ink
Mechanism of their suckers .
Enormous size of some cephalopods
The common poulpe, its terrible aspect .
ltd powerful arms .....
Its chameleon-like change of colour
Its amusing stratagems ....
Calamaries, their additional arms
Their plate of horn
Squids, used for bait ...
Their eyes ......
Hooked-squids, the tenacity of their grasp .
Cuttle-fishes ......
Common cuttles, their ink ....
Cuttle-fish bone
Eggs of the sepia . .
The argonaut, fiction of the ancients respecting it
Nautilus, its chambered shell
Characteristic structure of nautilus
Its food
INDEX. 583
CHAPTER XXI. PAGE
Vertebrate 309
Distinguishing characters of vertebrate classes . .310
Complete skeleton, how composed 311
Nervous system of vertebra ta 311
Increased perfection of the senses ..... 312
Blood of vertebrata 312
Variations of its temperature, the cause of important
differences ........ 313
Its effect upon the instincts and affections of different
races of vertebrata 314
CHAPTER XXIL
First Class of Vertebrate :
Fishes .314
The infinite variety in their forms and endowments . 314
Teeth of fishes 315
Fins of fishes 316
Food of fishes 316
Armour of fishes . ....... .317
Order of Spiny-finned Fishes (Acanthopterygii) . . . 319
Perches . .319
Sea perch . * . . . ... . . . 320
Basse 320
Mullets .320
Surmullet 321
Mailed-cheeks . . . . . . . .321
Flying-gurnards. . . . . . . .321
Squamipennes, how recognised 322
Archers 322
Shooting-fishes 322
Labyrinthiform Pharyngeals ..... 323
Climbing perch . . 323
Mackerels 323
Common mackerel 324
Mackerel-fishing. . . . . ... .324
Tunnies . 325
Common tunny 325
Important fisheries ..... . 325
The madrague 325
Thebonito 326
Sword-fishes 326
Centronotus 326
Pilot-fish 326
Dolphin fish, its variety of tints . . . . 327
Riband-fishes . .328
Mugiloids 328
Grey mullet 328
Order of Abdominal Soft-finned Fishes .... 329
Carps 330
Common carp ........ 330
Golden carp 330
Barbels .... ... 330
584 INDEX.
Order of Abdominal Soft-finned Fishes continued. PAGE
Gudgeons 331
Tenches . . . < 331
Breams 331
Minnows ......... 331
Roaches . , . . . . . . . 331
Pikes . 331
Common pike .... .... 331
Sea pike . ......'.. 332
Gar-fish 332
Flying-fishes 333
Siluroids 333
Sheat-fish 333
Electric silurtis 333
Salmons . 334
Common salmon . . . . . . . . 334
Salmon fishery 334
Herrings . . . . . . . . . 335
Common herrings ....... 33.5
Their periodical migrations 335
Herring-nets . 337
Sardine fisheries ....... 337
Pilchard . .337
Sprat 337
Whitebait 337
Shad 337
Anchovies 337
Common anchovy . . . . . . . 337
Anchovy fishery . . . . . . . . 337
Anglers ......... 337
Lophius 337
Common angler, its curious baits .... 338
Order of Sub-brachial Soft-finned Fishes :
Gadoids . . ... . . . . . 339
Cod-fishery . . ' . . . . . .339
Cod . . . ... . . . . .339
. Haddock . . . . 339
Whiting . ..... . . . . .339
Coal-fish 339
Flat-fishes. . . . . . . ; .340
Turbot 341
Brill 341
Sole . . 341
Holibut 341
Plaice . . .... . . .341
Flounders 341
Dabs and Flukes ....... 341
Do not swim like other fishes . . . . . 341
Means of concealment 341
Position of their eyes 342
Cyclopteri . . . . . .
Lump-sucker ........ 342
Sucking-fishes . . . ... . . 343
Eemora . 343
INDEX. 585
PAGE
Order of Apodal Soft-finned Fishes 344
Their chief characteristic ...... 344
Eels 344
Their singular journeys ...... 345
Conger eels 345
Muraense 345
Gymnoti 346
Electric eel, its electric apparatus 346
Order of Tuft-gilled Fishes 346
Sea-horses (Hippocampi) 346
Order of Fishes with conjoined Jaws (Plectognathi) . . 347
Gymnpdonts . . . . . . . 347
Jaws furnished with a species of beak .... 347
Globe-fishes 348
Why so called . . . . . . . .348
Their curious structure 348
Sun-fishes . . . . . . . ,348
File-fishes 349
Balistes . . .349
Trunk-fishes . . 350
Division of Cartilaginous Fishes ...... 350
Sturgeons, their general form ... . . 350
Caviar . . 351
Spatularia * 351
Chimseras ......... 352
Cartilaginous fishes with fixed Branchiae . . . 352
Order of Plagiostomes 352
Sharks . . 352
White sharks 354
Greenland shark 354
Sawfishes 355
Skates 355
Torpedos 356
Order of Cyclostomes, or Circular-mouthed Chondroptery-
gians :
The lamprey 356
The sea lamprey 357
The river lamprey 357
The lampern 357
The hag-fishes . . . ... . .358
The ammocaetes 358
CHAPTER XXIII.
Reptiles . 358
Admirably adapted to the duties imposed on them
Characters of reptiles
Eggs of reptiles
Grouped under four principal sections .
359
360
360
361
CHAPTER XXIV.
Amphibia ....*.... 362
Mud-fish 363
Footless amphibia 364
586 INDEX.
Ampliibia continued. PAGE
Blind-worms ........ 364
Amphibia without gills 365
An exception to the universality of metamorphoses . . 366
Amphiumas ........ 366
Gigantic salamander ....... 367
The " Hell-bender " 367
Amphibia with permanent gills 367
Four genera known, Axolotus, Monobranchus, Proteus,
and Siren 368
Axolotle 368
Snake-like proteus . . . . . . . 368
Its curious branchial organs 368
Mud-eel . . .369
Batrachian amphibia ....... 370
Their metamorphosis ...... 370
Batrachia divisible into two sections . . . . 371
Tailed batrachians 372
Terrestrial salamander . ... . . 372
Great warty newt ....... 373
Smooth newt ........ 373
Tailless batrachia 374
Frogs . . . . . . . .375
Curious arrangement of their tongue .... 375
How distinguished from toads . . . . . 375
Tree frogs 375
Toads . . 376
Pipas
CHAPTER XXV.
Serpents . .378
First order of true Reptiles 378
Their formidable attributes 378
Water serpents . ....... 379
Sea or pelagic serpents ...... 379
Fresh-water snakes . . . . . . . 379
Venomous serpents 379
Their poison most potent . . . . .381
Poison fangs 382
Poison glands . . . . . . . 382
Rattlesnakes 382
Fer-de-lance ... .... 383
Horned vipers ........ 383
Viper 384
Boas 385
Boa-constrictor, teeth of
Special contrivance to aid deglutition .... 387
Anaconda ........ 387
Harmless snakes 387
Common ringed snakes 388
Double walkers .... . , . . .388
Lizards, their resemblance to serpents . .
Saurians, their diverse habits ..... 390
INDEX. 587
Serpents continued. PAG ^
Transition from serpents to lizards .... 391
Slow- worm . . . . . . . .391
Glass snake ........ 392
True lizards 392
Sand lizards 393
Flying lizards 393
Scinks ... . .393
Galliwasp
Monitors
Guanas
Geckos
394
394
394
394
Chameleons ........ 395
Crocodiles, how distinguished ..... 396
Cheloriian Reptiles 397
Arranged in four principal families .... 399
Turtles, structure of their limbs 399
Tortoise-shell . .400
Leather-hacked turtle . . . . . .401
Soft tortoises 401
Marsh tortoises . 401
Land tortoises 402
CHAPTER XXVI.
Birds 403
No department of nature unfurnished .... 403
Internal structure of birds 403
Their hot blood imparts intense vitality .... 403
Perfection of their respiration ..... 404
Skeleton of birds . . . . . . .404
Peculiar mechanism in the legs of perching birds . .407
Feathers of birds 408
Birds viparous . . 409
Divided into seven orders 411
First Order, Birds of Prey 412
Divided into diurnal and nocturnal .... 412
Family of diurnal birds of prey . . . . .412
Eagles, how distinguished ...... 412
Golden eagle ........ 413
Fisher eagles . . . . . . . . 414
Falcons 414
Vultures, their aspect 415
The ossifraga of the Romans ..... 416
Nocturnal birds of prey 416
Owls. . . . . . . . ..';,,. 417
Second Order, Passerine Birds 418
Divided into five families . . . . . .418
Family of Dentirostres
Shrikes
Fly-catehers
Thrushes .
Nightingales
419
419
419
419
419
588 INDEX.
Family of Dentirostres continued.
Wrens .......
"Wagtails .......
Titlarks
Family of Fissirostres
Divided into two tribes, diurnal and nocturnal
Diurnal fissirostres
Swallows ... ...
Swifts
Nocturnal fissirostres
Goatsuckers
Family of Conirostres .....
Larks .......
Titmice .......
Finches .......
Weavers, linnets, goldfinches, chaffinches, canary, bul
finch ......
Crows .......
Birds of paradise
The emerald bird of paradise
Family of Tenuirostres ....
Nuthatches . . . . . .
Creepers
Humming-birds
Hoopoes . . ...
Family of Syndactylae
Bee-eaters .......
Kingfishers ......
Hornbills .......
Order of Scansores or Climbers ....
Peculiarity in the outer toe of birds of this order
Woodpeckers ......
Their remarkable tongue ....
Wrynecks
Cuckoos
Toucans, how distinguishable .
Parrots .......
Order of Gallinaceous Birds ....
Divided into two sections ....
Family of Gallinacese, properly so-called
Turkeys . . ....
Peacocks .
Guinea-fowls
Pheasants
Barn-door fowl .
Curassows
Grouse
Capercailzie
Pigeons
Order of Running Birds
Family of ostriches
True ostriches .
African ostrich
American ostrich
INDEX. 589
Order of Running Birds continued. PAGE
Cassowary 446
Bustards . .447
Family of Apteryx 447
Shaw's Apteryx 448
Order of Wading Birds 448
Separated into four tribes ...... 449
Pressirostres ........ 449
Plovers ......... 450
Sand-pipers 450
Oyster-catchers 450
Cultirostres 451
Cranes . . . 451
Herons ......... 451
Storks 451
Spoonbills 452
Longirostres 452
Ibis 453
Scarlet ibis ........ 453
Curlews 454
Snipes 455
Woodcock . . . . . . . . 455
Turnstones ........ 455
Long toes (Macrodactyles) . . . . . . 456
Jacanas ......... 456
Rails 456
Landrail 457
Coots 457
Flamingoes ........ 457
Palmipedes, or Swimming Birds ..... 458
Shortwings . . 459
Divers . . . . . . . . 459
Grebes 459
Divers (properly so called) . . . . . . 460
Great northern diver 460
Penguins 460
Puffins 460
Penguins (properly so called) . . . . .461
Common penguins . . . . . . . 461
King penguins 462
Family of longwings 462
Petrels 463
Albatrosses 463
Sea-gulls 464
Terns 464
Skimmers . . . . . . . . 465
Family of Totipalmatae 465
Pelicans 465
Pelicans (properly so called) . . . . 466
Cormorants 466
Frigate birds 466
Gannets 467
Tropic birds 467
Family of Lamellirostres 467
2 D
590 INDEX.
Family of Lamellirostres continued.
Ducks .......
Swans . . . . . . - .
Geese
True ducks
Periodical migrations of ....
CHAPTER XXVII.
Mammalia
Essential character of ....
Classification of, on what based
Connecting link ......
Sub- Class. Ovo-vivipara
Order 1. Monotremata .....
Duck-billed platypus .....
Porcupine ant-eater .....
Order 2. Marsupialia, pouched quadrupeds
For what remarkable ....
Kangaroos ......
Opossums
Dasyuri
Phal angers ......
Bandicoots
Myrmecobius ......
Wombat
Carnivorous marsupialia very few in number .
Zebra wolf . . ...
Sub-Class. Placentalia .....
Placental quadrupeds ....
Order 1. Whales. Cetacea ....
Cetacea are mammalia deprived of hinder limbs
They breathe air .....
Their blood is hot .....
"Blubber"
First Section includes Dolphins and Narwhals
Dolphins (properly so called)
Common dolphin
Porpoises .......
Common porpoise
Grampus . ...
Narwhals .......
Sea-unicorn ......
Whale's head exceedingly large .
Cachalots
Whalebone whales .....
Whalebone forms a kind of sieve .
Herbivorous Cetacea .....
Have teeth with flat crowns.
Sea-cows . ......
Dugongs . ......
Order 2. Thick-skinned Quadrupeds. Pachydermata
Proboscidian pachyderms ....
Elephants
INDEX. 391
Order 2. Thick-skinned Quadrupeds. Pachydermata coni. ^AGE
Indian elephants .*...., 492
African elephants ....... 493
Ordinary pachyderms . . . . . 49,3
Hippopotamus 493
Hogs .494
Khinoceros 494
Tapirs 495
Third family of Pachydermata 495
Solipedes 495
Horses . . . * 495
Horse 495
Ass 496
Zebra 497
Quagga .498
Onagga 498
Order 3. Ruminating Quadrupeds. Ruminantia . . 498
Divided into two sections 499
Ruminants without horns ...... 499
Camels . . 499
Llamas . 501
Llama 502
Alpaca . .502
Yicunia . * . ,502
Musks 502
Musk 502
Other musks have no musk-pouch .... 503
Ruminants with horns ....... 503
Horns of three kinds 503
Giraffe 506
Stags ......... 506
Ruminants with hollow horns ...... 507
Antelopes . . . . . . . 507
Goats 508
Argali 509
The genus sheep . 510
The genus ox ........ 510
The common ox ....... 510
The auroch . . . . . . - . . 510
Bison 511
Buffido . . . 512
Cape buffalo 512
Yak 513
Musk ox 513
Order 4. Gnawing Quadrupeds. Rodentia . . . 514
Live on the harder parts of vegetables . . . .514
Chisel-like teeth 514
Rodents are timid and feeble 515
Classification of rodentia * .... . 516
Beavers ......... 517
Musk rat of Canada . . . . .518
Water rat 519
Lemmings . . . . . . . .519
Dormice . . . 519
592 INDEX.
Order 4. Gnawing Quadrupeds. Eodentia continued.
Eats
Hamsters , . . .
The harvest mouse .....
The squirrels .....
Common squirrel . .
Flying squirrels . . . . .
Porcupines
Common porcupine .....
The hares
The common hare ..'...
The rabbit
Eat hares
Cavies
Capybara .
Guinea pigs
Agoutis
Jerboas
Order 5. Toothless Quadrupeds. Edentata
Includes all quadrupeds having separate toes, without
incisor teeth .......
Sloths, their structure adapted to their mode of life
Armadillos .
Ant-eaters . . . . . .
Tamanoir or ant-bear . . . .
Scaly ant-eaters . .
Cape ant-eaters .....
Ground hog . . . . .
Old age permitted to man alone
Order 6. Carnivorous Quadrupeds
Carnivora, how distinguishable
Teeth .
Canine
False molars
Lacerator
Blunt molars
Differences in the teeth of carnivora
Differences in the structure of their hinder feet
Plantigrade carnivora ....
Bears . . . ...
White bear . . . .
Eacoons . -
Badgers ... 534
Common badger
Glutton
Digitigrade carnivora, how distinguished in walking
Divided into groups . .....
Vermiform carnivora . .....
Polecats ........
Common polecat ... ...
Ferret
Weasel
Ermine 537
Martens . 537
INDEX. 593
Order 6. Carnivorous Quadrupeds continued.
Sable marten ........ 537
Skunks ......... 538
Otters ......... 538
Sea otter ........ 538
Second group of digitigrade carnivora, how characterized . 539
The dogs ........ 539
Domestic dog ........ 539
Wolf ......... 539
The foxes ........ 540
The civets ........ 541
The civet (properly so called) ..... 541
The ichneumon ....... 541
Third group of digitigrade carnivora . 541
Separated into
Hyenas . . . . . . . . . 542
How distinguishable ...... 542
Cats ....... . . .542
Most formidably armed of all mammalia . . . 542
Silent tread of cats ....... 543
Lion ......... 544
Royal tiger ........ 545
Jaguar or Arnerican tiger ..... 546
Panther ....... . .547
Leopard ........ 547
Lynx ......... 547
Common or domestic cat ...... 548
Amphibious carnivora ...... 548
Divided into two groups ...... 548
Seals . ... 548
Morses or walrus
Order 7. Insect-eaters
Insectivora
Shrews
Hedgehogs
Common hedgehog
Moles
549
550
550
550
551
551
552
Their admirable conformation ..... 552
Hand of mole ........ 552
Order 8. Bats. Cheiroptera 553
Mammiferous destroyers of insects not restricted to
surface of ground . ... . . . 553
Bats 554
Divided into several families ..... 554
Fox bats . 554
Spear-nosed bats ....... 554
Vampire bats . ....... 554
Horse-shoe bats 554
Common bats 555
Order 9. Mammalia with four hands 556
Quadrumana 556
How distinguishable ....... 556
Formed for living in trees ...... 556
Flying cats 558
594 INDEX.
Order 9. Mammalia with four hands continued.
Fox-headed monkey (lemur) .....
Sloth monkeys .
Marmozets .......
Monkeys of the American continent, how distinguished
Differ in conformation of tail ....
Capuchin monkeys
Tail prehensile . . . . .
Sakis
Tail not prehensile .
Capuchin monkey includes
Howling monkeys ......
Spider monkeys . . . . .
American monkeys . . . . '
Tabular arrangement
Baboons . . . . . . . .
Mandrills ... . . .
Guenons, or long-tailed monkeys . . .
Magots . . . . . . . .
Gibbons
Siamang . . . . . ....
GoriUa . . ...
Ourang-outang .......
Chimpanzee . . . . . . .
Order, Man (Bimanes) . . . . .
THE END.
VRESTED BY WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, STAMFORD STREET AND CHARTXG CROSS.